Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive 
 
 in 2011 witii funding from 
 
 Boston Library Consortium IVIember Libraries 
 
 http://www.arcliive.org/details/artisticguidetocOObank 
 
BIRD'S-EYE VIEW OF CHICAGO. 
 
THE ARTISTIC 
 
 Guide to Chicago 
 
 AND THE 
 
 WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION 
 
 BY 
 
 ci5F-iA.F=2i— e:^ E:x_j^]Er^E: i3a.i^i^? 
 
 ILLUSTRATED. 
 
 From ice-bound lands where weary stars 
 
 Look down on nights a half-year long ; 
 From lands by old historic wars 
 
 Made rich in legend and in song : 
 From every country, every clime 
 
 Will come the peoples of the earth 
 To join the pageantry sublime *■ 
 
 In honor of thy birth, 
 Columbia ! 
 
 COLUMBIAN ART CO. 
 
 1893. 
 
1 '■' t. ^ 
 
 * + + + ♦ 
 
 Copyright by R S. PEALE CO. 1893. 
 > + + '*♦ 
 
HE wonderful growth of Chicago, from a moorland 
 IW/y traversed only by Indian trails in 1831, to a splendid 
 ^i^<i> metropolis with a million and a quarter of inhabitants 
 in 1 891, furnishes food for a story far beyond the possibili- 
 ties of this small volume. 
 
 No more has been attempted here than to acquaint the 
 reader with the principal events in the history of the city ; 
 to point out such places and things as would be most likely 
 to awaken a lively interest in the mind of the visitor, and to give 
 the general public at least a faint impression of what the World's 
 Fair is to be. 
 
 My information has been gathered from the most reliable 
 sources. We have endeavored to present it in a clear, concise 
 and interesting manner. The aim is to furnish the public with 
 a guide to the pleasant, the instructive and the amusmg, tn.c' 
 not to compile an encyclopedia of dry facts. 
 
 For much valuable information I am indebted to the Public- 
 ity and Promotion Department of the Columbian Exposition. 
 Also to Mrs. Martha Howe Davidson whose splendid knowl- 
 edge of the Fine Arts was of material assistance in describing 
 these features of the Exposition buildings and grounds. 
 
 THE AUTHOR. 
 
INDEX TO GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Settlement OF Chicago . - - • • < ' ' .9-16 
 History of Chicago . , , c o . > , , . 19- 3J 
 Guide to Chicago ..-■......••. 38-207 
 
 Cook County Buildings, 38-41', City Government, 41-43; 
 Mayors of Chicago, 41-42. 
 Parks and Boulevards .......... 43- 7^ 
 
 Lincoln Park, 48; Humboldt Park, 51; Garfield Park, 54; 
 Douglass Park, 55 ; Washington Park, 56; Jackson Park, 57 ; 
 Midway Plaisance, 58; Gage Park, 58; Union Park, 58; Parks 
 not in the system, 59-63 ; Park Conservatories, 63 ; Lake Shore 
 Drive, 65-67; Michigan Avenue Boulevard, 67; Thirty-fifth 
 Street Boulevard, 67 ; Grand Boulevard, 67 ; Oakwood Boule- 
 vard, 67; Drexel Boulevard, 68; Garfield Boulevard, 68 ; West- 
 ern Avenue Boulevard, 68; Douglas Boulevard, 69; Central 
 Boulevard, 69; Humboldt Boulevard, 69; Washington Boule- 
 vard, 69 ; Ashland Boulevard, 70. 
 
 City's Thoroughfares, The ']o~ 79 
 
 Streets and Avenues, 70 ; Bridges, Viaducts and Tunnels, 76. 
 
 Intramural Transit 79~ ^7 
 
 Steam Railroad Service, 80; South Side Cable System, 80; 
 North Chicago Street Railroad Company, 83; West Chicago 
 Street Railroad Company, 83 ; Eleva'ed Roads, 85 ; Carette 
 Lines, 86. 
 Railroads, The ........ . , , 87- 91 
 
 Suburban Towns ....... c . , 91-101 
 
 Lake Michigan « . . . 101-102 
 
 Chicago Harbor , . . . , . . , . . 103 
 
 Public Buildings 103-131 
 
 Post Ofiice and Custom House, 103; Government Appraisers, 
 Building, 104; Inter-State Exposition Building, 105; Board of 
 Trade, 105; Art Institute, 107; Chicago Society of Artists, 
 ■"""'Auditorium Building, 108; Masonic Temple, 112; Tem- 
 perance Tabernacle, 113; Chamber of Commerce, 114; The 
 Rookery, 115 ; Marshall Field Building, 1 15 ; Armory, The 116 ; 
 Other Buildings of Interest, 117. 
 Theaters and Abiusements ......... 118-13J 
 
 Alhambra Theater, 118; Auditorium Theater, 121; Battle of 
 Gettysburg Panorama, 122; Casino, 122; Central Music Hall, 
 123; Chicago Opera H.-7-.se, 123; Columbia Theater, 123; 
 Criterion Theater, 124; Epstein's New Dime Museum, 124; 
 Grand Opera House, 124; Halstead Street Opera House, 125; 
 Havlin's Theater, 125; Haymarket Theater, 125; Hooley's 
 Theater, 126; Jacob's^ Academv of Music, 126; Clark Sti-eet 
 Theater, 126; Standard Theater, 126; Kohl and Middleton's 
 South Side Dime Museum, 127; Libby Prison Museum, 127; 
 Lyceum Theater, 127 ; McVicker's Theater, 127 ; New Windsor 
 Theater, 128; Panorama of Niagara Nails, 128; Park Theater, 
 131 ; People's Theater, 131 ; Webber Music Hall, 131, 
 
 Public AND Private Charities 13^-lH 
 
 Relief and Aid Society, 132; Armour's Mission, 133; Bureau 
 of Justice, 133; Chicago Children's Hospital, 133; Daily Newi 
 
INDEX. ^ 
 
 Fresh-Air Fund, 133; Hospital for Women and Children, 134; 
 Orphan Asylum, 134; Nursery and Half-Orphan Asylum, 134; 
 Erring Woman's Refuge, 134; Foundling's Home, 134; Good 
 Samaritan Society, 135; Holy Family Orphan Asylum, 135; 
 Home for Incui-ables, 135; Home for Self-Supporting Women, 
 135; Home for Unemployed Girls, 136; Home for Working 
 Women, 136; Home for the Friendless, 136; Home for the Aged- 
 Little Sisters of the Poor, 136; House of the Good Shepherd, 
 136; Home for Incurables, Number 2, 136; Newsboys' and Boot- 
 blacks' Home, 136; Old People's Home, 137; School for Deaf 
 and Dumb, 137; Servite Sister's Industrial Home, 137; Soldiers' 
 Home Fund, 137; Waif's Mission, 13S; Young Men's Christian 
 Association, 138. 
 
 Churches and Religious Institutions 141-143 
 
 Schools 143-144 
 
 cemeteries 144-148 
 
 Rose Hill Cemetery, 144; Calvary, 145; Graceland, 145; Oak- 
 wood, 146; Aushemaariv, 14.6 ; Austro-Hvmgarian, 147 ; B'Nai 
 Shilom, 147; Chebra Gemilath Chasadim Ubikar Cholim, 147; 
 Chebra Kadisha Ubikar Cholim, 147; Concordia, 147; Ger- 
 man Lutheran, 147; Mount Greenwood, 147; Mount Olive, 14S; 
 Ohavey Scholom, 148; Waldheim, 148. 
 
 Libraries 14S-151 
 
 Public Library, 149; Newberry Library, 149; John Crerar 
 Library, 150; Armour Mission Library, 151 ; Chicago xVthe- 
 naeum, 151; Historical Society Library, 151; Union Catholic 
 Library, 151. 
 
 Hotels , . . . . 151-163 
 
 Auditorium Hotel, 152; Grand Pacific, 153; Wellington, The, 
 153; Richelieu, The, 157; Leland, The, 158; Palmer House, 
 158; Sherman House, 159 ; Tremont House, 159; Chicago (or 
 Northern), 159; Saratoga, 160; Atlantic, 160; Briggs House, 
 160: Burke's European, 160; Clifton House, 161; Commercial, 
 161 ; Continental, 161 ; Gault House, 161 ; Gore's Hotel, 161 ; 
 Hotel Brevoort, 161; Hotel Drexel, 162; Hotel Grace, 162; 
 Hotel Woodruff, 162 ; Hyde Park Hotel, 162 ; Southern Hotel, 
 162; Virginia Hotel, 162. 
 
 National Banks 163-165 
 
 State and Private Banks . 166-168 
 
 vNebriate Asylums . 168-173 
 
 Alexian Bros.' Hospital, 16S; Dr. Chas. W. Earl's Private Asy- 
 lum, 169; Mercy Hospital, 169; St. Joseph's Hospital, 169; 
 Martha Washington Home, 169; Washingtonian Home, 170; 
 Leslie E. Keeley's Institute, 170. 
 
 Gentlemen's and Social Clubs 173-187 
 
 Argo Club, 173; Calumet Club, 173; Chicago Club, 174; Iro- 
 quois Club, 174; Union League Club, 175 ; Union CIuId, 175 ; 
 Chicago Woman's Club, 175; Chicago Electric Club, 176; 
 Illinois Club, 176; Fortnightly Club, 177; Harvard Univer- 
 sity Club, 178; Hyde Park Suburban Club, 178; Irish- Ameri- 
 can Club, 178; Lakeside Club, 179; Kenwood Club, 179; Evans- 
 ton Country Club, 179; La Salle Club, 180; Newsboys' Club, 
 180; Standard Club, 180; Sunset Club, 181 ; Wa Na Ton Club, 
 181; Press Club of Chicago, 182 ; Phoenix Club, 183; Park 
 Club of Hyde Park, 183 ; University Club, 183 ; Washington 
 Park Club, 184 Whitechapel Club, 184 
 
6 INDEX 
 
 Daily Newspapers 187-200 
 
 Chicago Tribune, 188; Chicago Times, 189; Inler-Ocean, 191; 
 Chicago Herald, 193; Daily News, 194; Illinois Staats-Zeitung, 
 195; Chic^go Evening Post, 196; Chicago Evening journal, 197; 
 Chicago Globe, 198; Freie-Presse, 199; Abendpost, 199; Goodale's 
 Daily Sun. 199; Chicago Mail, 199. 
 
 The Weekly Press 200-203 
 
 America, 200; Arlcansas Traveler, 200; Citizen, 200; Figaro, 201; 
 Graphic, 201; Inland Architect, 201; Presto, 201; Saturday Even- 
 ing Herald, 201; Other Periodicals, 203. 
 
 Hack, Cab AND 'Bus Fares 203-205 
 
 Distance erom Chicago to Principal Cities 206-207 
 
 INDEX TO 60IDE TO WORLD'S COLOMBIflN EXPOSITION. 
 
 Guide to World's Columbian Exposition, The 208-423 
 
 Columbus (poem), 208; Formation World's Columbian Exposition, 
 2ri; Directory of the Exposition, 216; Resources and Estimated 
 Expenditures, 218; State Appropriations, 218; Comparative Table 
 of World's Fairs, 220; Making the Exhibition International, 221; 
 The Exhibition Grounds, 223; General Regulations for Foreign 
 Exhibitors, 226; Foreign Participation, 231; Government of the 
 Exposition, 235; Buildings and Grounds, 238; Administration 
 Building, 241; Palace of Mechanical Art, 243; Agricultural Build 
 ing, 246; Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building, 248; Electrical 
 Building, 2S4; Mines and Mining Building, 258; Transportation 
 Building, 262; Horticultural Building. 266; W'oman's Building, 272; 
 Fisheries Building, 278; United States Government Building, 283; 
 Naval Exhibit, 286; Art Institute on Lake Front, 288; Agricultural 
 Building, 289; The Forestry liuilding, 290; The Dairy Building, 
 291; Art Palace, 292; The State Buildings, 294; Nebraska, 294; 
 Minnesota, 295; North Dakota, 295; Utah, 295; Delaware, 296; 
 Iowa, 296; New England Group, 296; New York. 297; Pennsyl- 
 vania, 297; Missouri, 298; Florida, 298; Texas and Louisiana, 299; 
 The Southern Group, 299; Washington State. 300; Michigan, 300; 
 Ohio, 300; Wisconsin, 300; Illinois, 301; Indiana, 301; Colorado, 
 302; California, 302; A Model Hospital, 303; Restaurants, 304; 
 Flowersat the Fair 306; Hotel Accommodations, 308; Water Trans- 
 portation, 31 r; Work of the Congress Auxiliary, 311; World's 
 Fair Dedication, 315; Dedicating the State Buildings, 317. 
 
 Some Things Projected for the World's Fair 319-326 
 
 Hanging Gardens of Babylonia, 319; Quaint Streets of Cairo, 319; 
 Plan to Interest the Children, 320; Waukesha Water at a Cent a 
 Cup, 321; America Sportsman's Exhibit, 321; A Dutch Exhibit, 
 322; British Columbia Woods, 322; Convent of La Ribada, 323; 
 Religious Records of Early Voyagers, 323; Paraguay Fine Art 
 Workers, 323; Indian Relics, 324. 
 
 PpvOgress of the Columbian Exposition 327-356 
 
 Making a World's Fair, 332; Home and Foreign Exhibitors, 353. 
 
 Former World's Fairs 357-374 
 
 First International Exposition, 358; Dublin International Exposi- 
 tion, 361; Crystal Palace, New York, 362; Second London Exposi- 
 tion, 362; Second Paris Exhibition, 363; Vienna International 
 Exhibition, 364; Centennial Exposition, Philadelphia, 367; Third 
 Paris International Exhibition, 370; Fourth Paris International 
 Exhibition, 371. 
 
 CLASSUi'lCATION OF EXHIBITS 375-421 
 
MASONIC TEMPLE. 
 
/Chicago, •*• 4- •»• 
 
 :1WS TO -tS-|2. 
 
 Early Settlers — Building and Destruction of 
 Fort Dearborn — Massacre of the Garrison. 
 
 lOi^jnARLY in the spring of 1779, a fugitive San Domingoan 
 [^^5 slave named Baptiste Point de Sable found his way 
 ^^« from the French settlements of Louisiana to the south- 
 western shores of Lake Michigan, built a rude cabin on the 
 north bank of the Chicago River near its mouth and began 
 in a small way to trade in furs with the French and Indians. 
 For many years previous to his coming the French mission- 
 aries had made this point a camping ground on their travels 
 back and forth in their explorations of the Mississippi 
 i country. Marquette, JoHet and other early missionaries, in 
 their letters and records, often speak of the " Checagau 
 River" and the ** Portage of Chicago;" but there is no mention 
 made anywhere of a permanent dwelling or fort in this vicinity. 
 The treaty of General Anthony Wayne, signed at Greenville, 
 Ohio, August, 1795, in which the Indians ceded to the United 
 States " six miles square at the mouth of the Chicago River," 
 further describes the locality as " the place where an old fort 
 stood;" but the oldest Indians of that time had no recollection of 
 such a building. If such a structure ever occupied this ground, 
 it could have been nothing more than a temporary affair for the 
 storing of provisions, and was never permanently occupied. It 
 is therefore safe to say that Point de Sable's rude log hut was the 
 first dwelling erected on the present site of Chicago, and that the 
 refugee slave was its first permanent resident and land-holder. 
 
 9 
 
10 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 He is described by one writer of that time as "a large, handsome, 
 well-educated negro,' and by another as " a negro trader, pretty 
 wealthy, who drank freely and was much in the French interest." 
 Previous to his settlement on the lake he had spent some time 
 among the Peorias vv'ith a friendly countryman named Glamorgan, 
 and was familiar with Indian traditions and customs. During his 
 long residence at Chicago he was intimately associated with the 
 Pottawatomies, and, it is said, aspired to become the head of the 
 nation. This was no mean ambition ; for the Pottawatomies were 
 at that time a numerous and warlike people, rich in territory, 
 great in council, and among the most intellectual and humane of 
 all the savage tribes. It is more probable, however, that he was 
 well content in the possession of untrameled freedom, and the 
 prominence which came with the growth of his business. At 
 least he lived quietly on in his narrow cabin until 1796, or for 
 seventeen years, when, broken in health, he sold out his business 
 and holdings to a Frenchman named Le Mai, and returned to 
 Peoria, where he soon after died in the home of his friend Gla- 
 morgan. 
 
 Le Mai, his successor, was a shrewd, industrious Frenchman, 
 with a keen desire for gold and an accommodating conscience. 
 He considerably enlarged the business of De Sable and grew rap- 
 idly toward affluence. Other traders came to share his pros- 
 perity, other cabins sprung up about the mouth of the harbor; 
 and when Le Mai, in 1803, disposed of his business and returned 
 to the pleasures of civilization, there was quite a little settle- 
 ment at " Checagau Portage," and the trading post at the 
 mouth of the Chicago (or Onion) River was known all along 
 the lakes. 
 
 The Revolutionary war, while it resulted in victory for the 
 colonists, left them with many new and serious responsibilities, 
 which they, in their reduced and enfeebled condition, were illy 
 prepared to assume One or the most difificult and important of 
 these was the " Indian question" — which, like Banquo's ghost, oc- 
 casionally rises to trouble and perplex their descendants to this 
 day. The English still hoped to gain possession of the vast ter- 
 ritory which the colonists had wrested from them, and as a means 
 to this end kept among the savages many well-paid and skillful 
 
WORLD '5 COL UMBiAN' EXPOSITION. 1 1 
 
 emissaries, whose business it was to destroy the confidence which 
 the Americans sought to awaken in the bosoms of their dusky 
 neighbors. This was not aMifficult task. The savages, ignorant 
 and suspicious, were easily persuaded tliat the Americans meant 
 to rob them of their lands and drive them out of the country. 
 The rascally spirit of many of the government's trusted agents 
 materially assisted the English to spread this belief among the 
 more restless tribes that roamed along the borders of the great 
 lakes. The purchase of Louisiana from the French, which was 
 about to be consummated, would open a vast territory for settle- 
 ment. But unless something was done to keep the hostile tribes 
 in check, the hardiest pioneer would hesitate long before trusting 
 the fate of his family or of himself to the mercies of so treacher- 
 ous and pitiless a foe. And so the Government, in order to estab- 
 lish a wholesome respect for its power among the more savage 
 tribes and at the same time cultivate more intimate relations with 
 those disposed to be friendly, decided to build and garrison a fort 
 somewhere on the southern shore of Lake Michigan. St. Joseph 
 was first selected; but this, not meeting with the approval of some 
 of the friendly tribes, Chicago Portage, which was situated in the 
 six-miles square of territory lately ceded to the Government, was 
 selected, and work on the fort began. The building was finished 
 sometime in the fall of 1803, and called Fort Dearborn, after Gen- 
 eral Harry Dearborn, then Secretary of State, and garrisoned as 
 follows : 
 
 One captain, one second lieutenant, one ensign, four sergeants 
 three corporals, four musicians, fifty-four privates and one sui 
 geon's mate. 
 
 "The fort,'* says A. T. Andrews, in his " History of Early CIJ- 
 cago," " stood on the south side of the Chicago River, where the 
 stream turned to enter the lake. It had two block-houses, one on 
 the southwest corner, the other on the northwest. On the north 
 side a subterranean passage led from the parade ground to the 
 river, designed as a way of escape in case of emergency or for sup- 
 plying the garrison with water in time of siege. The whole was 
 inclosed by a strong palisade of wooden pickets. At the west of 
 the fort and fronting north on the river was a two-story log build, 
 ing, covered with split oak siding. This was the United States 
 
12 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 agency house. On the shores of the river, between the fort and 
 the agency, were the root-houses, or cellars, of the garrison. The 
 ground on the south side was inclosed and cultivated as a garden. 
 Three pieces of light artillery comprised the commandment of 
 the fort." 
 
 Captain John Whistler, the builder of Fort Dearborn, was its 
 first commander, and during his stay of seven years the garrison 
 enjoyed a season of unbroken peace. American settlers, with 
 their families, took the place of the French traders with Indian 
 wives, and Fort Dearborn began to assume the manners and 
 adopt the customs of civilization. While the fort was in process 
 of construction in 1803, John H. Kinzie brought his family from 
 St. Joseph, across the lake, ajnd took up his residence in the 
 trader's house of Le Mai, which he had bought from the French- 
 man some months before. This was the first family to settle in 
 Chicago, and the first home in the settlement. It consisted of 
 John Kinzie, his wife Eleanor, their infant son, John Harris 
 Kinzie, and Margaret McKillup, daughter of Mrs. Kinzie by a 
 former husband. 
 
 John Kinzie, justly styled the father of Chicago, was a silver- 
 smith by trade, but for years previous to his advent at Chicago 
 he had followed the business of Indian trader with marked suc- 
 cess. The dialects of the different tribes were as familiar to him 
 as the language of his fathers, and he enjoyed the fullest confi- 
 dence of the Indians throughout all the lake region. He was 
 strictly honest in all his dealings with them, and during the most 
 stormy times and under the most trying circumstances they never 
 refused him their protection. He was a hospitable man ; and his 
 humble home on the north bank of the Chicago River, fronting 
 the lake, was the favorite resort of every hunter that strayed into 
 the post. As time went by other American families came to 
 settle about the fort. New cabins, larger and with more preten- 
 tions to comfort were built ; and the French trader, with his 
 Indian wife and half-breed children, gave place to the American 
 pioneer, whose ideas of life, it crude, were of a much higher char- 
 acter. The frontier post now began to assume some of the airs 
 of older civilization. The social line, which had at first been 
 drawn at the palisades, was extended to take in the whole village. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 13 
 
 The wife of the veteran soldier sipped tea with the farmer's 
 daughter in the rude home of the trader; the village maiden, 
 listening to the pleadings of the corporal, was led to pity his 
 lonely lot, and there were weddings and births and gossip. Thus 
 the inhabitants of Fort Dearborn, far in the wilderness, went on 
 making history, and the great world beyond the woods and lakes 
 and prairies gave them seldom a thought, if it gave them a 
 thought at all. 
 
 In 1 8 10 Captain Whistler was relieved by Captain Nathan 
 Heald, a native of New Hampshire, where he was born in 1775. 
 When quite a young man he entered the army, where he received 
 rapid promotion ; was lieutenant in 1799 and captain in 1807. 
 His wife Rebekah was a daughter of Captain Samuel Wells, a 
 noted Indian fighter of Kentucky. 
 
 The Indians of the country about Fort Dearborn were Potta- 
 watomies, and generally inclined to be friendly. But at the be- 
 ginning of the war of 18 12 they began to show signs of restless- 
 ness, and the garrison was frequently startled by the report of 
 some isolated settler being murdered, his butchered offspring 
 given to the flames and the broken-hearted mother dragged into 
 cruel captivity. On the i8th of June the United States declared 
 war on the British. On the 15th of July the American fort at 
 Mackinac surrendered. When this news reached them, many 
 tribes that had hitherto been neutral went over to the English. 
 In the south and west that wily old warrior, Tecumseh, was hast- 
 ening from council to council, stirring up the Indians to join 
 forces and make general war on the white settlers. Fort Dear- 
 born was far removed from civilization and completely at the 
 mercy of the hostiles. On the 5th of August General Hull, then 
 in command at Detroit, dispatched an Indian messenger to Cap- 
 tain Heald with orders to evacuate the post at once and proceed 
 with his forces by land to Detroit. Captain Heald was a brave 
 soldier. To abandon his post before a blow had been struck or a 
 hand raised against it savored of timidity at least. Besides, the 
 Pottawatomies still professed to be friendly, and promised him 
 safe escort through their country whenever he should decide to 
 go. The fort was strong and well stored with ammunition and 
 supplies. The route from Chicago to Detroit was a long and 
 
14 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 tedious one, and should his Indian escort prove treacherous he 
 would be with his small force entirely at their mercy. Debating 
 thus he delayed his departure six days. On the evening of the 
 13th Captain Wells, the uncle of Mrs. Heald and Indian agent at 
 Fort Wayne, arrived with thirty friendly Miamas. Captain Wells 
 was well-acquainted with the nature of the Indian and his tactic's. 
 Stolen by the Miamas when a boy of twelve he passed his youth 
 and early manhood as a member of that tribe, the adopted son of 
 its most powerful chief, Little Turtle. At the outbreak of 1790 
 he fought with the Indians. After the battle in which St. Clair 
 was defeated he realized that he was warring against his own 
 kinsmen, and in a noble speech informed his adopted father that 
 he could serve with him no more ; then making his way to the 
 camp of General Wayne, he joined the American forces and was 
 made captain of a company of scouts. When peace was again 
 restored he settled at Fort Wayne, where he was joined by his 
 wife, the daughter of Little Turtle. 
 
 Upon his arrival at Fort Dearborn Captain Wells advised the 
 destruction of all extra arms, ammunition and liquor, and the im- 
 mediate abandonment of the fort. His advice was followed. The 
 muskets were broken and destroyed and the whiskey thrown into 
 the river. Some prowling Indians learned of this, and immedi- 
 ately hurried with the news to their camp, which was not far dis- 
 tant. The young bucks were furious, and a council of war was 
 held, at which it was decided to destroy the fort and garrison. 
 
 Black Partridge, who carried a medal presented to him by Gen- 
 eral Wayne at the signing of the Greenville treaty, and who had 
 always maintained a friendly feeling for the whites, came into the 
 fort and returned the medal to Captain Heald. " My young 
 men," said he, " say they have been betrayed. You have de- 
 stroyed the arms and provisions which you promised to leave here 
 for us. My braves are resolved upon taking your lives. I cannot 
 restrain them. I return you the token of peace, for I will not 
 wear it while I am compelled to act as an enemy." 
 
 The only hope for the garrison now lay in speedy departure. 
 The ofificers went quietly about their final arrangements, cheering 
 the soldiers by word and example. At nine o'clock of the follow- 
 ing morning, August 15th, the little band passed out of the fort. 
 
WORLD *S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. i ■ 
 
 and its gates closed upon them for the last time. The evacu- 
 ating company consisted of the garrison, about seventy-five 
 men, including officers. Captain Wells and his band of thirty 
 Miami braves, the women and children of the officers, soldiers 
 and settlers, and brave John Kinzie, who, although warned by 
 several chiefs who held him in high esteem, resolved to use all 
 influence to avert the massacre of his white friends. The wo- 
 men and children were in wagons or on horseback. Captain 
 Wells, according to the Indian custom, had blackened his face 
 in premonition of his fate. With fifteen of his Miamis he led 
 the advance. The band played the dead march. The waves 
 of the swelling lake broke sobbingly upon the shore, and the 
 beleaguered garrison moved slowly southward along the beach. 
 At the same time a band of five hundred Indians left their 
 camp and trailed along behind a ridge of sand-hills that stretched 
 between the path that ran along the beach and the prairie be- 
 yond. A mile and a half from the fort the troops were at- 
 tacked. At the very first volley the Miamis ran away, accom- 
 panied by their chief. The battle was short and sanguinary. 
 The soldiers felt that escape was impossible. To surrender 
 meant death. Already they felt the winds of eternity in their 
 hair, and fought like men resolved to enter its borders full-handed 
 v/ith revenge. While the battle was in progress a young Indian 
 savage crept unseen into a wagon and tomahawked twelve of the 
 children. The troops, without shelter of any kind, were soon cut 
 to pieces. Captain Heald, himself badly wounded, fought his 
 way through the lines, and with the surviving remnant of his 
 band, escaped to a little knoll out of range of the Indians' guns. 
 From here a half-breed boy was dispatched to Chief Black Bird, 
 offering to surrender on condition that their lives would be spared. 
 This was agreed to, and the battle which totally annihilated the 
 embryo Chicago was over. 
 
 Of the original number that left the fort, less than one-third 
 escaped with their lives. Captain Wells, who fought like a demon 
 through it all, was at last overpowered and killed. His head was 
 cut off and his heart taken out and eaten by the savages, who 
 hoped by this means to become possessed of the courage and 
 prowess of the heroic scout. Ensign Ronan and Surgeon De 
 
f6 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Isaac Van Voorhis also lost their lives in the engagement. All 
 the wounded, with the exception of Captain and Mrs. Heald and 
 Lieutenant Helm and his wife, were dispatched on the field. 
 
 The women fought with the same fierceness and bravery 
 which distinguished the men. Mrs. Helm, daughter of Mrs. 
 Kinzie, was snatched from the clutches of a 5'-oung savage who 
 was trying to tomahawk her, by a friendly chief, Black Partridge, 
 who bore her to the lake, and, plunging her in up to the chin, 
 cautioned h&r to remain there, which she did. After the battle he 
 returned and conducted her to a place of safety. Mrs. Heald, 
 mounted on a fine thoroughbred Kentucky horse, fought her way 
 to the prairie, and refused to surrender until she was wounded six 
 times. The savages spared her life in admiration of her bravery. 
 
 The prisoners were distributed among the different tribes, to 
 be all finally ransomed or returned to their friends. John Kinzie, 
 and his family, were allowed to depart in peace. The fort and 
 surrounding cabins were burned, and the savages hurried away to. 
 join in depredations elsewhere. For a few days the winds tossed 
 the remnants of the settlement about the sand-hills and then the 
 last vestige of early Chicago disappeared. The mink and beaver 
 came back to sport under the quiet banks of the river, and the 
 elk fearlessly sniffed the air and pawed the turf where the gardens 
 of man had been. 
 
(fci-ffiL^tX-tax-^s 
 
 ■»^K- HTSiXORV ^^^- 
 OF CHICAGO. 
 
 iSi6 to i8gi. 
 
 OR four years after its destruction by the Pottawa. 
 ^y, tomies, Fort Dearborn lay a scattered ruin in a wilder- 
 sTJ ness of weeds, and the bones of the murdered garrison 
 bleached whiter than the white sea-sands on which they 
 rested. But when the war, which, during this time raged all 
 along the Canadian border, was ended and the English flag 
 driven from the lakes, the Government turned its attention 
 once more to the settlement of its frontiers, and Fort Dear- 
 born was ordered to be rebuilt. In July, 1816, Captain 
 \ Hezekiah Bradley, who had been commissioned for that ser- 
 vice, arrived at Chicago with two companies of infantry, and 
 the reconstruction of the fort was begun on the site of the old 
 one — but larger and on a somewhat different plan. A high stock- 
 ade inclosed the barracks, officers* quarters, magazine and pro- 
 vision store. Two bastions, one on the northwest and one on the 
 southeast corners, rose above the palisades, commanding a wide 
 view of the surrounding country. The officers' quarters were on 
 the west side of the stockade, the soldiers' barracks on the east ; 
 a block-house stood at the southwest corner. 
 
 The site of the old fort is now occupied by a massive five-story 
 business block, within the angle formed by the junction of River 
 Street and Michigan Avenue. On its north front is a marble 
 tablet, with the following inscription ; 
 
20 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 This Building Occupies the Site of Old Fort Dear- 
 born, WHICH Extended a Little across Mich- 
 igan Avenue and Somewhat into 
 THE River as it now is. 
 
 The Fort was Built in 1803-4, Forming Our Outmost 
 Defense. 
 
 By Order of General Hull, it was Evacuated Aug. 
 15, 1812, AFTER its Stores and Provisions 
 
 HAD BEEN DISTRIBUTED AMONG 
 
 THE Indians. 
 
 Very soon after, the Indians attacked and massacred about 
 fifty of the troops and a number of citizens, including women 
 and children, and next day burned the fort. In 1816 it was 
 rebuilt, but after the Black Hawk war it went into gradual 
 disuse, and in May, 1837, was abandoned by the army, but was 
 occupied by various Government officers till 1857, when it was 
 torn down, excepting a single building, which stood upon the 
 site till the great fire of Oct. 9, 1871. 
 
 At the suggestion of the Chicago Historical Society this 
 tablet was erected, November, 1880, by W. M. HOYT. 
 
 Fort Dearborn was kept constantly garrisoned from this time 
 Uiatil 1823, when, the frontier line having moved westward to the 
 Mississippi, a garrison at Chicago was considered no longer neces- 
 sary, and the troops were withdrawn. 
 
 It was garrisoned again from 1828 to 1831, Major John Fowle 
 commanding. Again, in 1832, when Black Hawk and his warriors 
 became hostile, Major William Whestler, with a small body of 
 troops, was stationed here to protect the settlers, who had sought 
 refuge in the fort. He was relieved in July of the following year 
 by Major John Fowle, and he, a month later, by Major De Lafa- 
 yette Wilcox, who commanded until Dec. 18, 1833, ^^^ again 
 from Sept. 16, 1835, to Aug. i, 1836. Major John Bendee, Major 
 John Greene and Captain and Brevet-Major Joseph Plympton 
 held command during the interval for varying periods. On Dec. 
 29, 1836, the troops were permanently withdrawn; the last salute 
 sounded, the last bugle was blown, and Fort Dearborn, the scene 
 of many stirring dramas and of one of the saddest tragedies which 
 the history of American frontier life records, was, as a military 
 post, forever abandoned. 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 2 1 
 
 John Kinzie, who, after the massacre of the garrison and de- 
 struction of old Fort Dearborn, removed with his family to De- 
 troit, returned to Chicago in the autumn of 1816, and moved into 
 his old log house on the north bank of the river. During all 
 those troubled years, while the Indians, made furious by their 
 many losses, had butchered and burned on every hand, that one 
 lone cabin stood unmolested in the heart of the wildnerness. 
 What better proof could be had of the esteem in which these 
 untutored savages held the silversmith, Shaw-nee-aw-kee, who, in 
 all his dealings with them, never used deceit and never broke hig 
 word ? They gave additional evidence of their affection for him 
 when, in the treaty of Sept. 20, 1828, the year of his death, the 
 Pottawatomies inserted a provision which gave " to Eleanor Kin 
 zie and her four children, by the late John Kinzie, $3,500, in con 
 sideration of the attachment of the Indians to her deceased hus- 
 band." Other settlers followed Kinzie. The Indian Agency 
 was resumed, and once more Chicago became the scene of social 
 and business life. Friendly chiefs came once more to the fort, 
 and around the firesides of former acquaintances recounted tales 
 of the tragic war which had proved quite as disastrous to the 
 Indian as to the pale-faced conqueror. Many a powerful tribe 
 had been -annihilated, many an Indian village swept away. 
 The chief of a once numerous people, Black Partridge, came to sit 
 in the cabin of his old friend, John Kinzie. He was now a 
 lonely, broken-hearted man, whose tribe and kindred were either 
 dead or scattered, whose village was in ashes and whos^ voice, 
 once powerful in council, was listened to no more. 
 
 From the time of the rebuilding of Fort Dearborn Chicago's 
 advance was steady if not rapid. There was peace and quiet in 
 all the region round about the harbor. The soil of the rich 
 prairie lands was broken up by settlers, who came in numbers 
 from the Eastern States, and well-tilled farms supplied the traders 
 with the necessaries of life. Fish were plenty in the streams, and 
 game in abundance stalked through the woods, or roamed over 
 the undulating prairies. Vessels came to the harbor for furs, and 
 brought such luxuries as the simple tastes of the hardy pioneers 
 demianded. These at the same time kept them in communication 
 with the outer world. Thus by slow degrees the little frontier 
 
22 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 post grew to the dignity of a thriving village, with a population 
 of several hundred souls. Communication was established with 
 towns farther to the south. The Homestead act increased the tide 
 of emigration to the West. In 1818 Illinois was admitted to the 
 Union, and the settlement of her rich domains increased. Chi- 
 cago became the commercial center of a rich and rapidly develop- 
 ing country. Commodious dwellings took the place of cabins, 
 and well-filled stores the place of traders' huts. The goddess oi 
 commerce touched the marshes with her wand of gold, and there 
 sprang up a splendid city. 
 
 The first territorial legislature of Illinois met in 18 12, and the 
 territory became a State six years later. In 1829 the Illinois and 
 Michigan Canal received Congressional sanction. The county of 
 Cook was organized in 1831, and Chicago made its county-Seat. 
 In 1833 the town of Chicago was incorporated with twenty-eight 
 voters. Its first trustees were: T. J. V. Owen, George W. Dole, 
 Madore B. Beaubien, John Miller and E. S. Kimberly. Its first 
 public buildings were a log jail and an estray pen. The promi- 
 nent families living in the city in 1832 were those of James Kin- 
 zie (son of the silversmith, John Kinzie), Elijah Wentworth, a 
 tavern-keeper, Robert A. Kinzie, Alexander Robinson, William 
 and Samuel Lee, John Miller and Mark Beaubien, Who kept a 
 tavern on the east side of the South Branch just above its junc- 
 tion with the North Branch. These, with a few French traders, 
 went to make up the town of Chicago in the first year of its ex- 
 istence. At this time there were no post-roads in this section, 
 and Chicago was without a post-ofitice. The mail was brought 
 once in two weeks by a half-breed Indian from Niles, Michigan. 
 
 The first newspaper of Chicago was established in October, 
 1833, by John Calhoun, and was called the Chicago Democrat. It 
 was published at the corner of La Salle and South Water Streets, 
 and between its editorials urging the necessity of work on the 
 Illinois and Michigan Canal and its reports of the arrival of an 
 occasional lake schooner, it chronicled the bear and wolf hunts 
 that took place in the corporate limits of the town. During the 
 summer of 1834 a lake schooner came regularly once a week from 
 Lake Erie, unloading its cargo with lighters outside the bar. Bur 
 during the year a freshet swept away the bar that had heretofore 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIA N EXPOS I TION. 2 3 
 
 obstructed the mouth of the river, and the schooner Illinois 
 sailed up the narrow stream into the town — the first vessel to 
 navigate that channel, which is to-day, for nine months in the 
 year, a moving forest of masts. 
 
 The embryo city already boasted several taverns, a newspaper, 
 a packing establishment, two ferries, several suppl}'' stores and a 
 marine list. Neither were these early pioneers neglectful of their 
 spiritual welfare — four religious denominations, viz: the Catho- 
 lic, Methodist, Presbyterian and Baptist, being represented. 
 
 During the year 1836 a ship was built and launched here ; work 
 was begun on the Illinois and Michigan Canal, and the necessary 
 steps taken to incorporate Chicago as a city. The latter did not 
 take place, however, until March 4, 1837. At the first city elec- 
 tion William B. Ogden (Democrat) was elected over his oppo- 
 nent, John H. Kinzie (Whig), by a majority of 237. The total 
 vote cast was 706. 
 
 Chicago was at that time confined within the limits of North 
 Avenue on the north. Wood Street on the west, Twenty-second 
 Street on the south, and on the east by the lake. For some years 
 the municipal authorities met to transact the business of the city 
 in a building at the corner of Lake and Clark Streets, known as 
 the " Saloon Building." When the city market was built, on the 
 ground where State Street is now intersected by Randolph, the 
 upper floor of that building was arranged for municipal uses. A 
 building of liberal proportions and beautiful architecture was, in 
 185 1, built jointly by the city and county on Court-house Square, 
 the site of the present county building. Here the business of 
 both city and county was transacted, much as it is to-day, until 
 the building was destroyed by fire in 1871. 
 
 The speculative fever caught Chicago in '35 and '36; and the 
 city experienced, even in those early days, a "boom" which 
 deserves to rank with the wildest and haziest of this class of com- 
 mercial baubles. Real estate changed hands with a rapidity which 
 hardly allowed time for signing the papers, and at such rapid 
 advance in prices as made anybody rich who was able to float his 
 paper for a day. The panic of 1837 placed things once more on 
 a stable basis; and, while it caused a momentary hesitation in the 
 growth of Chicago, it never really checked it, and when the flurry 
 
24 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 was over and real values once more established things moved 
 forward more rapidly than ever. The astonishing increase in the 
 value of Chicago realty in those early years is shown by the fol- 
 lowing figures: In 1832 lots 3 and 4 m block i were worth $102. 
 In 1853 they sold for $108,000. A small tract held by the Kin- 
 zies in 1832 at $346 sold twenty-one years later for $540,000. 
 These are fair examples of the general rise in Chicago property 
 during those years. 
 
 While the city enjoyed a season of unparalleled prosperity dur- 
 ing these years, it was not without serious troubles. In 1836 the 
 Black Hawk war sent the settlers for miles around flying into 
 Fort Dearborn, and at the same time the cholera, more terrible 
 and more deadly than the savage redskins, came to scourge the 
 city. Then the panic of 1837-38 left many of the citizens with- 
 out means to supply the necessaries of the plainest living. The 
 most serious set-back, however, was the flood of 1849. ■'■^ March 
 of that year the Desplaines River overflowed and came pouring 
 into the South Branch of the Chicago, breaking up the ice and 
 gorging the stream. This, sweeping onward toward the lake, 
 caught the vessels which had wintered there, and, crushing them 
 into a common mass, moved with an irresistible force upon the 
 city. More than forty vessels were destroyed, and the only bridge 
 in the city swept away. The damage to the shipping, wharves 
 and city generally was more than $130,000. This does not seem 
 large to the Chicagoan of to-day, who saw the flood of flame that 
 swept over the city in 1871 ; but, to the struggling city of that 
 time, it was a great calamity. But with the same perseverance, 
 energy and pluck which has since made Chicago the wonder of 
 the world, the citizens set about repairing their losses, and Chi- 
 cago from that time went steadily forward, with no reverses 
 worth recording until the great fire of 1871. 
 
 At that time Chicago was a city of wood. Not that there was 
 a dearth of fine buildings of stone and brick. Even before the 
 fire the " Queen City by the Inland Sea " boasted many structures 
 that would have done honor to the greatest metropolis in the 
 world. But its growth had been so rapid that it had had no 
 time to harden, and wood was the predominating material. The 
 towering stone business blocks six stories high in the business 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITLON. 25 
 
 center of the city were flanked on either side by rambhng wooden 
 shells. Outside the heart of the city it was all wood. Even the 
 showy brick structures were lined and beamed and raftered and 
 shingled with wood. The lumber yards were great piles of sea- 
 soned wood ; the ships at the docks were loaded with it, and even 
 the docks themselves groaned under great loads of wood, lately 
 arrived and ready to take part in the coming carnival of flame. 
 For weeks previous to that fatal night, the wind had been blowing 
 dry and hot over those acres and acres of warped boards, sucking 
 out the last bit of moisture, till their black knots ran hot pitch as 
 they turned their cracked and splintered edges to the sky, as 
 if pleading to heaven for relief. The night of Oct. 8, 1871, 
 found Chicago a city of tinder; the night that followed left it a 
 bed of blistering ashes. A cow on DeKoven Street put her 
 cloven hoof to a lighted lam.p and 20,000 buildings lay in ruins; 
 100,000 people were homeless; $200,000,000 of money was con- 
 verted into smoke, and the lives of 200 citizens had been sacrificed 
 to the god of flame. The fire, which started in a little frame barn 
 in the vicinity of DeKoven and Jefferson Streets, west of the 
 river and south of Van Buren Street, was never under control 
 from its discovery until it had burned over an area of nearly three 
 and a third square miles and destroyed 17,450 buildings. It first 
 crossed the river at Van Buren Street, and the gas-works, which 
 then stood at the corner of Adams and Franklin Streets, were 
 soon wrapped ift flames. The wind blew a gale, and the confla- 
 gration swelled every moment to greater heat and fury. A 
 granite block was no more in its path than a house-fly in the path 
 of a swallow. At one o'clock in the morning the Chamber of 
 Commerce fell. The Court House across the street was the next 
 to go. Crosby's Opera House, Hooley's Theater, the Times 
 building ; the whole length of Randolph Street went in a breath. 
 The Tremont and Sherman houses were already burning; and by 
 morning all this part of the city, from the West Branch of the 
 Chicago River to the lake and north of Congress Street, at that 
 time the very best portion of the city, composed of splendid 
 blocks of commercial houses, magnificent public buildings, hand- 
 some hotels, and places of amusement, lay in ruins. About three 
 o'clock In the morning it crossed the river to the North Side. anH, 
 
26 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 by daylight that part of the city was a blackened ruin. From the 
 river to the city limits, three and a half miles north and east as 
 far as the lake, everything was swept clean. Only one building 
 in all that district was left standing. This was the " Ogden 
 House," on the north side of Washington Square, between Clark 
 Street and Dearborn Avenue. It was a square frame structure of 
 comfortable dimensions. The trees which grew rather plentifully 
 about it are credited with saving it from destruction. This build- 
 ing, which has been an interesting landmark for residents and 
 visitors, has lately been torn down to make way for the New- 
 berry Library building, which is being erected on the grounds. 
 It was the one link remaining between the Chicago of to-day and 
 rude log huts of the trader and trapper settlers of a century ago. 
 There is a " Relic House," a quaint structure built of molten 
 relics picked up after the great fire, standing at the junction of 
 Clark Street and North Park Avenue; but this is more of a curi- 
 osity than a souvenir of the early days of Chicago. There is also 
 a large collection of relics in the rooms of the Chicago Historical 
 Society, mostly donations from Maria G. Carr, Mrs. E. E. At- 
 water and business firms, which were gathered from the ruins of 
 the city's merchandise. 
 
 The condition of the inhabitants of Chicago directly after the 
 conflagration was pitiful in the extreme. The millionaire and 
 pauper were alike houseless, homeless and without food. Fami- 
 lies were separated, and roamed from place to place searching for 
 each other in vain. Trampled turf took the place of downy beds, 
 and (he sky roofed in the couches of those who had been wont to 
 sleep under curtains of silk. The pangs of hunger added to the 
 miseiy of loss of fortune, and tears and lamentations were every- 
 where. When the news that Chicago lay in ruins flashed ovei 
 the wires, the heart of the world melted with compassion, and the 
 magnitude of calamity was surpassed by the universal charity that 
 it awakened. From every quarter of the globe came not only 
 expressions of the deepest sympathy, but substantial offerings of 
 relief. The capacity of every railroad leading into Chicago was 
 tested by the continuous flow of supplies pouring in from every- 
 where. The contributions in food, clothing and money amounted 
 to over $7,000,000. It was the g^randest illustration of that great 
 
WORLD '5 COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 27 
 
 wealth of sympathy underlying the seeming indifference to the 
 sorrows of others in the every-day affairs of mankind that the 
 world has ever seen. 
 
 ■Encouraged by this generous expression of sympathy and 
 assistance, the citizens of the stricken city set bravely to work to 
 retrieve their broken fortunes. Private dwellings were turned 
 into manufactories, and temporary shanties were put up on the 
 ruins of stores and dwellings before the stones in the cellars were 
 cold. The city was rapidly rebuilt. Forty millions of dollars 
 were expended in improvements during the first year after the 
 fire. The new buildings were of grander proportions and were 
 constructed with regard to ornament as well as use. 
 
 In the reconstruction of the city the erection of buildings of 
 wood was restricted to certain limits, and fire-proof structures six 
 and seven stories in height and of imposing appearance arose on 
 every hand. It was not many years before every vestige of thfe 
 fire had disappeared, and out of its ashes arose a new Chicago, in- 
 comparably superior to the one that had met with such sudden 
 and fearful destruction. 
 
 On July 14, 1874, the city suffered from another disastrous fire. 
 That portion of the city east of State Street and south of Twelfth 
 Street, which had escaped the conflagration of '71, was com- 
 pletely burned over, $4,000,000 worth of property going up in the 
 flames. This fire consumed the greater part of the wooden 
 buildings still remaining within the fire limits of the city. These 
 were at once replaced by those of a more substantial character ; 
 and what would otherwise have been a serious calamity was after 
 all of great advantage, and hastened forward the time when Chi- 
 cago might justly claim, as she does to-day, to be the most solidly 
 built and fire-proof city in America. 
 
 The wonderful recuperative powers displayed by Chicago in so 
 rapidly recovering from the effects of two such disasters, follow- 
 ing one another in quick succession, aroused such a feeling of 
 confidence in her ultimate greatness that everybody became im- 
 bued with a desire to become a landholder, and speculation in 
 real estate for a time ran riot. Previous to the fall of 1873 unim- 
 proved property was held at prices almost equal to those of to- 
 day. But the panic of that year proved disastrous to specula= 
 
28 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 tion, and prices of Chicago realty settled back to their normal 
 condition. Wild speculation was succeeded by rational improve- 
 ment, and lands which had long been kept vacant by fictitious 
 values became sites for splendid business structures or beautiful 
 residences. 
 
 When, in 1837, Chicago was first incorporated as a city, with a 
 population of 4,170, and an area of 10.70 square miles, it com- 
 prised " the district of country in the county of Cook, etc., known 
 as the east half of the southwest quarter of section 33, township 
 40 north, range 14 east; also the east quarter of sections 6, 7, 18 
 and 19, all of fractional section 3, and of sections 4, 5, 8, 9 and 
 fractional section 10 (except the southwest fractional quarter 
 thereof, occupied as a military post, until the same shall become 
 private property), fractional section 15, sections 16, 17, 20, 21 and 
 fractional section 22, township 39 north, range 14 east." The city 
 limits have since that time been twelve times extended, and its 
 present area covers 181.70 square miles. The population, accord- 
 ing to the census of 1890, was 1,098,576. The school census gave 
 it 1,208,669. Since that time several new districts have been 
 added, and an estimate of 1,300,000 for the present population of 
 the city of Chicago would not be far from correct. Chicago, 
 which is only one-quarter as old as New York^ ranks second in 
 the United States and sixth in the cities of the world. 
 
 The rapid growth of Chicago, while it may puzzle the casual 
 observer, is after all but the natural effect of an easily discerned 
 cause. Situated at the extreme head of a great chain of lakes 
 that open a direct waterway to the sea, surrounded by a country 
 that two decades ago was in great part a wilderness, and which 
 to-day supports 10,000,000 of people, who, in the occupancy 
 and development of 500,000 square miles of forest and prairie, 
 have invested no less than $2,000,000,000, what wonder that 
 Chicago should become a great city? A great mass of men 
 and a great mass of capital came together on this land to de- 
 velop it, and Chicago has but kept pace with the result. It 
 is an inland city! London is an inland city, and yet it is the 
 world's metropolis. In the course of events New York must 
 take the place of Liverpool, and Chicago of London in the 
 New World, Man will not bring this about • man could not 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 31 
 
 bring it about. The geography has done it already, and noth- 
 ing short of a general upheaval of Nature can change the 
 result. 
 
 Chicago is situated on the southwest shore of Lake Michi- 
 gan, in 41° 52' north latitude and 78° 52' west longitude. Its 
 mean elevation is 75 feet above Lake Michigan, or 591 feet 
 above mean sea level. 
 
 Baltimore, its nearest port on the Atlantic, is a distance of 
 854 miles, while 2,417 miles lie between it and the Pacific 
 Ocean. It lies directly on the high way from the Lakes to the 
 Gulf, and from the Atlantic to the Western States. Besides be- 
 ing a great inland feeder, it has all the advantages of a sea-port 
 city. It is because of these things that from a small hamlet 
 a little over half a century ago, Chicago has grown into a metro- 
 politan center, whose arteries of trade extend to every portion 
 of the world. 
 
 The climate of Chicago is generally delightful. Cool breezes 
 from the lake blow almost constantly during the summer 
 months, and the winters, which in this latitude are generally 
 long and severe, by this same agency are tempered to moder- 
 ation. There is an exhilaration in the atmosphere of Chicago 
 which stimulates and arouses the latent energies of the human 
 system, and in no other city can such an amount of mental 
 and physical labor be performed with so little fatigue. Sta- 
 tistics prove Chicago to be the healthiest city in the world. 
 The highest death rate it has known for many years was in 
 1875, which was 20.29; the lowest in 1878, when it fell to 
 15.70 per 1,000 population. The death rate of New York 
 averages over 29 per thousand, of Boston 23 per thousand, 
 Philadelphia about 24 per thousand, while the great European 
 cities give up every year from 25 to 45 of every one thousand 
 of their inhabitants to the fell destroyer. During the year just 
 passed, notwithstanding the ravages of la grippe, there died in 
 Chicago but 21,856 persons, or about 18 per cent, of the popu- 
 lation. 
 
 Almost the whole of "down town" Chicago rests on an arti- 
 ficial foundation. All the ground lying east of Wabash Avenue 
 from Sixteenth Street north to the river has been reclaimed 
 
32 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 from the lake, while the grade of the entire business portion 
 of the city has been raised from eight to fifteen feet above its 
 original level. 
 
 The entire absence of any rise or fall of the country on which 
 Chicago is located made the question of adequate sewerage a 
 serious one. Skillful engineering has, to a great extent, over- 
 come the difficulty ; and there is no city in the country to-day 
 that can boast of a purer atmosphere or more cleanly sur- 
 roundings. 
 
 The Chicago River, which was at one time the sneer and 
 scoff of her own citizens, has become the city's most useful, if 
 its most humble servant. With its two branches, stretching 
 out like the extended claws of a crab to the extreme north- 
 east and southwest quarters of the city, the arm or main chan- 
 nel meeting the lake on the east, it formed a natural arterial 
 system. It was, however, too sluggish by nature to do the 
 work required of it, and artificial means had to be employed. 
 A system of pumping was introduced, with works at Bridge- 
 port and Fullerton Avenue. The former, in the extreme south- 
 western part of the city, throws the water out of the river 
 into the Illinois and Michigan Canal at the rate of 40,000 cubic 
 feet per minute ; the latter, in the extreme northeastern part of 
 the city, throws in fresh water from the lake in quantities 
 something less, but enough to dilute its contents and form a 
 head sufficient to set its current from the lake. While the 
 system has thus far proved measurably successful, the rapid 
 growth of the city and the approaching Columbian Exposition 
 suggested the need of improvement, and steps have already been 
 taken to that end. The gravity channel that is to connect the 
 Chicago with the Illinois River, when finished, will be of sufficient 
 compass to relieve Chicago of any fear of the pollution of her 
 water supply for all time to come. It is believed, also, that this 
 canal will receive aid from the government sufficient to make it a 
 navigable waterway from the Mississippi to Lake Michigan. 
 
 Chicago, considering the heterogeneous character of its popu- 
 lation, has been remarkably free from riotous disturbances. 
 When, in 1877, the whole eastern country was on the eve of 
 convulsion, and labor riots, which had their origin in Pittsburgh, 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSLTi w. i. 33 
 
 were threatening the peace of every American city, Chicago 
 was but slightly agitated. The militia were called out, but their 
 services were never required, except for the protection of pri- 
 vate property and the guarding of public buildings. The local 
 police were sufficient to quell the disturbance. Less than a 
 score of people lost their lives during the three or four days 
 which the riot lasted, and peace was easily restored. The Hay- 
 market massacre, on the night of May 4, 1886, was much more 
 serious and far-reaching in its consequences. A crowd of An- 
 archists had gathered near the Haymarket, at the entrance to 
 an alley that opens on Desplaines Street, and their speakers 
 were making incendiary speeches from the bed of a wagon 
 which stood partly in the street and partly in the alley. Six 
 companies of policemen were sent to disperse the mob and 
 arrest the speakers. As they wheeled from th^ Haymarket and 
 advanced into Desplaines Street, a bomb was thrown from the 
 mouth of the alley and exploded in their midst. Seven police- 
 men were killed outright or so badly wounded that they died 
 shortly afterwards. Many more were crippled for life. In- 
 stantly all was confusion. The policemen opened fire, and the 
 mob fled in every quarter. Just how many of these were 
 killed and wounded will never be known. The excitement in 
 the city was intense ; and their friends anxious to conceal 
 the fact of their being at the meeting, concealed the bodies of 
 their dead and gave them quiet burial, and in secret nursed 
 the wounded. Those known to be leaders in the Anarchistic 
 movement, Fielden, Lingg, Spies, Engel, Schwab, Neebe and 
 Fischer, were arrested. The office of the Arbeit er Zeitung, 
 with which several of these men were known to be connected, 
 was searched, and quite a supply of dynamite arms, bombs and 
 infernal machines discovered. Parsons, one of the principal 
 Anarchistic leaders, and who escaped on the night of riot, a 
 few days later surrendered himself to the authorities. A long 
 and sensational trial followed, which resulted in a sentence of 
 death for the prisoners. The sentence of Fielden and Schwab 
 was commuted to imprisonment for life. Lingg, the "Tiger 
 Anarchist," committed suicide in jail by means of a bomb 
 stolen in to him by his sweetheart ; and the others^ Par&an^, 
 
34 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Spies, Engel and Fischer, on the nth day of November, 188;^, 
 went to the gallows. 
 
 When the fatal drop fell on that still autumnal morning, 
 Anarchy was dead, and nothing approaching a riot has been 
 since seen in Chicago. 
 
 In railroad facilities Chicago is much superior to any other 
 American city. This, together with its cool lake breezes, its 
 splendid hotel accommodations and its many fine assembly 
 halls, make it the ideal place for holding conventions of all kinds. 
 The great Exposition building, in which Lincoln was nominated 
 in i860, as was McClellan in 1864, Garfield in 1880, Blaine in 
 1884 and Cleveland again in the same year, affords seating capa- 
 city for 20,000 persons. The new Auditorium, the largest theater 
 building in the world, is now the favorite assembly hall for the 
 great conventions; and the candidates for President will no doubt 
 continue to be named at Chicago. 
 
 The bonded indebtedness of Chicago is about $17,000,000. 
 The $500,000 of the $1,000,000 invested in the World's Colum- 
 bian Exposition is included in this estimate. The number of 
 buildings erected has grown from 4,086 in 1883 to 11,608 in 1890. 
 In the former year there was expended for this purpose $22,- 
 162,610; in the latter year, $47,322,100. The building industry 
 of 1 89 1 will be far in advance of this. 
 
 Chicago, during the year 1890, slaughtered 5,733,082 hogs and 
 2,219,312 cattle; and the total value of live-stock handled during 
 that time reached the enormous sum of $231,344,879. The com- 
 merce of the city has increased from $20,000,000 in 1850 to 
 $1,380,000,000 in 1890. The wholesale business is now more than 
 $500,000,000, and the value of manufactured products over $100,- 
 200,000. The total receipts of grain amounted to 177,353,461 
 bushels, and of flour 4,358,058 barrels; 2,050,000,000 feet of lum- 
 ber were shipped or consumed in the city, and it took 515,000,000 
 shingles to supply the trade. These figures show that Chicago 
 leads the world in the business of stock and lumber. The bank- 
 ing business of Chicago ranks next in volume to that of New 
 York, although second place is given to that of Boston in the 
 published reports of the clearing houses. The total clearinj^s oi 
 \\\c twentv-one associated banks in Chicago for 1890 were !|4,Q9j,- 
 
ROOKERY AND BOARD OF TRADE. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 37 
 
 145,904; and the Comptroller of Currency at Washington, in his 
 report for the last quarter of 1890, said: "The general showing 
 is a good one for the country at large, but the Chicago banks 
 seem to be in especially good shape, and the reserve of 31.42 per 
 cent, indicates a healthy condition of that city. Philadelphia's 
 reserve is 28.38 per cent., while New York's is 28.11 per cent.; so 
 you can judge of the relative standing of Chicago." The custom 
 duties collected at Chicago for 1890 were $13,518,896.33, and the 
 general commerce of the city reached in 1890 the magnificent 
 sum of $1,380,000,000. The commercial and manufacturing inter- 
 ests of Chicago increase at such a rapid rate that the figures of a 
 preceding year are necessarily far below those which would be 
 required to give an idea of the current business of the city. The 
 preparations now going forward for the World's Columbian Ex- 
 position have greatly increased the volume of trade in all lines, 
 and the statistics for 1891 will show an advance of at least 30 per 
 cent, over the figures quoted above. 
 
aUIDK TO 
 
 - # # = 
 
 CHICAOO. 
 
 Giving the Principal Points of Interest, Parks, Boulevards, 
 
 Railroads, Street Railways, Suburban Towns, 
 
 Public Buildings, Etc., Etc. 
 
 l^^OUNTY Organization. — The government of Cook 
 Bll^f) County, Illinois, is vested in a Board of Commis- 
 '^^^ sioners, consisting of fourteen members, elected for 
 four years, half of whom retire biennially. Their salaries for 
 1891 amounted to $33,551. The board elects its president, 
 selecting one of its own number. This board has the direc- 
 tion and control of all county officers; collects the revenues 
 of the county through the County Treasurer; appropriates 
 money for the maintenance of the courts, jail, insane asylum, 
 I poor-house, county hospital, court-house building, sheriff's 
 office, county clerk's office, coroner's ofifice, etc., and has 
 general supervision of county highways, bridges, etc. The 
 County Board is entirely independent of the City Council, 
 although the jurisdiction of the latter extends over a large portion 
 of the county included within the corporate limits. 
 
 Cook County Court-House — Occupies the entire east half of 
 the block bounded by Washington, Randolph, La Salle and Clark 
 Streets, in the center of the business district of the South Side, 
 the west half being occupied by the City Hall. This magnificent 
 pile was erected in 1876-77 at a cost of about $3,000,000, and is 
 
 38 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBLA N EXPOSITION. 39 
 
 one of the handsomest pubHc buildings in the country. In this 
 building are located the County, Probate and various Circuit and 
 Superior Courts, the Law Library, and all the County offices, 
 except that of the State's (or Prosecuting) Attorney, which is 
 located in the Criminal Court building. North Side. 
 
 County hisane Asylum. — Take train at Union Depot, Canal 
 and Adams Streets. This institution is located at Dunning, a 
 suburb of Chicago. It is a costly structure of imposing dimen- 
 sions, surrounded by spacious grounds, far enough removed from 
 the city to make the location a quiet and healthful one. Numer- 
 ous cottage wards relieve the overcrowded condition of the main 
 building. The current expenses of 1 890 were : Salaries, $44,- 
 II 1.68; supplies, repairs, etc., $112,006.87. The total number 
 admitted for treatment in 1890 was 1,483; of these 717 were men 
 and ^66 were women ; 30 per cent, were native-born and 70 per 
 cent, were of foreign birth. The number remaining under treat- 
 ment at the close of 1890 was 1,083, of which 509 were men and 
 574 were women. In his annual report the Superintendent makes 
 this important statement : " I would here call attention to a fact, 
 and that is, where those that are insane are placed under proper 
 treatment in well-arranged hospitals within the first three months 
 of the inception of the disease the chances for recovery are about 
 as good as from any serious bodily ailment. The average of cures 
 when this class of disease is thus treated will range as high as 60, 
 65 and even 70 in 100." 
 
 County Jail — Situated in the rear of the Criminal Court 
 building, Michigan Street, between Clark Street and Dearborn 
 Avenue, North Side. Entrance from Michigan Street. Visitors 
 admitted by permission of the sheriff. Both the jail and the 
 Criminal Court building long since ceased to meet the demands 
 made upon it by the extraordinary growth of the city, and the 
 consequent and natural increase in the number of criminals. It 
 lacks almost every modern improvement, and will, doubtless, soon 
 be replaced by a larger and more convenient structure. The 
 Criminal Court. building is connected with the jail by a "bridge 
 of sighs," over which the culprits pass for trial and after convic- 
 
40 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 tion. This entrance is never used except by deputy sheriffs and 
 jailers in discharge of their duties. The only other entrance is 
 up a narrow flight of steps leading from the open court between 
 the two buildings. At the head of these steps is a double iron 
 gate, where stands the outer turnkey. On one side of the prison 
 entrance is the head-jailer's room ; on the other, the office of the 
 jail clerk. No one is allowed to go beyond this corridor without 
 a permit. Beyond this is the " Cage," an iron-bound arrangement 
 covered with several thicknesses of wire netting, from which the 
 prisoner may hold communication with his friends. It was here 
 that the " Tiger Anarchist " Lingg received from his sweetheart 
 the dynamite cartridge which he exploded in his mouth, killing 
 himself the day before that set for his execution. There are a 
 number of cells on this floor. Just above, on the next balcony, 
 is " Murderers' Row," from which many unfortunates have gone 
 forth to the gallows during the last twenty years. The cell bal- 
 conies run all around this interior building. At the northeast 
 corner of the cell-building the gallows is always erected. There 
 are four departments: Men's, Women's, Boys' and Debtors'. 
 
 County Poor-House. — Located at Dunning, a suburb of Chi- 
 cago. Take train at Union Depot, Canal and Adams Streets. 
 This institution is not remarkable in any sense, save as the home 
 of the most wretched class of paupers of the county. The cost of 
 conducting it for 1890 was $105,666.91. This included salaries, 
 supplies, repairs, and the expense of operating the county poor- 
 farm, which returns some revenue. 
 
 The Judiciary of the county consists of one probate and 
 eighteen judges of the Superior and Circuit Courts. The salaries 
 of the judges of the courts of Cook County amounted in 1890 to 
 $69,415.40; for clerks of the Superior and Circuit Courts and their 
 assistants, $59,582. The repairs on court rooms amounted to 
 about $2,000. 
 
 City Government. — The City Government is well organized 
 in both its legislative and executive branches. There are depart- 
 ments of poHce, fire, health, law, finance and a department of 
 
WORLB'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 
 
 41 
 
 public works, which is supposed to look after everything which 
 does not come under the supervision of any of the other branches 
 of the administration. The legislative power is vested in the 
 Mayor and a Board of Aldermen, more familiarly known as the 
 City Council. The Mayor's term of office is two years. The 
 board has thirty-six members — two from each of the eighteen 
 wards, elected in alternate years for a term of two years each. 
 The Mayor presides over the deliberations of the body, or, if he 
 be absent, a member from the quorum present is called to the 
 chair. The following is a complete list of the Mayors and the 
 dates of their election: 
 
 William B. Ogden, . 
 
 May 2, 
 
 1837 
 
 Buckner S. Morris, 
 
 March 6, 
 
 1838 
 
 B. W. Raymond, 
 
 . March 5, 
 
 1839 
 
 Alexander Lloyd, .... 
 
 March 3, 
 
 1840 
 
 Francis C. Sherman, 
 
 . March 5, 
 
 1841 
 
 Benjamin W. Raymond, 
 
 March 7, 
 
 1842 
 
 Augustus Garrett, 
 
 . March 7, 
 
 1843 
 
 A. S. Sherman, .... 
 
 March 7, 
 
 1844 
 
 Augustus Garrett, 
 
 ... . March 5, 
 
 184s 
 
 John P. Chapin, . . . , 
 
 March 3, 
 
 1846 
 
 James Curtiss, .... 
 
 . . March 2, 
 
 1847 
 
 James H. Woodworth, 
 
 March 7, 
 
 1848 
 
 James H. Woodworth, 
 
 . March 6, 
 
 1849 
 
 James Curtiss, .... 
 
 March 5, 
 
 1850 
 
 Walter S. Gurnee, . 
 
 , . . March 4, 
 
 1851 
 
 Walter S. Gurnee, 
 
 March 2, 
 
 1852 
 
 Charles M. Gray, . . . 
 
 . March 14, 
 
 1853 
 
 Isaac L. Milliken, 
 
 March 13, 
 
 i8S4 
 
 Levi D. Boone, 
 
 . March 8, 
 
 1855 
 
 Thomas Dyer, . . = . 
 
 March 10, 
 
 1856 
 
 John Wentv/orth, 
 
 . March 3, 
 
 1857 
 
 John C. Haines, .... 
 
 March 2, 
 
 1858 
 
 John C. Haines, 
 
 . March i, 
 
 1859 
 
 John Wentworth .... 
 
 March 6, 
 
 i860 
 
 Julian S. Rumsey, 
 
 . . . April 16, 
 
 1861 
 
 Francis C. Sherman, . 
 
 April 15, 
 
 1862 
 
 Francis C. Sherman, 
 
 . April 21, 
 
 1863 
 
 John B, Rice, .... 
 
 April 18, 
 
 1865 
 
 John B. Rice, .... 
 
 . April 16, 
 
 1867 
 
 Roswell B. Mason, 
 
 November 2, 
 
 1S69 
 
 Joseph Medill, .... 
 
 November 7, 
 
 1871 
 
 Harvey D. Colvin, , . 
 3 
 
 November 4, 
 
 1873 
 
42 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Monroe Heath, July 12, 1876 
 
 Monroe Heath, . . . . . . April 3, 1877 
 
 Carter H. Harrison, April i, 1879 
 
 Carter H. Harrison, April 5, 1881 
 
 Carter H. Harrison, . . '.' . . April 3, 1883 
 
 Carter H. Harrison, April 7, 1885 
 
 John A. Roche, April 5, 1887 
 
 Dewitt C. Cregier, _ April 2, 1889 
 
 Hempstead Washburne, April 7, 1891 
 
 In 1863 the term of office of Mayor was extended from one 
 to two years. In 1869 the time of holding the city election was 
 changed from April to November, and the persons then in office 
 were continued until the first Monday in December. The city 
 was reorganized under the general incorporation act in April, 
 1875, and consequently no election was held in November of that 
 year, but the persons in office held over until July, 1876. In that 
 year the City Council provided for an election for city officers 
 under the new incorporation, but omitted all reference to the 
 office of Mayor. Nevertheless, a popular vote was taken for 
 Mayor at the election, and Thomas Hoyne received 33,064. The 
 canvass of the returns being made, the Council disregarded the 
 vote for Mayor, but the new Council canvassed the returns and 
 declared Mr. Hoyne elected. Mr. Colvin, the incumbent, de- 
 clined to yield possession, and the matter was taken to the courts, 
 where the case was decided against both contestants. A special 
 election was then ordered by Council, and held July 12, 1876, re- 
 sulting in the election of Mr. Heath to serve till after the next 
 regular election. Measures can be passed over the Mayor's veto 
 only by an affirmative vote of two-thirds of the council. The 
 regular meetings are on Monday evening of each week. 
 
 The Law Department consists of a Corporation Council, City 
 Attorney and Prosecuting Attorney. 
 
 The Department of Finance is under the City Comptroller, 
 City Treasurer and City Collector. 
 
 The Building Department. — A Commissioner of Building, 
 assisted by a secretary and a corps of inspectors, has charge of 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 43 
 
 this department. No building can be erected in the city without 
 a permit from this body. Fire escapes and elevators are also 
 under its supervision. 
 
 The Health Department. — This is in charge of a Commiss'ioner 
 appointed by the Mayor. It has supervision over the cleanliness 
 of streets, alleys, factories, workshops, vaccination, etc. The 
 ofifices of these several departments are in the City Hall. 
 
 The Department of Public Works. — This department has en- 
 tire charge of the machinery connected with the public works of 
 Chicago, and is too ponderous in its operations to be described 
 here. All the streets, sewers, bridges, viaducts, etc., are in charge 
 of these commissioners. It formulates all plans and executes all 
 improvements of a public character in the city. It supervises the 
 operations of corporations, and is powerful in every quarter of 
 the city. 
 
 x"x " 
 
 Parks and Boulevards. 
 
 As the glory of woman is in her hair — so is the glory of Chi- 
 cago in her parks and boulevards. Here are gleams and glints of 
 beauty ; shifting light and shade ; the profusion of prodigal wealth 
 combined with unassuming gentleness and unobtrusive modesty. 
 Miles of meadow, mead and dale have been converted into acres 
 of emerald lawn, smooth shaven as a priest. Undulating plats 
 of rare and beautiful flowers on every hand charm the eye with 
 their infinite variety of colors, harmoniously blended ; here deep- 
 ening into carnation, there flashing into scarlet, and fading away 
 yonder into a bank of pale blues, crystals and whites. There are 
 miniature kkes, upon whose surface move vast flotillas of deli- 
 cately tinted lilies, and sailing slowly among them the stately 
 swan. There are shady banks spread thick with emerald grasses, 
 whereon to lie and watch the white clouds drift across the smiling 
 sky, the lake droning on in dreamful music at your feet. The 
 splendid public building is something in which - the citizen takes 
 
44 GUIDE TO CHICAGO 
 
 just pride, but it is for a special purpose and entrance to it is nee- 
 essarify restricted. The city's parks are the citizen's property, 
 and as much to be enjoyed by the humble toiler at the counter, 
 in the factory or upon the high ascending wall, as by the rich 
 man, whose proud steeds spurn the gravel of the smooth boule- 
 vards themselves. Thus it is that the plutocrat and the plebeian 
 alike join in praise of these grateful breathing places in the end- 
 less struggle for supremacy. The Chicago parks and boulevards 
 have not only kept. pace with the marvelous growth of the city, 
 but they have outstripped every other improvement — public or 
 private. No other city can boast such an extensive system of 
 pleasure grounds. The chain of boulevards, which, with the im- 
 provements now under way, will encircle the city, make the long- 
 est continuous pleasure drive in the world. The recent transfer- 
 ence of Diversey Avenue to the control of the West Park Board 
 by the City Council removes the last obstacle to the completion 
 of the system of parks and parkways encircling Chicago. When 
 this gap of two and a half miles of common street shall have been 
 transformed into a boulevard, it will be possible to start on Mich- 
 igan Avenue at Madison Street, drive south to Jackson Park, 
 thence by way of the west parks and boulevards to Diversey 
 Avenue down to Lincoln Park and along the Lake Shore Drive 
 to the starting point, a distance of about thirty-five miles. All 
 this length of road will be a pleasure drive, not surpassed by any- 
 thing of a similar kind in the world. By the time the Columbian 
 Exposition opens, and Chicago begins to bid welcome to all the 
 nations of the earth, this superb succession of parks and pleasure 
 roads will be completed and ready to be offered for the use and 
 admiration of the visitors. They will be as pleased with it as 
 Chicago will be proud of the beauteous adornment. 
 
 Another notable addition to the boulevard system will be the 
 Sheridan Road, now in course of construction. This driveway, 
 beginning at Byron and Shefifield Avenues, where it connects 
 with the Lake Shore Drive, will wind its way along the lake shore 
 over a stretch of picturesque country, through tastefully laid out 
 villages, through shadowy ravines lying between broken and 
 ragged cliffs, to Waukegan, a distance of thirty-six miles. 
 
 For diversified scenery, both artificial and natural, the great 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 47 
 
 sweep of roadway stretching from Madison Street on Michigan 
 Avenue by way of Jackson Park to Waukegan is not excelled by 
 any urban drive. The view, the incidents, the quality of the sur- 
 roundings, change with each furlong. From the lines of stately 
 palaces on Michigan Avenue the eye is feasted with successive 
 varying sights until it comes to the restful green of the maple, 
 beech, birch and pine along the upper reaches of the north shore. 
 When improved and beautified in accordance with the plans 
 already accepted by its projectors, the great boulevard will sur- 
 pass in extent and attractiveness either Euclid Avenue, Cleve- 
 land's boast, New Orleans' famous "Shell Road," Riverside Drive, 
 Gotham's pride, or the Bois-de-Boulogne, of Paris. Even '* Unter 
 den Linden," where Kaiser Wilhelm and the German imperial 
 family take their outings, and " Der Ringstrasse" of Vienna. 
 over which the royal scions of the house of Hapsburg spin, wiU 
 have to retire from the front rank of world-famous drives. 
 
 But one short gap remains to make the chain about the city 
 complete. That is the connection by a.proper pleasure driveway 
 of the Lake Shore Drive with Michigan Avenue. This is near its 
 solution. It is probable that a light yet strong viaduct, of orna- 
 mental design, will be built from Michigan Avenue at Randolph 
 Street to the Lake Shore Drive at Ohio Street, passing over the 
 river at the present Rush Street bridge. The great boulevard is 
 spoken of as the Sheridan Road, Sheridan Drive, Lake Shore 
 Road and Lake Shore Drive indiscriminately. Properly speak- 
 ing, the Sheridan Road begins at Byron and Sheffield Avenues, 
 while it is the Lake Shore Drive south of that point. 
 
 The original idea of our magnificent park and boulevard sys- 
 tem was at the time of its conception so far ahead of the city's 
 needs and so far beyond her power to construct, much less keep 
 in- order, that its projectors certainly deserve the title of prophets. 
 More than a score of years ago the land which is now used for 
 park purposes was purchased, and a plan laid out for a system or 
 chain of parks and boulevards, which differed but little from that 
 which is now so nearly perfected, and of which the city is so 
 proud. Chicago then had little more than 300,000 inhabitants, 
 and the wildest enthusiast would not at that time have ventured 
 to predict a population of one and a quarter millions in 1891. Yet 
 
48 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 they were wise enough to secure these broad stretches of country, 
 then lying on the confines or just without the borders of the cor- 
 porate limits of the city. They are all inside the city limits now, 
 and their entire compass will soon be in a state of the highest 
 cultivation. The area covered by the different parks and public 
 squares of Chicago embraces 1,974.61 acres. This is exclusive of 
 the ground covered by park boulevards. The park system is di- 
 vided into three divisions, and each division is under the control 
 of a separate board of park commissioners, elected by the 
 courts. These are known as the South Park Commissioners, the 
 West Park Commissioners and the North Park Commissioners. 
 The public parks of each division are maintained by a direct tax 
 upon that portion of the city in which they lie. There are a num- 
 ber of smaller parks, squares and " places " throughout the city, 
 under the control of the City Government. 
 
 North Sidb. 
 
 LINCOLN PARK. 
 
 TaJte North Clark or Wells Street Cable Lines for Main Entrance; 
 
 or North State Street Cars to Lake Shore 
 
 Drive Rntrance. 
 
 This is at present the most attractive park in the city. It is 
 250 acres in extent, beautifully laid out with sinuous driveways, 
 quiet walks, extensive flower plats and miniature lakes. It has 
 many heroic statues, a zoological garden, avaries, green-houses, 
 a magnificent palm-house, just being completed, and almost 
 every innocent and restful attraction that the ingenuity of man, 
 combined with the munificence of Nature, can establish. Twenty 
 years ago the old Chicago cemetery occupied the southern por- 
 tion of the land, but as it was encroached upon by the city the 
 ground was condemned for park purposes, and the bodies re- 
 moved to different burial places. The tomb of the Erich family 
 only remains. The park at first contained about 60 acres, but it 
 has since been gradually extended until its area has grown to 250 
 acres. Its connection with the boulevard system dates from 1869, 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 49 
 
 when the legislature provided for its maintenance and improve- 
 ment, and appointed its first board of commissioners. The park 
 has eight miles of drives, nine miles of walks, seven bridges, two 
 tunnels and twenty acres of lake surface. From the magnificent 
 Lake Shore Drive, which extends from Oak Street to the north- 
 ernmost limit of the park, the panorama on either side is one of 
 unrivaled beauty. On the west is the park with its succession of 
 landscapes, each different from the others, yet perfect in itself ; 
 and on the east is the lake flashing its ever-changing hues upon 
 the vision, its rippled surface dotted with sails and steamers, and 
 at night the red gleam of the light-houses in the distance, and the 
 lights of the vessels that move fitfully about, and the weird moon- 
 light that, falling upon its dimpled face, is shivered into millions 
 of radiant beams. There is a long artificial lake of some twelve 
 acres in the southern half of the park, and a smaller one of eight 
 acres in the northwest section. The zoological department con- 
 tains an interesting collection of animals and birds. The list em- 
 braces sea-lions, prairie dogs, several varieties of bears, antelopes, 
 buffaloes, deer, foxes, raccoons, wolves, etc. The floral depart- 
 ment is a striking and attractive feature. About 100,000 plants 
 of different colors are displayed in beds artistically shaped and 
 arranged, and the conservatories contain a large array of the most 
 beautiful and curious tropical plants and flowers. A striking 
 Indian group in bronze, life-size and standing upon a massive 
 granite pedestal, is the gift of Mr. Martin Ryerson. The Lincoln 
 monument, provided for by the munificent legacy of $50,000 left 
 by the late Eli Bates, of this city, faces the south entrance. It 
 was designed by St.-Gaudieur, is a splendid likeness of the Great 
 President, and is said to be among the finest pieces of sculpture in 
 the world. Farther up the Lake Shore Drive and facing south is 
 a magnificent equestrian statue of General Grant. This is of 
 beaten bronze, heroic in size, and its attitude strongly suggestive of 
 the character of the " Man of Will." The " Indian Group " marks 
 a spot farther inland. There are also the La Salle monument, 
 presented by Lambert Tree ; the Schiller monument, presented 
 by the German residents of the city, and the monument of Herr 
 Linnseus, that eminent German who was to flowers what Audu- 
 bon was to birds or Agassiz to minerals. Here, too, is a beautiful 
 
50 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 electric fountain, presented by C. T. Yerkes, which delights the 
 eye with a thousand prismatic hues as the waters rise and fall in 
 musical chorus. Pretty well toward the north end of the park, 
 beyond the zoological gardens, and facing the flower garden, is 
 the new grand conservatory, the finest building of its kind to be 
 found an5^where. The palm house area is 156x90 feet, the fernery 
 90x56 feet, conservatory 90x31 feet, while the orchid and cape 
 houses are 41x3 1 feet each. There is also a potting shed 12x90 
 feet. The style of the building is not unlike that of the grand 
 palm house at Kew Gardens. The building covers a total area 
 of 23,800 feet. The conservatories in other parks of this city 
 are as follows: In Humboldt Park are the exotic house, 48x64, 
 and 65 feet high ; two houses, 25x60 feet each, and four propa- 
 gating or plant houses, each 12x100 feet, costing $22,594.08. The 
 Garfield Park conservatories are almost an exact counterpart of 
 these, costing about $20,000 to build. These were constructed in 
 or prior to 1887. Douglas Park has what they call a winter gar- 
 den of quite pretentious appearance, covering an area of 178x62 
 feet, and the cost was about $40,000. 
 
 West Side. 
 
 HUMBOLDT PARK. 
 
 Take Madison Street Cable Cars marked " Mihvaukee Avenue.*' 
 
 This is the most northern park in the city. It has an area of 
 200.62 acres, and is situated four miles from the Court House, in 
 ■^ a northwesterly direction. It is bounded on the north by West 
 
 ^^**.^^im-th Avenue, on the south by Augusta Street, on the east by 
 Nortu ^"^liiornia Avenue, and on the west by North Kinzie 
 Street. It is handsomely laid out, and one of the most beautiful 
 parks in the system. It has several large lakes, clear as crys- 
 tal, which afford excellent opportunities for rowing. There is 
 a refreshment pavilion and a band-stand near by, from which, 
 during the summer evenings, music floats out over the waters; a 
 delightful addition to the pastoral surroundings. An artesian 
 well, 1,155 feet deep, yields water of high medicinal qualities. 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIA N EXPOSITION, 5 3 
 
 Thousands of shade trees, a forest of pines, winding driveways, a 
 paviHon, a band-stand, a lake, a play-ground, two lily ponds, a 
 monument and a parade ground are to be added at once to the 
 features of Humboldt Park. The portion to be improved is the 
 western section, running three-quarters of a mile long and one- 
 quarter of a mile wide from North Avenue to Augusta Street. 
 Humboldt Boulevard runs north from the park to Logan Square, 
 and thence east to Western Avenue, and when completed will 
 connect Lincoln and Humboldt Parks. A driveway, very nearly 
 straight, will connect Humboldt Boulevard and Central Boule- 
 vard, and pass along the eastern border of the newly improved 
 portion or through the center of the park. Another driveway 
 will make the same connections by branching off at the entrance 
 on North Avenue and winding around to and along the extreme 
 eastern border of the park, and back again to the entrance on 
 Central Boulevard. In the very pathway of the central drive- 
 way the monument to Von Humboldt will stand. The monu- 
 ment will be the donation of Frances J. Dewes. The present 
 lake at Humboldt Park is to be continued in a northwesterly 
 direction, 400 feet wide, a distance of 1,200 feet. Not far from 
 the bridge where the central driveway will cross the lake, will be 
 a new casino of generous dimensions. A band pavilion will be by 
 its side, around which a grove of shade trees will fling wide 
 branches over seats for 1,000 people. Around a graceful curve of 
 the lake and stretching a sweep of green sod for several acres to 
 surrounding woods, a play-ground will be created for children. 
 A branch from this drive follows the shore, crosses a little neck of 
 water that flows to make the lily pond, and joins the central 
 drive at the monument. But the main western driveway con- 
 tinues past where the flat white flowers float, past a great, open 
 stretch, of sod, where ball grounds will be made, and where brave 
 soldiers will parade, and finally meets the central driveway at the 
 entrance on Central Boulevard. Here they will pass out together 
 in an asphalt boulevard by stone and marble mansions to Garfield 
 Park, and from there to the grounds of the World's Columbian 
 Exposition. The unimproved lands of this park cost $241,157, 
 at a time when Chicago property was very much cheaper than it 
 is to-day. 
 
54 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 GARFIELD PARK. 
 
 Take Madison Street Cable Cars, marked '■''Garfield Park.^ 
 
 This park lies four miles directly west of the City Hall. It 
 was formerly called Central Park, but its name was changed to the 
 present one in honor of President Garfield, soon after his death. 
 It lies between Madison and Lake Streets, and runs west a mile 
 and a half from the head of Washington Boulevard. It contains 
 1 86 acres. A lake in its center covers seventeen acres. There, 
 as in the other parks, are many beautiful walks and drives, a wil- 
 derness of flowers, shady retreats, sylvan glades, pretty boat- 
 houses, and a great conservatory filled with tropical trees and 
 plants. In the lake are two miniature islands. The boat-landing 
 is 300 feet long. Breezy balconies run along three sides of the 
 refreshment pavilion, and from its pleasant piazzas there is 
 afforded a fine view of the lake. Over 40,000 plants are propa- 
 gated in the conservatory every year. There is an artesian well 
 here 2,200 feet deep, whose waters are wonderfully effective for 
 the cure of some diseases — such as anaemia, indigestion, rheuma- 
 tism, and kindred complaints. Hundreds go daily to drink of 
 these waters, and many carry away jugs full of the health-giving 
 beverage. A handsome drinking fountain for horses was pre- 
 sented to the park by the Humane Society, the cost of its con- 
 struction being contributed by Mrs. Mancel Talcot. The analysis 
 of the water is as follows : 
 
 GRAINS. 
 
 Chloride of Magnesium, ...... 8-352 
 
 Chloride of Sodium, 87,491 
 
 Bromide of Magnesium, 0.301 
 
 Sulphate of Lime, • . .1.114 
 
 Carbonate of Lime, ....*•. 14.802 
 
 Carbonate of Iron, . '0.712 
 
 Sulphate of Soda. 13-645 
 
 Silicate of Soda, . . , 0.508 
 
 Alumina, traces. 
 
 Organic Substances, none. 
 
 Sulphureted Hydrogen, none. 
 
 Total, 146.925 
 
 Free Carbonic Acid, ^^3-44 cubic inches. 
 
 Temperature at the Well, . . . 71.4° Fahrenheit. 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIA N EXPOSITION. 5 5 
 
 Water flows from the well at the rate of 150 gallons per 
 minute. A small cataract, known as " Miniature Niagara," falls 
 from a basin on the top of the rocky grotto at the mouth of the 
 well. Here, as in the other parks, are shady retreats, sylvan 
 glades, pretty boat-houses, wooden, stone and iron bridges, and 
 different shaped lawns, with walks and drives, all of which are 
 bordered with trees and beds of flowers. There is a great con- 
 servatory filled with tropical plants, giant palms, cork trees, ferns 
 and hundreds of varieties of rare and beautiful trees and flowers, 
 all heightened and made charming by the ingenuity of the land- 
 scape gardener's art here displayed. There are three miles of 
 foot-paths and a driveway of about two miles. 
 
 DOUGLAS PARK. 
 
 Take Madison Street and Ogden Avenue Cable Cars. 
 
 To the south and east of Garfield Park, and directly south of 
 Humboldt Park, lies Douglas Park, somewhat smaller than the 
 two previously mentioned, but still of goodly proportions. There 
 are 180 acres in Douglas Park. It is bounded by Twelfth Street 
 on the north, Nineteenth Street on the south, California Avenue 
 on the east, and Alabama Avenue on the west. Ogden Avenue 
 runs diagonally through the park from east to west. It lies on 
 the chain of bouleyards, and is connected with Garfield Park by 
 Douglas and Central Boulevards, and with Jackson Park by West 
 Boulevard and others. It has two beautiful lakes, fed by an 
 artesian well, also highly charged with medicinal properties. 
 
 There is a spacious conservatory with propagating houses, from 
 which over 70,000 plants are transplanted every year. Base-ball, 
 lawn-tennis and croquet are played on the shady lawns. From 
 the balconies of the unique refectory is had a fine view of the 
 lake, eleven acres in extent, and the most striking vistas of the 
 grounds. In the month of August, in Douglas Park, the Chinese 
 congregate to perform one of their religious ceremonies, which is 
 celebrated by the flying of curious and queer-shaped kites, repre- 
 senting impossible animals, outrageous in design — fitting off- 
 springs of their poppy-fed imaginations! The original cost of 
 ^he lands of Douglas Park was $241,157. 
 
56 guide to chicago. 
 
 South S idb. 
 
 SOUTH PARKS 
 
 Is the name by which Washington and Jackson Parks, con- 
 nected by Midway Plaisance, are collectively known. There are 
 in all about 800 acres. These grounds now form part of the site 
 for the Columbian Exposition, and will contain many of its finest 
 buildings and most attractive displays. 
 
 WASHINGTON PARK. 
 
 Take State Street and Wabash Avenue Cable Cars, over Indiana 
 
 and Cottage Grove Avenues; Michigan Avenue, Drexel and 
 
 Grand Boulevards^ atid the Phaetons ajid Dummy 
 
 Line fro7n Oak-wood Boulevard. 
 
 This park lies between six and seven miles south of Ihe City 
 Hall, and extends from Fifty-first to Sixtieth Streets, between 
 Cottage Grove and Kankakee Avenues. It is more than a mile 
 from the lake shore, and contains 371 acres. 
 
 In many respects Washington Park may be considered the 
 finest in this system of beautiful surprises. Drexel and Grand 
 Boulevards contribute greatly to its natural beauties. Their 
 entrances to the park are gorgeous panoramas of tempered light, 
 shifting shade and artistic blending of form and color. There are 
 long drives under wide-spreading elms and ancient oaks, whose 
 roots were in the soil before the English tongue had been heard 
 this side the Atlantic. There is the " Meadow," with its hundred 
 acres of velvet sward inviting you to come and bury your flushed 
 face in its fragrant coolness, and a glinting lake covering more 
 than thirteen acres, dimpling and sparkling and showing silvery 
 white through careless openings in the green foliage. If Washing- 
 ton Park cannot boast of a long stretch of pebbled shore whereon 
 Lake Michigan dashes in stormy weather and dances in the quiet 
 days, it can boast of one of the most picturesque little lakes in 
 the world ; and it is all its own. This park has also a great con- 
 servatory, and in flower plats and foliage painting is far ahead <ii 
 any of its sisters. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 57 
 
 A pavilion known as the " Retreat," where weary rambler? 
 may be served with refreshments to their liking, stands invitingly 
 near its center. As permits for sports are readily obtained, base- 
 ball, archery, lawn-tennis and croquet parties select Washington 
 Park oftener than any other for a day's outing. Both Grand and 
 Drexel Boulevards are traversed by park phaetons, making 
 regular trips to Oakwood Boulevard for passengers. These 
 obliging conveyances are said to carry not less than 100,000 
 passengers during the year. The stable in which the park 
 phaetons are kept is one of the attractions of the park. It is 
 325x200 feet, and accommodates 100 horses. The portion allotted 
 to the horses is unique and interesting. It is circular in form, 
 and the stalls are ranged in two consecutive rings with an alley 
 between. The horses used to draw the phaetons are all grays, 
 and resemble each other very much in form and deportment. If 
 you take a park phaeton, you may be driven through these 
 stables. 
 
 JACKSON PARK. 
 
 Tahe Cottage Grove Avenue Cable Cars or Illinois Central 
 Suburban Trains. 
 
 Eight miles to the southeast of the City Hall, along the shore 
 of Lake Michigan,lies Jackson Park, memorable now from having 
 been selected as the site of the World's Columbian Exposition. 
 It contains altogether 593 acres, only eighty-four of which were 
 improved before work was begun on the World's Fair grounds. 
 Its northern boundary is Fifty-sixth Street, its southern boundary 
 Sixty-seventh Street. Stony Island Avenue runs along its 
 western border, and its eastern line is washed by the blue waves 
 of the great lake. It is easily reached by the Illinois Central 
 suburban trains, which run almost constantly, or by Wabash 
 Avenue and Cottage Grove cable cars. Many other lines, both 
 surface and elevated, are projected, and will, no doubt, be com- 
 pleted in time for the great Columbian Exposition. Cercle Fran- 
 gais and the Federation of Franco-Beige, two French societies, 
 have undertaken the erection of a bronze statue of Victor Hugo, 
 
58 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 to be placed in Jackson Park. The work will be designed \^ 
 Architect Albert Blitz. 
 
 There is much beautiful scenery in Jackson Park of the wild 
 and picturesque kind. The woods arc of native trees ; and the 
 lakes, which form a sinuous chain throughout the park, were, 
 many of them, the result of the broken and undulating nature of 
 the ground before it came under the cultivating hand of man. 
 The shore along the lake at this point is high and the ground 
 solid. The work which is to be done on these grounds during the 
 next two years will entirely change the topography of the place ; 
 but the opportunity will present itself to make Jackson Park, at 
 the close of the Exposition, the grandest park in the city, if not in 
 the world. 
 
 MIDWAY PLAISANCE. 
 
 This is a woodland drive connecting Jackson with Washington 
 Park. It contains eighty acres, not hitherto improved to any 
 extent. This, too, forms a portion of the site of the World's 
 Columbian Exposition, and will undergo so marked a change that 
 a present description of it would be a waste of words. (See 
 Columbian Exposition.) 
 
 GAGE PARK, 
 
 A small but neat park of twenty acres, four miles west of 
 Washington Park, at the junction of Garfield and Western 
 Avenue Boulevards. It is covered thickly with trees, and will 
 eventually become a pleasant resting place on the drive around 
 the city. 
 
 UNION PARK, 
 
 Situated on Washington Boulevard, one and three-quarter 
 miles from the Court-House. It contains 14.3 acres of land, and 
 is one of the most delightful as well as useful parks in the city. 
 It lies between Ashland Avenue, Lake Street, Ogden Avenue 
 and Ashland Avenue ; is in a thickly settled portion of the city 
 and is a blessed breathing spot for hundreds of children who, but 
 iox it, would have to pass the hot summer days under a burning 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 59 
 
 roof. This is one of the oldest parks in the city. Some years 
 ago the citizens whose property abutted on the park petitioned to 
 have this pleasure-ground turned over to their care, and their 
 prayer was granted. As a consequence, Union Park was soon in 
 the condition of other parks in charge of the city government. 
 It became a dry and trampled waste. The park commissioners 
 were again given charge of it; and once more it blooms, the lakes 
 sparkle, its fountains dance in the sunlight, beds of flowers per- 
 fume the air; there is music of birds and the laughter of 
 children, and all within fifteen minutes walk of the roaring 
 center of the city. The headquarters of the West Park Board 
 are here. 
 
 PARKS NOT IN THE SYSTEM. 
 
 All the other Chicago parks are in charge of the city govern- 
 ment. They are laid out with no particular regard to order, and 
 seem to have become parks through the wise beneficence of 
 Providence rather than through any design of man. As health 
 restorers, they are of incalculable benefit ; and, were there 
 half a hundred more of these breathing places in the city, where 
 the children might stretch their limbs and broaden their chests, 
 it would be a glorious thing. 
 
 In the west division are Jefferson, Wicker, Vernon, Congress 
 and Campbell Parks. The largest of these is Jefferson Park, a 
 beautiful, shady retreat on West Adams Street, between Troop 
 and Monroe Streets. It has a lake, a fountain, and a grotto. 
 Its walks are well kept, and its trees are wide-spreading, and 
 make friendly shade for the citizens of that vicinity. 
 
 Vernon Park is a four-acre strip two miles southwest of the 
 Court-House on West Polk Street, between Center Avenue and 
 Loomis Street. Wicker Park is three miles from the Court-House 
 northwest (take Milwaukee Avenue cars). It lies within an angle 
 formed by the junction of Park, North, Robey and Fowler 
 Streets. It is well kept and attractive. Congress Park contains 
 seven-tenths and Campbell Park five-tenths of an acre. 
 
 In the north division are Washington Park and Union Square. 
 Washington Park is on North Clark Street, between Dearborn 
 Avenue and Lafayette and Washington Places. In the north- 
 
6o GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 west quarter of the block bounded by Goethe, Scott, Aster aud 
 Stone Streets, lies a half-acre park, called Union Square. In the 
 south division of Chicago is Lake Park, or " The Lake Front," as 
 it is more familiarly called. It lies' between Michigan Avenue 
 and the Lake, and stretches from Randolph Street to Twelfth 
 Street along the blue waters. It has never been cultivated to 
 any extent, and is little used except by the lower class of idlers. 
 There has been so much controversy about the rights of the 
 Illinois Central Railroad in this quarter that nothing has as yet 
 been done towards beautifying this valuable property. With a 
 bridge across the river, such as is now contemplated, connecting 
 the Lake Shore Drive and Michigan Avenue, and with this ground 
 turned over to the Park Commissioners, it could "be made a 
 delightful as well as a most convenient resort for those living 
 near the business center of the city. Dearborn Park.is nothing 
 more than an uncultivated open half-square on the west line of 
 Michigan Avenue between Washington and Randolph Streets. 
 Groveland and Woodland Parks lie farther south, near Thirty-fifth 
 Street, between Cottage Grove Avenue and the Lake. Each four 
 and a half acres in extent. Groveland is covered by a deep wood 
 of wide-branching elms, through which run serpentine walks, 
 vine-embowered and quietly restful. The Chicago University, 
 which is directly opposite these parks, was, together with the 
 grounds forming them, donated to the city by that gifted son of 
 Illinois, Senator Stephen A. Douglas. For many years prior to 
 his death he lived near this spot, and the mausoleum containing 
 his remains is located on the border of Woodland Park, near the 
 eastern terminus of Douglas Avenue, overlooking the Lake. A 
 noble monument towers above the mausoleum to the height of 
 104 feet, on the top of this stands a life-like statue of Douglas 
 in bronze, executed by Leonard Volk, a Chicago artist. The 
 monument is a fitting tribute to the distinguished orator, patriot, 
 statesman and public-spirited citizen. The mausoleum and shaft 
 are of granite. At the corners are four bronze female figures, 
 seated on granite pedestals, each inscribed with the character 
 respectively represented, viz: "Illinois," " History," " Justice," 
 " Eloquence." The marble sarcophagus in the cript bears oa 
 its side the following inscription ; 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. ^% 
 
 STEPHEN A, DOUGLAS, 
 
 BORN 
 
 APRIL 23, 1813, 
 
 DIED 
 
 JUNE 3, 1861. 
 
 "Tell My Children 
 
 TO Obey the Laws and Uphold the 
 
 Constitution." 
 
 The cost of the monument was about $100,000. Lying four 
 miles south of the Court-house, between Cottage Grove and Vin- 
 cennes Avenues, at the Thirty-seventh Street crossing, is Ellis 
 Park, a pleasant little place of three and three-eighths acres. At 
 Thirty-seventh Street and Vincennes Avenue is Aldine Square, 
 an inclosed park of one and a half acres, handsomely arranged, 
 and, like Groveland and Woodlawn Parks, surrounded by elegant 
 and costly mansions. All three, too, are maintained in the same 
 manner, viz : by special tax levied for the purpose on abutting 
 property. 
 
 PARK CONSERVATORIES. 
 
 Among the most attractive features of the Chicago parks are 
 the conservatories, where, when winter has despoiled the land- 
 scape of its foliage and flowers, bloom and fragrance, dainty fern 
 and spreading palm still whisper of the summer gone and 
 prophesy of the summer to come. Visitors at Lincoln Park 
 during this season may wander for hours through its large con- 
 servatory, and with each changing glance be delighted by the 
 strange or beautiful in Nature. Here 1^ :^ sago palm from Mexico, 
 a century old; a tree fern over fifteen feet in height; a carludonico 
 palmata, which, if the visitor is fortunate, he may find in bloom; 
 a date palm of great size ; and many other rare plants and trees 
 from the tropics. Here are propagated the many varieties of lilies 
 which beautify the park lakes during the summer months. 
 Among them are groups of Victoria tuberose lilies, a North 
 American variety, Hymphotea Alba ol England, the Oderete 
 rosea from Cape Cod, and several species of the nelumbeum of 
 Japan. All through the summer these, together with water pop- 
 
64 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 pies and water hyacinths, spread their variegated blossoms to the 
 sun, and trail their dainty edges in the limpid waters of the lakes ; 
 and, when winter comes again, they find safe refuge in the con- 
 servatory. There are others from the warm waters of the Nile 
 and Amazon, such as the African lily (a night bloomer), the 
 Victoria regia from South America, and the India Sanzibar Afri- 
 canus, with many other varieties of hybrids which only thrive in 
 waters tempered to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. These have a lake to 
 themselves. Mr. Stromback, chief gardener, informed me that 
 the managers of Lincoln Park were the first to bring these won- 
 derful lilies to Chicago. This conservatory has also a fine 
 collection of chrysanthemums, ferns and orchids. The green- 
 houses at Lincoln Park have a great number of admirers, and 
 visitors are numerous all the year round. 
 
 The Washington Park conservatory is another " joy forever." 
 One of its chief attractions is a large aquarium, made picturesque 
 by hundreds of fern fronds, delicately traced, which spring up 
 along its borders and nod gracefully to their reflections in the 
 water below. Giant palms suggest the splendors of the tropics, 
 and the shadowy pathways winding about beneath their inter- 
 lacing branches bring to mind the pastoral scenes in the lives of 
 Paul and Virginia. In the green-room are large stocks of diminu- 
 tive plants with tiny leaves of variegated hues. These are for 
 the lawn decorations of the coming summer, but even in their 
 propagation they are so arranged as to make a pretty and artistic 
 display. There is a large assortment of the homely, but for some 
 undefined reason, attractive cacti. In the palm-room is a plant 
 from the West Indies, bearing an edible fruit which is said to 
 resemble honey in taste, and quite a favorite with the natives of 
 the islands. It somewhat resembles the American pawpaw ; but 
 the rind is more delicate — so much so as to prevent its being 
 handled for shipment. 
 
 Next to the new conservatory at Lincoln Park the one at 
 Douglas Park, erected one year ago, is by far the handsomest 
 and costliest of any of the public green-houses. Its roomy 
 dimensions are filled with the rarest and most delicate flowers 
 obtainable. A large circular basin of water in the east wing is filled 
 with aquatic productions, among which the Victoria regia lily 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 65 
 
 shines supreme. Unique exotics trail or peep from baskets sus- 
 pended around the margin of the miniature lake, showing an 
 endless variety of blossoms, no two of which are alike. It is an 
 ideal place for the flower lover. 
 
 Humboldt Park has also a splendid conservatory. The green- 
 houses here have the most attractions. A eucalyptus tree, 
 growing indoors in free ground, has reached the hight of forty- 
 eight feet. There are rows upon rows of dainty and fragrant 
 flowers growing in banks of emerald verdure, and the air is heavy 
 with mingled perfumes. Graceful ferns climb up rocky ledges, 
 overrun by trailing vines. From a plateau in the center a 
 tropical forest waves its feather-edged leaves or stretches out its 
 broad palms in welcome invitation. The fernery is one of the 
 most artistic and pleasing rooms in the building. There are, 
 beside tuberoses and lilies, hyacinths and orange blossoms, with a 
 host of minor flowers nestling everywhere. 
 
 LAKE SHORE DRIVE. 
 
 That part of the Boulevard system which is known as the 
 Lake Shore Drive is the grandest portion of that broad belt of 
 yellow roadway, smooth as marble and level as a floor, which 
 encircles the city. Beginning at the northern extremity of Lin- 
 coln Park (where it makes connection with the Sheridan Road), 
 it follows the gentle curves of the lake shore through the park to 
 the southwestern extremity of Nortli Chicago, where it is soon to 
 be carried across the river by a steel bridge of light and graceful 
 proportions, with the northern terminus of Michigan Avenue 
 Boulevard at Randolph Street. Through the park the drive is 
 pleasing beyond expression. Rows of large, graceful elms cast 
 their shadows over it from either side. On one hand stretches 
 the Lake, dotted with white sails ; its dancing waves bright with 
 sunbeams, or showing green and cool under drifting clouds ; on 
 the other, the well-cultivated park, with its tiny lakes and 
 gorgeous flower plats peeping through vistas of trees. Between 
 the park and Oak Street, and fronting on the drive are some of 
 the most magnificent mansions in the city. The State legisla- 
 ture three years ago authorized the Lincoln Park Commissioners 
 to expend $300,000 on a shore-line defense against- the encroach- 
 
66 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 ments of Lake Michigan. This sum, while far from sufificient for 
 the completion of the work necessary, nevertheless enabled the 
 commissioners to commence operations, and several thousand feet 
 of beautiful sea-wall has been erected, and many acres of valu- 
 able land reclaimed. The work is altogether so valuable and adds 
 so much to the beauty and utility of the drive that there is no 
 question now of its speedy completion. The breakwater rests on 
 piles driven thirty-five feet into the sand. On this foundation 
 granite blocks are laid and securely cemented. A paved beach 
 forty feet wide slopes on a gentle incline to meet the grani- 
 lithic promenade, and along its inland border runs the boulevard. 
 A more charming promenade could not be imagined. On one 
 side Lake Michigan, beating against the curving sea-wall and 
 dashing its spray high in the air ; on the other, a swiftly changing 
 array of carriages, with a background of stately stone dwellings 
 of many shades and numerous styles of architecture, and then the 
 park with all its variegated beauties. The promenade will be 
 three miles long, and is destined to become one of Chicago's 
 most famous resorts. The long, sweeping curves which the con- 
 stant movement of the waters against the shifting sands of the 
 beach have formed have been religiously followed by the com- 
 missioners in the selection of the sea-wall line, thus avoiding the 
 usually tiresome stolidity of such improvements, and giving to the 
 grandeur of a great continuous stone-wall the pleasing sinuosity 
 of a natural shore-line. A regetta course extends along its whole 
 length to Diversey Avenue, the northern limits of the park. 
 When it is completed, which will be sometime during this year, 
 the commissioners will have added to the park loo acres of land, 
 and given to Chicago the finest regetta course in the world. The 
 sea-wall will be continued to a point opposite Graceland Ceme- 
 tery. The park will be connected with the new boulevard at 
 three different points. There will be land connection at the north 
 and south ends of the park, and a bridge at a point opposite 
 Webster Avenue. To the east of the regetta course an avenue 
 of trees is to be planted, and from it down to the water's edge 
 will be a sloping lawn decorated in the highest style of the land- 
 scape gardener's art. The sandy beach now lying to the west, 
 between the Lake Shore Drive and the regetta course, will be cuL 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 67 
 
 tivated and become a part of the park. The canal will be about 
 200 feet wide, and will extend to the northern limits of the park. 
 At the ends it will be widened to 350 feet, to give the boats an 
 opportunity to turn. Between its sloping grassy banks, shaded 
 by avenues of elms and brightened by flower plats, this placid 
 stream will wind its sinuous course; and its bosom will be rufiflied, 
 from time to time, by the flashing blades of the best oarsmen. 
 Many other improvements are contemplated for this part of the 
 city, which will eventually make the Lake Shore Drive and 
 Lincoln Park the most famous pleasure grounds in the world. 
 
 MICHIGAN AVENUE BOULEVARD 
 
 Commences at Jackson Street, and extends south for about 
 three and one-fourth miles to Thirty-fifth Street. It is 100 feet 
 wide, and is completed its entire length. It is a fashionable 
 drive, and runs through one of the richest residence sections of 
 the South Side. ^ 
 
 THIRTY-FIFTH STREET BOULEVARD 
 
 Commences at the south end of Michigan Avenue Boulevard 
 and extends eastward about one-third of a mile, where it connects 
 with Grand Boulevard. It is sixty-six feet wide, and is completed 
 its entire length. 
 
 GRAND BOULEVARD 
 
 Connects with Thirty-fifth Street Boulevard at its eastern 
 terminus and extends two miles directly south, where it enters the 
 northwestern corner of Washington Park. It is 189 feet wide; 
 its entire length is bordered with grass strips bearing double 
 rows of trees. Roadways thirty-three feet wide flank it on either 
 side — the one on the east being for trafflc, and that on the west for 
 equestrians. These are also bordered by grass strips and a single 
 row of trees. There are many handsome residences along the 
 boulevard, and in pleasant weather it is thronged with pleasure 
 seekers. 
 
 OAKWOOD BOULEVARD 
 
 Connects Grand Boulevard and Drexel Boulevard at Thirty- 
 ninth Street. It is lOO feet wide, and completed; 
 
68 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 DREXEL BOULEVARD 
 
 Is a gem in the Boulevard system. It commences at the east 
 end of Oakwood Boulevard, and, running south parallel with 
 Grand Boulevard to Fifty-second Street, turns east for one block, 
 and enters Washington Park one square south of its northern 
 boundary. It is 200 feet wide and 1.48 miles long, and has 3.05 
 miles of completed driveways. There is a broad central strip 
 throughout the entire length, planted with trees and shrubbery, 
 and ornamented with sinuous walks and grass plats and beds and 
 borders of flowers and foliage plants in various designs. At 
 Fifty-first Street stands the splendid fountain donated by the 
 Messrs. Drexel of Philadelphia, in honor of whom the boulevard 
 was named. Along either side of the central space is a broad 
 driveway as level and smooth as a floor, and thronged on pleasant 
 evenings with vehicles containing representatives of the wealth 
 and fashion of the city, many of them occupants of the hand- 
 some villas along tke boulevard, or owners of others that are 
 being erected there. Drexel Boulevard was modeled after 
 Avenue I'lmp^ratrice, Paris, and with the highest order of taste 
 in design and of skill in execution, nothing has been omitted 
 that could add to its attractiveness. It is conceded that it sur- 
 passes its prototype. 
 
 GARFIELD BOULEVARD 
 
 Is similar in design to Grand Boulevard, having a broad central 
 driveway with a row of trees and grass plats and shrubbery on 
 either side, outside of which are roadways for traffic and for 
 equestrian exercise, the whole plan being laid within a lane of 
 elms. It is 200 feet wide, and has a total length of three and 
 one-half miles. It leaves Washington "Park at Fifty-fifth Street, 
 and extends west along the line of that street to Gage Park. 
 
 WESTERN AVENUE BOULEVARD 
 
 Is also planned on a similar scale and of kindred design with 
 Grand Boulevard. It is 200 feet wide, and runs directly north 
 from Gage Park to the Illinois and Michigan Canal, a distance of 
 
WORLD \S COL UMBIA N EXPOSITION. 6g 
 
 nearly three miles. It also forms a part of other boulevards 
 which now connect the South Side and West Side parks. 
 
 DOUGLAS BOULEVARD, 
 
 L-shaped^ 250 feet in width and one and three-fourths miles 
 in length, connects Douglas and Garfield Parks, entering the 
 former from the west and the latter from the south. Its plan is 
 essentially the same as that of Central Boulevard. Improve- 
 ments are constantly being made, and Douglas promises to 
 become one of the most fashionable and popular boulevards on 
 the West Side. 
 
 CENTRAL BOULEVARD 
 
 Constitutes the connecting link between Garfield and Hum- 
 boldt Parks. It is a little over a mile and a half in length, and has 
 an average width of 250 feet. The completed driveway, thirty- 
 eight feet wide, is bordered on either side by a slender lawn, with 
 a " bridle path " running along within its outer edge, and fringed 
 with rows of elms. The viaduct arching the tracks of the 
 Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul Railway affords a good view of 
 the surrounding country. 
 
 HUMBOLDT BOULEVARD 
 
 Connects Humboldt Park with Diversey Avenue, which leads 
 to Lincoln Park and the Lake Shore Drive, thus completing the 
 circuit. The boulevard proper is 250 feet in width ; but it em- 
 braces in its plan Palmer Place, 400x1750 feet, and Logan Square, 
 some 400x800 feet. Its total length is about three miles. 
 
 WASHINGTON BOULEVARD 
 
 Extends from Halstead Street through Union Park to Garfield 
 Park, a distance of three and one-fourth miles. From Ashland 
 Avenue west it is lined by handsome residences and gay lawns, 
 shaded by beautiful trees. It is 100 feet wide and is a favorite 
 driveway, especially with those living on the West Side. 
 
;o GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 ASHLAND BOULEVARD 
 
 Extends from Washington Boulevard south to the boulevard 
 extensions of West Twelfth Street, thus connecting Douglas and 
 Union Parks. It has many elegant mansions and 'some of the 
 handsomest churches in the city. It is paved with asphaltum, 
 and is the most perfect drive in the city. 
 
 XX 
 
 The City's Thoroughfares. 
 
 STREETS, AVENUES, BRIDGES, VIADUCTS AND TUNNELS. 
 
 It has been an almost impossible task for the city to keep pace 
 in its facilities for intramural transit with the growth of its popu- 
 lation. The outlying suburbs which a few years ago were nothing 
 but stretches of bare prairie lands have become populous districts, 
 and the question of constant and rapid transportation with the 
 business centers for the inhabitants has been and is still a serious 
 one. Yet no other city in America to-day can boast of so 
 many miles of street railway. Cable and horse car lines pene- 
 trate in every direction to the most remote corners of the 
 city; suburban trains on many of the railroads run almost con- 
 stantly, and two different lines of elevated railroad are now being 
 built. And yet, with all these advantages, there is much justice in 
 the demands of the citteens in many quarters for quicker transporta- 
 tion. The bulk of the city's business, both wholesale and retail, 
 is done within the confines of Polk Street on the south, the river 
 on the west and north, and the Lake on the east. This is in 
 extent not more than three-quarters by one-half miles. When it 
 is taken into consideration that Chicago extends over an area of 
 778 square miles, it will readily be seen how difficult it is to trans- 
 port the great mass of people required to do the enormous busi- 
 ness transacted here, to and from this small territory. While no 
 other city is so well prepared to handle a great mass of people, 
 there is no other that has so much demanded of it. The working 
 people of Chicago are not content to live in close, ill-ventilated 
 tenements in or near the heart of the city, but seek homes on the 
 
woman's temple. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 73 
 
 prairies beyond the smoke and dust of trade, where their chil- 
 dren may romp on the grass and they themselves may, between 
 their hours of labor, breathe the fresh air and catch a glimpse of 
 blue sky. 
 
 Chicago is twenty-four miles long by ten miles wide, and has 
 nearly a thousand miles of streets, more than one-third of which 
 are paved. The names of the principal streets generally indicate 
 their origin. Many of them are named for the Presidents and 
 others who were prominent in the nation or State ; the names of 
 people more or less conspicuously connected with the history of 
 Chicasjo, of the surrounding States, and other equally obvious 
 sources, contributed to the nomenclature. The names of the 
 Presidents and leading statesmen of the country will be readily 
 recognized. Clark Street was christened in honor of Gen. George 
 Rogers Clark, of Kentucky, who acquired military fame in the 
 early contests with the French and Indians. Fifth Avenue was 
 originally named in honor of Captain Wells, who was one of the 
 victims of the Indian massacre in 181 2, and that portion of the 
 street which lies in the North Division still retains the name. 
 Ann Street was named after a daughter of the venerable Philo 
 Carpenter ; Augusta after another daughter, and so on of many 
 other names of women. In this respect Chicago has shown no 
 lack of gallantry. 
 
 The city is laid out in rectangular lines, with the exception of 
 several streets, which were constructed on the routes of the old 
 plank roads, and which consequently radiate to the northwest and 
 southwest. The principal business streets of the city he on the 
 South Side. South Water Street, which lies next to and parallel 
 with the main river, is largely devoted to the produce commission 
 business. It is always almost impassable from the number of 
 trucks, vans and carts which throng it and the boxes of produce 
 which incumber its sidewalks. Here are brought and distributed 
 daily the various products of the market garden, orchard, field 
 and stream. 
 
 State Street is the great shopping street of the city, and on 
 any fair afternoon it can be seen thronged with pedestrians and 
 carriages, and presenting a scene of gaytey, wealth and beauty 
 such as is paralleled only on Regent Street, London, or some of 
 
GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 the more notable boulevards in Paris. It was originally much 
 narrower, and was widened to its present handsome and attractive 
 proportions by moving the houses back along a stretch of three 
 miles. Michigan Avenue, Wabash Avenue and State Street, near 
 the river, are all given up to wholesale houses. Michigan 
 Avenue, a few blocks from the river, loses its identity in Michigan 
 Avenue Boulevard (see chapter on " Parks and Boulevards"), the 
 extire extension of which is a favorite residence street, as are also 
 Prairie, Calumet, Indiana and other avenues, containing resi- 
 dences which are palaces in their cost and architectural design 
 and finish. The South Side cable car system covers State Street, 
 Wabash Avenue, Cottage Grove Avenue, and with its horse-car 
 connections penetrates to the remotest confines of the South 
 Side. Archer Avenue, branching from State Street between 
 Nineteenth and Twentieth Streets, takes a southwesterly direc- 
 tion, crosses a branch of the Chicago River, and extends beyond 
 the city limits. It has horse cars, and resembles, in the character 
 of its buildings, shops, people, etc., Blue Island and Milwaukee 
 Avenues on the West Side. 
 
 Madison Street is the great east and west thoroughfare of 
 Chicago. 'The street is well paved from the Lake to Garfield 
 Park, a distance of more than four miles. The street is al- 
 most entirely devoted to wholesale and retail business, and one 
 of the most animated in the city. It has a line of cable cars, and 
 is the direct route to Garfield Park, the Chicago Driving Park and 
 the Northwestern Railroad machine shops. Randolph and Lake 
 Streets, running parallel with Madison, are also main business 
 thoroughfares, and each has a line of horse cars, while an elevated 
 railroad is in course of construction above Lake Street. Monroe 
 and Adams Streets, also running parallel with Madison Street, 
 are, east of the river, entirely in the wholesale district ; from the 
 river west to Halstead Street, manufacturing is the principal indus- 
 try. Farther west they are flanked on either side by beautiful 
 residences. Ogden Avenue, beginning in Union Park, runs in a 
 southwesterly direction, passing through Douglas Park, and end- 
 ing at Twenty-second Street, near the city limits. It has a line 
 of cable cars, is well paved, and has become one of the principal 
 business thoroughfares of the West Side. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 7^ 
 
 From Lake Street south and Halstead Street east to the river 
 is a manufacturing district. Here the great machinery, steam en- 
 gine, boiler and kindred iron-working concerns are located. Hal- 
 stead Street, which is reached on Madison Street some five 
 blocks west from the river, is one of the longest streets in the 
 city. It extends in almost a straight line from Lincoln Park to 
 the Union Stock Yards. It has a line of horse cars running its 
 entire length. Retail business flourishes on Halstead Street. 
 At certain hours of the day it is almost as animated as the more 
 aristocratic State Street across the river. Its buildings are not of 
 the best, however, and give the street a somewhat dingy appear- 
 ance. Its population is mostly foreign. Blue Island Avenue is 
 another great West Side business thoroughfare. It branches 
 from Halstead Street at the latter's junction with Harrison 
 Street, running in a southwesterly direction through the great 
 lumber districts. Foreigners, mostly German and Irish, have full 
 possession of Blue Island Avenue; and, while an immense amount 
 of business is transacted here, its buildings are poor and unpre- 
 tentious. Milwaukee Avenue, beginning at the river and Lake 
 Street, extends in a northwesterly direction away beyond the city 
 limits. This street was formerly one of the plank roads that 
 connected early Chicago with the country. It is now the home 
 of the Swede, the German, the Norwegian and the Italian. It is 
 known as Dinnerpail Avenue from the great number of working 
 people who go back and forth in its street cars to their daily 
 work in the city. 
 
 On the North Side, Clark Street is the leading business street, 
 being occupied mainly by the smaller retail stores. It extends 
 northward beyond Lincoln Park, and is a great thoroughfare. 
 The streets lying near and parallel with the river are largely used 
 by manufacturing establishments and commission houses engaged 
 in handling hides, leather, wool, etc. The preferred residence 
 streets are LaSalle and Dearborn Avenues, Rush, State and Pine 
 Streets, some of the residences being very elegant and artistic in 
 architectural and other ornamentation. Chicago Avenue, from 
 North Clark Street west to the river; Division Street, from North 
 Clark to Clyborne Avenue ; Clyborne Avenue, which here has its 
 beginning and extends in a northwesterly direction to the city 
 
76 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 limits; and Larrabee Street, running north and south, are all 
 business thoroughfares. They traverse a section of the city 
 inhabited almost wholly by a foreign population — Scandinavian, 
 German, etc. 
 
 The residences on the streets referred to as residence streets 
 are generally built of superior materials. Red pressed brick is 
 much used, but stone is the favorite. Of the latter there are 
 many kinds, all varying in color, so that there is nowhere any 
 sameness in the character of the coloring. There is a restful 
 diversity in the forms of the houses on the older streets ; each 
 building, having had an independent owner, was built according 
 to his tastes and desires. Block-building has become more 
 fashionable of late, and in many quarters of the newer city whole 
 rows of buildings, each the counterpart of its neighbor, tire the 
 vision with their unbroken monotony. The various materials 
 used in the construction of residence buildings in Chicago add 
 much to their attractiveness. Beside the Joliet limestone, milky 
 white at first, after exposure a rich, soft cream color, is the deep, 
 rich brown of a sandstone from Lake Superior, or the close- 
 grained dark gray of the Buena Vista quarries. A dozen other 
 kinds of material, including the cheerful cream-colored pressed 
 brick of Milwaukee, afford infinite variety of pleasing effects. 
 The churches are generally constructed of rough-dressed lime- 
 stone of a dark gray, which is a color eminently in harmony with 
 their purpose. The winds blowing alternately from the Lake and 
 from the land do much toward freeing the city of smoke, so that 
 these richly-colored building materials are rarely obscured by 
 stains, and the streets present always the striking effects flowing 
 from the warm, bright, sympathetic colors. 
 
 THE BRIDGES. 
 
 One of the most interesting questions of intermural transit is 
 the question of bridges. The Chicago river is a navigable stream, 
 and the amount of shipping from its docks yearly is astounding. 
 The river separates two portions of the city, principally given up 
 to residences, from another portion, in which the most of the 
 business is transacted. To destroy the shipping by closing up 
 
WORLD '5 COL UMBIA N EXPOSITION. 77 
 
 the river is not to be thought of. To form some plan whereby 
 travel from one portion of the city to the other will not be inter- 
 rupted is quite as important to the average citizen, however, as 
 that boats should come and go through the heart of the city to 
 his detriment. Thus far nothing better than the swinging bridge 
 has been devised, and these governed by a wise ordinance which 
 keeps them closed between the hours of seven and eight o'clock 
 morning, and six and seven o'clock evening, although the 
 occasion of many annoying delays and much complaint, are mod- 
 erately successful. Forty-five bridges in all span the Chicago 
 River. Nearly all are swinging bridges and many of them are 
 operated by steam. Those which have been built recently are 
 splendid steel structures, some of them having four tracks, besides 
 the railed walks for foot passengers. The Rush Street bridge 
 is notable as having the longest draw in the world. Dearborn 
 Clark and Wells Streets have each been supplied of late with new 
 bridges of beautiful architectural design and the most modern 
 improvements. The Adams Street bridge is a marvel of en- 
 gineering skill. Although two feet three inches lower at the east 
 end than at the west end, it is reversible and its great bulk, 259 
 feet in length by 57 feet in width, swings noiselessly round on its 
 center truss, without the least friction, one end taking the place 
 of the other as neatly and compactly as though there were no 
 laws of levels and pitches and grades whatsoever. There is a 
 new bridge being built at Madison Street which, it is promised, 
 will be the, handsomest structure of the kind in Chicago. 
 
 VIADUCTS. 
 
 The many railroads centering in Chicago and their numerous 
 intersection with streets are a constant menace to travel. Grade 
 crossings are the rule, and despite gates and other devices thrown 
 about them for the protection of life, accidents are frequent and 
 disastrous. Engineers have long sought to overcome this diffi« 
 culty, but nothing practical has as yet been proposed. Wherever 
 it is possible the city has insisted on railroads erecting viaducts 
 at the most dangerous crossings. There are now thirty-five of 
 these in the city. The one at Twelfth Street is much the longest 
 
78 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 and finest. It .extends from Clark Street to Wabash Avenue 
 above the tracks of the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Raihoad 
 Company. It is over a half mile in length and cost $210,000. 
 
 TUNNELS. 
 
 There are three tunnels under the Chicago River. Two of 
 them, the Washington Street tunnel and the La Salle Street 
 tunnel, were built by the city for the use of teams and pedes- 
 trians. They never became popular and were finally disposed of 
 to the cable companies of the North and West Sides. The 
 Washington Street tunnel, which was the first one built, was 
 completed in 1869 at a cost of over $500,000. Its total length is 
 1,608 feet. The La Salle Street tunnel was completed July i, 
 1871, at a total cost of $566,276.48. Its total length is 1,854 feet. 
 The West Side cable system demanded the use of another under- 
 ground passage and the company secured the right to build one 
 between Jackson and Van Buren Streets. It will have, when 
 completed, two sections, one for the lines south of Madison 
 Street, and the other for those north of it. The southern shaft 
 was completed early in this year, and the other is progressing 
 rapidly in that direction, 
 
 MILEAGE OF STREETS. 
 
 The total number of miles laid out in streets in the city of Chi- 
 cago is 2,235.71 miles. There are over fifty miles of boulevards 
 and about two miles of viaducts, making in all about 2,290 miles, 
 the greater portion of which will be paved before the close of 
 1892. 
 
 SEWERAGE SYSTEM. 
 
 One of the most difficult problems which has presented itself 
 to the city has been the problem of sewerage. The city is so 
 nearly on a plane with the lake, and extends over such a wide 
 tract of country that nature lent little assistance in the disposal 
 of the city's sewerage. Expert engineering has, however, over- 
 come all difficulties. The Illinois and Michigan Canal has been 
 utilized to good purpose. Immense pumping works at different 
 
WORLD '5 COL UMBIAN EXPOSITLON. 79 
 
 points on the river cause a continual current from the lake to flow 
 up the stream and out through this canal to the Illinois River. 
 A ship canal is to be built, connecting Lake Michigan with the 
 Mississippi River. It will have a channel 160 feet wide and 
 eighteen feet deep, with a current flowing two and a half miles an 
 hour. The cost of this immense waterway is estimated at $20,- 
 000,000. This will give Chicago an excellent sewerage system, 
 ana also furnish means for water transportation direct with the 
 Mississippi Valley and the Gulf of Mexico. 
 
 XX 
 
 XX 
 
 Intramural Transit. 
 
 CABLE CARS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS, SUBURBAN TRAINS, 
 ELEVATED ROADS, CARETTE LINES. 
 
 The City Railway or Intramural Service of Chicago embraces 
 horse cars, cable, electric and elevated railways. They all start 
 from the business center of the city and radiate in all directions 
 to its farthest limits. The street car systems, operating horse and 
 cable lines, are under the control of three great companies, viz : 
 The Chicago City Railwaj^ Company, which operates the lines in 
 the South Division ; the West Chicago City Railway Company, 
 which operates the Hnes in the West Division, and the North 
 Chicago Street Railroad Company, which operates the lines on 
 the North Division of the city. The Chicago Passenger Rail- 
 way Company, which has a large sj^stem of horse car lines on 
 the West Side, is practically under control of the West Chicago 
 City Railway Companj". The North and West Chicago street car 
 systems are under one management, Mr. Charles T. Yerkes being 
 president of both companies. The South Chicago City Railway 
 Company is an independent line, Chicago has over 400 miles of 
 street railway, including sidings and switches, and the different 
 lines move on an average over half a million persons every day. 
 Taking into consideration the difficulties to be encountered, the 
 service of the Chicago City railways is excellent. Many diiti. 
 
80 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 culties, which at first it seemed impossible to overcome, have 
 been conquered ; the utilizing of the tunnels has brought the dif- 
 ferent divisions of the city into uninterrupted communication, 
 and with the addition of the elevated^ roads, which are now being 
 constructed, and the great number of suburban trains which the 
 steam railways run back and forth almost constantly, Chicago 
 will soon be in condition to handle a population as large as the 
 city of London without delay or friction. 
 
 STEAM RAILROAD SERVICE. 
 
 The principal railroads with terminals in Chicago operate a 
 line of suburban trains, which are a great accommodation to that 
 portion of the population living at a distance from the city's busi- 
 ness center, and the number of passengers which they move 
 yearly is enormous. They have a system of commutation tickets 
 which brings the cost of transportation anywhere in the city 
 limits to from five to seven cents, and the fare to suburban towns 
 beyond is quite as low in proportion to distance. The Illinois 
 Central suburban trains are said to carry more passengers than 
 any suburban line in the world. Over 15,000,000 passengers were 
 accommodated on this line during 1890, and the number for '91 
 promises to be increased by at least a quarter. The Chicago & 
 North-Western, the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul, the Chicago 
 Rock Island & Pacific, the Chicago, Burlington & Quincy, the 
 Wisconsin Central, the Northern Pacific, the Grand Trunk, the 
 Eastern Illinois, and the Michigan Central, all of which have 
 depots in the business center of the city, do a heavy suburban 
 business. Were it not for the accommodations furnished by these 
 and other lines of steam railway, the cable and horse car lines 
 would be unable to meet the demands of intermural transit, and 
 as it is there are times in the day when they are badly over- 
 crowded. 
 
 SOUTH SIDE CABLE SYSTEM. 
 
 The first cable car system to be started in Chicago was that of 
 the South Side. This was opened to the public in 1882. It now 
 operates 152 miles of track and 1,250 cars. Its annual revenue is 
 three and one-half millions ; its cars have an average speed of ten 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 83 
 
 miles an hour, and it moves each day more than a hundred and 
 fifty thousand people. It has a wonderfully perfect system — an 
 accident, or even a delay being of rare occurrence. It is remark- 
 able, too, for the harmonious manner in which its affairs are con- 
 ducted. During its eighteen years of existence it has never had 
 a strike on its lines, or any difficulty with its employes which 
 was not peaceably adjusted. Cars on all its lines pass at the 
 junction of State and Madison Streets, where passengers may 
 select their car, which is plainly lettered along the top, for any 
 point desired on the South Side. Transfer checks are given for 
 cross lines, whether horse or cable, and only one fare is required 
 for the whole distance. 
 
 NORTH CHICAGO STREET RAILROAD COMPANY, 
 
 The North Side cable car system, with its horse car connec- 
 tions, pretty extensively covers that division of the city. It is 
 well equipped with new cars, and its machinery is the best that 
 could be produced at the time of its construction. Its lines all 
 run through the La Salle Street tunnel, at the entrance of which 
 on Randolph Street cars can be taken for almost any point on 
 the North Side. The route of each car is plainly marked along 
 the top of the car. Conductors give transfers for cross lines at 
 one fare for the trip. The loop on the South Side runs on La 
 Salle Street to Monroe Street, thence to Dearborn Street, thence 
 to Randolph Street, thence to the tunnel on La Salle Street. 
 Cars may be taken at any one of the crossings within this radius 
 for the North Side and no extra fare is charged. This system 
 moves about 200,000 passengers daily. 
 
 WEST CHICAGO STREET RAILROAD COMPANY. 
 
 This is by far the greatest cable system of the city, and when 
 completed will operate more miles of road than any other com- 
 pany in the world. • The horse car lines of the Chicago Passenger 
 Railway are also under its direction, and form a part of its won- 
 derful system which extends over three-fourths of the territory 
 occupied by Chicago. Its capital stock is $10,000,000. The gross 
 receipts of the company for 1890 were $3,663,381, and operating 
 
GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 expenses $2,202,767, leaving a net income to the company of 
 $1,460,613. It traveled during this time 12,215,903 miles, and 
 carried 75,152,694 passengers, the average cost of each passenger 
 being 2.93 cents. Many miles of cable have been added during 
 the first half of 1891, and the system now moves on an average 
 of 300,000 persons daily. It reaches the South Side by way of 
 tunnels under the river. Its loop at the present writing extends 
 no farther south than Fifth Avenue, but arrangements have been 
 completed with the Chicago City Railway Company for the par- 
 tial use of State Street, and the loop is to be immediately ex-, 
 tended to that thoroughfare. Cars can then be taken at State 
 and Madison for any point on the West Side, as well as the 
 South, which will much facilitate travel. There are two distinct 
 lines in the West Side cable system, one running directly west on 
 Madison Street, with branches covering the southwestern portion 
 of the city ; the other running northwest on Milwaukee Avenue 
 to the city's confines. Both lines connect with the down town 
 loop, and the cars for each line are distinctly marked. Three 
 distinct power-houses are required for the operation of these lines, 
 . and all are supplied with the latest and most improved machinery 
 and appliances. The principal power-house is located at Madison 
 and Rockwell Streets (West Side). This is 210x225 feet, and is 
 supplied with two engines of 1,200 horse-power each. One is 
 kept going day and night, moving the Madison Street cars ; the 
 other is kept in reserve in case of accident. West of Fortieth 
 Street the cars move at the rate of fourteen miles an hour ; east 
 of that ten miles an hour is maintained. There is also a Corliss 
 engine in the power-house for the purpose of reversing the cars at 
 Rockwell Street when it becomes necessary. The power-house is 
 of itself an attractive structure. It is lighted by electricity, and 
 surmounted by a large smokestack 175 feet high. 
 
 The Milwaukee Avenue line is in operation quite similar to 
 that of Madison Street. Two Corliss engines of 1,200 horse- 
 power each supply the force necessary to move the long line of 
 cars from Jefferson and Washington Streets to Armitage Avenue, 
 in the extreme northwestern part of the city. The speed main- 
 tained on this line is about the same as that on Madison Street. 
 
 The third ower-house is located at Jefferson and Washington 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 8s 
 
 Streets, where also are the offices of the company. Two 500 
 horse-power Wetherell-Corliss engines are stationed here to supply 
 the power needed to operate the Washington Street tunnel loop. 
 The cars of both the Madison Street and Milwaukee Avenue 
 lines are here delivered to the loop-cable, and by it are drawn 
 through the tunnel around the loop and returned again to their 
 respective cables at this point. The tunnel is brightly lighted by 
 electricity. There is also an electric signal system in operation 
 by which conductor or gripman may communicate with the 
 power-house offices at any time. By this means they are enabled 
 to keep the tracks clear or stop the machinery at once in case of 
 accident. The officers of the company are: President, Charles 
 T. Yerkes ; directors, Charles T. Yerkes, W. L. Elkins, J. B. Par- 
 sons, R. C. Crawford, David R. Fraser. 
 
 Several other transmural companies are formed,^ and several 
 different lines projected. The Calumet Electric Road is to 
 extend from the South Chicago Rolling Mills by way of Eighty- 
 ninth Street, Mackinaw Avenue, Harbor Avenue, Ninety-third 
 Street and Stony Island Avenue to Ninety-fifth Street. This 
 company will employ the Rae system of overhead wires. Instead 
 of the Thompson-Houston and Sprague systems, which require 
 two small motors for each car, the Rae system employs but one. 
 A speed of from fifteen to twenty miles an hour is secured with 
 entire safety, A part of this system is already in operation, and 
 many new lines projected. These lines, where they do not come 
 in conflict with the city ordinance forbidding overhead wires, are 
 sure to become popular on account of the cheapness and sim- 
 plicity of their construction and operation. 
 
 ELEVATED ROADS. 
 
 Construction of the Lake Street elevated railroad, the super- 
 structure of which has been built from Canal Street, near the 
 river, to Union Park, owing to some legal complications, work 
 was stopped for a time, but is now being pushed, and will no 
 doubt be completed by the time the Fair opens. So far as 
 built it is a substantial structure. It will have two tracks, and 
 in operation will be similar on the New York elevated roads. 
 
86 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 If it could secure a terminal on the South Side its extension to 
 the city limits would no doubt be speedily accomplished. 
 Another elevated railroad is projected along Milwaukee 
 Avenue, and still another to occupy Randolph Street, Incor- 
 poration papers have been granted to companies having- these 
 lines in view, but their construction is not at present beyond 
 doubt. 
 
 SOUTH SIDE "L" ROAD. 
 
 This is an elevated railroad running from Congress Street 
 over the alley between State Street and Wabash Avenue to the 
 city's southern limits. The road is now running to Fifty-fifth 
 Street, the superstructure is almost completed to the Exposi- 
 tion grounds, and the work will progress as fast as the ground 
 can be clea>red. This will be one of the most complete ele- 
 vated roads in the world. The stations are exceedingly neat 
 and attractive. The rails are of solid steel of the best quality, 
 v/eighing ninety pounds to the yard. An improved joint gives 
 a smooth surface to the top surface of the rails, and that click- 
 ing sound so familiar to travelers on railroads will be entirely 
 abolished. This line, which will be finished and in operation, 
 will lead direct from the business portion of the city to the 
 World's Columbian Exposition at Jackson Park, and will no 
 doubt be a favorite route for visitors at the Fair. 
 
 CARETTE LINES. 
 
 The carette is of recent importation to Chicago, but it has 
 already become quite a favorite with the great crowd of office 
 workers which pours from the doors of the business blocks in the 
 city at the closing hour, to overflow horse-car, grip-car and 
 suburban train. The carette is built much on the style of the street 
 car, with the exception that it is mounted on wheels like those of 
 the omnibus, but lower. It is drawn by horses and runs on regu- 
 lar lines as the street cars do. Those in Chicago are the property 
 of the Russell Street Carette Company, with offices at 148 South 
 Green Street. The lines run over Madison, Adams and Rush 
 Streets, from Ashland Avenue to Lincoln Park. About forty 
 cars are at present in the service. The route of the cars is cir- 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBLAN EXOPSITION. S^ 
 
 cular, and covers a portion of each division of the city. It is by 
 far the most comfortable conveyance yet introduced to meet the 
 demands of travel on streets without tracks. While it has a 
 much greater capacity than the omnibus, it is much easier of 
 movement, and can discharge and take on passengers with greater 
 facility. Twenty persons can be seated comfortably on the 
 inside, and there is room for at least three more on the seat in 
 front, which is quite as popular as the front seat in the grip-car. 
 Each car has a conductor and driver; and the manner of conduct 
 is much the same as the street car. The carette is a useful and a 
 popular addition to the different lines in operation for intramural 
 transit. 
 
 XX 
 
 The Railroads. 
 
 THEIR EARLY HISTORY— LOCATION OF CENTRAL DEPOTS- 
 SUBURBAN TOWNS, AND HOW TO REACH THEM. 
 
 It is a curious fact that for many years after Chicago had be- 
 come a prosperous city waterways were considered of more im- 
 portance than railroad lines. It was not until a short railroad line, 
 from Chicago to Galena, had been constructed and put in opera- 
 tion, that the business men of the city awoke to a full realization 
 of the importance of overland transportation. During those ear- 
 lier years all the energies of Chicago were directed toward the 
 construction of a great canal that was to conne.ct Lake Michigan 
 with the Mississippi River. This, it was urged, would be ade- 
 quate to bring to Chicago the farm products of the Mississippi 
 Valley and at the same time give Chicago direct communication 
 with the seaboard by way of " the Father of Waters," and the 
 Gulf of Mexico. The attention of Chicago was directed toward the 
 south and west and a more direct route with the Atlantic on the 
 east than that already furnished by the chain of the Great Lakes 
 was not considered of importance. The first railroad projected 
 out of Chicago was the Galena & Chicago Union. This was char- 
 tered in January, 1837, with an authorized capital of $100,000. 
 
88 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 The charter contemplated propulsion either by steam or animal 
 power. The survey was scarcely begun, however, before the 
 panic of 1837 swept over the country, paralyzing business in all 
 its branches, and the Galena & Chicago Union, with many an- 
 other promising enterprise, was abandoned. It was revived ten 
 years later, and after a three years' struggle was completed. The 
 first railroad engine ever operated in Chicago was brought to the 
 city by way of Lake Michigan. This was in October, 1847. ^^ 
 was named the " Pioneer," and immediately put to work on the 
 Galena line. This engine is still in existence, the property of the 
 Northwestern Railway Company. 
 
 In 1837 the State of Illinois attempted the construction of the 
 IHinois & Michigan Canal, together with some 1,300 miles of 
 railroad. This gigantic enterprise fell to pieces of its own weight. 
 Even the magnificent Chicago of to-day, with its million and a 
 quarter population and incalculable riches, finds the construction 
 of such a canal as was then contemplated a difficult matter, 
 although assisted by the state. What a spirit of enterprise must 
 have stirred the hearts of those early settlers to embark in such a 
 venture. Perhaps, could the panic have been averted, the scheme 
 would have been successful and the Henepin Canal, which has 
 given rise to so much congressional oratory in the late congresses, 
 might have been a fact, and Mississippi steamboats be now touch- 
 ing prows with the great lake steamers in the harbors of Chicago. 
 
 With the completion of the Chicago & Galena Railroad the 
 importance of overland transportation became manifest, and other 
 lines were rapidly constructed. In February, 1852, the Lake 
 Shore & Michigan Southern (then the Michigan Southern & In- 
 diana Northern) entered the city. This gave Chicago her first 
 railroad communication with the East. This line was closely fol- 
 lowed by the Michigan Central. The Chicago & Northwestern, 
 the Chicago, Burlington & Quincy, the Chicago, Rock Island & 
 Pacific, the Pittsburgh, Fort Wayne & Chicago, and several minor 
 lines soon after had terminals in the city. Since that time the 
 growth of Chicago's railroad interests is without parallel in the 
 world's history. Every great railroad in the United States has 
 either a terminal here or is directly connected with the city 
 arrangement with a friendly line. Twenty-six independent lines 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 89 
 
 now center in the city. Several union passenger depots oi mag- 
 nificent proportions and beautiful architecture adorn the central 
 portion of the city, while some, the exclusive property of one 
 company, are no less imposing. 
 
 It would be an impossibility for all these lines to secure the 
 track room necessary to receive and deliver freight to the numer- 
 ous warehouses, docks and manufactories which are everywhere 
 in the city. This difficulty has been overcome by a system of 
 belt railroads, which completely encircle Chicago, crossing every 
 railroad centering here. These lines are for the use of all alike, 
 and furnish ready and direct access to any point of shipping. 
 
 Thus the products of a factory on any line of road are easily 
 transferred to any of the other lines, and raw materials from 
 every part of the country delivered at any warehouse or manu- 
 factory in the city without change of cars. The first belt road 
 built was at no point more than four miles from the center of the 
 city. It proved so successful that similar ones were put in oper- 
 ation with a wider radius, the one having the greatest circum 
 ference being distant twenty to forty miles from the city's center. 
 These lines have caused many manufacturing towns to spring up 
 on the outskirts of the city, some of which have had a surprising 
 growth and are now handsome cities. The right of way has 
 been secured for a new belt line to operate in connection with 
 the World's Fair, which will greatly facilitate the handling of ex- 
 hibits "and at the same^ time furnish all railroad companies equal 
 opportunities for the transportation of freight to and from the 
 Columbian exposition. 
 
 The passenger depots of the principal railroads centering in 
 Chicago are located near the business center of the city, and the 
 greater number of these companies do a large suburban business. 
 The roads that make a specialty of suburban traffic and their 
 central depots are as follows : 
 
 Atchison, Topeka & Sa7ita Fe. — Central depot Polk Street and 
 Third Avenue. Take State Street cable line or Dearborn Street 
 horse car line. 
 
 Baltimore & Ohio. — Grand Central Depot, Fifth Avenue and 
 Harrison Street. Take Van Buren Street cars. 
 
90 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Chicago & Erie. — Central depot Polk Street and Third 
 Avenue. Take State Street cable or Dearborn Street horse 
 car line. 
 
 Chicago & Altoit. — Central depot Canal and Adams Streets, 
 West Side. Take cars going west on Adams, Van Buren or Mad- 
 ison Streets. Within easy walking distance of business center, 
 
 Chicago & Eastern Illinois. — Central depot Polk Street and 
 Third Avenue. Take State Street cable or Dearborn Street 
 horse car line. 
 
 Chicago & Grand Trunk. — Central depot Polk Street and 
 Third Avenue. Take State Street cable or Dearborn Street 
 horse car line. 
 
 Chicago & Northern Pacific. — Central depot Fifth Avenue 
 and Harrison Street. Take Van Buren Street cars going west 
 from State or south from Madison Streets, or Harrison Street line, 
 
 Chicago & North-Western. — Central depot Wells and Kinzie 
 Streets, North Side. Take Dearborn, State, or Wells Street car 
 going north. Within easy walking distance of business center. 
 
 Chicago, Burlington & Quincy. — Central depot Canal and 
 Adam Streets, West Side. Take Adam, Van Buren or Madison 
 Street car going west. Within easy walking distance of business 
 center. 
 
 Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul. — Central depot Canal and 
 Adam* Streets, West Side. Take Adams, Van Buren or Madison 
 Street car going west. Only a short distance from business 
 center. 
 
 Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific. — Central depot Van Buren 
 and Sherman Streets. Take cars on Clark Street or Fifth Avenue 
 going south. Within easy walking distance of business center. 
 
 Chicago, St. Louis & Pittsburgh. — Central depot Canal and 
 Adams Streets, West Side. Take Adams, Van Buren or Madison 
 Street car going west. Within easy walking distance of business 
 center. 
 
 Chicago, St. Paul & Kansas City. — Central depot Harrison 
 Street and Fifth Avenue. Take Van Buren Street cars going 
 west from State or south from Madison Street, or Harrison 
 Street line. 
 
 Cleveland^ Cincinnati, Chicago & St. Louis {''The Big 4"). — 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 91 
 
 Central depot foot of Lake Street. Within easy^ walking distance 
 of business center. 
 
 Illinois Central. — Central depot foot of Lake Street. Within 
 easy walking distance of business center. 
 
 Lake Shore & Michigan Southern. — Central depot Van Buren 
 and Sherman Streets. Take cars on Clark Street or Fifth Ave- 
 nue going south. Within easy walking distance of business 
 center. 
 
 Louisville, New Albany & Chicago ("Monon Route"). — Central 
 depot Polk Street and Third Avenue. Take State Street cable 
 or Dearborn Street car line. 
 
 Michigan Central. — Central depot foot of Lake Street. 
 Within easy walking distance of business center. 
 
 Pittsburgh, Fort Wayne & Chicago. — Central depot Canal and 
 Adams Streets, West Side. Take Adams, Van Buren or Madison 
 Street car line going west. Within easy walking distance of 
 business center. 
 
 Wabash. — Central depot Polk Street and Third Avenue. 
 Take State Street cable or Dearborn Street horse car line. 
 
 Wisconsin Central. — (Now a part of the Chicago & Northern 
 Pacific system). — Central Depot, Fifth Avenue and Harrison 
 Street. Take Van Buren Street cars at State and Madison or 
 Adams Street cars at State and Adams streets. 
 
 These roads furnish such excellent opportunities for reaching 
 the city at all hours that many beautiful suburban towns have 
 grown up for fifty miles out along these lines. They are gener- 
 ally of pleasing appearance and have most of the conveniences of 
 the city, with the added advantages of pure air, wide shady streets, 
 attractive flower gardens and restful lawns. Below we give a i*^ 
 of the largest and most attractive suburbs. 
 
 ARGYLE PARK. 
 
 Situated on the Evanston division of the Chicago, Milwaukee 
 & St. Paul R. R. It is distant from the City Hall five and a 
 half miles. It is a beautiful suburb with wide avenues and 
 macadamized streets. 
 
92 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 AUBURN PARK. 
 
 This is one of the prettiest of suburbs. It is situated on the 
 Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific R. R., nine miles from the city 
 hall. It has a population oi 4,500. Many of Chicago's wealthiest 
 and most influential citizens have residences here. Its sewerage 
 and drainage systems are of the best and it has every modern 
 convenience that can add to the health and comfort of its resi- 
 dents. 
 
 AUSTIN. 
 
 A delightful suburb on the Galena division of the Chicago & 
 Northwestern Railway, but six and a half miles from the City 
 Hall. Population, 4,600. Large elms, oaks and cottonwoods are 
 plentifully planted along the streets and about the lawns. There 
 are pretty parks with flower plats and fountains. Its architecture 
 is diversified and beautiful. An electric street railway furnishes 
 its inhabitants cheap and quick transportation. 
 
 BLUE ISLAND. 
 
 Among the oldest of Chicago's suburban towns. Located on 
 the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railroad, sixteen miles from 
 the City Hall. 
 
 BRIGHTON PARK. 
 
 Located on the Chicago, St. Louis & Pittsburgh, and the Chi- 
 cago and Alton Railroads. It is but seven and a half miles from 
 the City Hall, and while having all the advantages of rural life is 
 yet near enough to the city's center to afford the conveniences of 
 a city residence. 
 
 BURLINGTON HEIGHTS. 
 
 Seventy-two and a half miles from the City Hall on the Chi- 
 cago & Northern Pacific Railroad. 
 
 CHELTENHAM BEACH. 
 
 A pleasure resort, on the shore of Lake Michigan, twelve 
 miles south of the City Hall. Take Illinois Central trains. It 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 93 
 
 has a large hotel and restaurant, a large exhibition hall, and an 
 immense amphitheater for Pyrotechnic display. 
 
 DAUPHIN PARK. 
 
 A beautiful town convenient to the World's Columbian Expo- 
 sition grounds. The Illinois Central, the Michigan Central, the 
 Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific, the Atlantic & Pacific, the West- 
 ern Indiana and the New Albany railroads come together here. 
 It has beautiful groves, splendid avenues, well paved streets and 
 splendid residences, water works, electric lights and all modern 
 conveniencies. 
 
 DEERING. 
 
 Situated on the Milwaukee division of the Chicago & North- 
 western Railway. Location of the Deering Harvester Works. A 
 manufacturing suburb. 
 
 DELEVAN LAKE. 
 
 Located about thirty-eight miles from Chicago on the Wis- 
 consin Central and the Northwestern railroads. This beauti- 
 ful suburb surrounds a lake three miles in length by two in 
 breadth. Its cottages are the summer homes of many of Chica- 
 go's leading people. Natural groves adorn the sloping shores of 
 the lake. There is a large family hotel and many handsome 
 dwellings, pleasant drives and secluded walks. Numerous boat 
 houses furnish boats for pleasure and fishing parties, and several 
 private yachts and small steamers animate the scene. It is fast 
 becoming a favorite summer resort. 
 
 EDGEWATER. 
 
 Situated on the Evanston division of the Chicago, Milwaukee 
 & St. Paul Railroad, seven and a half miles from the City Hall. 
 It is charmingly situated just north of the city limits, on a gently 
 sloping eminence overlooking Lake Michigan. The town was 
 originally laid out in a natural forest of beech, birch and maple. 
 Only enough of these were removed to allow space for avenues 
 and buildings, leaving the town itself buried in a wilderness of 
 
94 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 foliage. It is the most charming suburb of Chicago. The resi. 
 dences are all of modern architecture, elegant in design, solid in 
 construction and rich in furnishings. Between the spreading 
 branches of the trees a fine view of the lake is presented. Its 
 short distance from the city, together with its many natural 
 charms, make it a favorite residence for the wealthiest citizens. 
 
 EVANSTON. 
 
 Situated on the Milwaukee division of the Chicago & North- 
 western Railway and on the Evanston division of the Chicago, 
 Milwaukee & St. Paul Railroad, on the shore of Lake Michigan, 
 twelve miles north of the City Hall. During the summer season 
 small lake steamers ply between Evanston and Chicago. Trains 
 run at intervals of a few minutes, morning and evening, and hourly 
 during the day. Depots at Wells and Kenzie, North Side, or 
 Canal and Adams Streets, West Side. Steamers at foot of Mon- 
 roe Street. The town was named for Dr. John Evans, of Chicago, 
 who early took a deep interest in its affairs and gave freely of his 
 wealth to establish those institutions of learning and culture 
 which have given Evanston a national reputation. Its population 
 is now about 9,000. Nothing could be more in keeping with the 
 nature of the inhabitants than the town itself. Art and culture 
 bow sedately to you from the long avenues of stately oaks and 
 elms. Culture and art look with the serene eyes of satisfied 
 contentment from the trim, well kept lawns and regularly de- 
 signed flower gardens. Art and culture reach out their taper 
 finger tips from residences, sculptured like temples, pillared like 
 palaces. Evanston is the Athens of our suburbs. The centre 
 and heart of learning. If Chicago in general has not yet brushed 
 the dust that comes with money-getting from its garments, the 
 little city of Evanston can be said to have done so. White and 
 clean, with the atmosphere of learning continually about her she 
 looks serenely out over the blue waters of the lake, a fitting god- 
 dess of that splendid city just below, which is destined during 
 the next half century to become the literary center of America. 
 Evanston is celebrated for its educational institutions, its churches, 
 its high social advantages, and the cultured character of its inhabt- 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIA N EXPOSITION, 95 
 
 tants. A great many of its residents are distinguished in litera- 
 ture and the names of a number are famihar to the English 
 speaking nations. 
 
 Chicago is proud of Evanston. Proud of the Northwestern 
 University which has, in a little more than two decades of actual 
 life, won its way to the front rank of the country's educational 
 institutions. The residents of Evanston are a highly educated, 
 refined, pure minded people. While they are among Chicago's 
 wealthiest citizens, they are also among the most liberal, charita- 
 ble and progressive of her population. The University, has no 
 doubt, influenced the tastes and habits of Evanston to a great 
 degree. It has also sent into the world many graduates whose 
 names have since become household words. The grounds about 
 the university buildings are cultivated as a park. There are several 
 splendid churches, among which the recently erected Episcopal 
 and Catholic edifices are noticeable. The Evanston life saving 
 crew has won enviable fame for its many brave and self-sacrificing 
 acts. Evanston has a free circulating library and a paper, The 
 Index, published weekly. 
 
 FOX LAKE. 
 
 This is one of the most popular of the many summer resorts 
 contiguous to Chicago. It is located on the Wisconsin division 
 of the Chicago & Northwestern Railway, and is distant from the 
 city fifty-one miles. ^ It has many villas to which the wealthier 
 residents of Chicago retire with their families during the summer 
 season. The lake is well supplied with pleasure boats and the 
 disciple of Isaac Walton may here indulge in his favorite pastime 
 with pleasing results. Many social clubs, the members of which 
 have their homes in Chicago, have club houses here with ail the 
 accessories for sport and pastime. Trains leave at short intervals 
 for Fox Lake from the Northwestern depot at Wells and Kenzie 
 Streets (North Side) and the Chicago and Northern Pacific at fifth 
 Avenue and Harrison Street. 
 
 GENEVA. 
 
 This delightful suburban resort is more familiarly known as 
 Geneva Lake. It is about thirty-five miles from Chicago on the 
 
9^ GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Galena division of the Chicago & Northwestern Railway. Around 
 this beautiful lake many people of wealth have laid out and culti- 
 vated grounds until they bloom in joyous beauty. Pretty cottages 
 peep from nests of fir and pine, while the more ambitious oak and 
 pine tower aloft and cast their umbrageous shade over pleasant 
 walks and drive. No more delightful place for a few days rest 
 and recreation could be suggested. 
 
 HINSDALE. 
 
 This pretty suburb was one of the first to become popular and 
 many business men of the city have long made their homes within 
 its borders. It is situated on the Chicago, Burlington & Quincy 
 Railroad about fifteen miles from the Central Depot in the city. 
 Like most of the suburbs of Chicago it has a wealth of shade 
 trees of the handsomest varieties. Its streets are well paved and 
 numerous roads leading far into the country are bordered with 
 rows of elm and oak. Oak Forest Cemetery is near this place. 
 The residents of Hinsdale are ambitious only that the homelike 
 features of their place may not be disturbed, and the manufac- 
 turer who would erect noisy mills and polute their pure air with 
 the smoke of industry finds no sympathy here. It is located on 
 one of the most elevated spots about the city and commands a 
 very fine view of Chicago with its outlying villages. 
 
 LAKE FOREST. 
 
 Situated on the shore of Lake Michigan, twenty-eight and a 
 half miles north of the City Hall. It is reached by the Milwaukee 
 division of the Chicago & Northwestern Railway (depot, Kenzie 
 and Wells Street, North Side). It is on the line of the Sheridan 
 Drive from Lincoln Park to Waukegan. Its surroundings are 
 picturesque and romantic. Many Indian legends connected with 
 the early settlement of Chicago are located in this vicinity. The 
 Lake Forest University is located here. The native forest still 
 stands in all its grandeur along the bluff overlooking the lake. 
 The wild magnificence, which must have at one time held court 
 in this forest, has been but partially tamed by the hand of civili- 
 zation. Beautiful residences stand in the shadow of trees ceqtu- 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 97 
 
 ries old and the lake beats a wild dirge at the foot of the cHfTs 
 which have given them back a sullen defiance for ages. When 
 the Sheridan Drive shall have been completed this will be one of 
 the most interesting points along its entire course. * 
 
 MAYWOOD. 
 
 A manufacturing town situated on the Galena division of the 
 Chicago & Northwestern Railway, ten miles from the City Hall. 
 From an altitude of seventy-five feet above Lake Michigan and 
 twenty-five feet above the Desplaines River, which runs along its 
 eastern borders, it overlooks the country for miles around. It 
 was originally prairie ground, but many years of settlement have 
 given it a magnificent grove of trees, which grow along the banks 
 of the winding river in luxurious profusion. It is quite wealthy 
 in itself, and has first-class educational institutions, handsome 
 churches and many attractive social features. 
 
 MORGAN PARK. 
 
 So named from its founder, Thomas Morgan, who took up a 
 homestead where the town is located in 1844. It is thirteen 
 miles from the City Hall, on the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific 
 Railroad. It has the Mount Vernon Military Academy, the Mor- 
 gan Park (Baptist) Theological Seminary and the Morgan Park 
 Female Seminary. ' Two artesian wells supply the town with the 
 purest water. It is elevated far above the surrounding country, 
 and the view from its highest point is superb. To the north and 
 east lie South Chicago, Englewood, Washington Heights and 
 Fernwood. To the east Pullman, Kensington and Roseland 
 come into view , away to the south and east winds the tree em- 
 bowered Calumet River, and the villages of Riverdale and Gano, 
 while rising silently out of the west are those beautiful homes of 
 the friend to whom we have said the last good-bye — Mounts 
 Olivet, Hope and Greenwood. 
 
 OAK PARK. 
 
 Located on the Galena division of the Chicago & Northwest- 
 ern Railway. This beautiful suburb is almost entirely in the 
 
98 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 hands of Chicago's most successful business men. It is distant 
 but twenty minutes ride from the Wells Street depot, and affords 
 the best possible advantages for a suburban dwelling. No pret- 
 tier spot could be selected for a town. Its elevation affords it the 
 best possible sewerage. The ground is broken into gentk undu- 
 lation, and its close proximity to the center of trade makes a 
 home for the business man here most desirable. Its founders 
 were men of means, to whom a beautiful home with pleasant sur- 
 roundings, Was, after a day spent in the city's turmoil, held an 
 added delight. Almost every dwelling in the confines of Oak 
 Park gives evidence of wealth, taste and refinement. The streets 
 are well paved and kept clean. There is an abundance of shade 
 trees. The dwellings are set well back from the street, and well 
 kept lawns and flower gardens smile on every hand. They have 
 a complete system of water-works and perfect drainage. 
 
 WAUKESHA. 
 
 Located on the Galena division of the Chicago & North- 
 western Railway. Distant from Chicago 104 miles. The waters 
 from the springs of Waukesha have become known the world 
 over for their wonderful curative propefties. Their fame has also 
 contributed to make this pretty Wisconsin village one of the most 
 popular of northern summer resorts. 
 
 WILMETTE 
 
 Located on the Sheridan Road, twelve miles from the City 
 Hall. It is reached by the Milwaukee division of the Chicago & 
 Northwestern road. A pretty suburb, and sure to become popu- 
 lar on account of its location. 
 
 WINNETKA. 
 
 Located on the Milwaukee division of the Chicago & North- 
 western Railway, eighteen miles from the City Hall. The Sheri- 
 dan Road runs directly through Winnctka, and since steps have 
 been taken to complete that famous drive, it, like all the suburbs 
 which it touches, has improved rapidly. It has the advantages of 
 
CHAMBER OF COMMERCE. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. loi 
 
 a natural forest and the lake breezes. The name is Indian, and 
 means " beautiful place," which is very appropriate for this 
 natural strip of woodland, with its cultivated lawns and tasteful 
 dwellings by the side of the lake that " sings the whole day long." 
 
 WOODLAND. 
 
 A beautiful suburb on the Illinois Central Railroad about 
 nine miles from the City Hall. Its location near the grounds se- 
 lected for the Columbian Exposition has added greatly to its 
 importance. It is almost surrounded by parks. Jackson Park on 
 the east, Washington Driving Park on the west, with Oakland 
 Cemetery, which is as beautiful as any park could be, on the south. 
 Many handsome buildings for the accommodation of the World's 
 Fair visitors are contemplated in this attractive suburb. It is but 
 twenty-five minutes ride from the city, and those who bring their 
 families to spend several weeks at the Exposition will find here a 
 quiet spot after " the cares that infest the day " to get the rest 
 which a down town hotel could not furnish. 
 
 XX 
 
 XX 
 
 Lake Michigan. 
 
 Beautiful Lake Michigan ! Thy body is sapphire and thy 
 robes are emerald and gold. The brooch at thy throat is set with 
 a million sunbeams and thy bosom is as the bosom of an innocent 
 maiden in the arms of her lover. Two generations of men have 
 exhausted their energies designing and constructing decorations 
 for thee, and thy limbs are weighted with the glories of their handi- 
 work. And chiefest of these is Chicago. 
 
 There can be nothing finer than a view of this city on a clear 
 day from the deck of a steamer a few miles out from shore. For 
 nearly thirty miles it sweeps a beautiful crescent about the lake, 
 its hundreds of lofty spires flashing in the sunlight; its grand 
 piles of parti-colored granite structures cooling their brows in the 
 6 
 
I02 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 drifting clouds. At the head of that liquid chain of linked seas, 
 which form a grand internal and international waterway, Lake 
 Michigan is of as much importance to the commerce as she is 
 necessary to the sequent beauties of the country. For many 
 years Lake Michigan was the only commercial highway from the 
 great northwest to the Atlantic seaboard. The numerous rail- 
 roads of later years have robbed her of a goodly share of the 
 enormous trafific which is hers by natural right. But nevertheless 
 her ships carry an immense amount of merchandise, in despite of 
 fierce railroad competition. And if swifter emissaries have de- 
 spoiled her of the dead and senseless freight, no invention of 
 man will ever construct a car so palatial or an engine so swift as to 
 furnish for the quick and sentient a trip so enjoyable as that afford- 
 ed by a well equipped steamer taking its undulating way through 
 the singing waters. 
 
 Several new boats, elegant in design and finish, with a speed of 
 twenty miles an hour, have been launched lately at Chicago. 
 These became at once popular with the traveling public, so much 
 so that they are unable to accommodate one half of the business of- 
 fered. The coming year several new boats will be launched and 
 the lake carrying trade greatly increased. 
 
 The Graham & Morton Company have three steamers plying 
 constantly between Chicago and St. Joe and Benton Harbor. 
 The finest of these is the New Chicago, a double deck screw 
 steamer capable of accommodating five hundred passengers. It 
 is a handsome vessel with a speed of twenty miles an hour. The 
 interior decorations are of mahogany and rosewood. The furni- 
 ture is upholstered in silk plush, the carpets are elegant brussels, 
 and the staterooms large and well furnished. The steamer is 
 lighted by incandescent lights. 
 
 The Goodrich line, which sends its ships as far as Buffalo, has 
 also several first-class steamers afloat. The Virginia, which was 
 but recently launched, is one of the finest screw steamers in the 
 world. While not as large as the ocean steamers, it is more ele- 
 gant in its appointments and richer and more elaborate in finish. 
 It is now engaged between Chicago and Milwaukee, making the 
 round trip every twenty-four hours. This company has also 
 several other splendid vessels in course of preparation. 
 
WORLD '5 COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, lo^ 
 
 Chicago Harbor. 
 
 The government harbor is being constantly improved and will 
 eventually be one of the largest, safest and most sheltered harbors 
 in the world. The harbor proper covers an area of 270 acres with 
 communicating slips along the Lake front covering about 200 
 acres more, making in all 470 acres. In addition to this the river 
 for several miles inward has a depth sufficient to float the largest 
 lake vessels, giving safe anchorage to innumerable craft. A 
 great breakwater, erected at enormous expense, runs parallel with 
 the shore at a distance of three-quarters of a mile. It is 5,436 
 feet in length and rises ten feet above the surface of the Lake. 
 A wide smooth pavement will extend along the top on the Lake 
 side, affording a delightful promenade. Other piers are in course 
 of construction, both to the north and south of the river's mouth, 
 which will give protection to vessels entering the river and also 
 afford excellent boating privileges. The sea wall and breakwater 
 now being built along the Lake shore will form a regatta course 
 which will be unequalled. Many small excursion boats ply con- 
 stantly between these piers and the city. Many more will be 
 added for the accommodation of World's Fair passengers, and 
 these, with the improvements now going forward, will give to 
 Chicago Harbor a gay and animated appearance. 
 
 XX 
 
 XV 
 
 Public Buildings. 
 
 POST OFFICE AND CUSTOM HOUSE. 
 
 The Post-office and Custom-House occupies the square bounded 
 by Dearborn Street on the East, Jackson Street on the South, 
 Clark Street on the West and Adams Street on the North. This 
 building upon which a half million dollars was expended was never 
 satisfactory either from an architectural or a practical point of 
 
I04 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 view. Even in its earlier days its arrangement was unsatisfactory 
 for the transaction of the Government business and postal needs 
 of the city has since far out-grown the building's capacity. The 
 uneven settlement of the structure has caused accidents to the 
 walls which arouse alarm, and the Government is being urged to 
 erect a new building in its place. Nothing further than an ap- 
 propriation of $50,000 for the purpose of repairs has been secured, 
 but it is the opinion of experts that the building must at no dis- 
 tant day be torn down or it will fall of its own accord. 
 
 THE GOVERNMENT APPRAISERS BUILDING. 
 
 The building, which is used for storage and office purposes by 
 the Government appraisers, stands at the north corner of Harrison 
 and Sherman Streets, with a frontage on both streets. The prin- 
 ciple entrance is on Harrison Street. From foundation to roof 
 the structure has been built with a view to solidity and strength, 
 and the contractors claim that it cannot be sufficiently over-loaded 
 with merchandise to affect its stability in the least. It is like- 
 wise fire-proof and braced and anchored throughout. 
 
 The building which is constructed of Connecticut brown stone, 
 beams and girders of steel, consists of eight stories and basement. 
 The height is 125 feet. The Sherman Street frontage is eighty-five 
 feet and that on Harrison Street sixty-five feet. In architectural 
 style the exterior is modern. But little attempt has been made 
 at carving, although there is sufficient to relieve the exterior from 
 plainness, and render it pleasing to the eye. Around the building 
 is a forty-foot driveway, permitting ease of access to the freight- 
 doors on all sides. 
 
 The interior finish is simple but neat and in keeping with the 
 outward solid appearance. White oak, highly polished, is used 
 exclusively for woodwork, excepting for flooring in office and stor- 
 age rooms, where yellow pine is substituted. In the corridors til- 
 ing is utilized for floors, and the walls here and around the stair- 
 ways are of imported enameled brick. The plastering is all laid on 
 fire- proofing. Iron stairways to the left of the main entrance and 
 one passenger elevator furnish people the means of entrance and 
 exit. Two large freight elevators are also provided for the hand- 
 ling of merchandise. 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION, 105 
 
 In the basement is located the heating apparatus. The four 
 floors above contain offices, but goods will be stored on these 
 floors as well as those where no partitions have been made for 
 office rooms. The windows are provided with plate glass and pro- 
 tected by steel shutters. 
 
 The construction was commenced in the spring of 1889. The 
 contract price is $218,000, not including heating plant and eleva- 
 tors. These will bring the total cost close to $240,000. 
 
 THE INTER-STATE EXPOSITION BUILDING. 
 
 No other building in Chicago is so familiar to the people of the 
 country as the Inter-state Exposition Building. Beneath its spa- 
 cious roof, year after year, have been exhibited the rich products 
 of field, forest and mine, together with the ingenious and use- 
 ful contrivances of man, from the tiny puzzle-maker to the mam- 
 moth thresher. The hum of machinery softened by the music of 
 playing fountains, has filled the air, while people of every state 
 and nation touched elbows about the display stands. Here too 
 the voice of Conkling, and Garfield, and Logan have been heard 
 in impassioned oratory. High ambitions have been crushed and 
 modest worth exalted in the numerous conventions, national and 
 state, religious and secular, that have been held within its walls. 
 There is some talk of its being removed so as to give the citizens 
 residing on Michigan Avenue, at this point, an unobstructed view 
 of the lake ;but it would seem, a structure so useful, and which is 
 so rich in association should remain untouched, at least, until the 
 conclusion of the World's Fair. The building is nearly 800 feet 
 in length, by 240 feet in width. It has three lofty towers, and its 
 roof is supported without the aid of pillar or column. The view 
 of the entire interior is thus unobstructed. It will readily accomo- 
 date 20,000 people. 
 
 BOARD OF TRADE. 
 
 The Chicago Board of Trade is perhaps the best known, and 
 most influential commercial organization in the world. No other 
 institution of its kind in existence exerts so great an influence over 
 the welfare of mankind. The traffic in bread stuffs, every wheire 
 
io6 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 is practically regulated by it. The transactions of the London Ex- 
 change, the Bourse of Paris, or the Stock Exchange of New York 
 are of far less importance to humanity in general, than are those 
 of the Board of Trade of Chicago. It has a membership of 2,000 
 shrewd, energetic, and enterprising men, and in its great building 
 at the foot of La Salle Street, fortunes are made and lost with 
 almost every tick of the clock. To be a member of this great com. 
 mercial body is considered one of the greatest honors to be won in 
 the field of commerce, and a disreputable transaction, or a con- 
 tract repudiated is sure to bring odium upon the operator and 
 place him beyond the pale of speculation with his fellows for all 
 time. 
 
 The volume of regular business transacted by this body for the 
 year, runs into the billions, and the speculative business of the 
 board as indicated by the clearing house reports for the last year, 
 shows the amazing increase of 31,000,000 over those of 1889. 
 
 This organization was founded in 1850, and was incorporated 
 with thirteen subscribers. For many years they transacted business 
 in the old Chamber of Commerce Building at the corner of La 
 Salle and Washington Streets. It now occupies a beautiful new 
 building at the foot of La Salle Street, near the Grand Pacific 
 Hotel. 
 
 The structure is of granite, unique in design, and covers a space 
 of 225 by 174 feet. It is surmounted by a tower, tapering into a 
 pinnacle 322 feet above the pavement. Upon its extreme point 
 glistens a metallic weather vane, the largest in the world, in the 
 shape of a lake schooner, fifteen feet in length, with rigging in 
 proportion. From the street below it looks no larger than a toy 
 ship. 
 
 The building is massive in proportion and from the look-out 
 balcony which surrounds the tower a fine view of the city is ob- 
 tained. The first floor of the building is given up to private offi- 
 ces, telegraph offices, etc. 
 
 The great exchange hall occupies a space of 174 by 155 
 feet, and is eighty feet high, with a glass ceiling 70 by 80 feet. 
 Within this chamber a large five story block might be placed with 
 ease. 
 
 The decorations of the interior are elaborate and elegant. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. lo; 
 
 Above the main floor two galleries are erected, one for the invited 
 guests, and the other for the general public, open business hours. 
 Here the visitor may gain a perfect view of the operators on the 
 floor, hear the hasty and inarticulate utterances of the excited 
 operators, and view a scene impossible to describe and still more 
 impossible for the average visitor to understand. 
 
 THE ART INSTITUTE. 
 
 The new Art Building on the Lake Front, at the foot of 
 Adams Street, is among the best of its kind in America. Isolated 
 from all trade or office buildings, with the animated waters of 
 Lake Michigan on one side and the handsome Michigan Bou- 
 levard on the other, it could have no more appropriate location. 
 From its windows the students may study the changing colors 
 of the Inland Sea, catch the dip and swell of the white winged 
 yachts and learn the forms and characteristics of the merchant 
 vessels moving about the harbor. From the other side they 
 may catch inspiration from the boulevard, where the traffic of 
 pleasure goes all day long. 
 
 The structure is of granite, subdued gray in color; 340 by 
 180 feet, two stories in height, with a suggestion of Rome in its 
 best days. The building faces on Michigan Avenue and has 
 a wing at each end. running toward the lake, thus forming a 
 court from which the interior receives a tempered light. The 
 second floor has no windows looking outward, but is lit from 
 the roof, giving the artist's favorite light. The architects 
 were Shipley, Rutan & Cooledge of Boston. The original 
 cost of this art palace was $350,000. It affords ample conven- 
 ience for the students, and its exhibitions will always be a 
 feature in this city's rapidly developing taste for the beautiful. 
 Many priceless pictures hang upon its walls, either loaned or 
 donated. The value of the collection of art now on exhibi- 
 tion at the Institute is said to be more than $6,000,000. 
 The Institute is open to visitors every day and evening. 
 
 The Chicago Art School is carried on in the Art Institute 
 building. This school has already graduated pupils whose work 
 has won them an enviable reputation, and whose personality will 
 
io8 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 help hasten the time, nor far distant, when Chicago will become 
 the literary and art center of America. In the Art School are the 
 following classes : Costumed Life Class, Nude Life Class, Paint- 
 ing from Still Life, Classes in the Antique, Modeling, Perspective, 
 Saturday Sketching Class, Artistic Anatomy, Ornamental De- 
 signing, a class intended for children and teachers called the 
 Saturday Class, with hours from lo to 12 a. m,, Evening Life and 
 Antique Classes, Architectural Class, Class Lectures on Antique 
 Sculpture, and Composition Class. Regular school hours are from 
 9 a. m. to 4 p. m. The Fall term begins September 29, and 
 closes December 20. Winter term from December 29 to March 
 21. Spring term March 23 to June 13. Pupils may enter the 
 Elementary Class at any time without examination. Tuition 
 fees are reasonable, the object of the Art Institute being to main- 
 tain a school of art in Chicago which shall do honor to the city 
 and cultivate in its citizens a love for this most refining and en- 
 nobhng of the arts. 
 
 THE CHICAGO SOCIETY OF ARTISTS. 
 
 This society, which was organized but little more than three 
 years ago, is now in a flourishing condition. The rooms of the 
 society are on the seventh floor of the new Athenaem building, 
 16 to 26 Van Buren Street. These rooms were designed ex- 
 pressly for this society, and are not only beautiful in their 
 appointments, but afford the best possible lights both for paint- 
 ing and displaying pictures. Many fine compositions of local 
 artists are on exhibition here, and a visitor to these rooms will be 
 well repaid. 
 
 THE AUDITORIUM. 
 
 The fame of this magnificent structure has already gone forth 
 to all the land. The eloquent Chauncey M. Depew said of it, 
 that having seen all the grand and noted buildings in the world, 
 the grandest of them was the Auditorium of Chicago. It has 
 at least no rival on the American continent. The eye cannot take 
 in its collossal dimensions from any point of view other than the 
 deck of a steamer a mile or so out from shore. Seen from such a 
 
H 
 
 1 
 
 m 
 
 •MSI 
 
 ^^TSSS; i 
 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBLA N EXPOSLTION.. 1 1 1 
 
 point of vantage its grandeur becomes apparent. It dwarfs all 
 other objects in the view. Could this building have been placed 
 on an elevation, the world could not offer another work of man 
 so stupendous. It has a total street frontage of 710 feet. The 
 main building is 145 feet high, and the great tower, which has the 
 dimensions of an ordinary office building, is 125, making a total 
 height of 270 feet. The tower is 70 by 41 feet, which is about one- 
 fifth .the area covered by the foundations. The first two stories 
 are granite, laid in mighty blocks, some of which weigh over 
 twenty tons. The remaining stories are of building stone. 
 Colossal granite pillars support the magnificent arches which form 
 the entrances on Michigan Avenue, Congress Street and Wabash 
 Avenue. The weight of the entire building is 1,100,000 tons, and 
 yet so intelligently was the foundations laid that the building in 
 settling has never disturbed the walls to the line of a hair. Tak- 
 ing into consideration the unstable condition of the soil on which 
 Chicago is built, this is a most wonderful feat of engineering. 
 The interior of the Auditorium corresponds in richness with its 
 outward proportions. Very little wood entered into its construc- 
 tion. Iron and brick were used for the coarser work, terra cotta 
 and marble where finish was demanded. The building contains 
 $600,000 worth of iron work, 8oo,ooo square feet of terra cotta, 
 175,000 square feet of wire lath, 60,000 square feet of plate glass, 
 twenty-five miles of. gas and water pipes, 230 miles of elastic 
 wires and cable, 10,000 electric lights, eleven dynamos, thirteen 
 electric motors and other necessary appliances in proportion. 
 There were 50,000 square feet of Italian marble used in laying the 
 mosaic floors. These floors contain 50,000,000 pieces of marble, 
 each piece being put in by hand. The walls in the public part of 
 the building are mostly finished in old gold and terra cotta. 
 
 The Auditorium comprises within itself a grand opera house, 
 a magnificent hotel, a mammoth office building, and a tower of 
 observation, which overlooks the entire city. The world cannot 
 point to another such pile of magnificence, usefulness and beauty, 
 and yet it was begun and completed in a little more than two 
 years' time, an unrivaled example of modern enterprise and 
 engineering. 
 
 To Mr. Ferdinand W. Peck is due the credit of originating the 
 
112 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 enterprise which has given to Chicago the finest assembly hall in 
 the world. There are about 300 citizens interested in the enter- 
 prise. The first shovel full of earth thrown in preparation of the 
 Auditorium's construction was on January 20, 1887. 
 
 During that year 250,000 tons of granite, necessary to the con- 
 Btruction of the two first stories, were brought from Maine and 
 Minnesota, and the corner stone was laid in September of that 
 year. These two stories were enroofed in time for holding the 
 Repubhcan convention in the building in the following June. 
 Twelve thousand people tested the capacity of the hall on that 
 occasion, and when Harrison was nominated the delegates went 
 back to their respective States to tell their constituants of the 
 wonderful building which Chicago had built in almost a night. 
 On October 2, 1888, the cope stone on the tower's top was laid by 
 the masons with impressive ceremonies, and on December 9, 1889, 
 less than three years after the earth was broken on its site, oc- 
 curred the grand opening, at which were present the President of 
 the United States, many State governors, with dignitaries and 
 scientists, orators and musicians famous everywhere. It was a 
 red letter day for Chicago and the monument to her industry, 
 enterprise and achievement looks grandly down upon every visi- 
 tor who moves along the beautiful boulevard of Michigan Avenue. 
 
 THE MASONIC TEMPLE. 
 
 The Masonic Temple is located at the corner of State and 
 Randolph streets. This is perhaps the most interesting, as it 
 is the most imposing, structure in the business district. It is 
 twenty stories in height and towers in the air 265 feet above 
 the street. It has a frontage on State Street of 170 feet, and of 
 114 feet on Randolph. In style of architecture it is modern, 
 the architects being obliged to keep in mind the utility of the 
 building as well as its beauty. Wisconsin granite is used in 
 the construction of the first three stories; above that a gray 
 fire brick. The facades, arches and supporting pillars are all 
 massive in appearance and add greatly to the rythmic grandeur 
 of the whole structure. It divides honors with the Auditorium, 
 which has a more stolid appearance. It is the largest building 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 1:13 
 
 ever attempted by a charitable or social organization and is a 
 splendid monument to the energy and patriotism of the late 
 Norman T. Gassette, who was tireless in his endeavors to secure 
 the means necessary to such an enterprise. For twenty years 
 the idea of such a temple has been agitated among Western 
 Masons, and it stands to-day the emblem of their brotherly 
 ardor. The final and successful effort originated in December, 
 1889. A call was issued by Gil. W. Barnard and Dr. J. B. 
 Tatrich of Van Rensselaer Lodge for a meeting of prominent 
 Masons, to consider the subject of a building. The response 
 was promising and committees were appointed to solicit funds 
 and secure a location. Their report, a month later, was so 
 flattering that a permanent organization was effected, the com- 
 mitte consisting of Norman T. Gassette, Amos Grannis, and E. 
 R. Bliss, to whom was delegated full power to act. In less 
 than a month stock to the amount of $1,100,000 was subscribed. 
 On April 4, the Secretary of State issued a charter of in- 
 corporation to the Masonic Fraternity Temple Association. 
 The company was capitalized at $2,000,000, and the price of 
 stock fixed at $100 per share. The Temple is complete. 
 
 THE TEMPERANCE TABERNACLE. 
 
 This structure was built by the W. C. T. U. and is perhaps 
 the handsomest office building in the city. The building is 190 
 by 90 feet and is eleven stories high and cost the magnificent sum 
 of $1,100,000. The architecture is modern and strikingly origi- 
 nal. The materials of the first two stories are of a dun-colored 
 granite, delicately veined with pink. The remaining stories are 
 of Anderson fire brick. The building has a look of solid grandeur, 
 and is by far the most attractive building of all the handsome 
 buildings that line La Salle Street. For ten stories the build- 
 ing retreats in a well-dehned line from perpendicular. The 
 roof, which begins at the tenth story, is broken into turrets. 
 Thus the three upper stories form a pleasing contrast to the 
 more massive walls below. From the center of the turrets the 
 building is surmounted by a statue of a woman kneeling in 
 prayer. Three banks have their offices on the first floor. Here 
 
114 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 also is located the Willard Hall, so named for Miss Fr/.'ices E. 
 Willard, so long prominent as a worker and lectm mt in the 
 temperance field. Eight thousand people can be sealed in the 
 audience room, and the galleries will hold perhaps as many- 
 more. A wide hall on Monroe Street gives entrance to the 
 auditorium. The windows of this hall are memorial windows, 
 while from exalted niches look benignly down the rearble busts 
 of those who labored through life unceasingly for the temper- 
 ance cause. The building is devoted principally to offices, the 
 rent of which was to be expended in temperance uork It is 
 now owned by a stock company 
 
 THE GERMAN THEATRE BUILDING. 
 
 This is among the handsomest of the many hand nome build- 
 ings erected in Chicago during the year '92. It was opened to the 
 public in September of this year, and immediately took its place 
 in the front rank of amusement places. It is an imposing 
 structure, towering grandly above its surroundings. The in- 
 terior of the theatre is finished in pale gold, the stairways are 
 marble, and the floors and wainscoting are mosaic and marble. 
 The roof and galleries are self-supporting, leaving th(! auditorium 
 an unobstructed view. A great portion of the building is de- 
 voted to hotel uses. In this there are 131 bedrocms. There 
 are thirty-eight bathrooms, so arranged that they can be used 
 privately in connection with the bedrooms or semi-publicly by 
 throwing them open to the corridors. The dining room, 
 kitchen and working department are in the ninth story. The 
 dimensions of the dining room are 40 by 'j^ feet. The hotel ex- 
 tends to the top of the tower. The main entrance is on the 
 ground floor to the west of the entrance to the theatre, and is 
 entirely separate from it. The theatre has about an equal 
 number of German and English plays. It is proposed to pro- 
 duce here the best German tragedies and dramas. 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 1 1 5 
 
 THE ROOKERY. 
 
 The Rookery is located at the corner of Monroe and La Salle 
 Streets. The curious name it bears was originally given to a 
 rambling brick ruin, put up hastily after the great fire, and used 
 for years thereafter as the City Hall. Some clever wag gave to 
 this tumble-down shell the title of " The Rookery," and so apt a 
 title clung to it until it was torn away to make room for the 
 superb structure which took its place and its name as well. And 
 so what was originally coined as a term of contempt or derision 
 has come to signify all that is rich and splendid in architectural 
 construction. Among all the costly buildings which lift their 
 heads high above the smoke and noise of the city, there is none 
 that, for rugged strength of outline or splendor of decoration, can 
 compare with the Rookery. Its floors are of the richest mosaic ; 
 its walls of the most spotless marble; its stairways broad and 
 curving as those of a king's palace ; and all its decorations of that 
 massive style which inspires the admiration of the meanest mind 
 and stirs to awe the soul of greatness. The Rookery cost 
 $1,500,000. The building has six hundred magnificent offices, 
 each finished with the same rich care and elegance which marks 
 the building throughout. There are two groups of elevators, 
 one at the Monroe Street entrance and one at the La Salle Street 
 entrance, running continually. Thirty-five hundred persons are 
 occupied in the building during business hours. 
 
 THE MARSHALL FIELD BUILDING. 
 
 Between the lines made by Adams, Franklin, Quincy Streets 
 and Fifth Avenue stands one of the grandest monuments to the 
 business talent of one man that the world can show. The build- 
 ing covers the entire square of ground. It is built entirely of red 
 granite, many of the stones in the first story weighing more than 
 twenty tons each. If Marshall Field & Co. do the biggest dry 
 goods business in the world, they have certainly the finest build- 
 ing to do it in. The architect who planned this building, con- 
 ceived the idea of using the lightest kind of pine for the interior 
 of the building, so that in case of fire it would burn out quickly 
 and leave the walls intact. Iron girders, while they are not in- 
 
ii6 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 flammable, once they become heated, warp and twist to such a 
 degree that the walls which they were put in to support are 
 ruined by them. Marshall Field's building, if it should take fire, 
 would, so far as the walls are concerned, be but little damaged. 
 This great structure was built in less than two years. It is said 
 to be the largest mercantile house in the world. No mark any- 
 where on the walls of the building informs the passers-by what the 
 magnificent structure is used for or to whom it belongs. At the 
 Adams Street entrance a small brass plate, let into a stone on one 
 side of the arch, bears the simple announcement, " Marshall Field 
 & Co." Thus it is to be known. 
 
 THE ARMORY. 
 
 Take Wabash Avenue Cable Cars to Sixteenth Street. 
 
 The First Regiment, I. N. G., was organized twenty-one years 
 ago. At its first meeting in August, 1874, forty-eight men were 
 enrolled. It now has an enrollment of 530 men. During the 
 troubled times of 1875 when the Relief and Aid Society was 
 threatened by a mob, it did good service, and again in 1886, 
 when previously to the Haymarket riots the destruction of the 
 city was threatened by strikers, this regiment was instrumental in 
 checking the riotous demonstrations at the Union Stock Yards 
 and other places in the cit3\ For several years the regiment has 
 had headquarters on the Lake front adjoining the Exposition 
 building. A few years ago several patriotic citizens began the 
 work of raising a fund for the purpose of building an armory 
 which should in some measure correspond with the strength and 
 comliness of the gallant First, and the massive stone structure at 
 the northeast corner of Sixteenth Street and Michigan Avenue 
 is the result. The building, which is built of stone in massive 
 blocks, is 64 by 174 feet, and would prove a formidable structure in 
 case of siege. It has at once a grand and war-like appearance. 
 The walls are thirty-five feet high, above which rise massive bat- 
 tlements crowned with turrets. The entrance is a great arched 
 doorway through which a full company abreast might march. 
 The windows are guarded by steel bars. The interior is richly 
 finished in stone, brick, iron and heavy oak. The drill hall occu- 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 1 17 
 
 pies the entire space on the first floor. Stairways lead from the 
 first floor to the visitors' gallery. The quarters of the field and 
 staff officers are on the second floor. There are company 
 quarters and squad drill rooms above. There are comfortable; 
 quarters for non-commissioned officers, orderlies and veterans ; 
 also a drum corps room and a gymnasium. On the first floor is a 
 banquet hall, 30 by 50 feet, elegantly finished in old dark oak. 
 The First Regiment, I. N. G., have the largest and most com- 
 plete militia building in America. 
 
 OTHER BUILDINGS OF INTEREST. 
 
 To give a detailed description of all the noted buildings which 
 have been built in this city during the last ten years would re- 
 quire much more space than this little book allows. Almost all 
 the great buildings which are the result of the prosperity and 
 growth of this city are substantial, rich and convenient beyond 
 precedent. Story after story has been added to their height, as 
 the ground increased in price, until one is no more surprised to 
 hear of a twenty-story building than he would have been a few 
 years ago at the mention of one six stories high. Among the 
 most attractive buildings in the business center of the city ar«: 
 
 Home Insurance Building. — Located at 205 La Salle Street, 
 near the Board of Trade. 
 
 The Tacoma Building. — Located at the corner of Madison 
 and La Salle Streets. One of the first high buildings to be built. 
 
 The Owings Building. — Located at the corner of Adams and 
 Dearborn Streets. Interesting for its great height and its peculiar 
 style of architecture. 
 
 Manhattan Building. — Located on Dearborn street near the 
 Post-of^ce. A beautiful office building sixteen stories high. A 
 little farther south on this street are 
 
 The Monon Building, a splendid twelve-story structure ; 
 
 The Caxtott, a new fire-proof office building of twelve stories 
 in height ; it is built of terra cotta and pressed brick. From the 
 eastern windows on the upper floors, one can have a glorious 
 view of the lake. This is one of the most attractive office build- 
 ings in the city. Many of the buildings now being, built in the 
 
ii8 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 city will be from sixteen to eighteen stories in height ; all are built 
 of stone, fire-proof brick, and iron, and as near fire-proof as it is 
 possible for buildings to be. 
 
 XX 
 
 Theatres and Amusements. 
 
 Whoso may come to Chicago, from whatever part of the 
 world, will find theatres quite as grand and amusements quite as 
 praiseworthy as those he left behind him. While Chicago the- 
 atrical managers may not be able to boast of two and three "runs" 
 for a single play, they can truly say that in no city of the world 
 are there more beautiful theatres ; neither is there any other city 
 where plays are better staged and mounted. Every great foreign 
 company coming to this country visits Chicago, where they are 
 sure of large and appreciative audiences. The round of amuse- 
 ments for any season will compare favorably with those of 
 London, Paris or Berlin, Many plays which have won popular 
 favor have had their first hearing in Chicago. The long series of 
 Arabian Nights entertainments, which have become universal 
 favors, were all Chicago productions. The architectural beauty 
 of the Chicago theatres and their elegant interior furnishings have 
 been warmly praised by notable personages from foreign lands, 
 and even the citizen of this wonderful city by the inland sea, who 
 is satisfied with nothing that does not border on the impossible, 
 is fain to give his approval of the splendid play-houses of Chicago. 
 
 Beside the regular theatres there are numerous other amuse- 
 ment halls and places of initerest, where the visitor may find 
 pleasure and instruction. That strangers may have no difficulty 
 in finding such places as they may select, we give under this head 
 a list and short description of those most likely to prove 
 attractive. 
 
 ALHAMBRA THEATRE. 
 
 Located at the corner of State Street and Archer Avenue. 
 Take State Street cable car. The Alhambra is a handsome 
 
F 
 
 
 r 
 
 DOUGLAS MONUMENT. 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 1 2 1 
 
 theatre with a seating capacity of twenty-five hundred. The 
 interior is finished in restful shades of salmon intermingled with 
 a delicate pink. It is modern in construction and provided with 
 numerous and roomy exits. - The stage is forty-five feet deep, 
 twenty-five feet wide at the front. It is one of a circle of 
 theatres under the management of H. R. Jacobs. 
 
 AUDITORIUM THEATRE. 
 
 Located on Wabash Avenue and Congress Street. Take 
 Wabash Avenue or Cottage Grove Avenue cable cars. The mag- 
 nificent proportions of this theatre, which is a part of the great 
 Auditorium building, has never been equalled. The main object 
 of the projectors of the Auditorium was to give Chicago a theatre 
 in which might be produced the works of the masters of song 
 and story, and at such prices of admission that the toiler as well 
 as the millionaire might feast his soul on the glorious harmonies 
 of Wagner and Beethoven. A theatre alone large enough for such 
 a purpose would necessitate an expenditure which could promise 
 no adequate return for the investment. The genius of Mr. Fred. 
 W. Peck suggested a mammoth building of which the theatre 
 would be but a part, and from which the combined returns would 
 give the stockholders a liberal dividend. The idea was adopted 
 and the result has proved the wisdom of its author. As a conse- 
 quence Chicago has the largest, grandest and most complete 
 amusement hall in the world. The best orators, singers, actors 
 and artists of this and foreign countries have pronounced in its 
 favor. The acoustic properties of the Auditorium theatre are per- 
 fect. The main floor and galleries have a seating capacity of 4,050, 
 Aside from this there are forty boxes, supplied with luxurious 
 chairs and sofas and richly hung in delicate tints of finest plush. 
 The second balcony and gallery can be shut down on occasion, 
 reducing the size of the theatre about one-half. More than 5,000 
 incandescent lights illumine the house and stage. The interior is 
 finished in soft dull gold delicately shaded. The orchestra ac- 
 commodates one hundred musicians. 
 
 The stage is large enough to accommodate a chorus of 500 
 voices. It is sixty-nine feet deep and ninety-eight feet wide. 
 7 
 
122 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 There are 6,862 square feet of available stage room. Stage 
 changes are made by the use of hydraulic machinery by the simple 
 movement of a lever. Grand opera, oratorios and tragedy find 
 here a fitting home. One of the largest organs in the world, and 
 said to be the most perfect musical instrument ever built, is 
 located in a compartment behind the north wall. It contains 
 7,193 pipes and swell, and is divided into seven parts, viz.: great, 
 pedal, swell, choir, echo, solo and stage. There is no musical 
 effect but what may be produced from this grand instrument. 
 
 The great political conventions find the Auditorium Theatre 
 well adapted to their needs, and the central location of Chicago, 
 its splendid hotel accommodations and its delightful climate 
 make it the most popular convention city in America. 
 
 BATTLE OF GETTYSBURG PANORAMA. 
 
 Located on the northeast corner of Wabash Avenue and Pan- 
 orama Place. Take Wabash or Cottage Grove Avenue cars. 
 An historical representation of one of the great battles of the 
 Civil War. From a central elevation you view the contending 
 armies in the full heat of strife. Look where you may you see 
 wide stretches of country dotted by small groves, with fields of 
 golden grain between. Here are regiments with broken ranks in 
 hand to hand conflict. There are battalions in battle array mov- 
 ing steadily on to the scene of conflict. The smoke of cannon 
 and the flash of steel are all about you. The wounded, the dying 
 and the dead are scattered about the field. You are in the midst 
 of black-browed war with all its attendant horrors and its heroic 
 inspirations. Open day and evening. 
 
 CASINO. 
 
 (Formerly the Eden Musee.) Located on Wabash Avenue 
 near Adams Street. Take Wabash or Cottage Grove Avenue ca- 
 ble cars. There are four floors given up to the exhibition of wax 
 works, historical paintings, etc., etc. On the fifth floor is a large 
 amusement hall where a high class variety performance is given 
 afternoon and evening. Ices, creams and cooling drinks are also 
 
WORLD '5 COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 123 
 
 served here. The Casino is open day and evening. Lyman B. 
 Glover, business manager. Admission twenty-five cents and fifty 
 cents. 
 
 CENTRAL MUSIC HALL. 
 
 Centrally located at the Corner of Randolph and State Streets, 
 A popular lecture and concert hall with a seating capacity oi 
 2,000. Of late years it has become famous as the place in which 
 Prof. David Swing delivers his eloquent Sunday morning lectures. 
 It has a grand concert organ, a roomy stage, but no scenery. 
 Some of the greatest singers and lecturers have appeared upon 
 this stage. 
 
 CHICAGO OPERA HOUSE. 
 
 Centrally located at the corner of Washington and Clark 
 Streets. J. W. Norton & Co., proprietors. David Henderson, 
 manager. One of the most popular theaters in the city. Seating 
 capacity, 2,100. While tragedy and grand opera have occasion- 
 ally held the boards at this theater it is virtually the home of 
 comedy. Light operas and spectacular plays have here their 
 most complete representation. A few seasons ago Mr. Render- 
 son inaugurated a series of summer performances founded on the 
 Arabian Nights. These beautiful entertainments were the prod, 
 uct of Chicago authprs and have proved very popular both at 
 home and on the road. The best of modern comedies are pre- 
 sented at the Chicago Opera House. The theatre is absolutely 
 fire-proof. Its interior is elegant. Plays are mounted here with 
 unsurpassed splendor. No theatre in Chicago has a better pat- 
 ronage. Admission prices are 50, 75, $1.00 and $1.50. Boxes, 
 $10, $12 and $15. 
 
 COLUMBIA THEATRE. 
 
 Centrally located near the corner of Monroe and Dearborn 
 Streets. Proprietors and managers, Al. Hayman and Will J. 
 Davis. For several years after it was first opened the Columbia 
 theatre proved an unfortunate enterprise. Jack Haverly, then in 
 the height of his popularity, was its first manager. Reverse of 
 fortune soon after compelled him to give it up. Several other 
 
124 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 well known theatrical men afterward attempted its management 
 but with disastrous results. Under the supervision of Messrs. 
 Hayman and Davis, however, it at once stepped into popularity, 
 and is to-day a favorite place of amusement with a steady and 
 liberal patronage. The theatre is one of the largest and hand- 
 somest in the city. It has a seating capacity of 2,400. The stage 
 is large, its settings first class and the acoustics of the house 
 of the first order. Admission 50, 75, $1.00, $1.50. Boxes $iOi 
 $12 and $15. 
 
 CRITERION THEATRE. 
 
 Located at the corner of Sedgwick and Division Streets, 
 North Side. Take Sedgwick Street car on North Side cable line. 
 A favorite resort for the residents of North Chicago. Seating 
 capacity, 1,800. 
 
 EPSTEIN'S NEW DIME MUSEUM. 
 
 Located on Randolph Street near Clark. A museum of curi- 
 osities, wax works, electric contrivances and natural human and 
 animal freaks. A variety performance is given in the theatre 
 every hour. Admission, 10 cents. 
 
 GRAND OPERA HOUSE. 
 
 Centrally located on Clark Street opposite the Court-House. 
 Harry L. Hamlin, manager. Where the Grand Opera House 
 stands has been amusement ground since the city was in its in- 
 fancy. A public hall first occupied this ground. Afterwards the 
 Colosseum, a variety, concert and beer hall, stood here. In 1878 
 this was transformed into a vaudeville theater and christened 
 " Hamlin's." Two years later it was again reconstructed into its 
 present beautiful proportions and given the name of the Grand 
 Opera House. The trend of this theatre is toward the modern 
 drama. Several worthy productions of American dramatists have 
 had their initial performance at this house. The seating capacity 
 of the Grand is about 1,700. The plays presented are invariably 
 well mounted and the cleanest and best dramas of the American 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIA N EXPOSITION. 12$ 
 
 school are oftenest seen at this theatre. Admission 50, 75, $1.00 
 and $1.50. Boxes $10 and $15. 
 
 HALSTEAD STREET OPERA HOUSE. 
 
 Located at the corner of Halstead and Harrison Streets. Take 
 South Halstead or Blue Island Avenue cars. Popular prices. 
 
 HAVLIN'S THEATRE. 
 
 Located on Wabash Avenue between Eighteenth and Twen- 
 tieth Streets. Take Wabash Avenue cable line. John A. 
 Havlin, lessee. J. S. Hutton, manager. This is a new and pretty- 
 theatre located near a populous resident district. Standard plays 
 are given here with first class companies to interpret them. The 
 house has a seating capacity of about 2,000, and is finished with 
 all the richness and beauty of its down-town rivals. 
 
 HAYMARKET THEATRE. 
 
 Located on Madison Street near Halstead, West Side; Will 
 J. Davis, manager. Take Madison Street cable line. One of the 
 largest and handsomest theatres in the country. Its seating ca- 
 pacity is 2,400. It has a stage ninety feet deep with a procenium 
 opening of forty-eight feet. The interior of the building is 
 handsomely decorated in color, something between old gold and 
 salmon. Everything about the Haymarket is constructed on a 
 grand and liberal scale. The foyer occupies as much room as the 
 amphitheatre of some theatres. It is enlivened by a fountain 
 and decorated by numerous statues. Aside from the Audito- 
 rium no other theatre in the city can compare with it in dimen- 
 sions. Every part of the stage is visible from any seat in the 
 auditorium. The best companies are constantly presenting here 
 the best plays. Much of the Haymarket's success is no doubt due 
 to the management of Mr. Davis, whose natural ability and years 
 of experience well qualify him to select such amusements as are 
 likely to please the patrons of his theatre. Admission 15, 25, 50, 
 75, and $1.00. Turkish chairs, $1.50. Boxes, $5.00 to $10.00. 
 
126 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 HOOLEY'S THEATRE. 
 
 Centrally located on Randolph Street near La Salle, opposite 
 City Hall. Richard M. Hooley, proprietor. Harry Powers, busi- 
 ness manager. This beautiful temple of the muses was opened 
 by Mr. Hooley on the 17th day of October, 1872, and with the 
 single exception of one brief season, when J. H. Haverly gained 
 control and gave it his name, it has born the name of the veteran 
 manager who controls it to-day. Hooley's Theatre is the syno- 
 nym of all that is best and noblest in the drama. Here the stand- 
 ard companies of London and New York bring the good old 
 comedies and rare dramas of the best playrights of the past and 
 present, and here assemble the wisest and wittiest of Chicago's 
 amusement lovers to hear them. The house seats an audience of 
 about 1,500. Everything about the theatre is rich and tasteful 
 and the comfort of his patrons is one of the first cares of "Uncle 
 Dick" Hooley. Admission, 50, 75, $1.00 and $1.50. Boxes, $10 
 and $15. 
 
 H. R. JACOBS' ACADEMY. 
 
 Located on Haistead Street, near West Madison Street. Take 
 Madison Street cable cars. One of several theatres in this city 
 under the control of H. R. Jacobs. A pretty theatre, seating 
 about 1,800 people. It has a medium sized stage, with first-class 
 scenery. The plays presented here are mostly light comedies, 
 or the better class of vaudeville attractions. Admission, 25, 50 
 and 75 cents. 
 
 H. R. JACOBS' CLARK STREET THEATRE. 
 
 Located on North Clark Street, near the bridge ; five minutes' 
 walk from the Court-House ; vaudeville and light comedy ; popu- 
 lar prices of admission. 
 
 JACOB LITTS' STANDARD THEATRE. 
 
 Located on Haistead and Jackson Streets, West Side. Take 
 South Haistead or Van Buren street cars. Light comedy and 
 burlesque. Popular prices. 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 127 
 
 KOHL & MIDDLETON'S SOUTH SIDE DIME MUSEUM. 
 
 Located on South Clark Street, near Madison. Curiosities 
 and hourly stage performance. 
 
 LIBBY PRISON MUSEUM. 
 
 Located on Wabash Avenue, near Sixteenth Street. Take 
 Wabash Avenue cable cars. Here enclosed within a massive wall, 
 surmounted by turrets at regular intervals, is the original Libby 
 Prison, brought from Richmond, Virginia, and rebuilt exactly as 
 it originally stood, even to each separate brick. Aside from this 
 famous war relic, there is a war museum in which are stored 
 thousands of mementoes of the battle fields, as well as state 
 papers and other documents that have a bearing on the "late un- 
 pleasantness." There are pictures in oil of Abraham Lincoln 
 and Mrs. Lincoln, as well as those of the famous Union and Con- 
 federate generals. Many other rare and curious relics of historic 
 value may be seen here. Open day and evening. Admission, 50 
 cents, children half price. 
 
 LYCEUM THEATRE. 
 
 Located on Desplanes Street, between Madison and Washing- 
 ton Streets, West Side. Ten minutes' walk from the Court-House. 
 T. L. Grenier, proprietor. First class variety. Admission popu- 
 lar prices. 
 
 McVICKER'S THEATRE. 
 
 Located on the west side of Madison Street, between State 
 and I>earborn Streets. Only a few minutes walk from the prin- 
 cipal hotels. Horace McVicker, manager. This is the most 
 historic place of amusement standing in Chicago. It was built 
 by J. H, McVicker in the early history of the city. It has been 
 twice destroyed by fire to rise each time more beautiful than 
 before. It is now one of the handsomest theatres in the world. 
 For years after the public began to neglect the dramas enriched 
 by time and the genius of author and actor for two hundred 
 years and turn with the spirit of the age to the more frivolous 
 
128 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 productions of the day, J. H. McVicker fought against the 
 innovation. An actor of the old school himself, he could not 
 understand why Hamlet, and Richard the Third, and Bob Acres 
 and fat but witty Jack Falstaff should be superseded by senti- 
 mental everyday fellows in store clothes who fell in love with 
 their wife's chambermaid, or giggling acrobats whose only hold 
 upon the public was a local gag. His stock company was the 
 last to go, and he is still an unbeliever in the "star system." At 
 this theatre you will always find a first-class company and gen- 
 erally a good play. The house of itself is an attraction. Every- 
 thing about it speaks of taste and refinement. The house will seat 
 about 2,100 people. Its stage is large and the stage settings 
 always rich and in keeping with the play. Admission, 50, 75* 
 $1.00, $1.50. Boxes the same as the other first-class theatres. 
 
 NEW WINDSOR THEATRE. 
 
 Located at North Clark and Division Streets. Take North 
 Clark Street cable car, marked Lincoln Park. M. B. Leavitt, 
 manager. Bruno Kennicott, assistant manager. The New 
 Windsor is quite as handsome as any of its down town rivals. It 
 has a seating capacity of 2,000, a stage 50 by 70 feet. The very 
 best of stage settings are used in mounting plays at the Windsor. 
 It is the center of a rich and populous resident district and has 
 always a good patronage. Admission, 35, 50, 75, $1.00. 
 
 THE PANORAMA OF NIAGARA FALLS. 
 
 Situated at the corner of Wabash Avenue and Hubbard 
 Court. This is the monster painting that had such a successful 
 run in London, England, coming straight to this city from there. 
 It was painted by the celebrated French artist, Paul Philippo- 
 teauy. It is fifty feet in height and 410 feet in circumference, 
 while four tons of paint are spread on the canvas. The point of 
 view is the top of the old museum on the Canada side, and the two 
 great falls, Goat Island, the Maid of the Mist, Suspension Bridge, 
 and all the other well known Niagara features, are portrayed with 
 a realism and accuracy of detail that is almost startling. Two 
 dioramas by the same artist are shown without extra charge to 
 

 
 ™»» 
 
 I^Ml:<.fi\ 
 
 £ JRi|K- ^ > -IK 
 
 
 
 rIh 
 
 1; 
 
 
 ^S^:- 
 
 ,i^« ••• ;j?. 
 
 ''^S 
 
 am 
 
 ^ 
 
 rM 
 
 m 
 
 m^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 m. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 t® 
 
 
WORLD '5 COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 131" 
 
 visitors. They are a very good view of the Whirlpool rapids and 
 a highly colored Southern scene — Cotton Picking on the Missis- 
 sippi. The exhibition is well worth a visit from all strangers. 
 Open daily and Sundays 10 to 10. 
 
 PARK THEATRE; 
 
 Located on State Street, between Harrison and Congress 
 Streets. Take State Street cable line. John D. Long, manager. 
 Variety ; popular prices. 
 
 PEOPLE'S THEATRE. 
 
 Situated on the east side of State Street, between Harrison 
 and Congress Streets. Jo. Baylies, lessee and manager; Joseph 
 J. Oliver, business manager. Take State Street cable line. A 
 pretty theatre of medium capacity, in which the lighter dramas 
 and farce comedies have representation. Admission, 15, 25, 35 
 and 50 cents. 
 
 WEBER MUSIC HALL. 
 
 Situated on the corner of Wabash Avenue and Adams Street. 
 Short walk from the down town hotels. Charles C. Curtis, mana- 
 ger. A small, but pretty hall with stage, but no scenery. High 
 class concerts are frequently given here. 
 
 a 
 
 Public and Private Charities. 
 
 Chicago is no less ambitious in her charities than in her pur. 
 suit of wealth. Organizations for the relief of the poor and the 
 distressed are numerous, and institutions for the care of the sick 
 and suffering rise on every hand. Hospitals, dispensaries, homes, 
 asylums, covering every form of suffering, and relieving every 
 age, from the infant in swaddling clothes, to the old and feeble tot- 
 tering on the verge of eternity find ready support from citizens^, 
 
132 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 who, if as the world charges, are zealous in the collection of gold, 
 are also liberal in bestowing it on worthy objects. 
 
 THE CHICAGO RELIEF AND AID SOCIETY 
 
 Is an organization which has stood the test of years and 
 bronght succor and sustenance to thousands. Directly after the 
 great fire of 1871, when the city lay in ruins and two-thirds of the 
 city's population were without homes and many without food or 
 clothing, this society did a work which will cause it to be remem- 
 bered while a generous impulse stirs the heart of humanity. 
 During those weeks of terrible suffering and anguish the members 
 of this noble organization took scarcely time for sleep. Of the 
 millions in money and provisions which flowed into the city from 
 a kindly world, they handled the greater part, and long after the 
 rush which followed immediate want had subsided, the committees 
 of this society continued to collect and distribute donations 
 among the city's unfortunate, left penniless by the flames. In 
 the three years following the fire they expended nearly five 
 millions of dollars. The society was organized by a special act 
 of Legislature in 1857. It is located on La Salle Street, between 
 Randolph and Lake Streets. It owns the building in which it 
 operates. All degrees of poverty and suffering find a kindly 
 friend and a helpful benefactor in this society. During the year 
 1890 it received 13,565 appHcations for relief ; about one-half of 
 these were approved and relief furnished. The cash donations 
 during this time amounted to $31,583, all of which was expended 
 in worthy charities. Carloads of clothing, tools and food are 
 distributed annually through this channel. There is no more 
 worthy relief organization. The officers are : President, C. H. S. 
 Mixer; treasurer, H. W. King; secretary, W. H. Hubbard; 
 general superintendent, Rev. C. G. Truesdell ; directors meet 
 the first Saturdays of every month. The society has branch 
 offices as follows : Southern office, 2207 Michigan Avenue ; tele- 
 phone 8531. Northern office, 624 North Clark; telephone 
 3415. Western office, Monroe, corner Ogden Avenue ; telephone 
 4721. 
 
WORLD'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 133 
 
 ARMOUR'S MISSION. 
 
 Situated at the corner of Armour Avenue and Thirty-third 
 Street. Take State Street cable line. A training and Sunday 
 School for the children of the poor. Over 2,500 children find 
 their way into the Sunday School. There is a kindergarten 
 which will accommodate 200 pupils. The training school takes 
 care of as many more. A free dispensary in the building treats 
 forty to fifty patients daily. There are over 2,000 pupils en- 
 rolled in the different departments. Visitors are gladly welcomed. 
 
 BUREAU OF JUSTICE. 
 
 Office at 149 La Salle Street. An organization for the pro. 
 tection of the honest unfortunate who fall under the ban of the 
 law and are unable to secure legal advice or council. It also as- 
 sists laborers to collect their wage claims where they are dishon- 
 estly withheld. It is a deserving organization and well merits the 
 aid it receives. 
 
 CHICAGO CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL. 
 
 Located at 214 Humboldt Boulevard. A sanitarium built di- 
 rectly over the waters of Lake Michigan where the poor and des- 
 titute and the infirm and crippled children of the city may find 
 cool and pleasant quarters during July and August. It is an off- 
 shoot from the Fresh Air Fund. 
 
 "CHICAGO DAILY NEWS" FRESH AIR FUND. 
 
 A fund collected by the Daily News for the purpose of taking 
 care of the sick children and invalids among the poor and giving 
 them at least one week in the country during the hot summer 
 months. The News itself contributes largely to this charity. 
 From 8,000 to 10,000 sick children and adults have the benefit of 
 pure air for at least two months of the year. A sanitarium is es- 
 tablished every summer on the South Side at the foot of Twenty- 
 second Street sufficiently large to accommodate at least 500 
 babies. There is also a kindergarten for the older children. 
 
134 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 CHICAGO HOSPITAL FOR WOMEN AND CHILDREN. 
 
 Located at the corner of Paulina and West Adams Streets. 
 CHICAGO ORPHAN ASYLUM. 
 
 Located at 2228 Michigan Avenue. 
 
 CHICAGO NURSERY AND HALF-ORPHAN ASYLUM. 
 
 Located at 855 North Halstead Street. 
 
 ERRING WOMAN'S REFUGE. 
 
 Located at Indiana Avenue and Thirty-first Street. Take In- 
 diana Avenue cars. The object of this charity is the rehef, pro- 
 tection, care and reformation of repentant erring women. It is 
 a noble work and has accomplished much good. 
 
 • THE FOUNDLING'S HOME, 
 
 Located on Wood Street just south of Madison Street, 
 West Side. Take Madison Street cable line. The Found- 
 ling's Home is on one of the most noted of Chicago's numer- 
 ous charities. To Dr. George E. Shipman belongs the credit 
 of its establishment. It was first opened in 1874 at 54 South 
 Green Street. Its growth was so rapid as to necessitate a re- 
 moval to larger quarters before three months had gone by, and 
 a building was secured at the corner of Randolph and Sangamon 
 Streets. In May, 1872, the Chicago Rehef and Aid Society do- 
 nated $10,000 to the charity and the Orphan's Home was imme- 
 diately incorporated and work commenced on the building which 
 it now occupies. The original building was cruciform in shape, 
 forty by sixty feet, three stories high, with an attic and basement. 
 A new wing has been added, sixty-two by forty feet, five stories 
 high, and connected with the main building by an annex. In the 
 building there are nine dormitories and eight hospital rooms. 
 There are also rooms for the superintendent and family, lady as- 
 sistants, etc. More than one hundred inmates may be accommo- 
 dated and the home is generally full. Many of these little waifs 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. I35 
 
 find good homes in Christian families. Quite a number are 
 returned to their parents, some, too delicate to brave a world unto 
 which they have no well defined claim, find rest in unbroken slum- 
 ber. About $7,000 per annum is required to pay the expenses 
 of the Home, and this sum is all raised by private contributions. 
 It is a most worthy charity and well deserving of the most liberal 
 support. 
 
 GOOD SAMARITAN SOCIETY. 
 
 Located at 15 Lincoln Avenue, North Side. Take Clark Street 
 cable car marked " Lincoln Avenue." An industrial home for 
 worthy women and girls. Supported by voluntary contributions. 
 
 HOLY FAMILY ORPHAN ASYLUM. 
 
 Located at Holt and Division Streets. A Catholic institution. 
 Sister Mary Subowidzka, Superior. 
 
 HOME FOR INCURABLES. 
 
 Located on Ellis Avenue and Fifty-sixth Streets. Take Cot- 
 tage Grove Avenue cable line. F. D. Mitchell, superintendent ; 
 Miss Libbie S. Ainsworth, matron ; Dr. William P. Goldsmith 
 and Dr. John H. Wilson, attending physicians. The buildings 
 together with the surrounding grounds are the gift of the late 
 Mrs. Clarissa C. Peck. The building is a five story structure 
 with wings, capable of accommodating 125 patients. The best of 
 care is taken to have everything as bright and cheerful as pos- 
 sible about the Home. Lawns with shade trees and swinging 
 hammocks invite the weary. There are reading rooms, a smoking 
 room, and upon every floor a cosy parlor. The institution is self 
 supporting. 
 
 HOME FOR SELF-SUPPORTING WOMEN. 
 
 Located at 275 and 277 Indiana Street, North Side. Take In- 
 diana Street car. Women and girls whether they be employed or 
 not may here find a home and assistance in securing work. 
 
136 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 HOME FOR UNEMPLOYED GIRLS, 
 
 Situated at 189 Huron Street, North Side. Take North Mar- 
 ket Street car. Girls out of work are cared for here until they se. 
 cure employment. 
 
 HOME FOR WORKING WOMEN, 
 
 Located at 189 East Huron Street, North Side. Take Clark 
 Street cable line. A quiet, well kept and orderly place where 
 women and girls in need receive shelter and assistance. 
 
 HOME FOR THE FRIENDLESS. 
 
 Located at 1926 Wabash Avenue. Take Wabash Avenue 
 cable line. A non-sectarian hospital for the friendless poor. A 
 school for children is connected with it. There are generally 200 in- 
 mates in the Home. All classes of the worthy poor are here fed, 
 protected and encouraged. 
 
 HOME FOR THE AGED OF THE LITTLE SISTERS OF 
 THE POOR. 
 
 Located at the corner of Throop and Harrison Streets, A 
 home for destitute men and women over sixty years old, and who 
 are of good moral character. 
 
 HOUSE OF THE GOOD SHEPHERD. 
 
 Located at the corner of North Market and Hurlbut Streets. 
 An asylum for women and female children. It is under the 
 charge of the Sisters of the Good Shepherd. 
 
 HOME FOR INCURABLES. 
 
 Located at the corner of Racine and Fullerton Avenues. The 
 name indicates the mission of this charity. 
 
 NEWS-BOYS' AND BOOT-BLACKS' HOME. 
 
 Located at 141 8 Wabash Avenue. Take Wabash Avenue 
 cable line. A most interesting and worthy charity. Food and 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIA N EXPOSITION. i <» 7 
 
 shelter are never denied to a boy who apphes, and for a very small 
 sum he may have a permanent home in the building. There is a 
 night school four evenings in the week. .Clean clothing is given 
 to the needy upon his first entrance and if he proves worthy he 
 is pretty certain to find friends to advance him to better things 
 than selling papers and blacking boots. Donations of cast off 
 clothing are very acceptable to the managers. 
 
 OLD PEOPLES' HOME. 
 
 Located on Indiana Avenue near Thirty-ninth Street. A 
 commodius brick building with a capacity of eighty inmates. 
 Only old ladies of good moral character who have resided in 
 Chicago for two years are admitted. 
 
 SCHOOL FOR DEAF AND DUMB. 
 
 Located at 409 May Street, West Side. Take Harrison Street 
 cars. This charity owes its being to the personal efforts and support 
 of the Ephpheta Society, of which Mrs. John Cudahy is presi- 
 dent. There are four experienced teachers in the school, and an 
 average of fifty pupils. An interesting and noble work. 
 
 SERVITE SISTERS' INDUSTRIAL HOME. 
 
 Located at 1326 West Van Buren Street. Take West Madi- 
 son Street cable line. An industrial home for girls who are 
 without homes, or who wish to better their condition. It is under 
 the supervision of the Servite Sisters of Mary. 
 
 SOLDIERS' HOME FUND. 
 
 A fund which had its nucleus in a great sanitary fair held in 
 Chicago during the war for the benefit of disabled soldiers. There 
 is now something over $70,000 in the fund and the income from this 
 is distributed among the needy survivors of the Union army resid- 
 ing in Chicago. This fund is disbursed every Saturday by Mrs. 
 L. H. Bristol at the rooms of the Chicago Relief and Aid 
 Society. 
 
i3o GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 WAIF'S MISSION. 
 
 Located at 44 State Street, Taylor E. Daniels, superintendent. 
 This is one of the grandest works of charity that was ever in- 
 augurated, and deserves the hearty support of every generous 
 hearted man. Boys abandoned by their parents to find a living 
 in the streets as best they may, are sought out and brought into 
 the mission by Superintendent Daniels, who is never weary with 
 well doing. A hundred thousand free meals a year, fifteen thou- 
 sand free beds, five thousand free baths, twelve hundred haircuts, 
 and ten thousand garments given away. Think of the misery 
 averted, the hunger stayed, the hopes kindled in despairing hearts 
 by this work. Every Sunday afternoon a liberal dinner is spread in 
 the Armory at the foot of Monroe Street, and from five hundred 
 to a thousand waifs march adown the tables and are filled. There 
 are services with much singing in which they all join lustily. 
 There is a movement on foot to build suitable mission quarters 
 where a great training school, night schools, etc., may be carried 
 on. 
 
 YOUNG MEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION. 
 
 Central rooms located in the building of the Association at 
 148 Madison Street. The rooms of the Y. M. C. A. are hand- 
 somely furnished with an eye to comfort and convenience as well 
 as beauty. There is a large reading room where the leading 
 newspapers and periodicals are on file ; a splendid library and a 
 gymnasium. Lectures, receptions, concerts and a high class of 
 amusements are given during the fall and winter season. Active 
 and associate membership tickets may be secured by any reputa- 
 ble male over 16 years of age at a cost of $5.00 a year. Boys 
 between the ages of twelve and sixteen are admitted as juniors 
 at $3.00 per annum. A membership ticket entitles the holder 
 to the privileges of the gymnasium, physical instruction, baths, 
 summer athletics, and outing clubs. There are gospel meetings, 
 training classes, Bible classes, prayer meetings and teachers' meet- 
 ings. There are several branches of the Y. M. C. A. in different 
 parts of the city which contain the leading features of the main 
 building. 
 
WORLD '5 COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION, W-- 
 
 In addition to the charities mentioned there are many more 
 quite as worthy organized societies that are as yet unable to build 
 or rent a building. The home of their president or secretary is 
 the headquarters of the association. A world of charitable work 
 is accomplished every year through these agencies. Then there are 
 the church societies and missions, hundreds of them engaged in 
 making life a little smoother for the unfortunate. 
 
 X.X 
 
 Churches and Religious Institutions. 
 
 Since its early settlement as a frontier town, Chicago has 
 shown a deep interest in religious matters, and the growth of its 
 churches and religious institutions has kept pace with its secular 
 interest. A visitor to the city will be at once impressed with the 
 number and magnificence of its church edifices ; its numerous 
 and commodious church hospitals and the learning and eloquence 
 of its divines. Gentile and Jew, Protestant and Catholic strive 
 in worthy emulation to outdo one another in the splendor of their 
 tabernacles, the music of their choirs, and the wisdom of their 
 preachers, pastors and bishops. To give a detailed description of 
 the prominent church edifices of Chicago would require more 
 space than is commensurate with the size of this book. The most 
 we can hope to do is to enumerate the most popular 
 churches, ministers and preachers of the different denomina- 
 tions with their respective locations. The visitor, how- 
 ever, may feel assured that whatever one of them he may select 
 to attend he will find it spiritually, artistically and ethically 
 pleasurable. 
 
 The leading churches of the West Side are found principally 
 along Washington and Ashland boulevards or around Jefferson 
 and Union parks. Two of the oldest churches in the city, the 
 Centenary Methodist and the Second Baptist, are located on Monroe 
 and Morgan streets. On the North Side they lie principally in the 
 district north of Ontario and east of Clark Streets ; many of 
 them on Dearborn Avenue. On the South Side are many splen- 
 8 
 
i'4- GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 did church edifices. The district east of State Street and south 
 of Twenty-second Street is rich with them. Wabash Avenue. 
 Indiana Avenue and State Street have some of the handsomest 
 church buildings in America. The different cable car lines run 
 from the center of the city directly to the localities mentioned. 
 For the North Side take Clark Street cable line ; for the West 
 Side take Madison street cable line ; for the South Side, State or 
 Wabash Avenue cable line. 
 
 The Central Independent Church, in which Prof. Swing 
 preaches, holds morning services in Central Music Hall at the 
 corner of State and Washington Streets, while the no less popu- 
 lar Dr. Thomas, whose church is styled the Peoples' Church, 
 preaches to his flock in McVicker's Theatre at the same hour. 
 
 The popular ministers, whose eloquence and advanced and 
 liberal teaching have brought into prominence are : Prof. David 
 Swing, Central Church, Central Music Hall, State and Randolph 
 Streets ; Dr. H. W. Thomas, Peoples' Church, McVicker's 
 Theatre, Madison Street, near State Street ; Simon J. Mac- 
 Pherson, Second Presbyterian Church, Michigan Boulevard and 
 Twentieth Street ; F. J. Brobst, Westminster Presbyterian, Peoria 
 and Jackson Streets ; F. W. Gunsaulus, Plymouth Congregational, 
 Michigan Avenue, near Twenty-sixth Street ;. Rabbi E. G. Hirsch, 
 Sinai Congregation, Indiana Avenue and Twenty- first Street; 
 Dr. John H. Barrows, First Presbyterian, Indiana Avenue and 
 Twenty-first Street ; H. H. Barbour, Belden Avenue Methodist 
 Church, Belden Avenue and Halstead Street ; Dr. P. S. Hensen, 
 First Baptist Church, South Park Avenue and Thirty-first 
 Street ; Dr. George C. Lorimer, Emanuel Baptist Church, Michi- 
 gan Avenue, near Twenty-third Street ; Dr. W. M. Lawrence, 
 Second Baptist Church, Morgan and Monroe Streets ; Dr. E. P. 
 Goodwin, First Congregational Church, Washington Boulevard 
 and Ann Street ; Dr. F. A. Noble, Union Park Congregational, 
 Washington Boulevard and Ashland Avenue ; Rt. Rev. William 
 E. McLaren, Episcopal Cathedral, Washington Boulevard and 
 Peoria Street ; Rev. Dr. Clinton Locke, Grace Episcopol Church, 
 1445 Wabash Avenue ; Rt. Rev. Charles E. Cheney, Christ's 
 Episcopal Church, Michigan Avenue and Twenty-fourth Street ; 
 Rt. Rev. Samuel Fallows, St. Paul's Episcopal, Adams Street and 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 143 
 
 Winchester Avenue ; J. P. Brushingham, Ada Street M. E. 
 Church, Ada Street, between Lake and Fulton Streets ; Robert 
 Mclntyre, Grace M. E. Church, cor. La Salle Avenue and Locust 
 Street ; Dr. WiUiam Fawcett, Park Avenue M. E. Church, 
 Park Avenue, cor. Roby Street ; Frank M. Bristol, Trinity 
 M. E. Church, Indiana Avenue, near Twenty-fourth Street ; Dr. 
 W. T. Meloy, First United Presbyterian Church, Monroe and 
 Paulina Streets ; Dr. M. W. Stryker, Fourth Presbyterian Church, 
 Rush and Superior Streets ; Dr. John L. Wilhrow, Third Presby. 
 terian Church, Ashland Boulevard and Ogden Avenue; Jenkin? 
 Lloyd Jones, All Soul's Church, Oakwood Boulevard and Langley 
 Avenue ; T. G. Milsted, Unity Church, Dearborn Avenue and 
 Walton place ; J. Colman Adams, St. Paul's Unitarian Church 
 Prairie Avenue and Thirtieth Street. The St. James Reformed 
 Episcopal Church, located at the corner of Cass and Huron 
 Streets, North Side, has a chime of bells and a boy choir of sixty 
 voices. The Grace Episcopal Church, 1445 Wabash Avenue, has 
 also a boy choir, which under the instruction of Prof. Rooney, has 
 become famous. It is to this choir that Blatchford Kavenaugh, 
 the wonderful boy soprano, belongs. There is scarcely a church 
 of note in the city that has not one or more superior voices to 
 lead the singing, while great organs under the hands of masters 
 fill the edifices with solemn and rapturous harmonies. 
 
 XX 
 
 The Schools. 
 
 There are 205 public schools in Chicago with an average at- 
 tendance of 146,000. Of these 194 are graded schools and eleven 
 are high schools. Aside from this there are 50,000 pupils in 
 private schools, the greater number of which are connected with 
 some one of the societies. There are 2,842 teachers employed in 
 the public schools and 1,164 in the parochial or sectarian institu- 
 tions. There are in addition to these several schools in which are 
 taught the higher branches of learning. A fair estimate would 
 
144 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 place the whole number of young men, woman and children in 
 attendance at some one or other of these branches of learning, at 
 not less than 250,000. The public school buildings are generally 
 splendid structures of brick and stone, situated in the center of a 
 square, away from other buildings so that pupils may not be 
 deprived of light and air. During the year 1 889-1 890 Cook County 
 collected for school purposes from all sources $4,164,308, and paid 
 out in salaries, for school buildings and other expenses, $3,787,- 
 222. There was, according to the last census, but 2,635 persons 
 in Cook County unable to read and write. Chicago is perhaps 
 the most cosmopolitan city in the world. It has a greater per 
 cent, of foreign population than any other American city. With 
 this fact in view, it is surprising to find so large a number of pupils 
 in its schools and the small number of illiterate persons in the 
 county. It is a glorious thing to contemplate a country governed 
 by a race of people to whom has been given a hundred years of 
 such educational advantages. The America of 2092 will be gov- 
 erned by such a people. 
 
 XX 
 
 The Cemeteries. 
 
 The burial places of Chicago are beautifully located and hand- 
 somely kept. Miles from the restless city, in the midst of solitude 
 they He, amidst clumps of evergreen, trailing roses and lilies waxen 
 white. 
 
 ROSEHILL CEMETERY. 
 
 This is the largest of the cemeteries. It is located six and 
 one half miles from the City Hall on the Milwaukee division of 
 the Chicago & Northwestern Railway. Depot at foot of Wells 
 Street, North Side. There are five hundred acres in this ceme- 
 tery. The ground is a rolling upland, carefully and artistically 
 cultivated. It rises gently from the level prairie which surrounds 
 it, and from whatever point of approach presents a charming 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 145 
 
 view. The main entrance to the grounds is through a castellated 
 stone structure which contains a chapel arranged for funeral serv- 
 ices. Macadamized walks and drives wind about through the 
 grounds, sometimes under an avenue of trees, sometimes in the 
 broad glare of the sun. The cemetery is watered from an artesian 
 well 2,279 feet deep. Slender lakes stretch like ribbons of liquid sil- 
 ver between extensive flower-plats upon which the landscape gar- 
 dener has expended his best gifts. There are spacious greenhouses 
 and conservatories for the propagation of plants and flowers. The 
 cemetery has many costly tombs and graceful monuments. To 
 the west of the grounds stands a memorial shaft erected to 
 General Edward Geenfield Ransom, whose career as a soldier 
 took him through the battles of Charleston, Mo., Fort Donelson, 
 Shiloh, Corinth, Champion Hills, Miss., Vicksburgh, to meet 
 death at Pleasant Hill, La., almost at the close of the war. 
 Another monument marks the grave of Geo. S. Bangs, the orig- 
 inator of the United States fast-mail service. The Soldiers' mon- 
 ument at the head of the main avenue is a handsome and costly 
 structure. A pleasant carriage drive reaches Rosehill by the way 
 of the Lake Shore Drive, Lincoln Park and Graceland Cemetry. 
 
 CALVARY CEMETRY. 
 
 The principal Roman Catholic burying ground of the city, sit- 
 uated ten miles north of the City Hall on the Milwaukee division 
 of the Chicago & Northwestern Railway, Depot at the foot of 
 Wells Street, North Side. Also Evanston division of the Chicago, 
 Milwaukee & St. Paul Railway; Union Depot, Canal and Madi- 
 son streets. It lies on the Sheridan Road, and the carriage drive 
 which reaches it over this thoroughfare, together with the Lake 
 Shore Drive and Lincoln Park, is charming. The cemetery is 
 adorned by natural and ornamental shade trees, well kept flower- 
 plats and smooth winding drives and walks. There have been 
 over 30,000 interments in Calvary Cemetery since its consecration 
 in 1861. 
 
 GRACELAND CEMETERY. 
 
 Located six miles north of the City Hall on North Clark 
 Street. Take train on the Evanston division of the Chicago, Mil- 
 
146 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 waukee & St. Paul Railway, Union Depot, Canal and Madison 
 Streets, for Buena Park Station. Also reached by way of the 
 Lake Shore Drive, through Lincoln Park and Lake View. The 
 cemetery grounds are maintained by the interest on a fund col- 
 lected from the sale of lots. The grounds are as beautiful as care 
 and art can make them. The avenues, drives and walks are per- 
 fectly macadamized, and the lawns and flower-plats are kept fresh 
 and fragrant by a free use of perfect waterworks. Living springs 
 form charming lakes in which the rarest specimens of water 
 flowers flourish. 
 
 Graceland Cemetery is. said to be one of the most beautiful 
 burial places in the country. Many names which the city holds 
 dear from long association mark the grassy mounds in this hal- 
 lowed spot. The remains of John Kinzie, the " Father of Chi- 
 cago," after several disinterments, have here at last a final 
 resting place. Other members of his family sleep at his side or 
 near him. To one familiar with the early history of Chicago 
 Graceland Cemetery is like the remembrance of stirring acts from 
 a half forgotten drama. 
 
 OAKWOODS CEMETERY. 
 
 A beautiful cemetery of two hundred acres in the southwest- 
 ern part of the city. Take Illinois Central Railroad, foot of Ran- 
 dolph or Van Buren Streets, or Cottage Grove Avenue cable line. 
 Rosehill, Graceland and Oakwoods cemeteries are the principal 
 Protestant burying places of Chicago. Each of them has a 
 pleasant location and delightful surroundings. The natural solem- 
 nity of a city of the dead is softened and tempered by the bloom 
 and fragrance of flowers, the music of swaying boughs, and the 
 graceful shade of well kept groves of oak, maple, elm and ever- 
 greens. The remaining cemeteries of the city are located as 
 follows : 
 
 AUSHE MAARIV CEMETERY. 
 
 North Clark Street and Belmont Avenue, on Evanston divis- 
 ion of the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul Railroad ; also reached 
 by North Clark Street cable line. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. i47 
 
 AUSTRO-HUNGARIAN CEMETERY. 
 
 Located at Waldheim, ten miles from the City Hall on the 
 Chicago and Northern Pacific Railroad. Depot at Harrison Street 
 and Fifth Avenue. 
 
 B'NAI SHILOM CEMETERY. 
 
 Located on North Clark Street and Graceland Avenue. Take 
 North Clark Street cable line, or Evanston division of Chicago, 
 Milwaukee & St. Paul Railroad. 
 
 CHEBRA GEMILATH CHASADIM UBIKAR CHOLIM CEMETERY. 
 
 Located on North Clark Street near Graceland Cemetery. [See 
 Graceland Cemetery.] 
 
 CHEBRA KADISHA UBIKAR CHOLIM CEMETERY. 
 
 Located on North Clark Street, south of Graceland Cemetery. 
 [See Graceland Cemetery.] 
 
 CONCORDIA CEMETERY. 
 
 Located about nine miles west of the City Hall on Madison 
 Street, besides the Desplaines river. [See Forest Home Ceme- 
 tery.] 
 
 FOREST HOME CEMETERY. 
 
 Located about nine miles west of the City Hall, on Madison 
 Street, on the bank of the Desplaines river. Take train on the 
 Chicago & Northern Pacific Railroad. Depot at Harrison and 
 Fifth Avenue. 
 
 GERMAN LUTHERAN CEMETERY. 
 
 Take North Clark Street cable cars to southeast corner of 
 Graceland Avenue. 
 
 MOUNT GREENWOOD CEMETERY. 
 
 Located near Morgan Park, fourteen miles south of the City 
 Hall. Take trains at the Van Buren Street Depot, via Chicago, 
 Rock Island & Pacific Railway. 
 
148 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 MOUNT OLIVE CEMETERY. 
 
 Located at the suburb of Dunning, nine miles west of the City 
 Hall, on the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul Railroad. A beauti- 
 ful cemetery, the burying-place of Scandinavian families. 
 
 OHAVEY SCHOLOM CEMETERY. 
 
 Located at Oakwoods, Sixty-seventh Street and Cottage Grove 
 Avenue. [See Oakwoods Cemetery.] 
 
 WALDHEIM CEMETERY. 
 
 Located west from the City Hall, ten miles, on the Chicago 
 & Northern Pacific Railroad. Depot at Harrison Street and 
 Fifth Avenue. Funeral train leaves daily at 12:01 P. M. In this 
 cemetery are buried the Anarchists who were executed for partici- 
 pation in the Haymarket plot. 
 
 xy 
 
 XX 
 
 The Libraries. 
 
 The first successful effort toward establishing a public library 
 in Chicago was made by the Young Men's Christian Association 
 soon after its permanent organization in 1841. Up to 1871 it had 
 accumulated some 16,000 volumes which were swept away in the 
 great fire. Since that time, for some reason, this association has 
 made no attempt to establish a library of its own. The Histor- 
 ical Society, which had also a respectable number of volumes 
 destroyed at the same time, has been more persevering and has 
 to-day more than 150,000 volumes of books and a rich store of 
 manuscript relating to the early traditions of Illinois as well as a 
 large collection of autograph letters of men famous in the history 
 of our country. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 149 
 
 THE PUBLIC LIBRARY. 
 
 The Public Library is located on the third floor of the City 
 Hall. Here will be found one of the largest collections of books 
 for general reading in the United States. This library circulates 
 more books than the library of any other city in the country. It 
 is under the supervision of Fred. H. Hild, whose wide knowledge 
 of books and keen intelligence has enabled him to add greatly to 
 the useful and interesting volumes. 
 
 At the present rate of increase the Chicago Public Library will, 
 before the end of the century, be one of the largest circulating 
 libraries in the world. The manner of securing books of refer- 
 ence is very simple. Upon application a slip is furnished you 
 on which you write the name of the book required, which upon 
 presentation to any one of the clerks is immediately furnished 
 you. If you desire to refer to a book on any subject and are 
 ignorant of its name or author you write on the slip Pooles Index 
 which contains a complete list of books written upon every subject. 
 Books of reference are not allowed taken from the rooms. To 
 secure^a book for home reading an application must be made out 
 in your name, signed by some citizen of Chicago. If this be ac- 
 cepted, you are furnished with a card which upon presentation 
 entitles you to one book every two weeks. 
 
 ' NEWBERRY LIBRARY. 
 
 This library, which is now located on the northwest corner of 
 Oak and State Streets, will during the coming year be moved into 
 its own building now in course of construction at the southeast 
 corner of the streets mentioned. The building will be three hun- 
 dred feet long and sixty feet wide. It will rank among the finest 
 buildings in the city for beauty of architecture and elaborate 
 finish. A million volumes will find resting place in its spacious 
 rooms. The Newberry Library circulates none of its books. 
 They are used for reference only. It is open to all alike and 
 when the new building is finished every accommodation possible 
 will be furnished visitors in pursuit of knowledge. The library 
 was founded by Walter L. Newberry, an early settler of Chicago, 
 who resided on the North Side. His endowment consisted of real 
 
I50 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 estate worth at the time of his death some two millions of dollars. 
 The property has since increased in value to nearly double that 
 sum, and the income from this vast amount makes possible the 
 establishment in Chicago one of the most complete reference libra- 
 ries in the world. 
 
 JOHN CRERAR LIBRARY. 
 
 When John Crerar died in Chicago in 189O, he bequeathed 
 from his large fortune more than $2,000,000 worth of property 
 for " the creation, maintenance and endowment of a free public 
 library to be called ' The John Crerar Library,' and to be located 
 in the city of Chicago, Illinois ; a preference being given to the 
 South Division of the city, inasmuch as the Newberry Library 
 will be located in the North Division. I direct that my executors 
 and trustee cause an act of incorporation under the laws of Illi- 
 nois to be procured to carry out the purposes of this bequest, and 
 I request that Norman Williams be made the first president thereof, 
 and that in addition to my executors and trustees the following 
 named friends of mine will act as the first board of directors in such 
 corporation and aid and assist my executors and trustees therein, 
 namely: Marshal Field, E. W. Blatchford, T. B. Blackstone^ 
 Robert T. Lincoln, Henry W. Bishop, Edward G. Mason, Albert 
 Keep, Edson Keith, Simon J. McPherson, John M. Clark and 
 George A. Armour, or their survivors. I desire the building to be 
 tasteful, substantial and fire-proof, and that a sufficient fund be 
 reserved over and above the cost of its construction to provide, 
 maintain and support a library for all times. I desire the books 
 and periodicals selected with a view to create and sustain a healthy 
 moral and Christian sentiment in the community, and that all 
 nastiness and immorality be excluded. I do not mean by this 
 that there shall not be anything but hymn books and sermons, 
 but I mean that * * * and all skeptical trash and works of 
 questionable moral tone shall never be found in this library. 1 
 want its atmosphere that of Christian refinement and its aim and 
 object the building up of character, and I rest content that the 
 friends I have named will carry out my wishes in these particu- 
 lars." When the provisions of this will shall have been carried out 
 tills library will be second to none in the city. 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBLAN EXPOSITION. 151 
 
 ARMOUR MISSION LIBRARY. 
 
 A free circulating library located in the Armour Mission at 
 Thirty-third and Butterfield Streets. 
 
 CHICAGO ATHENiEUM LIBRARY. 
 
 A library for the use of the members of the Chicago Athe- 
 naeum, in the building of the society located on the south side 
 of Van Buren Street, between Wabash and Michigan Avenues. 
 Open week-days from 8 A. M. to 9 P. M. 
 
 CHICAGO HISTORICAL SOCIETY LIBRARY. 
 
 Located at 142 Dearborn Avenue, North Side. Here are col- 
 lected the most interesting historical volumes as well as the writ- 
 ings and correspondence of men prominent in the history of our 
 country. Open daily from 9 A. M. to 5 P. M. Take North Clark 
 Street cable line. 
 
 UNION CATHOLIC LIBRARY. 
 
 This library, conducted by the Catholic Library Association, is 
 located at 94 Dearborn Street. It has a collection of 28,000 
 volumes. The rooms, which will accommodate four hundred 
 persons, are pleasant and comfortably furnished. Open from 12 M. 
 to 6 P. M. week-days, and 3 to 6 P. M. Sundays. 
 
 XX 
 
 XX 
 
 The Hotels. 
 
 DESCRIPTION OF THE PRINCIPAL AMERICAN AND 
 
 EUROPEAN HOTELS— THEIR LOCATION, 
 
 AND HOW TO REACH THEM. 
 
 Perhaps no city in the world has so many really magnificent 
 hotels as Chicago. Certainly no other city of its size begins to 
 
ie;2 guide to CHICAGO. 
 
 compare with it in this regard. There are almost two thousand 
 buildings in the city which are wholly or in part given up to the 
 hotel business. Other splendid buildings for hotel purposes are 
 being rapidly built and before the time arrives for the World's Co- 
 lumbian Exposition to open, there will be ample accommodations 
 for a population double the city's present population. All of the 
 better hotels have either been built or remodeled during the last 
 decade, and possess all the modern improvements which tend to 
 the comfort and safety of guests. Fire proof hotels covering 
 half a square and lifting their cornices twelve stories in the air, 
 are no unusual sight in Chicago. Visitors may here find ready 
 accommodations at prices to suit their purse or their inclination. 
 
 AUDITORIUM HOTEL. 
 
 Elsewhere in this book we have described the wonderful build- 
 ing which under one roof and within its four walls contains the finest 
 opera house in the new world ; a numberless list of ofifices where 
 gather enough people every business day to form a good sized 
 town ; the tower at its top from which you may gain a birdseye 
 view of the whole city, and on a clear day when the wind is right 
 look sixty miles across the lake to where Old St. Joseph lifts 
 her fruit-crowned hills. Situated almost in the heart of 
 the business district, its massive front towering over the 
 lake and ready to catch the cooling winds fresh from its dancing 
 waters, the Auditorium Hotel offers to the tourist all the ad- 
 vantages of regal splendor combined with natures' charms. It 
 has 400 guest rooms furnished with tasteful elegance, while many 
 of them are rich with decorations. The house is sumptuously 
 furnished throughout. The dining room, which is 175 feet long, 
 and culinary department, are on the top floor, an arrangement whicl 
 will recommend itself to the reader at a glance. The banquet hall 
 has been pronounced without a rival. Mosaic floors, delicately 
 carved pillars and costly fittings give to the rotunda an oriental 
 appearance. The hotel is managed by the Auditorium Hotel 
 Company, composed of J. H. Breslin of New York, president; H. 
 R. Southgate, vice-president and manager. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. ly^^ 
 
 GRAND PACIFIC HOTEL. 
 
 Located on Clark, Jackson and La Salle Streets, near the 
 center of the city, but a short walk from the principal depots and 
 places of amusement. Across the street from the Clark Street 
 entrance stands the Post-office and the Custom-house. Near 
 the La Salle Street entrance, directly opposite is the Board of 
 Trade building, the Rialto and many more of the handsomest 
 office buildings of which Chicago can boast. The famous 
 Rookery is not a stone's throw away. Two blocks distant is the 
 mammoth wholesale house of Marshall Field & Co., with its great 
 structure of brown granite covering an entire square. The Grand 
 Pacific has long been the headquarters of the Republican party as 
 the Palmer House has been the headquarters of Democracy. 
 When the national delegates assemble to nominate a president 
 the flags of the respective parties are always displayed after this 
 fashion. The total frontage of the Grand Pacific Hotel is about 
 eleven hundred feet and the building covers quite an acre and a 
 half of ground. Its accommodations have recently been in- 
 creased by the addition of lOO rooms, making a total of 500 
 guest rooms. The managers of the Grand Pacific have always 
 avoided anything bordering on display in the finishing or furni- 
 ture of the house. Everything about the hotel is richly sohd 
 and subdued. Messrs. Drake and Parker have been so long be- 
 fore the public as hotel proprietors that the memory of man 
 knoweth not the day of their advent. Their acquaintances are 
 legion and the Grand Pacific will never loose in popularity while 
 they continue in the management of its affairs. 
 
 THE WELLINGTON. 
 
 The Wellington is a six-story and basement stone structure 
 located on the northeast corner of Wabash Avenue and Jackson 
 Street, within one block of the lake front, at the head of the 
 Grand Boulevard system, and only four blocks from the Board of 
 Trade, Post-office and business center. The exterior of the build, 
 ing is handsome and imposing, but it is not until one inspects the 
 interior that he fully appreciates the advantages possessed by the 
 hotel. One of the first impressions received on entering is the 
 
154 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 refined taste with which everything appears to have been selected 
 The main corridor and entrance has walls of rich mahogany, ceil- 
 ings arched gracefully and artistically panelled, and a floor and 
 wainscoting of marble. 
 
 To the left of the corridor is situated a handsome, spacious 
 apartment, the wainscoting of which is in mahogany eight feet 
 deep, in which elegant mirrors are set. The furniture is 
 mahogany and the floor is tiled. This room is devoted to a cafe 
 for gentlemen. On the right of the entrance is another room of 
 the same size used as a caf6 for ladies and gentlemen. This room 
 is finished in old ivory, exhibits a wealth of mirrors, the floor is 
 richly carpeted and the furniture is of handsome mahogany. 
 Both of these rooms are lighted by a profusion of electric lights, 
 so placed, however, as to afford a mellow agreeable light, being in 
 roWs at the top of the wainscoting and in circles around the capi- 
 tals of the columns. 
 
 The cuisine of the Wellington is unsurpassed, the cafes sup- 
 plying the very best of viands and delicacies prepared in the most 
 perfect manner. 
 
 Birch and mahogany are the woods in which are finished the 
 ladies' entrance and waiting room, the latter being also beauti- 
 fully furnished and exquisitely decorated. The gentlemen's room 
 is finished in oak, the furniture being of like material. The floor 
 is marble, and a handsome oak mantel enhances the elegant 
 effect. 
 
 The main stairway and passenger elevator land on the parlor 
 floor at the grand promenade, luxuriously furnished, and lighted 
 from a large covered court extending to the roof, with balconies 
 surrounding it on every floor. The grand promenade and hall- 
 ways on this floor are decorated in the style of the First Empire. 
 The scheme of the decoration is superbly carried out. On this 
 ■floor are suits of grand parlors, several family suits, dining-rooms 
 so arranged that they can be converted into one room to accom- 
 modate eighty or more persons. There are also here a separate 
 dining-room, as well as a club-room and committee-room, each of 
 large size. 
 
 The rooms of the WelHngtoii are so laid out that patrons may 
 procure almost any kind desired, either single, alcove, or in suit' 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIA N EXPOSITION, 1 5 7 
 
 of two or five, and with or without stationary bowls and private 
 baths. Every room is furnished and decorated in the most attractive 
 manner. The furniture throughout is of mahogany, antique oak 
 or cherry. Several of the rooms are supplied with handsome 
 writing desks, fully equipped with writing materials. Every room 
 in the building has gas as well as electricity for lighting, and is 
 also furnished with steam heat. On every floor there are four 
 public bath rooms, for the use of such guests as prefer rooms 
 without connecting bathrooms. These latter — some of which are 
 as large as ordinary rooms — have porcelain-lined tubs, steam heat 
 and electric light, and are finished in hard wood. 
 
 Every hall is richly carpeted and is lighted by electricity and 
 gas and heated by steam. All the carpets throughout the house are 
 velvet, Wilton and moquette. It is conducted on the European 
 plan. The proprietors, Messrs. Gage & Wheeler, are gentlemen 
 known all over the land as men of integrity and ability, and it is 
 they who have already placed the Wellington among the very first 
 of America's grand hotels. 
 
 THE RICHELIEU. 
 
 The Richelieu Hotel is located on Michigan Boulevard, be- 
 tween Jackson and Van Buren Streets. The Richelieu is com- 
 posed of four separate and distinct buildings, making it abso- 
 lutely safe to life in case of fire, and is so arranged that guests can 
 walk from one building to the other from each story, as occasion 
 may require. The Richelieu is patronized by people of great 
 wealth, well-to-do persons of culture and refinement. It is one of 
 the most perfectly appointed and elegant hotels in America. 
 
 Mr. Bemis, in opening this beautiful house to the public, did 
 more than inaugurate an inn — he dedicated a home. There is not 
 one room from the lowest to the topmost floor that is not like a. 
 beautiful apartment in a sumptuous house. The walls are decor- 
 ated with the finest works of art, the beds are as delicious resting 
 places and as daintily equipped as any couch of rest in the palace 
 of a millionaire. 
 
 It is said that the Richelieu combines the ease of boarding 
 with the content and order of a well-ordered and beautiful home. 
 
158 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 It is magnificently furnished and appointed from top to bottom, 
 with choice paintings decorating the walls, and the furnishing of 
 each bedroom in the house is sugh that it can during the daytime 
 be converted into a cozy, charming parlor. The furnishing is 
 complete and in keeping with the luxurious comfort and elegance 
 that are found in every portion of the house, and its china and 
 glassware are unequalled. 
 
 THE LELAND. 
 
 The Leland Hotel is located on the corner of Michigan Boule- 
 vard and Jackson Street facing the Lake Front Park which may 
 ^et become a part of the site of the World's Columbian Exposi- 
 tion, It is within easy walking distance of the principal depots 
 and places of amusement. When the new extension to the 
 Leland is completed it will make this the gem of Chicago hotels. 
 It commands a magnificent view of Lake Michigan, and the 
 famous Boulevard Drive. The interior furnishings are elegant. 
 The name itself has always been the synonym for excellence in the 
 hotel line, and it is safe to say that the Lelands are really the 
 princes of hoteldom in America. Warren F, Leland is the pro- 
 prietor of the Chicago hostelry- bearing his name. He gives it his 
 personal supervision, and the guest has the choice of both the 
 American and European plans. The building is fire-proof. 
 
 PALMER HOUSE. 
 
 The Palmer House, on the southeast corner of State and Monroe 
 Streets, is one of the most centrally located hotels in the city. It has 
 a frontage on State Street, Monroe Street and Wabash Ave., and 
 covers one-half the entire square. It is nine stories high, has 708 
 rooms, and can accommodate 2,500 guests. The building is fire- 
 proof, and one of the handsomest structures in the city. The Palmer 
 House is conducted on both the American and the European plans. 
 
 The grand rotunda is thronged every evening by commercial 
 people, with whom the hotel is very popular. Before it was com- 
 pleted, the original structure was destroyed in the great fire of 
 1 87 1. The ashes were scarcely cold before work was commenced 
 on it again and continued for a great part of the time night and 
 
WORLP'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 15a 
 
 day until its completion in 1873, when it was formally opened.. 
 Potter Palmer^ the proprietor, is one of the familiar figures in 
 Chicago history. He has always taken an active part in public 
 benefactions. His residenoe on the Lake Shore Drive is a verita- 
 ble castle. 
 
 SHERMAN HOUSE. 
 
 The Sherman House is located on the northwest corner of 
 Clark and Randolph Streets, directly opposite the Court-house. 
 It is one of the oldest and most popular hotels in the city. It was 
 named after Francis C. Sherman, the first mayor of Chicago, who 
 in an early day had a blacksmith shop on the present site of the hotel. 
 About three years ago the interior of the hotel was remodeled ; 
 the rotunda enlarged and beautified, until now it presents an ap- 
 pearance quite as attractive as that of the more modern hotel 
 buildings. J. Irving Pierce, the proprietor, has for many years 
 been identified with the hotel life of Chicago, and the patrons of 
 his hotel are made up mostly from those who make regular visits 
 to the city at intervals of from one to three months, and who find 
 here a homelike welcome. 
 
 TREMONT HOUSE. 
 
 The Tremont House is located at the corner of Lake and 
 Dearborn Streets, near that quarter of the city given up to the 
 wholesale business of groceries, hardware, etc. It has a patron- 
 age similar to that of the Sherman House. The building is of 
 stone, massive in appearance and attractive from its somewhat 
 antiquated style of architecture. During the year of 1890 the 
 entire interior of the house was remodeled at a cost of $50,000. 
 The rotunda, which before was dark, is now one of the Hghest 
 and handsomest in the city. The rooms are all large and elegantly 
 furnished ; the great dining hall, which is almost square, has lofty 
 ceilings handsomely frescoed ; the service is quiet, genteel, and 
 obliging. Messrs. Hurlburt & Eden are the proprietors. 
 
 CHICAGO HOTEL. 
 
 The new Northern adds one more to the long list of Chi' 
 cago's splendid hotels. This building is constructed entirely 
 8 
 
i6o GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 of stone, brick and steel, making it absolutely fire-proof. It is 
 sixteen stories high and so situated that its every side presents 
 itself to the light. The interior is finished in marble and 
 mosaic of costly design. The hotel stands on Dearborn Street 
 opposite the Postoffice building. Guests may be served on 
 either the American or European plan. 
 
 SARATOGA HOTEL. 
 
 The Saratoga Hotel is located on the east side of Dearborn 
 Street, Nos. 1 55-161, near to the centre of business, railroad ter- 
 minals, and amusements. It is a European hotel of the first class. 
 A restaurant is attached to the hotel, and guests, if they desire it, 
 may be served with meals in their rooms. The house is furnished 
 in the best style. Office on the ground floor. 
 
 ATLANTIC HOTEL. 
 
 The Atlantic Hotel is located on the corner of Van Buren and 
 Sherman Streets, directly opposite the Chicago, Rock Island & 
 Pacific and Michigan Central depot. It is a well-kept hotel with 
 medium charges. Being so near the wholesale district, it is a favor- 
 ite with country merchants, grain and stock men. The house is 
 well furnished and the table excellent. Cummings Bros., proprie- 
 tors. 
 
 BRIGGS HOUSE. 
 
 The Briggs House, located on the corner of Fifth Avenue and 
 Randolph Street, has long been a landmark in Chicago. It was 
 one of the first large hotels built in the city, and for many years 
 was among the best hotel buildings in the city. The grander 
 modern structures have overshadowed it, but it still holds a place 
 i?i popular favor. Charges are moderate. Frank Upham, pro. 
 prietor. 
 
 BURKE'S EUROPEAN HOTEL. 
 
 Located on the south side of Madison Street, between La 
 Salle and Clarke Streets. Strictly European. The Chicago Oys- 
 ter House, a restaurant directly underneath, furnishes convenient 
 dining facilities. 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. i6i 
 
 CLIFTON HOUSE. 
 
 The Clifton House, conducted on the American plan, is located 
 on Monroe Street and Wabash Avenue, directly opposite the 
 Palmer House. It is convenient to cable lines, amusements, etc. 
 The house contains 250 well furnished rooms. 
 
 COMMERCIAL HOTEL. 
 
 Located on the corner of Lake and Dearborn Streets, Ameri- 
 can plan. Respectable and well managed. Rates, $2.00 per day 
 and upward. 
 
 CONTINENTAL HOTEL. 
 
 Located on Wabash Avenue and Madison Street, in the busi- 
 ness center. American plan. Very popular with country shop- 
 pers and merchant buyers. Rates moderate. Mrs. Hannah 
 Collins, proprietress. 
 
 GAULT HOUSE. 
 
 Located on West Madison and Clinton Streets. The leading 
 hotel on the West Side. American plan. Very convenient to 
 Union depot. This is one of the popular hotels with travelers 
 and families. Rates,' $2.00 and upward. Rogers & Fall, proprie- 
 tors. 
 
 GORE'S HOTEL. 
 
 Located at 266-274 South Clark Street. American or Euro- 
 pean plans. A splendid fire-proof building, handsomely furnished 
 and centrally located. Gore & Heffron, proprietors. 
 
 HOTEL BREVOORT. 
 
 Located on the north side of Madison, between La Salle and 
 Clark Streets. Strictly European. One of the best known hotels 
 in the city. It is popular with travelers and merchant-buyers, 
 being situated close to the wholesale and retail districts. George 
 N. Hubbard, proprietor. 
 
162 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 HOTEL DREXEL 
 
 Located at 3956 Drexel Boulevard, near the entrance to Wash- 
 ington Park and contiguous to the grounds of the World's Colum- 
 bian Exposition, A family hotel of high standing. 
 
 HOTEL GRACE. 
 
 Located on Clarke and Jackson Streets, opposite the Post- 
 office. European plan. A well furnished, high-class house. Ed- 
 ward Grace, proprietor. 
 
 HOTEL WOODRUFF. 
 
 Located on Wabash Avenue and Twenty-first Street. A first- 
 class family hotel, beautifully situated in a resident part of the 
 city. The hotel has 100 rooms. .Rates, $3 to $4 per day. J. 
 W. Boardman & Co., proprietors. 
 
 HYDE PARK HOTEL. 
 
 Located at Lake Avenue and Fifty-first Street, convenient to 
 the South parks. One of the largest and best furnished hotels 
 in the city. Winter & Milligan, proprietors. 
 
 SOUTHERN HOTEL. 
 
 The Southern Hotel, located on Wabash Avenue and Twenty- 
 second Street, is first-class in its appointments. The South Side 
 cable line runs directly by the hotel, making it convenient for 
 guests to reach any part of the city. E. A. Bacheldor, proprietor. 
 
 VIRGINIA HOTEL. 
 
 The Virginia Hotel, located at 78 Rush Street, on the North 
 Side, is a splendid new structure in the modern style. It is fin- 
 ished in the highest style of art. Its rooms are elegantly furnished 
 and the best of everything served at table. 
 
 Hundreds of other hotels, both on the American and European 
 plan, are scattered over the city, and the visitor in Chicago cannot 
 fail to find such accommodations as he desires in any quarter of 
 
WORLD 'S COL VMBIA N EXPOSITION. 1 63 
 
 the city. We have attempted to make mention of those only 
 which are the most prominent and are best calculated by their 
 location and surroundings to please the tourist and traveler. 
 
 XX 
 
 XX 
 
 National Banks. 
 
 AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at 185 Dearborn Street. A. W. Irwin, president; A. 
 L. Dewar, cashier. 
 
 ATLAS NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at the southwest corner of La Salle and Washington 
 Streets. C. D. Guannis, president ; S. W. Stone, cashier, 
 
 CHICAGO NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at the southwest corner of Dearborn and Monroe 
 Streets. John R. Walsh, president; William Cox, cashier. 
 
 COLUMBIA NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at thfe northwest corner of La Salle and Quincy 
 Streets. L. Everingham, president; Zimri Dwiggins, cashier. 
 
 COMMERCIAL NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at southeast corner of Dearborn and Monroe Streets. 
 Henry F. Eames, president; John B. Meyer, cashier. 
 
 CONTINENTAL NATIONAL BANK. 
 John C. Black, president; Douglas Hoyt, cashier. 
 
 DROVERS' NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at 4207 South Halstead Street. S. Brintnall, presi- 
 dent; W. H. Brintnall, cashier. 
 
i64 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 ENGLEWOOD NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at Englewood, Chicago. J. R. Embrew, president ; 
 W. E. Brown, assistant cashier. 
 
 FIRST NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at the northeast corner of Dearborn and Monroe 
 Streets. Samuel M. Nickerson, president; H. R. Symonds, 
 cashier. 
 
 FORT DEARBORN NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at 187-189 Dearborn Street. H. M. Hibbard, presi- 
 dent ; Peter Dudley, cashier. 
 
 GLOBE NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at the northwest corner of Jackson and La Salle 
 Streets. Oscar D. Wetherell, president ; D. A. Moulton, cashier. 
 
 HIDE AND LEATHER NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located on the southeast corner of La Salle and Madison 
 Streets. Charles F. Grey, president; D. L. Forest, assistant 
 cashier. 
 
 HOME NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at 184 West Washington Street. Albert M. Billings, 
 president; Henry H. Blake, cashier. 
 
 LINCOLN NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at 59 North Clark Street. V. C. Price, president ; E. 
 S, Noyes, cashier. 
 
 MERCHANTS' NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at 80 and 82 La Salle Street. J. C. Blair, president; 
 John C. Neeley, cashier. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 165 
 
 METROPOLITAN NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at the northwest corner of La Salle and Madison 
 Streets. E. G. Keith, president; W. D. Preston, cashier. 
 
 NATIONAL BANK OF AMERICA. 
 
 Located at the northwest corner of La Salle and Madison 
 Streets. Isaac G. Lombard, president ; Edward B. Lathrop, 
 cashier. 
 
 NATIONAL Bai\«. -^F ILLINOIS. 
 
 Located at 115 Dearborn Street. Geo. E. Schneider, presi- 
 dent; A. H. Hammond, cashier. 
 
 NATIONAL LIVE STOCK BANK. 
 
 Located at Union Stock Yards, Chicago. Levi P. Doud, presi- 
 dent; Roswell Z. Herrick, cashier. 
 
 NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at 217 La Salle Street. Ebenezer Buckingham, presi- 
 dent ; Fredrick W. Gookin, cashier. 
 
 OAKLAND NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at 3961 Cottage Grove Avenue. H. P. Taylor, presi- 
 dent ; J. J. Knight, cashier. 
 
 UNION NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at northeast corner of La Salle and Adams Street. 
 J. P. Odell, president ; W. C. Oakley, cashier. 
 
 PRAIRIE STATE NATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at no West Washington Street. James W. Scoville, 
 president ; George Zan Zandt, cashier. 
 
i66 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 State and Private Banks. 
 
 AMERICAN TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK. 
 
 Located in the Owens Building, Dearborn and Adams Streets. 
 G. B. Shaw, president ; J. R. Chapman, cashier. 
 
 BANK OF MONTREAL. 
 Located at 226 La Salle Street. William Muro, manager. 
 
 CENTRAL TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK. 
 
 Located at 172 Washington Street. William Holgate, presi- 
 dent ; Charles Sparre, cashier. 
 
 CHEMICAL TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK. 
 
 Located at 85 Dearborn Street. Adlai T. Ewing, president; 
 A. J. Howe, assistant cashier. 
 
 CHICAGO TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK. 
 
 Located at the northeast corner of Washington and Clark 
 Streets. D. H. Tolman, president ; P. E. Jennison, cashier. 
 
 COMMERCIAL LOAN AND TRUST COMPANY. 
 
 Located at 115-117 La Salle Street. James B. Hobbs, presK 
 dent; Charles C. Reed, cashier. 
 
 CORN EXCHANGE BANK. 
 
 Located in the Rookery Building, at the corner of Adams and 
 La Salle Streets, Charles L. Hutchinson, president; Frank W. 
 Smith, cashier. 
 
 DIME SAVINGS BANK. 
 
 Strictly a savings jpank. Located at 104-106 Washington 
 Street. Samuel G. Bailey, president ; J. W. Converse, teller : 
 William Kelsey Reed, treasurer. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 167 
 
 FARMERS' TRUST COMPANY. 
 
 Located at 112 Dearborn Street. R. Sayer, prestdent; Josiah 
 L. Lombard, vice-president and treasurer. 
 
 GLOBE SAVINGS BANK. 
 
 Located at 225 Dearborn Street. Charles W. Spalding, presi- 
 dent ; H. Stuart Derby, cashier. 
 
 HIBERNIAN BANKING ASSOCIATION. 
 
 Located at the southwest corner of Clark and Lake Streets. 
 John V. Clark, president; H. B. Dox, cashier. 
 
 ILLINOIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK., 
 
 Located in the Rookery Building, southeast corner of La Salle 
 and Adams Streets. John J. Mitchell, president ; James S. Gibbs, 
 cashier. 
 
 INTERNATIONAL BANK. 
 
 Located at 1 10 La Salle Street. Francis A. Hoffman, presi- 
 dent; Rudolph Schloesser, cashier. 
 
 MERCHANTS' LOAN AND TRUST COMPANY. 
 
 Located at the southeast corner of Washington and Dearborn 
 Streets. John W. Doane, president ; Frank C. Osborne, cashier. 
 
 NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY. 
 
 Located at 217 La Salle Street. Byron S. Smith, President; 
 Arthur Huntley, cashier. 
 
 PRAIRIE STATE AND SAVINGS BANK. 
 
 Located at 45 South Desplaines Street. Charles B. Scoville, 
 president ; George Woodland, cashier. 
 
i68 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 PULLMAN LOAN AND SAVINGS COMPANY. 
 
 Located at i Arcade Building, Pullman. George M. Pullman, 
 president; Edward F. Bryant, secretary. 
 
 SCHAFFNER AND COMPANY, BANKERS. 
 
 Located at the southwest corner of Dearborn and Madison 
 Streets. Herman Schaffner and A. G. Becker, managers. 
 
 SECURITY LOAN AND SAVINGS BANK. 
 
 Located at 127 La Salle Street. E. R. Walker, president; D. 
 Rankin, cashier. 
 
 STATE BANK OF CHICAGO. 
 
 Located at the northeast corner of La Salle and Lake Streets. 
 H. A. Haugan, president ; John R. Lindgren, cashier. 
 
 UNION TRUST COMPANY. 
 
 Located at 133 Dearborn Street. 
 
 WEST SIDE BANK. 
 Located at 102 Madison Street. Noble C. Shumway, cashier. 
 
 XX 
 
 XV 
 
 Inebriate Asylums. 
 
 Sufferers from alcoholic poison or inebriety are treated at the 
 following institutions : 
 
 ALEXIAN BROTHERS' HOSPITAL. 
 
 Located at 539-569 North Clark Street. Take North Market 
 Street car. 
 
WORLD '5 COL UMBLA N EXPOSLTION. 1 69 
 
 DR. CHARLES W. EARL'S PRIVATE ASYLUM. 
 
 Located at 553 Washington Boulevard (West Side). Take 
 Madison Street cable line. 
 
 MERCY HOSPITAL. 
 
 Located at Calumet Avenue and Twenty-sixth Street. Take 
 Cottage Grove Avenue car. 
 
 ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITAL. 
 
 Located on Garfield Avenue and Burling Street, near North 
 Halstead Street. Take Garfield Avenue or North Halstead car. 
 
 INSTITUTIONS FOR THE CURE OF INEBRIETY. 
 
 The institutions mentioned above give hospital treatment 
 alone. Those which follow accept patients only who will con- 
 form to their rules and treatment for a permanent cure of the 
 disease. These are : 
 
 THE MARTHA WASHINGTON HOME. 
 
 (Exclusively for females.) Located at Graceland and Western 
 Avenues. Take Chicago & Northwestern train at Wells Street 
 depot, North Side, for Culyer Station, near Ravenswood. 
 
 The institution is in charge of Mary F. Felt, matron, but is 
 under the supervision of the Board of Directors of the Washing- 
 tonian Home. No person is admitted to the Martha Washington 
 Home without first making application to the committee of ad- 
 mission of the Washington Home Association. Residents of 
 Cook County who are unable to pay charges may be adi^/itted 
 free on recommendation of the committee. The regular charges 
 are $10 per week. Strict rules are in force regarding the behavior 
 of the patients, and the breaking of any of these is cause for 
 discharge from the Home. There are generally from fifteen 
 to twenty inmates at the institution. One hundred and fifty 
 patients were treated at this institution during the year 1890. 
 Moral lessons are given dailv, and t^ >tmosphere of the place is 
 Christian-like and kindlj. 
 
1 7b GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 THE WASHINGTONIAN HOME. 
 
 The Washingtonian Home is located at the junction of Madi- 
 son Street and Ogden Avenue, West Side. Take Madison Street 
 cable line. 
 
 This is one of the oldest and best known inebriate asylums in 
 the country. It receives $20,000 per year from the city, and 
 in return accepts such patients as are sent to it by the courts free 
 of charge, providing they are not former patients. All other pa- 
 tients are required to pay from $10 to $15 per week, according to 
 room assigned them. The institution is under the immediate 
 supervision of Superintendent Daniel Wilkins and Mrs. Daniel 
 Wilkins, matron. The patients are required to religiously obey 
 all the rules and regulations of the institution under pain of ex- 
 pulsion. Religious services are held in the chapel every morning, 
 and lectures of an hour in length given during the day. No pa- 
 tient may leave the Home without permission. Good, healthful 
 food is furnished, and each patient after the three first days in the 
 institution is assigned a separate room. There is no attempt at 
 medical treatment, unless the patient be suffering from some dis- 
 order other than alcoholism. The moral tone of his surroundings 
 and the lessons he learns from seeing the sufferings of others are 
 the means by which his cure is to be effected. Since the estab- 
 lishment of the Home, in 1863, there have been 13,000 persons 
 treated at the Washingtonian Home. Just how many of this 
 number received permanent benefit there are no means of know- 
 ing, but that quite a percentage have never returned to their for- 
 mer habits is claimed by the directors of the institution. There 
 are generally from ninety to one hundred patients in the Home. 
 The Home received during the year 1890 $48,140.87 and dis- 
 bursed $50,830.93. 
 
 THE LESLIE E. KEELEY INSTITUTE. ' 
 
 The Leslie E. Keeley Institute for the cure of inebriety, dip- 
 somania and opium habits, is located at Dwight, Illinois, seventy- 
 two miles distant from Chicago. Take Chicago & Alton train at 
 Union depot, Madison and Canal Streets, West Side. 
 
 This institution is conducted on a principle entirely new to 
 
tuSf . 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 173 
 
 reformatories. Here the habit is considered a disease and treated 
 as such. There is no confinement of the patients, but each is al- 
 lowed his full liberty. Neither is the patient deprived at once of 
 the stimulant he has been in the habit of using. Medicine is 
 given internally and hypodermically, and the patient soon tires of 
 his drug or liquor and voluntarily throws it away. There have 
 been over seven thousand patients treated at Dwight since the 
 cure was put in operation, and it is stated on good authority that 
 only five per cent, have failed of receiving a cure. The drug used 
 is the bi-chloride of gold, and the formula of its decoction is a dis- 
 covery of Dr. Leslie E. Keeley's. 
 
 XX 
 
 Gentlemen's and Social Clubs. 
 
 ARGO CLUB. 
 
 The Argo Club is a semi-aquatic organization. Its club 
 house is situated at the extreme eastern end of the Illinois Cen- 
 trel Pier, directly over the Lake. The building is shaped like 
 the body of a three-deck steamer, and the windows resemble port 
 holes. Taken all together is very much in harmony with its 
 surroundings. The interior is elegant and there is a kitchen and 
 storeroom in the hold. The main saloon is on the first deck 
 above. Another deck is furnished with state rooms while the 
 hurricane deck at the top furnishes a delightful promenade and 
 lounging place fanned by the lake breezes. The whole is fur- 
 nished sumptuously. The club numbers about one hundred 
 members. 
 
 CALUMET CLUB. 
 
 The Calumet is located at the corner of Michigan Avenue 
 and Twentieth Street and is reached bv the Wabash Avenue 
 
174 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 cable line. It occupies an entire building four stories high 
 fronting on both the above named streets. On the first floor are 
 the offices, the grand hall and drawing rooms, caf4 and billiard 
 room. The second floor is devoted to card rooms and a large 
 dancing hall which may be easily converted into a theatre. The 
 third floor furnishes private apartments, and on the top floor are 
 the dining rooms and kitchen. To preserve the early history of 
 Illinois and the city of Chicago is one of the chief aims of this 
 organization. Its Roster contains the names of many of the 
 leading men of the South Side as well as those of noted statesmen 
 and scholars of Illinois. Once a year it gives a reception to old 
 settlers and these gatherings have become historic. 
 
 THE CHICAGO CLUB. 
 
 The Chicago Club has purchased the Art Institute, corner of 
 Michigan Avenue and VanBuren Street, where it will hereafter 
 make its home. The Chicago Club is an outgrowth of the old 
 Dearborn Club, which was among the first organizations of the 
 kind in the city. The building now occupied by the club was 
 built soon after the great fire of 1871. The interior is finished 
 with a quiet elegance which accords well with the substantial 
 character of its members. The membership is limited to 450 
 residents and 150 non-residents. Admission fee, $3.00. Dues, 
 $80, payable semi-annually. 
 
 IROQUOIS CLUB. 
 
 The Iroquois Club is distinctly Democratic in politics. Its 
 club rooms at 1 10 Monroe Street in the Columbia Theatre build- 
 ing are headquarters for the great leaders of the State and city 
 Democracy. No man is at home here who is not a devoted adher- 
 ent to the Jeffersonian principals. The club rooms are spacious 
 and furnished with comfortable elegance. No club in the world 
 entertains its guests more sumptuously than than the Iroquois. In 
 politics it is a power that is felt in all municipal, State and general 
 elections. The club was organized in 1881 and has now about 
 five hundred members. 
 
WORLD 'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 175 
 
 UNION LEAGUE CLUB. 
 
 The Union League Club is located on Jackson Street and 
 Fourth Avenue, directly opposite the south of front Post Office 
 Square. This club, which was organized in 1879, is patriotic in 
 its aims, and purposes the promotion "by moral, social and 
 political influence the equality of citizenship, the freedom of 
 speech, the purity of the ballot, and loyalty to the Federal Gov- 
 ernment." It declares for honesty in the administration of public 
 affairs and the conviction and punishment of public ofificials 
 guilty of betraying their trusts. Although the majority of 
 the club are undoubtedly in sympathy with the Republi- 
 can party, yet the organization is conducted on strictly non- 
 partisan principles. The club house is a splendid structure; 
 the interior decorations elegant and artistic, and the different de- 
 partments furnished with princely magnificence. It has a goodly 
 library and an art gallery filled with lare and costly paintings, 
 sculpture and bric-a-brac. The Union League Club is foremost 
 in all great public enterprises which tend to advance Chicago in 
 the eyes of the world, and will contribute largely toward the en- 
 tertainment of distinguished guests to the World's Columbian 
 Exposition. 
 
 UNION CLUB. 
 
 The Union Club is situated on Washington Place and Dear- 
 born Avenue, North Side. Take North State Street cars or 
 Clark Street cable line. The wealthiest and most aristocratic 
 club on the North Side. The club house building is among the 
 handsomest of the many handsome structures in this part of the 
 city. Whatever art could suggest in decoration, or money pur- 
 chase for comfort, are here. The club is strictly a social one and 
 very exclusive as to its membership, which is restricted to 600. 
 Its admission fee is $100 and its annual dues $60. 
 
 CHICAGO WOMAN'S CLUB. 
 
 The Chicago Woman's Club is an outgrowth of the Fortnightly 
 Club, of which Mrs. Caroline M. Brown was the prime mover. It 
 was organized in 1870, and although one of the distinctly speci- 
 
176 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 fied aims of the Woman's Club was, from the beginning, philan- 
 thropic work, during the first seven years of its existence it was 
 devoted almost exclusively to literary effort and the theoretical 
 study of reformatory and philanthropic work. In the winter of 
 1883, however, it was decided that the club should enter upon 
 practical work, and since that time an unselfish battle has been 
 persistently carried on by the club in the muddy pool 
 of moral and political abuses. It was instrumental in 
 founding the " Protective Agency for Women and Children" 
 and in securing funds for its conduct during the first few 
 years of its existence. It established and operates a free 
 kindergarten, the use of a room in the Brighton School being 
 allowed them for that purpose. It was active in securing the en- 
 forcement of the compulsory education law and in providing 
 clothing for destitute children who could not otherwise attend 
 school. The Industrial Art Association owes its existence to the 
 Woman's Club, which has been successfully introduced into the 
 different mission schools of the city. One of the most impor- 
 tant financial undertakings of the Woman's Club was the raising 
 by the efforts of individual members of $40,000 for the Industrial 
 School for Boys located at Glenwood. 
 
 THE CHICAGO ELECTRIC CLUB. 
 
 The Chicago Electric Club is composed of electricians and 
 those connected with electric pursuits. Its rooms at 103 Adams 
 Street are very handsomely fitted up. There are reception rooms 
 for members and their friends of both sexes. The club has its 
 ■own dining hall, billiard and card rooms and a pleasant audience 
 room for club meetings decorated with works of art, paintings and 
 bric-a-brac. There is also a music room with piano and other instru- 
 ments. The names of some of the members are well known in 
 European circles as well as in our own county. 
 
 THE ILLINOIS CLUB, 
 
 The Illinois Club is the fashionable social organi>-3tion of the 
 West Side, its membership being composed principally of promi- 
 nent business men who are residents of that section of the city 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 177 
 
 The club was organized in April, 1878, and occupies a two-story 
 stone front mansion at 1 54 South Ashland Avenue, one of the finest 
 of the West Side thoroughfares. The furnishing throughout— bil- 
 liard, card and reading rooms, parlors and all other apartments — is 
 both elegant and substantial ; the decoration is of a highly artistic 
 order. The walls are hung with many choice works of art from the 
 most noted studios of Europe and America. The receptions and 
 musicales given by the club are delightful entertainments, and 
 the club house is thronged with representatives of the world of 
 fashion on such occasions. The membership fee is $100, and the 
 annual dues $40. 
 
 THE FORTNIGHTLY CLUB OF CHICAGO. 
 
 The Fortnightly Club of Chicago meets on the first and third 
 Fridays of each month at 2:30 P. M. at Art Institute, Michigan 
 Avenue and Van Buren Street. It was originally organized as a 
 Woman's Club in 1873 by Mrs. Kate Newell Doggett, but is now 
 devoted to social intercourse and intellectual culture. A thorough 
 knowledge of the subject to be treated at each meeting is neces- 
 sary. Each writer has a year in which to master the subject she 
 is to present. The work of the club for the year is divided 
 into two courses, the continuous course of study and the mis- 
 cellaneous course. 'A committee of five members takes 
 charge of the continuous course which is represented 
 by a paper at one of the two meetings that occur 
 each month, and another committee of the same num- 
 ber directs the miscellaneous course, which presents a paper on 
 the alternate day. At each of the meetings a discussion under 
 appointed leaders follows the paper. Tea and cake are served 
 and a delightful social hour closes the meeting. The member- 
 ship of " The Fortnightly of Chicago" is limited to 175. The 
 initiation fee and also the yearly dues are $12. The officers are : 
 President, Mrs. Charles D. Hamill ; vice-presidents, Mrs. Otto H. 
 Matz and Mrs. H. M. Wilmarth ; corresponding secretary, Mrs, 
 Henry B. Stone; recording secretary, Mr. F. H. Gardiner* 
 treasurer, Mrs. B. F. Ayer, 
 
 10 
 
178 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 HARVARD UNIVERSITY CLUB. 
 
 This dub is composed of graduates of Harvard University who 
 are residents of Chicago. It has no club house but gives an 
 annual entertainment and banquet at the Auditorium Hotel, 
 where it entertains the graduates and officers of the Harvard 
 University. , 
 
 HYDE PARK SUBURBAN CLUB. 
 
 The Hyde Park Suburban Club is located at the corner of 
 Washington Avenue and Fifty-first Street in Hyde Park Center. 
 Take Illinois Central train, foot of Randolph or Van Buren 
 Streets. Officers, President, Judge Van H. Higgins; vice-presi- 
 dent, B. F. Ray ; secretary, W. P. Griswold ; treasurer, G A. 
 Mallory ; directors, Hamilton B. Bogue, L. P. Harvey, Charles H. 
 Hunt, William H. Kerr, W. V. O'Brien, W. L. Pearce, Barton 
 Sewell, A. W. Wheeler and Geo. L. Warner. The club has a 
 handsome building, well fitted for pleasure and comfort. It is 
 strictly a gentlemen's club and nothing is neglected which could 
 add to the aesthetic or animal nature of its members. A neat caf^, 
 billiard room, card rooms, art gallery, and a spacious reception 
 hall, all finished in antique oak, make a handsome interior. 
 
 The building was designed and built for the special purposes of 
 this club. It was dedicated in 1890. 
 
 IRISH AMERICAN CLUB. 
 
 The Irish American Club was organized May, 1880, with a 
 charter membership of 100. It has pleasant quarters at 4a 
 Dearborn Street. The club is officered as follows: President, M. 
 B. Harley; vice-president, Thomas H.Cannon: financial secre- 
 tary, John B. Heanley; secretary, Joseph J. Duffy; treasurer 
 N. D. Laughlin. Admission fee, $25. Annual dues, $20. This 
 club is strictly non-partisan and non-sectarian, and is composed oi 
 some of the leading Irishmen and Irish Americans in the city, 
 The club rooms are handsomely fitted up. Receptions are fre 
 quently given. # 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION 179 
 
 THE LAKESIDE CLUB. 
 
 Located on Indiana Avenue, between Thirty-first and Thirty- 
 second Streets. Take Indiana Avenue car, via Wabash cable Hue. 
 The club house, a modern building of brick and stone, containing 
 three stories and a basement, is owned by the organization. The 
 billiard room, cafe, bowling ajley, private supper room and dining 
 room, capable of seating 400 guests, are located in the basement ; 
 on the first floor are the ladies' and gentlemen's parlors and re- 
 ception room, drawing rooms, and an assembly and dancing room 
 fifty-five feet wide by one hundred feet long ; in the second story 
 are the card rooms and gymnasium ; in the third story are private 
 rooms and servants' apartments. Admission fee, $50 ; annual 
 dues $40. 
 
 THE KENWOOD CLUB, 
 
 The Kenwood Club is located at Forty-seventh Street and 
 Lake Avenue, Kenwood. Take Illinois Central train at Randolph 
 or Van Buren Street depot. It is a social and family club and 
 ladies and other members of the family are entitled to privileges. 
 A bowling alley, dining-room and kitchen are in the basement ; 
 the hall, office, reception and dancing hall are on the first floor ; 
 on the second floor are the card rooms, billiard room, reading 
 room, library, ladies', and gentlemen's dressing rooms, etc. The 
 officers are : Edwin F. Bayley, president ; William S. Seaverns, 
 vice-president ; Charles B. Vankirk, second vice-president ; Harry 
 B. Black, treasurer ; Charles C. Whittiker, secretary. The board 
 of directors is composed of C. B. Bouton, John S. Belden, WilL 
 iam T. Brown, Ed. R. Woodle, W. T. Whetmore, T. S. Fauntle- 
 roy, J. Frank Aldrich and F. H. McClure. Admission fee $100; 
 annual dues, $40. 
 
 THE EVANSTON COUNTRY CLUB. 
 
 This is a summer social organization of the suburb of Evans- 
 ton. The club house is situated in the midst of beautiful grounds, 
 on Hinman Avenue and Clark Street, close to Lake Michigan and 
 is known as the " Shelter." The club gives frequent receptions, 
 band concerts, boating parties, etc., during the season. The mxcm- 
 
i8o GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 bership is about 300 equally divided between ladies and gentlemen. 
 The officers are : President, Marshall M. Kirkman ; vice-presi- 
 dents, William E. Stockton and Frank Elliott ; treasurer, Nicho- 
 las J. Iglehart ; secretary, Edwin F. Brown. The directorate is 
 composed of twenty ladies and eleven gentlemen. The badge of 
 the club, a four-leaf clover, is worn by many of Chicago's promi- 
 nent business men. 
 
 THE LA SALLE CLUB. 
 
 The La Salle is prominent among the wealthy and aristocratic 
 West Side social organizations. It is located at 252 Monroe 
 Street and is easily reached by the Madison Street cable line. 
 The club house is a marble front building with a frontage of 125 
 feet and a depth of ninety-five feet. A recent addition of 48 by 125 
 feet gives the club roomy quarters. In the basement are the lunch 
 room, cafe, cigar stand, gymnasium and bowling alley. A large 
 hall, two parlors, a reading room, and a billiard room occupy the 
 first floor ; on the second floor is a large assembly hall and several 
 card rooms ; private apartments and the servants' quarters occupy 
 the upper story. The admission fee is $50 and annual dues $20. 
 
 NEWSBOYS' CLUB. 
 
 The Newsboys* Club is located in the Imperial building, 252- 
 260 South Clark Street. It has pleasant rooms, a library of about 
 600 volumes, games and amusements. The members are quite as 
 proud of their quarters as their more wealthy neighbors. Good 
 character is the essential recommendation to membership in this 
 club. Its officers are: Miss J. P. Miller, president; Miss Sands, 
 vice-president ; Miss Rutherford, recording secretary ; Miss Old- 
 ham, corresponding secretary ; Miss Barker, treasurer, and Misses 
 Pearson and Miss Castle, librarians. 
 
 THE STANDARD CLUB. 
 
 The Standard Club is located on Michigan Avenue and Thir- 
 teenth Street. Take Wabash Avenue cable line. The leading 
 Hebrew club of the city. It was organized in 1869 and occupies 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 1 8 1 
 
 one of the most elegant and complete club houses in Chicago. 
 In the basement are the bowling alleys, gymnasium, etc.; on the 
 first floor are the parlors, library, cafe, billiard room, etc.; on the 
 second floor are ladies* parlors and retiring rooms, and three din- 
 ing rooms ; on the third floor is the assembly and ball room, with 
 theatrical appointments. The club is richly furnished. Its mem- 
 bership is hmited to three hundred and fifty. Admission fee, $ioo; 
 annual dues, $80. Officers: President, Joseph Spiegel; vice- 
 president, M. Bensinger : treasurer, Abr. G. Becker ; financial sec- 
 retary, Bernard Mergentheim : recording secretary, N. Greenefel- 
 der. Directors: M. Selz, M. Hirsh, H. Nathan, J. R. Wineman, 
 A. M. Snydacker, N. J. Schmaltz, H. Elson, M. Born, Adolph 
 Loeb, H. Hepner. 
 
 THE SUNSET CLUB. 
 
 The Sunset Club is an association of professional and business 
 men, which meets periodically for the purpose of discussing some 
 question of current interest and listening to the reading of papers 
 on important national or local subjects by members of the club. 
 
 THE WAH NAH TON CLUB. 
 
 The Wah Nah Ton Club is a Chicago Democratic club, some- 
 thing after the style of the Tammany of New York City. Com- 
 mittees : At large — General John C. Black, Allen C. Durborow, 
 Jr., John P. Hopkins, J. W. Richards, William H. Barnum, 
 William J. English, William C. Walsh, Henry T. Murray, M. J. 
 Kearney, Benjamin F. Ely, Henry P. Fleming, John S. Cooper, 
 Robert J. Smith, James S. Thomas, Jacob Stainer, Owen Murray, 
 N. A. Cremer, Frank E. Kennedy. Wards — Harry Wilkinson, 
 John C. Schubert, Charles Kern, William Best, Daniel Corkery, 
 Edward Burke, W. E. McCarthy, William Loeffler, Edward Cul- 
 lerton, Patrick McMahon, John A. King, James Bradley, Rodger 
 C. Sullivan, H. Olaf Hanson, John Lonergan, Victor Bardonski, 
 William H. Ford, William J. Major, John Powers, W. H. Larkin, 
 George Kersten, James H. Farrell^ William H, Lyman Fred 
 
i82 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 Greisheimer, Harry Geohegan, Michael Fitzgerald, W. J. Florence, 
 Thomas Kelley, Thomas Gahan, John Fitzgerald, Jesse Sher- 
 wood, C. S. Darrow, Dr. J. J. Larkin, F. J. Gaulter. 
 
 THE PRESS CLUB OF CHICAGO. 
 
 The Press Club of Chicago was organized and incorporated in 
 January, 1880, for the purpose of securing a closer intimacy 
 among members of the journalistic profession in Chicago, and af- 
 fording them a place of rest and recreation during their unem- 
 ployed hours. The club rooms are located at 131 Clark Street. 
 The club membership is limited to 250. It has now about 240 
 members. It is the onl)^ unmixed newspaper club in the country. 
 Nobody is eligible to membership who has not been for at least 
 one year prior to his application, connected in a literary capacity 
 with a Chicago newspaper, or who shall not have been engaged in 
 purely literary work for the same length of time. The rooms oc- 
 cupy the entire third floor of the building, and a pleasant caf6 and 
 ladies reception room on the second floor. The club contemplates 
 building a club house of its own in the near future. The last 
 Saturday night in each month is termed " Fourth Night," and is 
 devoted to a reception of the members of the club, their friends, 
 and ladies. Twice each year there is a grand benefit performance 
 in some leading place of amusement, the proceeds of which go to 
 the building fund. Some of the best operatic, dramatical and or- 
 atorical talent of both continents has appeared at these enter- 
 tainments. The membership fee is $25 ; the annual dues, $20. 
 The club has the portrait of each president done in oil at the 
 close of his term. F. B. Wilkie, one of the main organizers of the 
 club, was its first president. The present officers are: President, 
 William A. Taylor, the Herald , first vice-president, Thomas R. 
 Weddell, Inter-Ocean • second vice-president, A. T. Packard, 
 Railroad News Bureau ; third vice-president, Oliver E. Moody, 
 Morning Ktews\ recording secretary, William M. Glenn, Tribune \ 
 financial secretary, Sam. T. Clover, Herald; treasurer, Melville 
 E. Stone; directors. Kirk LaShelle, Evening Post ; John J. Lane, 
 Mail\ John E. Wilkie, Tribune . R, C. Jacobsen, Hide and Leather , 
 W T, C. Hyde, Times 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 183 
 
 THE PHCENIX CLUB. 
 
 The "'hoenix Club is located at Thirty-first Street and Calumet 
 Avenu' Take Cottage Grove Avenue cars. It is composed of 
 younr len of Hebrew lineage. The club rooms were secured for 
 five " xrs, and $5,000 has been expended in remodeling and build- 
 ing. There are two large parlors, a library, dining-room, billiard 
 hall, smoking room, and all the requisites of a first-class social club. 
 Card playing and any form of gambling are positively prohibited. 
 Officers : Milton A. Strauss, president ; A. J. Briersdorf, vice-pres- 
 ident: D. L. Frank, secretary; E. Lowenstein, assistant secretary; 
 and L. A. Nathan, treasurer. 
 
 PARK CLUB OF HYDE PARK. 
 
 This club was organized in 1868 as a family club. It Is located 
 on Rosalie Court, Hyde Park Center. Take Cottage Grove Ave- 
 nue cable line, or Illinois Central train at Randolph or Van Buren 
 Streets to South Park station. It occupies a handsome building 
 four stories in height. On the first floor are the ladies' reception 
 room, caf6 and hall ; on the second floor are the billiard room, 
 card rooms and director's room; the upper room is thrown into an 
 assembly room with boudoirs, etc. The basement is given up to 
 bowling allies, pool ^ room and janitor's rooms. The club has 
 splendid verandas, which make it a most attractive resort in the 
 summer. Admission fee, $50; annual dues, $25. 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY CLUB. 
 
 The University Club Is located In the University building on 
 Dearborn Street and Calhoun Place. Its members are graduates 
 of the various colleges and universities. The entire building 
 above the fourth floor is occupied by the University Club. The 
 apartments are richly and tastefully furnished. There are recep- 
 tion rooms, parlors, billiard room, card rooms, etc., and all tb« 
 comforts of a modern club house. 
 
184 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 THE WASHINGTON PARK CLUB. 
 
 This popular club is situated at South Park Avenue and Sixty, 
 first Street. Take Cottage Grove Avenue cable line. It was organ- 
 ized in 1883. It has a commodious Club house, within easy access 
 of the Washington Club racing park, south of Washington Park. 
 It is a combination of the higher class of sporting, country and 
 city clubs, members of nearly all the other leading clubs being 
 connected with it. The club house is handsomely fitted up for 
 the comfort of the members and the ladies of the members' fami- 
 lies. Following are the ofificers for 1 891 : President, George Henry 
 Wheeler; vice-presidents, Samuel W Allerton, Albert S. Gage, 
 Charles Schwartz, Columbus R. Cummings ; treasurer, John R. 
 Walsh ; secretary, John E. Brewster ; assistant secretary, James 
 F. Howard j executive committee, the president, the vice-presi- 
 dents, the treasurer, ex-officioy Charles D. Hamill, John Dupee, 
 Jr., Arthur J. Caton, Henry J. McFarland, Thomas Murdoch, J. 
 Henry Norton, John B. Carson ; property committee, John 
 Duyee, Jr., Charles D. Hamill John B.Carson, house committee, 
 Charles Schwartz, Charles D. Hamill, J. Henry Norton ; racing 
 stewards, Albert S. Gage, Samuel H, Sweet, Henry J. McFarland, 
 John Dupee, Jr., John E. Brewster; board of directors for 1891, 
 Nathaniel K. Fairbank, Norman B. Ream, Samuel W. Allerton, 
 James W. Oakley, Columbus R. Cummings, Charles J, Barnes, 
 John R. Walsh, J. Henry Norton, Albert S. Gage, Samuel H. 
 Sweet, Henry J. McFarland, George H. Wheeler, Thomas Mur- 
 doch, Charles J. Singer, James B. Goodman, John Dupee, Jr., 
 Wirt D. Walker, John H. McAvoy, John B. Carson, Thomas 
 Cratty, Arthur J. Caton, Charles Schwartz, Charles D. Hamill, 
 John E. Brewster. The admission fee is $150; annual dues, $40, 
 
 THE WHITE CHAPEL CLUB. 
 
 This is one of the most unique clubs in the country and 13 
 as widely known as the famous Clover Club of Philadelphia. The 
 club rooms are located in the rear of 122 La Salle Street, fronting 
 on Whitechapel Court. It is a purely social club and its members 
 are men of marked ability in the professional or literar\' field. 
 This is the test of eligibility. Residents of Chicago are permitted 
 
WORLD '5 COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 1 8f 
 
 to visit the club rooms on Saturday, and inspect the extremely 
 unique decorations, when vouched for by a member of the club. It 
 is customary, once a month, to hold a social meeting called a 
 " Symposium," to which guests are invited by the club and by in- 
 dividual members. The initiation fee is $25, and one objection 
 from any member bars an applicant from admission. President, 
 Chas. G. Seymour; corresponding secretary, Hugh Blake Wil- 
 liams, M. D.; financial secretary, Willard C. Thompson; treas- 
 urer, Henry Kosters; board of directors for 1889-90, Dr. Frank 
 W. Reilly, Sidney P. Browne, Frederick F. Thompson, Will P. 
 MacHenry, George A. Babbitt, Opie P. Read, Dana L. Hubbard, 
 and Horace Taylor. 
 
 The Daily Newspapers. 
 
 The history of the newspapers of Chicago is quite as wonder- 
 ful as the history of its trade and commerce, its massive buildings 
 or its magnificent parks and boulevards. The daily papers of 
 Chicago rival those of New York in every feature. Individual 
 genius, without which no great American paper was ever estab- 
 lished, marks the utterances and shapes the policies of each of 
 the leading dailies of this city. Their opinions on subjects per- 
 taining to the affairs of the nation have as much to do with shap- 
 ing the policy of political parties as the utterances of the journals 
 of the country's metropolis. 
 
 Chicago has twenty-four dailies, 260 weeklies, thirty-six month- 
 lies, five bi-monthlies, and fourteen quarterlies. According to the 
 report of the postmaster-general, the quantity of newspapers 
 mailed at Chicago during the year 1890 equaled the combined 
 amounts mailed at Boston, Cincinnati, Buffalo, Baltimore, and New 
 Orleans. Twenty million pounds of serial matter was mailed for 
 distribution by publishers of this city during the last year. This 
 amount does not include the great number of daily papers dis- 
 tributed throughout the city by carriers and sold on the street by 
 newsboys. The following are the leading daily publications : 
 
i88 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 THE CHICAGO TRIBUNE. 
 
 When Chicago was little more than a village the Chicago Tri- 
 bune was founded. Its first number was issued on the loth day 
 of June, 1847, from ^ little room in the third story on Lake Street. 
 To-day, from a handsome building of its own on the southeast 
 corner of Madison and Dearborn Streets, it sends forth more than 
 90,000 papers every day : its editorials are quoted in every civilized 
 country, and its influence second to no newspaper in the United 
 States. 
 
 The founders of the Chicago Tribune were James Kelly, John 
 E. Wheeler, Joseph K. C. Forrest and Thomas A. Stewart. The 
 history of the paper from that time until 1854 is one of trials. 
 The town of Chicago was in its swaddling clothes; people were 
 poor ; facilities for gathering news were few, and oftentimes there 
 were none at all. In 1854, two important events in the history of 
 the Tribune had occurred. One was the issuing of a tri-weekly, 
 .the other the publication of Associated Press dispatches, which 
 association the Tribune assisted in organizing, and of which it re- 
 mains a member. 
 
 Up to this time several changes had taken place in the pro- 
 prietary interests and management of the Tribune. It was about 
 this time that Mr. Joseph Medill, now editor-in-chief and princi- 
 pal owner, came to Chicago from Cleveland, O., and purchased an 
 interest in the Tribune. In 1855 he became managing editor and 
 business manager and organized a staff. It was at this time that 
 the Chicago Tribune commenced to assume the features of a 
 metropolitan daily newspaper. The old press, previously operated 
 by hand, was removed to make room for a steam-power press. 
 From that day until the present, the standing question in the 
 Tribune office has been, *' How can we get more presses and faster 
 to reach the daily increasing circulation?" In 1858 the Tribune 
 absorbed the Democratic Press of this city, and for a while the 
 paper was issued as the Press and Tribune. 
 
 In i860 the name of the paper was restored, and in 1861, un- 
 der an act of the legislature, the Tribune Company was incorpor- 
 ated with a capital of $200,000, the principal stockholders being 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 189 
 
 J. L. Scripps, William Bross, Charles H. Ray, Joseph Medill, and 
 Alfred Cowles. 
 
 Mr, Medill became editor-in-chief in 1873, and has had the 
 controlling interest since. It is under his administration that the 
 paper has reached its present extraordinary success. In 1871 oc- 
 curred the fire which forms one of the pages of the world's his- 
 tory. On the night of the 8th of October in that year, one-half 
 of the Tribune had been printed. [This was before the present 
 system of printing an entire paper at once was known.] The 
 facts, incidents and other data of the fire had been written and 
 sent to the composing room. But before the hour of going to 
 press the flames had reached the Tribune buildings and driven 
 out every occupant, and a few minutes later the building was in 
 ruins. 
 
 Mr. Medill at once procured a temporary building on Canal 
 Street, near Randolph, and the paper was issued from there 
 Wednesday morning, two days after the fire, with a very full ac- 
 count of the greatest fire in the history of conflagrations. 
 
 In exactly one year from that date the Tribune had completed 
 its present building and moved into it. It required something 
 more than money to accomplish these wonders. This something 
 the Tribune still retains, and it is that which has caused the daily 
 circulation to travel upward from 2,240 in 1855 to more than 
 90,000 in 1 89 1, and which has made it one of the greatest adver- 
 tising mediums in the whole country. 
 
 It is not necessary to enlarge upon the history of the Tribune. 
 The project of the World's Columbian Exposition was in part one 
 of the suggestions of its editor, and to its completeness he ha? 
 contributed most valuable service and counsel. 
 
 THE CHICAGO TIMES. 
 
 The Chicago Times was founded in the early part of 1854, the 
 first number being issued January 10 of that year. Its original 
 proprietors were James W. Sheahan, Daniel Cameron and Wil- 
 Ham Price. Sheahan was a young law student in Washington, 
 D. C, supporting himself by reporting the proceedings of Con- 
 gress for the New York Herald 3.n6. writing newspaper. articles on 
 
190 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 various topics. Stephen A. Douglass became impressed with his 
 journalistic ability and urged him to go to Chicago and become 
 the editor of a new paper. Douglass was anxious for the estab- 
 lishment of a paper which would support his views in the contest 
 over the Kansas-Nebraska Bill, then at its height. So in the 
 midst of this great political storm the Chicago Times began its 
 career. 
 
 The paper soon began to attract attention, for Sheahan was a 
 most vigorous and forcible writer, but the business management 
 of the concern allowed it to become entangled in financial 
 embarassments and in i860 it passed into the hands of Cyrus H. 
 McCormick, of reaper fame. 
 
 Mr. McCormick found that the talents which had made him 
 rich as a manufacturer of farm implements were not adapted to 
 running a newspaper successfully and he soon became tired of 
 the business, and in 1861 he sold it to Wilbur F. Storey, who had 
 just disposed of the Detroit Free Press. Mr. Storey found the 
 affairs of The Times in a rather unpromising shape but he put 
 his last dollar into its coffers and by the force of his great energy, 
 his imperious and invincible will, his audacity and uncompromis- 
 ing aggressiveness, soon put the paper on a paying basis and 
 it was not long until the Chicago Times was one of the best 
 known and most widely read papers in America. 
 
 The career of Wilbur F. Storey is a part of the history of 
 the country in the crucial era of its existence. Perhaps 
 with one exception he is the most striking figure in the annals 0I 
 American journalism. He was the leading force in the West, if 
 not in the country, in developing the daily newspaper into the 
 marvelous gatherer and purveyor of intelligence that it is. The 
 amazing prodigality with which he poured into every corner of 
 the earth money to build up the facilities of his paper for ob- 
 taining the news appalled his conservative contemporaries, but 
 like bread cast upon the waters it returned a hundred fold and it 
 was soon found that the golden stream had changed its course 
 and was flowing back. Riches and greatness were the recompense 
 for those years of tremendous energy and tireless effort. 
 
 Mr. Storey's fearless persistence in criticising the government 
 during the war led to an attempt by Gen. Burnside to suppress 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 191 
 
 the sheet by a military order, but this was countermanded by 
 President Lincoln and the paper never missed an issue. About 
 1877 Mr. Storey's health began to fail and he gradually relin. 
 quished the active management of his paper. After a physical 
 decline extending over several years he died in 1884. 
 
 The Times passed through the various stages incident to 
 property involved in the settlement of a great estate, embarrassed. 
 by the contentions of rival claimants and subjected to expensive 
 litigation. It emerged from this to become again involved in a 
 legal controversy concerning its ownership which at this writing 
 (August, 1891), has just been happily settled by a sweeping de- 
 cision in the federal court which clears away all dispute and leaves 
 the paper free and unhampered. 
 
 The fortunes of the paper are now in the hands of Joseph R. 
 Dunlop, editor-in-chief, and Herman J. Huiskamp, head of the 
 business management. Mr. Huiskamp is president of the Chicago 
 Times Company and Mr. Dunlop secretary. These gentlemen 
 bring to their present positions the prestige and potency of suc- 
 cess already achieved in life and their active presence at the 
 head of the Times is rapidly placing the paper on its old footing 
 as one of the great newspapers of the world. Mr. Huiskamp be- 
 fore forming his connection with the Times had amassed a for- 
 tune in another business enterprise, and Mr. Dunlop has long 
 been conspicuous among the leading journalists of the country. 
 
 The Times is an independent Democratic paper, but, as in the 
 days of Storey, it steadily refuses to become the organ of any fac- 
 tion or of any man. Its editor's instructions to his subordinates 
 are : " Print the news and be fair." 
 
 THE INTER OCEAN. 
 
 The Inter Ocean came into the newspaper field nineteen years 
 ago to satisfy a want manifest to many people in Chicago and the 
 Northwest. The judgment of its founder, the late J. Young 
 Scammon, was confirmed by the support it received from the peo- 
 ple, and the rank it took among the leading papers of the country. 
 The competition it encountered from powerful rivals was intense, 
 but it flew the Republican banner, true blue, and won with the 
 
i'92 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 people. A newly established newspaper requires money, and 
 this one was no exception to the rule. The great financial panic 
 in 1873, as a supplement to the fires of '71 and '72 that had re. 
 duced Chicago to ashes, seriously sapped the fortune of Mr. 
 Scammon. After a varying struggle of two years, in October, 
 1875, the Inter Ocean was sold, under the foreclosure of a mort- 
 gage held by Dr. O. W. Nixon, to the Inter Ocean Pub. 
 lishing Company, a corporation organized especially for publish- 
 ing it. Then Hon. F. W. Palmer, who was editor of the paper, was 
 president of the new corporation, and William Penn Nixon, sec- 
 retary and treasurer. In 1876 Mr. Palmer resigned his position 
 both as editor of the paper and president of the company. Dr. 
 O. W. Nixon was made president of the corporation and William 
 Penn Nixon became editor and general manager, and has since 
 continued to discharge his laborious dual duties with wonderful 
 success, as is attested by the growth and power of the paper 
 under his direction. A few months ago H. H. Kohlsaat, one of 
 the most successful and enterprising young business men that 
 Chicago has produced purchased a controlling interest in the 
 Inter Ocean, and has now assumed the business management as 
 publisher. William Penn Nixon continues in editorial charge of 
 the paper that he has established upon sound and patriotic prij- 
 ciples, making the Inter Ocean a newspaper in the highest and 
 best sense of the word. The Inter Ocean has not always been a 
 great financial success, but through its large circulation has made 
 itself an influential power. At a low estimate its various edition* 
 have not less than a half a million readers. 
 
 A little over a year ago the paper forsook its modest, ovei 
 crowded quarters on Madison Street, and moved into its new home, 
 a commanding seven-story structure on the northwest corner of 
 Madison and Dearborn Streets. (This corner was purchased by 
 Mr. Kohlsaat in 1890 at the then phenomenal price of $7,500 per 
 front foot.) Walter Scott, one of the fathers of the perfecting 
 press, made a number of his inventions while foreman of the 
 printing department of the Inter Ocean, and it was due to him 
 that this paper was the first newspaper in the world to be cut, 
 folded and pasted without rehandling after leaving the press. It 
 was the first paper in the West to secure direct cable service from 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 193 
 
 Europe, and it was the pioneer in adopting electricity as the mo- 
 tive power to run its presses and stereotyping machinery. 
 
 .An exchange once remarked of this paper : "Among those 
 papers which commend themselves to thinking men for their un^' 
 flinching advocacy of human rights, their correct position, and 
 their merits, the Inter Ocean is pre-eminent." 
 
 THE CHICAGO HERALD. 
 
 On the south side of Washington Street, between La Salle 
 Street and Fifth Avenue, stands a building which, though not 
 prominent on account of its size, yet nevertheless attracts the at- 
 tention of all who come within its vicinity to the exclusion of, in 
 some respects, more pretentious surroundings. Though but six 
 stories high and in the center of a block it possesses an individu- 
 ality which arrests the interests and commands the admiration of 
 the beholder. Three massive granite arches form an imposing 
 substructure from which rises to a gable surmounted by a tall 
 flagstaff the handsome terra-cotta front. At the base of the flag- 
 staff stands out in bold relief the large bronze figure of a mediseval 
 herald, while within arched recesses above the fourth story win- 
 dows sculptured figures in bas-relief represent various stages of 
 progress in the art of printing. Statue and figures are highly ar- 
 tistic, and reflect gre-at credit upon the gifted sculptor, Johannes 
 Gelert, whose work they are. A glance reveals the structure as a 
 newspaper building, the new home of the Chicago Herald. 
 
 With a frontage of sixty-one feet it runs back one hundred 
 and seventy feet to the alley, while from the ground to the apex 
 of the gable the distance is one hundred and twenty feet. 
 Passing through the entrance the visitor finds himself within a 
 room sixty by sixty, somewhat resembling a large hotel rotunda 
 — the most commodious and artistically decorated newspaper 
 business office in the United States. It richly repays a visit. A 
 gallery to the left in the rear overlooks the press-room in the base 
 ment where ten Scott-Potter web perfecting presses stand in a 
 straight line. An electric light plant in the basement provides for 
 the illumination of the entire building with both arc and incandes- 
 cent lights. Elevators upon the right side of the business office 
 
194 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 lead to the leased offices on the second, third and fourth floors, and 
 to the editorial floor and the composing and stereotyping rooms 
 above. Abundant light is furnished by a court sixty by thirty 
 upon the east side of the building. The composing room upon 
 the sixth floor (with its high ceiling, perfect ventilation and walls 
 of white glazed brick) is such an one as has never been seen be- 
 fore. The building throughout is supplied with every possible 
 convenience for the comfort of employes and tenants, and every 
 attainable facility for the production of a newspaper. It is said 
 to be the most complete newspaper structure which has yet been 
 erected. The marvelous success of the Herald has been achieved 
 within a single decade. Its existence for several years after its 
 birth was a struggle, but the ability and industry of its founder 
 and publisher, James W. Scott, soon started the tide of success 
 which has given it the largest morning circulation in Chicago and 
 made it one of the most profitable newspapers of the country. 
 Democratic but independent in politics, it is recognized as the 
 most influential exponent of Democracy in the West. The paper 
 is owned by the Chicago Herald Company, of which James W. 
 Scott and John R. Walsh are the principal stockholders. H. W. 
 Seymour has charge of the editorial page, and W. A. Taylor is 
 news editor. 
 
 THE DAILY NEWS. 
 
 The Daily News was founded in December, 1875. It has 
 tUree distinct publications : the Morning News, the Noon News 
 atid the Evening News. The combined circulation of these edi- 
 tions is 220,000 to 200,000, daily. It is owned by the Chicago Daily 
 News Company, Victor E. Lawson, editor and publisher. The 
 News was founded by Melville E. Stone, Percy R. Miggy and 
 William E. Doughter. Both the latter named gentleman retired 
 during the first year, Mr. Victor Lawson securing the prmcipal 
 stock, and Mr. Stone becoming editor. Later he became part 
 owner of the paper. In 1888 Mr. Stone retired from the paper 
 and Mr. Lawson, who had from the first year of the existence of 
 the News been its publisher, took complete management of its 
 affairs. 
 
 Much of the wonderful success achieved by the News is no 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 
 
 iQy 
 
 doubt due to the ability and genius of Mr. Lawson. The Daily- 
 News gives the gist of domestic and foreign news in a condensed 
 form. Its editorials are crisp and forceful, and it boldly strikes at 
 public abuses regardless of party. The Daily News has an equip- 
 ment of four Hoe quadruple inserting presses with a combined 
 capacity of 160,000 eight-page papers an hour. It has a force of 
 316 people at work in the different departments, and its numer- 
 ous editions and extras gives employment to thousands of news- 
 boys during the whole day. Its offices, press and publication 
 rooms are at 123 Fifth Avenue. 
 
 ILLINOIS STAATS ZEITUNG. 
 
 The Illinois Staats Zeitung is a German daily morning paper. 
 Itrf office of publication is on the northeast corner of Washington 
 Street and Fifth Avenue. The founder of the Staats Zeitung 
 was Robert Hoeffgen, in 1848. It was issued as a weekly, and 
 the proprietor wrote his own matter, solicited advertisements, set 
 his own type and worked off the paper from the press. Having 
 done this he took the papers on his arm and went about deliver- 
 ing them to his subscribers. 
 
 Dr. Helmuth, Arnold Voss, Herman Kriege, edited the paper 
 in turn. In 185 1 George Schneider became connected with the 
 paper and it was changed into a daily. It was an ardent sup- 
 porter of Abraham Lincoln in the memorable Lincoln-Douglass 
 campaign. No paper did more for the success of Mr. Lincoln 
 than did the Illinois Staats Zeitung. The influence of the Illinois 
 Staats Zeitung is felt in the Common Council, the Legislature, 
 and in political campaigns. National or State, as well as in all local 
 elections. More than once it has been opposed by the entire 
 Anglo-American press, but yet has carried the day. In 1861 
 William Rapp became the editor of the Illinois Staats Zeitung. 
 In the same year Mr. Lawrence Brentano bought out Mr. Hoeff- 
 gen's interest and assumed the editorial management. In the fall 
 of that year Mr. Geo. Schneider sold his interest to Mr. A. C. Hes- 
 ing. Messrs. Brentano and Hesing were associated together 
 until 1867, when Mr. A. C. Hesing purchased Mr. Brentano's in- 
 terest. In this year Mr. Herman Raster assumed the editorial 
 11 
 
196 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 management, which position he filled with great honor until his 
 death in Germany in August, 1891. The fire of 1871 claimed the 
 Illinois Staats Zeitung as one of its victims. Its loss was total, 
 yet is was among the first of the Chicago dailies to appear, which 
 it did within forty-eight hours after the fire had ceased. On the 
 lOth of March, 1872, its present magnificent structure was com 
 pleted and occupied. The cost of the same, with machinery, 
 presses, etc., amounted to nearly $300,000. The Illinois Staats 
 Zeitung of to-day is among the German newspapers second only 
 to the New York Staats Zeitung in wealth and circulation, while 
 in ability, in power and in influence it is not equaled, much less 
 surpassed, by any German newspaper of the United States. The 
 combined circulation of the editions of the Illinois Staats Zeitung 
 amount to over 97,000, being larger than that of any German 
 newspaper published west of the Allegheny Mountains. 
 
 THE CHICAGO EVENING POST. 
 
 The Chicago Evening Post, whose first number was issued on 
 Tuesday, April 29, 1890, assumed from the start a place and 
 clientage of its own. It is a newspaper of eight pages, complete 
 in all departments. James W. Scott is the president of the company 
 which publishes it ; Cornelius McAuliff is managing editor, Mont- 
 gomery B. Gibbs, city editor, and Clinton Collier, business mana- 
 ger. 
 
 On Saturday, January 24, 1891, it abandoned its temporary 
 office and moved into its own new and commodious quarters, the 
 Evening Post Building, 164 and 166 Washington Street, a hand- 
 some, modern structure specially constructed for its own occupancy. 
 This, within nine months of its foundation, was not the least of the 
 achievements of the new paper. The building has a frontage of 
 40 feet on Washington Street and extends 175 feet back to Cal- 
 houn Place, having light on three sides and from a roomy court. 
 The counting room and publication offices occupy the ground 
 floor and the editorial rooms the upper floors. In the basement 
 are six Scott presses with a capacity of 15,000 an hour. Each 
 department is equipped with the most modern devices for speed, 
 accuracy and convenience. The Evening Post is independent in 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 19; 
 
 politics as in all other things. It is pre-eminently a newspaper. 
 Direct wires connect its office with bureaus in Washington, New 
 York and other news centers, and carry day by day a larger tele- 
 graph service than ever was attempted by an afternoon paper 
 before. 
 
 The Evening Post is, specially aside from its news features, 
 noted for the fullness and accuracy of its commercial and financial 
 reports, its intelligence of society and women ; its art, musical 
 and theatrical features, its sporting intelligence, and for its wealth 
 of literary and miscellaneous matter. Its numerous illustrations 
 are easily among the first daily papers of the world. They find a 
 handsome setting in the typographical beauties of the paper's well 
 printed pages. In spite of a continually increasing pressure upon 
 its columns by advertisers, the Evening Post has refused to ex- 
 ceed its limit of eight pages. In that space its finds room to give 
 a daily summary of the affairs of the world, in form at once com- 
 plete and readable. The appreciation of Chicago people for such 
 service is attested by the growing circulation of the Evening Post, 
 which one year after its birth exceeded that of any other paper 
 in Chicago, with the possible exception of two. 
 
 THE CHICAGO EVENING JOURNAL. 
 
 The Evening Journal is the oldest of Chicago newspapers. 
 William Stewart was its founder, and its first number was issued 
 April 9, 1839. In 1841 it was sold to the late Judge Buckner 
 S. Morris. Its publication was discontinued in the fall of 1842, 
 and a month later the Express was started as its successor. In 
 1844 the Express was sold to a stock company and started anew 
 as the Journal. A few months later the paper passed into the 
 hands of Richard L. Wilson, its editor, and was established on a 
 firm basis as an organ of the Whig party. At the demise of the 
 Whig party the Journal became a Republican paper, and has since 
 that time continually upheld the principles of that party. 
 
 In December, 1856, Richard Wilson died, and Charles Wilson, 
 who was associated with him in the publication of the Journal, 
 became sole proprietor of the paper. He was appointed secretary 
 of the American legation at London under President Lincoln, r^^d 
 
198 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 during his absence the affairs of the Journal were in charge of his 
 brother, John L. Wilson. Andrew Shuman was editor. During 
 the stirring years of the Civil War the Journal grew rapidly in cir- 
 culation and influence. The fire of 1871 swept away the Journal 
 office and consumed all its books and papers. With an enterprise 
 worthy of Chicago, the proprietors rented a job office on the West 
 Side that had escaped the flames, and that evening the paper ap- 
 peared as usual, not having missed a number. In March, 1875, 
 Charles L. Wilson died and the greater part of the stock of the 
 Journal went to his wife and daughter. Andrew Shuman was 
 made president of the company, and continued to control the ed- 
 itorial policy of the paper, with Henry W, Farrar, Mrs. Wilson's 
 brother, as secretary, treasurer and business manager. On the 1st 
 of March, 1880, the company leased the newspaper establishment 
 to Andrew Shuman and John R. Wilson, a nephew of the late 
 proprietor. This partnership was continued until January i, 1883, 
 at which time John R. Wilson obtained control of a majority of 
 the stock, the officers then being Andrew Shuman, president ; W. 
 K. Sullivan, secretary, and John R. Wilson, treasurer. On Gov. 
 Bhuman's death, in May, 1890, W. K. Sullivan was elected presi- 
 dent and John R. Wilson secretary and treasurer. 
 
 The Evening Journal is published at 161 Dearborn Street. It 
 is conservative in all its statements, and is looked upon as one of 
 the most reliable newspapers in the country. Its support comes 
 from the more conservative element of the Republican party. 
 
 THE CHICAGO GLOBE. 
 
 The Chicago Daily Globe was founded in 1887 by Charles R. 
 Dennett, Andrew Matteson, and A. L. Paterson, of the old Times' 
 staff under the Storey management, and Horace A. Hurlbut, A. 
 T. Ewing, and Walter C. Newberry. On August 7, 1890, it passed 
 into the hands of the present management, with Harry Wilkin- 
 son as publisher and editor. 
 
 From an early day under the new management the paper be- 
 gan to thrive and to take a prominent place among its older con- 
 temporaries. It was bold and aggressive in the discussion of 
 political questions ; and an eloquent representative of the Demo« 
 
. WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 199 
 
 cratic party in Chicago and Illinois. It championed the cause oi 
 labor, and many prominent labor organizations voted it their of- 
 ficial organ. It is now the only daily paper that gives special at- 
 tention to the cause of the workingman. While its circulation 
 includes people in all walks, it counts as its constituents what is 
 commonly called the middle class. 
 
 The management of the Daily Globe now consists of Harry 
 Wilkinson, publisher and editor; E. E.Wood, business manager; 
 Charles D. Almy, managing editor; Harry L. Beach, city editor. 
 The stock is $250,000; the bonds are all redeemed and the in- 
 debtedness is entirely cancelled 
 
 THE FREIE PRESSE. 
 
 The Freie Presse is a German Republican newspaper published 
 at 90 and 94 Fifth Avenue. It is edited by Richard Michaelis, 
 and is a widely circulated and influential newspaper. Like th^ 
 News, it publishes several editions daily. It has also weekly and 
 Sunday editions, the latter under the name of Anheim,dL splendid 
 publication, 
 
 THE ABENDPOST. 
 
 The Abendpost, a German daily published at one cent per 
 copy, was established in 1889, and has a present circulation of 
 32,000. It is entirely independent in politics. Its principal cir- 
 culation is in the city. It has commodious offices at 187 Wash- 
 ington Street. It is published by the Abendpost Company, Fritz 
 Glogauer, president and treasurer, Julius Goldzier, secretary. 
 
 GOODALE'S DAILY SUN. 
 
 This is a bright daily newspaper published at the Union Stock 
 Yards. Its columns are devoted to the news of special interest 
 to stock dealers and shippers. Harvey L. Goodall is publisher 
 and proprietor. 
 
 THE CHICAGO MAIL. 
 
 The offices of the Chicago Evening Mail are located at the north- 
 west corner of Washington Street and Fifth Avenue. It is published 
 
:oo GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 by the Chicago Mail Company. It was originally the Chicago 
 Press, founded by F. O. Bunnell in 1882. When it became the 
 property of Messrs. Stevens & Dillingham, the name was changed 
 to the Evening Mail. Mr. Frank Hatton and Mr. Clinton Snow- 
 don bought the property in 1885 and gave it the title of the Chi- 
 cago Mail. In 1887 it was again sold to the Chicago Mail Co., 
 James J. West being the principal stockholder. It was originally 
 a Democratic paper ; Messrs. Hatton 8: Snowdon made it Repub- 
 lican. It is now Democratic in politics. 
 
 The: wbkkivY Prkss. 
 
 Among the most prominent of the weekly publications are the 
 following : 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 America is published at 182 Monroe Street, by the Slason- 
 Thompson Co. It is an illustrated weekly of the highest class. 
 Its editorials are strong, vigorous, and American in every sense. 
 Its cartoons, mostly the work of T. H. Powers, are strikingly 
 original in conception, and drawn with a boldness of outline and 
 freedom in handling which promise a bright future for this young 
 artist. The' literature of America is of a high order, and this 
 journal is certain to gain a place in the front rank of our best po- 
 litical and literary publications. 
 
 THE ARKANSAW TRAVELER. 
 
 The Arkansaw Traveler is one of the widest quoted and best 
 known publications in the country. The genius of its editor, Mr, 
 Opie P. Read, has given the paper an international reputation. 
 It is published at 182 Monroe Street, Opie P. Read, editor; Ed. 
 R. Pritchard, associate editor; P. D. Benham, business manager. 
 
 THE CITIZEN. 
 
 The Citizen is the leading Irish Nationalist publication of Chi- 
 cago. It is edited by John F. Finerty. The Citizen is a journal 
 of high literary merit. It has a wide circulation and exerts a 
 powerful influence on many questions of national importance. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 201 
 
 FIGARO. 
 
 Location of publication office, 170 Madison Street. A popu- 
 lar society journal of the higher class. It is ably edited and has 
 firmly established itself as the organ of society people on all 
 sides of the city. 
 
 GRAPHIC. 
 
 Published at the southeast corner of Dearborn and Monroe 
 Streets. An illustrated weekly. George P. Englehard, editor. 
 The Graphic was the first illustrated weekly newspaper of a gen- 
 eral and literary character to secure a foothold in Chicago, although 
 many such enterprises have been started here. It is skillfully 
 managed, well edited, and its illustrations are not only very credit- 
 able but are frequently superior to any which appear in the illus- 
 trated papers of the East. 
 
 INLAND ARCHITECT. 
 
 Publication office, 19 Tribune Building. Artistically one of 
 the handsomest newspapers printed in the United States. It is 
 edited with ability, and every issue is remarkable for some feature 
 of more than ordinary merit. 
 
 THE PRESTO. 
 
 The Presto is a weekly journal devoted to the interests of 
 music in general. Its business office and composing rooms are in 
 the Como Block, 323-325 Dearborn Street. Mr. Frank Abbott is 
 editor and manager. The Presto was originally started in Des 
 Moines, Iowa, in 1884, but removed to Chicago in June, 1888, 
 when it was a monthly paper ; shortly after it became a semi- 
 monthly, and in the spring of '91 again changed to a weekly 
 paper. It is an intelligent and reliable authority on musical mat- 
 ters. 
 
 SATURDAY EVENING HERALD. 
 
 The Saturday Evening Herald is the recognized organ of polite 
 society, and authority upon all matters of asocial nature. It was 
 founded in 1875 by George M. McConnel, Lyman B. Glover and 
 
202 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 John M. Dandy. In 1880 Messrs. Glover and Dandy purchased 
 the interest of Major McConnel, and the firm was known as Glover 
 & Dandy until 1884, when a stock company was formed, Judge 
 E. R. Paige becoming a stockholder'. In 1886 John M. Dandy 
 purchased the interest of Mr. Glover, assuming the editorial and 
 business management of the paper. The Saturday Evening Her- 
 aid has a wide and influential circulation among the best families 
 of this city and its suburban towns. It is a clean, wholesome and 
 readable paper, free from sensationalism and the offensive features 
 peculiar to many so-called society journals, and is held in high 
 esteem by the public and the press. The offices of the Herald 
 are located in the Grand Opera House, No. 89 Clark Street. 
 
 Some of the other periodicals of prominence are The Advance, 
 155 La Salle Street) American Contractor, no Randolph Street; 
 American Engineer, 232 La Salle Street ; American Field, 243 
 State Street; American Israelite, 320 Dearborn Street; American 
 Jeweler, 351 Dearborn Street; Canadian American, 328 Dearborn 
 Street; Catholic Home, 415 Dearborn Street; Catholic Pilot, 81 
 Randolph Street ; Chicago Dry Goods Reporter, 167 Adams Street; 
 Chicago Eagle, 9 Times Building ; Chicago Legal News, 87 Clark 
 Street; Chicago Sporting Journal, 125 Clark Street; Chicago 
 Sportsman, 12 Sherman Street; Drovers' Journal, Union Stock 
 Yards; Electric Age, 35 Commercial Bank Building; Electrical 
 Engineer, 225 Dearborn Street; Electrical Review, 163 Randolph 
 Street; Farm, Field and Stockman, 12 Times Building; Farm Im- 
 plement News, 325 Dearborn Street; Farmer's Review, 215 Dear- 
 born Street; Farmer's Voice, 328-334 Dearborn Street; German 
 American Miller, 35 Clark Street ; Horseman, 323 Dearborn Street; 
 Illustrated American, 142 Dearborn Street; Independent, 88 Fifth 
 Avenue; Industrial American, no Dearborn Street; Industrial 
 World, 53 La Salle Street; Interior, 69 Dearborn Street; Iron 
 Age, 59 Dearborn Street ; Legal Adviser, ^6 Fifth Avenue ; Le 
 Combat, 441 Centre Avenue ; L'ltalia, 348 Clark Street ; Living 
 Church, 162 Washington Street; Lumber Trade Journal, 94 La 
 Salle Street ; Merchant Traveler, 225 Dearborn Street; Musical 
 World, 145 Wabash Avenue; National Builder, 185 Dearborn 
 Street; National Live Stock Journal, 230 Rialto Building; Na- 
 tional Weekly, 359 Dearborn Street; De Nederlander, 545 Blue 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 203 
 
 Island Avenue ; Norden, 369 Milwaukee Avenue ; Northwestern 
 Christian Advocate, 57 Washington Street ; Northwestern Lum- 
 berman, 325 Dearborn Street; Occident, 154 Lake Street; Open 
 Court, 175 La Salle Street; Orange Judd Farmer, 226 La Salle 
 Street; Prairie Farmer, 168 Adams Street; Railway Age, 205 La 
 Salle Street; Real Estate and Building Journal, 163 Washington 
 Street, Sporting Journal, 125 Clark Street; Svenska Kuriren, 26 
 North Clark Street ; The Universalist, 59 Dearborn Street ; Union 
 Signal, 161 La Salle Street. 
 
 XX 
 
 Hack, Cab and 'Bus Fares. 
 
 The traveler coming into Chicago on any train will be ap- 
 proached by one of Parmelee's agents with transfer checks for 
 baggage. These he will give in exchange for your railroad checks, 
 and your baggage will be transferred to any other depot or de- 
 livered at the hotel you may name within the old limits of the 
 city. The legal charge for this is fifty cents for one trunk and 
 twenty-five cents apiece for each additional piece of baggage. For 
 fifty cents additional he will furnish you with a ticket of the om- 
 nibus line, which will transfer you to any depot, or to any one of 
 the down-town hotels. 
 
 Uniformed agents are stationed in every depot whose duty it 
 is to direct passengers to their destination. Outside of each depot 
 are carriage, hack, hansom, cab and coupe stands. The fares of 
 these conveyances are regulated by ordinance. To avoid diffi- 
 culty the traveler should be particular to make arrangements with 
 the driver before entering the vehicle. If an overcharge is de- 
 manded the fact should be reported to the police. The legal 
 rates are as follows : 
 
 RATES OF CARRIAGE FARE. 
 
 For conveying one or two passengers from one railroad de- 
 pot to another railroad depot $1.00 
 
 For conveying one or two passengers not exceeding one 
 
 mile , i.oo 
 
204 . GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 For conveying one or two passengers any distance over one 
 
 mile and less than two miles $i-5o 
 
 For each additional passenger of the same party or family. . .50 
 
 For conveying one or two passengers, in said city any distance 
 
 exceeding two miles 2.00 
 
 For each additional passenger of the same family or party. . .50 
 
 For conveying children between five and fourteen years of 
 age, half of the above price may be charged for like distances, but 
 for children under five years of age no charge shall be made, pro- 
 vided, that the distance from any railroad depot, steamboat land- 
 ing or hotel to any other railroad depot, steamboat landing or 
 hotel, shall, in all cases, be estimated as not exceeding one mile. 
 
 For the use by day of any hackney coach, or other vehicle 
 drawn by two horses or other animals, with one or more 
 passengers, per day $8.00 
 
 For the use of any such carriage or vehicle by the hour with 
 one or more passengers, with the privilege of going from place to 
 place and stopping as often as may be required, as follows : 
 
 For the first hour $2.00 
 
 For each additional hour or part of an hour i.oo 
 
 Every passenger shall be allowed to have conveyed upon such 
 vehicle, without charge, his ordinary traveling baggage, not ex- 
 ceeding in any case one trunk and twenty-five pounds of other 
 baggage. For every additional package, where the whole weight 
 of baggage is over 100 pounds, if conveyed to any place within 
 the city limits, the owner or driver shall be permitted to charge 
 fifteen cents. 
 
 RATES OF COUPE FARE. 
 
 The prices or rates of fare to be asked or demanded by the 
 owners or drivers of cabs, or other vehicles drawn by one horse of 
 other animal for the conveyance of passengers for hire, are as 
 follows ; 
 
 One mile or fraction thereof, for each passenger for the first 
 
 mile $0.25 
 
WORLD 'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 205 
 
 One mile or fraction thereof, for any distance after first mile, 
 
 for one or more passengers 25 
 
 For the first hour 75 
 
 For each quarter hour additional after first hour 20 
 
 All such vehicles shall be under the direction of the passen- 
 ger, from the time he or she call said vehicle until the same is dis- 
 charged, and will be paid for accordingly. 
 
 In the case of a vehicle being engaged by the hour, and dis- 
 charged at a distance from its stand, the owner or driver shall 
 have the right to charge for the time necessary to return to such 
 stand. 
 
 For service outside of city limits, and in the parks, for the 
 
 first hour $1.00 
 
 For each quarter hour after the first hour 25 
 
 Every passenger shall be allowed to h'ave conveyed upon such 
 vehicle, without charge, his ordinary traveling baggage, not ex- 
 ceeding in any case, one trunk and twenty-five pounds of other 
 baggage. For every additional package, where the whole weight 
 of baggage is over 100 pounds, if conveyed to any place within 
 the city limits, the owner or driver shall be permitted to charge 
 fifteen cents. 
 
2o6 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 TABLE SHOWING THE DISTANCE FROM 
 
 CHICAGO TO PRINCIPAL CITIES, 
 
 Cities. 
 
 Albany, N.Y 
 
 Altoona, Pa 
 
 Ashland, Wis 
 
 Atlanta, Ga 
 
 Auburn, N. Y 
 
 Aurora, 111 
 
 Baltimore, Md 
 
 Battle Creek, Mich 
 
 Bay Cit3^, Mich 
 
 Birmingham, Ala.. 
 
 Boston, Mass 
 
 Buffalo, N.Y 
 
 Burlington, la 
 
 Butte City, Mont. . 
 
 Canton, Ohio 
 
 Cedar Rapids, la. . . 
 Chattanooga, Tenn 
 
 Cincinnati, O 
 
 Cleveland, O 
 
 Columbus, O. ..... . 
 
 Concord, N. H ... 
 City of Mexico. . . . , 
 
 Council Bluffs, la. . 
 
 Davenport, la 
 
 Dayton, O 
 
 Denver, Colo 
 
 Des Moines, Iowa. . 
 
 Detroit, Mich 
 
 Dubuque, la 
 
 Duluth, Minn 
 
 Eau Claire, Wis 
 
 Elgin, 111 
 
 Elizabeth, N. J 
 
 Elmira, N. Y 
 
 Evansville, Ind. . . . , 
 
 Fargo, N. Dak 
 
 Ft. Wayne, Ind. . . ., 
 
 Hannibal, Mo 
 
 Hamilton, O 
 
 Hamilton, Ont 
 
 Helena, Mont 
 
 Hot Springs, Ark. . 
 Indianapolis, Ind. . 
 
 Miles. 
 
 821 
 58s 
 434 
 853 
 682 
 
 45 
 854 
 175 
 316 
 651 
 
 1,150 
 536 
 206 
 
 1,642 
 
 367 
 219 
 
 593 
 294 
 
 339 
 
 314 
 
 1,096 
 
 2,600 
 
 488 
 
 183 
 
 265 
 
 1,025 
 
 358 
 28s 
 172 
 
 505 
 312 
 
 36 
 898 
 697 
 287 
 718 
 152 
 313 
 269 
 
 473 
 
 1,569 
 
 777 
 
 X84 
 
 Cities. 
 
 Jackson, Mich .... 
 Jacksonville, Fla. . 
 Jersey City, N. J. . 
 
 Joliet, 111 
 
 Kalamazoo, Mich. 
 Kansas City, Mo. . 
 
 Keokuk, la 
 
 Kokomo, Ind 
 
 La Crosse, Wis. . . 
 La Fayette, Ind. . 
 Lexington, Ky . . . . 
 Lincoln, Nebr . . . . 
 Logansport, Ind. . 
 
 London, Ont 
 
 Louisville, Ky . . . . 
 
 Madison. Wis 
 
 Mansiield, O 
 
 Memphis, Tenn. . . 
 Milwaukee, Wis. . . 
 Minneapolis, Minn 
 
 Mobile, Ala 
 
 Montgomery, Ala. 
 Montreal, Can. . . . 
 Nashville, Tenn. . . 
 
 Newark, O 
 
 Newark, N. J 
 
 New Albany, Ind. . 
 New Haven, Conn. 
 New Orleans, La. . 
 NcAv York, N. Y . . 
 
 Oil City, Pa 
 
 Omaha, Nebr 
 
 Oshkosh, Wis 
 
 Patterson, N. J. . . . 
 
 Pekin, 111 
 
 Peoria, 111 
 
 Philadelphia, Pa. . 
 
 Pittsburg, Pa 
 
 Port Huron, Mich. 
 
 Portland, Me 
 
 Providence, R. I. . 
 
 Pueblo, Col 
 
 Quebec, Can 
 
 Miles, 
 
 210 
 
 1,171 
 
 911 
 
 40 
 
 142 
 458 
 338 
 
 139 
 277 
 120 
 373 
 541 
 117 
 
 397 
 318 
 129 
 
 293 
 544 
 85 
 410 
 860 
 
 747 
 842 
 442 
 347 
 903 
 317 
 988 
 
 915 
 911 
 
 497 
 492 
 
 156 
 
 954 
 160 
 160 
 822 
 539 
 335 
 1,255 
 1,098 
 
 1,153 
 1,009 
 
WORLDS COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 
 
 207 
 
 Cities. 
 
 Miles. 
 
 Cities, 
 
 Miles. 
 
 Quincy, 111 
 
 263 
 
 62 
 
 224 
 
 604 
 
 181 
 1,806 
 
 303 
 
 988 
 
 2,450 
 291 
 
 853 
 813 
 
 631 
 86 
 185 
 931 
 469 
 
 St. Louis, Mo 
 
 282 
 
 Racine, Wis. 
 
 St. Paul, Minn 
 
 399 
 464 
 684 
 178 
 243 
 
 559 
 840 
 
 Richmond, Ind 
 
 Steubenville, O 
 
 Rochester, N. Y 
 
 Syracuse, N. Y . 
 
 Rockford, 111 
 
 Terre Haute, Ind 
 
 Rock Island, 111 
 
 Toledo, 
 
 Salt Lake City, Utah 
 
 Saginaw, Mich 
 
 Topeka, Kans 
 
 Troy, N. Y 
 
 San Antonio, Tex 
 
 Utica, N. Y 
 
 733 
 
 San Francisco, Cal 
 
 Sandusky, O 
 
 Vancouver, B. C 
 
 Vicksburgh, Miss 
 
 Washington, D. C 
 
 Watertown, N. Y 
 
 2,350 
 776 
 
 Santa Fe, N. Mex. 
 
 Scranton, Pa. 
 
 811 
 
 751 
 297 
 
 Sioux City, la 
 
 Winona, Minn 
 
 Sioux Falls, S. Dak . . 
 
 Wheeling, W. Va 
 
 468 
 
 South Bend, Ind 
 
 Worcester, Mass 
 
 985 
 
 Springfield, 111 
 
 Springfield, Mass 
 
 St. Joseph, Mo 
 
 Youngstown, O 
 
 473 
 
 Zanesville, O 
 
 385 
 
 
 
 
 
"■I- 
 
 COLUMBUS. 
 
 Air, America. 
 
 Columbus, thee we sing; 
 Let now thy spirit wing 
 
 Its radiant flight 
 From realms unknown to shine 
 Cer all where all is thine — 
 The bays of Fame we twine 
 
 For thee to-night. 
 
 With lofty purpose thou 
 Didst thy frail bark endow 
 
 With Jesus grace; 
 And lo! the world around 
 By liberty is crowned — 
 Columbia! Freedorns ground 
 
 For every race. 
 
 Thy consecrated clay 
 We pile cloud-high to-day 
 
 With grateful bloom; 
 Thy name and worth are told 
 In sunny clime and cold; 
 The new world and the old 
 
 Kneel by thy tomb. 
 
 Charles Eugene Banks. 
 
 * Written by request of the World's Fair Commissioners and sung at a 
 banquet given by them in honor of the World's Fair Ambassadors at the 
 Palmer House, Chicago, September 29, 1891. 
 
si S 
 S ^ 
 
The WORLD'S Colombian Exposition. 
 
 Guide to the Grounds and Buildings, with Full 
 Description of Each. 
 
 HE World's Columbian Exposition will mark a new 
 
 era in the progress of civilization. No event in the 
 
 <^^^ past meant so much to the people of its time. Where 
 
 is it written that the nations of the earth assembled at one 
 
 place in honor of one man ? Not only will the peoples of 
 
 every country mingle together in the beautiful grounds 
 
 dedicated to this exposition in Chicago, but they will bring 
 
 with them the richest products of every clime. The useful, 
 
 the curious and the beautiful will be there in magnificent 
 
 '*' display. Whatever movable thing the world has that can 
 
 please the eye, delight the ear, or instruct the mind will 
 
 find its way to this splendid celebration. 
 
 The honor of having first suggested the idea of holding a 
 World's Fair to celebrate the four hundredth anniversary of the 
 discovery of the New World by Columbus is claimed by many, 
 and it is not easy to positively assign the honor to any one. 
 However, about six years ago, Mr. E. George Mason, of Chicago, 
 sent a communication to the annual meeting of the Directors of 
 the Chicago Exposition Co., suggesting the advisability of cele- 
 brating in some proper way the four hundredth anniversary of 
 the discovery of America. After some discussion the matter 
 was allowed to drop. 
 
 Subsequently in various newspapers throughout the country 
 the question of such a celebration was occasionally mentioned 
 
 211 
 
212 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 and discussed. About two years ago the discussion became 
 general, and Joseph Medill, of Chicago, very actively fostered 
 the idea. 
 
 It was immediately taken up by the whole country, and 
 shortly thereafter a hot rivalry sprang up among "the various 
 cities for the honor of providing a site for a great World's Fair, 
 to be held in 1892. Under the stimulus of this rivalry the 
 project began to assume greater and more magnificent propor- 
 tions, and when the question came up for decision in the National 
 Congress it was found best to provide for a great International 
 Universal Exposition, to be held during the summer of 1893, 
 the date of the discovery of America, October 12, 1492, to be 
 celebrated by appropriate ceremonies. 
 
 The act of Congress, which definitely selected Chicago as the 
 city in which the Exposition should be held and which fixed the 
 dates of the celebration to be held in 1892 and of the formal open- 
 ing and closing of the Exposition in 1893, was approved by the 
 President of the United States April 25, 1890. 
 
 The act provides that : 
 
 Whereas, It is fit and appropriate that the four hundredth anniversary 
 of the discovery of America be commemorated by an exhibition of the resources 
 of the United States of America, their development, and of the progress of civ- 
 ilization in the New World; and 
 
 Whereas, Such an exhibition should be of a national and international 
 character, so that not only the people of our Union and this continent, but 
 those of all nations as well, can participate, and should therefore have the sanc- 
 tion of the Congress of the United States : Therefore, 
 
 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United 
 States of America in Co7tgress assembled, That an exhibition of arts, indus- 
 tries, manufactures, and products of the soil, mine, and sea shall be inaugurated 
 in the year eighteen hundred and ninety-two, in the city of Chicago, in the 
 State of Illinois, as hereinafter provided. 
 
 After providing for the appointment of a National Commission, 
 Section 5 of the act recites : 
 
 That said commission be empowered in its discretion to accept for the 
 purpose of the World's Columbian Exposition such site as may be selected and 
 offered and such plans and specifications of buildings to be erected for such 
 wurpose at the expense of and tendered by the corporation organized under 
 Uie laws of the State of Illinois, known as "The World's Exposilian of eighteen 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 213 
 
 hundred and ninety-two." Provided, That said site so tendered and the build- 
 ings proposed to be erected thereon shall be deemed by said commission ade- 
 quate to the purpose of said exposition : And Provided, That said commission 
 shall be satisfied that the said corporation has an actual bona fide and valid 
 subscription to its capital stock which will secure the payment of at least five 
 millions of dollars, of which not less than five hundred thousand dollars shall 
 nave been paid in, and that the further sum of five million dollars, making in 
 all ten million dollars, will be provided by said corporation in ample time for 
 its needful use during the prosecution of the work for the complete prepara- 
 tion for said exposition. 
 
 Sections 8 to 1 1 inclusive provide : 
 
 That the President is hereby empowered and directed to hold a naval re- 
 view in New York Harbor, in April eighteen hundred and ninety-three, and 
 to extend to foreign nations an invitation to send ships of war to join the 
 United States Navy in rendezvous at Hampton Roads and proceed thence to 
 said review. 
 
 Sec. 9. That said commission shall provide for the dedication of the 
 buildings of the World's Columbian Exposition in said city of Chicago on the 
 twelfth day of October, eighteen hundred and ninety-two, with appropriate cere- 
 monies, and said exposition shall be open to visitors not later than the first day of 
 May, eighteen hundred and ninety -three, and shall be closed at such a time as 
 the commission may determine, but not later than the thirtieth day of October 
 thereafter. 
 
 Sec. 10. That whenever the President of the United States shall be 
 notified by the commission that provision has been made for the grounds and 
 buildings for the uses herein provided for, and there has also been filed with 
 him by the said corporation, known as " The World's Exposition of eighteen 
 hundred and ninety -two," satisfactory proof that a sum not less than ten million 
 dollars, to be used and expended for the purposes of the exposition herein 
 authorized, has in fact been raised or provided for by subscription or other legally 
 binding means, he shall be authorized, through the Department of State, to 
 make proclamation of the same, setting forth the time at which the exposition 
 will open and close, and the place at which it will be held ; and he shall com- 
 municate to the diplomatic representatives of foreign nations copies of the 
 same, together with such regulations as may be adopted by the commission, for 
 publication in their respective countries, and he shall, in behalf of the Govern- 
 ment and people, invite foreign nations to take part in the said exposition and 
 appoint representatives thereto. 
 
 Sec. II. That all articles which shall be imported from foreign countries 
 for the sole purpose of exhibition at said exposition, upon which there shall be 
 a tariff or customs duty, shall be admitted free of payment of duty, customs fees, 
 or charges under such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury shall pre- 
 scribe ; but it shall be lawful at any time during the exhibition to sell for 
 delivery at the close of the exposition any goods or property imported for and 
 13 
 
214 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 actually on exhibition in the exposition buildings or on its grounds, subject to 
 such regulations for the security of the revenue and for the collection of the 
 import duties as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe : Provided, 
 That all such articles when sold or withdrawn for consumption in the United 
 States shall be subject to the duty, if any, imposed upon such articles by the 
 revenue laws in force at the date of importation, and all penalties prescribed 
 by law shall be applied and enforced against such articles, and against the per- 
 sons who may be guilty of any illegal sale or withdrawal. 
 
 In accordance with the provisions of Section 5, the task of 
 raising the required $5,000,000 was proceeded with. Pending the 
 action of Congress prominent citizens of Chicago had formed the 
 Exposition Company and invited subscriptions at the rate of $10 
 per share. The responses were quick and generous, and 29,374 
 shareholders subscribed $5,467,350. The legislature of the State 
 authorized the city of Chicago to bond itself for $5,000,000 in aid 
 of the Fair, the bonds to be available as soon as $3,000,000 of the 
 capital stock had been paid in. 
 
 In view of these facts the President of the United States 
 issued the following proclamation, December 24, 1890: 
 
 By the President of the United States of America: 
 A PROCLAMATION. 
 
 Whereas Satisfactory proof has been presented to me that provision haa 
 been made for adequate grounds and buildings for the uses of the World's Co- 
 lumbian Exposition, and that a sum not less than $10,000,000, to be used and 
 expended for the purposes of said Exposition, has been provided in accordance 
 with the conditions and requirements of Section 10 of an Act entitled "An Act 
 to provide for celebrating the four hundredth anniversary of the discovery of 
 America by Christopher Columbus by holding an International Exhibition of 
 arts, industries, manufactures and the products of the soil, mine and sea, in the 
 city of Chicago, in the State of Illinois," approved April 25, 1890, 
 
 Now, Therefore, I, Benjamin Harrison, President of the United States, 
 by virtue of the authority vested in me by said Act, do hereby declare and pro- 
 claim that such International Exhioition will be opened on the first day of May, 
 in the year eighteen hundred and ninety-three, in the city of Chicago, in the 
 State of Illinois, and will not be closed before the last Thursday in October of 
 the same year. 
 
 And in the name of the Government and of the People of the United States, 
 I do hereby invite all the nations of the earth to take part in the commemoration 
 of an event that is pre-eminent in human history and of lasting interest to man- 
 kind by appointing representatives thereto, and sending such exhibits to the 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 215 
 
 World's Columbian Exposition as will most fitly and fully illustrate theii re- 
 sources, their industries and their progress in civilization. 
 
 In testimony whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the 
 seal of the United States to be affixed. 
 
 Done at the city of Washington this twenty-fourth day of December, in the 
 year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety, and the Inde- 
 pendence of the United States the one hundred and fifteenth. 
 By the President : Ben j. Harrison. 
 
 James G. Blaine, Secretary of State. 
 
 The management of the World's Columbian Exposition in- 
 cludes four organizations: 
 
 1. National Commission (authorized by Act of Congress). 
 
 2. World's Columbian Exposition (organized under laws of the State of 
 Illinois). 
 
 3. Board of Lady managers (authorized by Act of Congress). 
 
 4. World's Congress Auxiliary. 
 
 The National Commission, which is a supervisory body, is- 
 composed of eight commissioners-at-large, with alternates ap- 
 pointed by the President, and two commissioners and two alter- 
 nates from each State and Territory and the District of Columbia, 
 appointed by the President on nomination of their respective 
 Governors. This commission has held four sessions, and has now 
 practically delegated its authority to eight of its members who 
 constitute a Board of Reference and Control, and who act with a 
 similar number selected from the World's Columbian Exposition. 
 
 The World's Columbian Exposition, as its corporate name 
 reads, is composed of forty-five citizens of Chicago, elected annu- 
 ally by the stockholders of the organization. To this body falls 
 the duty of raising the necessary funds and of the active manage- 
 ment of the Exposition. Its committees supervise the various 
 departments into which the work has been divided. 
 
 The Board of Lady Managers is composed of two members, 
 with alternates, from each State and Territory and nine from the 
 city of Chicago. It has supervision of women's participation in 
 the Exposition and of whatever exhibits of women's work may 
 be made. 
 
 The World's Congress Auxiliary is organized to provide for 
 and facilitate the holding of a series of congresses of thinkers, or 
 
2i6 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 to supplement the exposition that will be made of the material 
 progress of the world by a portrayal of the achievements 
 in science, literature, education, government, jurisprudence, 
 morals, charity, art, religion and other branches of mental 
 activity. 
 
 The Director-General is the chief executive officer of the Ex- 
 position, and the work is divided into the following great depart- 
 ments : 
 
 A — Agriculture, Food and Food Products, Farming Machinery and Ap- 
 pliances. 
 
 B — Viticulture, Horticulture and Floriculture. 
 
 C — Live Stock, Domestic and Wild Animals. 
 
 D — Fish, Fisheries, Fish Products and Apparatus of Fishing. 
 
 E — Mines, Mining and Metallurgy. 
 
 F — Machinery. 
 
 G — Transportation Exhibits — Railways, Vessels, Vehicles. 
 
 H — Manufactures. 
 
 J — Electricity and Electrical Appliances. 
 
 K — Fine Arts — Pictorial, Plastic and Decorative. 
 
 L — Liberal Arts, Education, Engineering, Public Works, Architecture, 
 Music and the Drama, 
 
 M — Ethnology, Archaeology, Progress of Labor and Invention — Isolated 
 and Collective Exhibits. 
 
 N — 'Forestry and Forest Products. 
 
 O — Publicity and Promotion. 
 
 P — Foreign Affairs. 
 
 DIRECTORY OF THE EXPOSITION. 
 
 Following are the chief officers of the Exposition Executive : 
 
 Director-General — George R. Davis. 
 
 National Commission — President, Thomas W. Palmer; Vice-Presi- 
 dents, Thomas W. Waller, M. H. de Young, D. B. Penn, G. W. Allen, Alex. 
 B. Andrews; Secretary, John T. Dickinson. 
 
 World's Columbian Exposition — President, H. N. Higinbotham: Vice-Presi- 
 dents, Thomas B. Bryan, Potter Palmer; Secretary, J. A. Kingwell; Solicitor- 
 General, Benjamin Butterworth ; Treasurer, A. F. Seeberger ; Auditor, W. K, 
 Ackerman ; Chief of Construction, D. H. Burnham. 
 
 Joint Board of Reference and Control — From the Commissiou, 
 
I VORLD • 5 COL UMBIA N EXPOS I TION. 2 \ 7 
 
 rhos, W. Palmer, Michigan, President; James A. McKenzie, Kentucky; Geo. 
 V. Massey, Delaware; William Lindsay, Kentucky; Michael II. de Young, 
 California; Thos. M. Waller, Contiecticut; Elijah B. Martindale, Indiana; J. 
 W. St, Clair, West Virginia. From the Directors, Lyman J. Gage, presi- 
 dents Thos. B. Bryan, Potter Palmer, Ferd. W. Peck, Edward T. J^-ffrej, 
 Edwin Walker, Frederick S. W'inston, W. T. Baker. 
 Chiefs of Departments — 
 
 Publicity and Promotion, M. P. Handy. 
 
 Agriculture, W. T. Buchanan. 
 
 Installation, Joseph Hirst. 
 
 Electricity, Prof. John P. Barrett. 
 
 Ethnology, Prof. F. W. Putnam. 
 
 Fish and Fisheries, Capt. J. W. Collins. 
 
 Fine Arts, Ilalsey C. Ives, 
 
 Traffic Manager, E. E. Jaycox. 
 
 Consulting Engineer, A. Gotleib. 
 
 Consulting Landscape Architect, F. L. Olmstead. 
 Board of Architects — 
 
 R. M. Hunt, New York, Chairman. 
 
 Geo. B. Post, New York. 
 
 McKim, Mead & White, New York. 
 
 Peabody & Stearns, Boston. 
 
 Van Burnt & Howe, Kansas City. 
 
 W. L. B. Jenny, Chicago. 
 
 S. S. Beeman, Chicago. 
 
 Alder & Sullivan, Chicago. 
 
 Henry Ives Cobb, Chicago. 
 
 Burling & Whitehouse, Chicago. 
 
 Holabird & Roche, Chicago. 
 Board of Lady Managers — 
 
 President, Mrs. Bertha H. Palmer. 
 
 Secretary, Mrs. Susan Gale Cooke. 
 World's Congress Auxiliary — 
 
 President, Charles C. Bouner. 
 
 Vice-President, Thomas B. Bryan. 
 
 Secretary, Benjamin Butterworth. 
 
 Treasurer, Lyman J. Gage. 
 
 Lyman J. Gage, of the First National Bank, the. most solid 
 financial institution of its kind west of New York, was president 
 of the Exposition Company during its first year. In his report, 
 made April i, 1891, he presented the following estimate of the 
 company's resources and expected expenditures, adding that he 
 regarded his estimate of the resources a conservative one and that 
 of the expenditures liberal beyond expectation : 
 
3i8 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 Resources. 
 
 Available as required from stock $ 5,000,000 
 
 From the citj of Chicago 5,000,000 
 
 10,000,000 
 
 Prospectivelj available from gate receipts , . 7,000,000 
 
 From concessions and privileges 1,000,000 
 
 From salvage 3,000,000 
 
 $21,000,000 
 
 Estimated Expenditures. 
 
 For grounds and buildings $12,766,890 
 
 For administration 31308,563 
 
 For operating expenses, May to November, 1893 1,550,000 
 
 $17,625,453 
 
 A fuller statement, however, of the amount of money which 
 will be expended on the World's Columbian Exposition begins to 
 reveal the enormous scope of the project. The various states of 
 the Union have made appropriations of money to be expended in 
 buildings and special exhibits as follows: 
 
 Arizona $ 25,000 
 
 California 300,000 
 
 Colorado . . . . .^ 100,000 
 
 Connecticut 25,000 
 
 Delaware 10,000 
 
 Idaho 20,000 
 
 Illinois 800,000 
 
 Indiana 75,ooo 
 
 Iowa 50,000 
 
 Maine 40,000 
 
 Massachusetts 75)000 
 
 Michigan 100,000 
 
 Minnesota 50,000 
 
 Missouri , 150,000 
 
 Montana 50,000 
 
 Nebraska 50,000 
 
 New Hampshire 25,000 
 
 New Jersey 20,000 
 
 New Mexico 25,000 
 
 North Carolina 25,000 
 
 North Dakota 35,000 
 
WORLD '5 COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 2 iq 
 
 State Appropriations — Continued^ 
 
 Ohio % 100,000 
 
 Pennsylvania 300,000 
 
 Rhode Island 25,000 
 
 Vermont iS,ooo 
 
 Washington 100,000 
 
 West Virginia 40,000 
 
 Wisconsin 65,000 
 
 Wyoming 30,000 
 
 $3,070,000 
 
 Several of the States above named will certainly appropriate 
 additional sums. Those which have not, will no doubt, each and 
 all, appropriate sums of equal average, aggregating probably six 
 million dollars. 
 
 This will be further increased by liberal suras from many cities, 
 counties, corporations, manufacturers, etc., etc., to a grand total 
 of upwards of ten millions of dollars! 
 
 The assurances of co-operation by foreign powers are ample, 
 and place beyond question the international character of the Ex- 
 position. Up to June 15, 1891, formal and official acceptances 
 were received from France, Great Britain, Germany, Spain, Japan, 
 China, Mexico, Peru, Honduras, Salvador, Costa Rica, U. S. of 
 Colombia, Cuba, Guatemala, Jamaica, Venezuela, Dominican Re- 
 public, Turkey, Denmark. 
 
 At the same time positive, although not official, assurances of 
 acceptance had been received from Egypt, Morocco, Nicaragua, 
 Ecuador, Brazil, Hayti, British Columbia, etc., etc. Estimates 
 only can be made of the amount that will be expended by these 
 countries, but the most conservative estimates yet made indicate 
 that the money to be expended from all quarters at the Fair will 
 approach $40,000,000. 
 
 Money having thus been secured in unparalleled amount it be- 
 came imperative that both the site and the buildings to be erected 
 should also surpass in grandeur and magnitude, all previous 
 Expositions. In this connection the following table is of interest. 
 It is to be noted that the estimates for the World's Columbian 
 Exposition are made on a most conservative basis : 
 
220 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 Comparative Table of World's Fairs. 
 
 Where 
 
 Held and 
 
 Year. 
 
 SHe, 
 Acreage. 
 
 Square 
 
 Feet Under 
 
 Roof. 
 
 No. of 
 Exhibi- 
 tors, 
 
 No. of 
 Admis- 
 sions. 
 
 No. of 
 
 Days 
 
 , Open. 
 
 Receipts. 
 
 Guarantee. 
 
 Cost. 
 
 London, 
 1851. 
 
 "M 
 
 700,000 
 
 17,000 
 
 6,039,19s 
 
 144 
 
 $1,780,000 
 
 English 
 Government. 
 
 
 Paris, 
 
 hK 
 
 i,866,coo 
 
 22,000 
 
 5,162,330 
 
 200 
 
 644,100 
 
 French 
 Government. 
 
 $5,000,000 
 
 London, 
 1862, 
 
 ily^ 
 
 1,291,800 
 
 28,653 
 
 6,211,103 
 
 121 
 
 1,644,260 
 
 English 
 Government. 
 
 2,300,000 
 
 Paris, 
 1867, 
 
 B7 
 
 3,371,904 
 
 52,000 
 
 10,200,000 
 
 217 
 
 2,103,675 
 
 French 
 Government. 
 
 
 Vienna, 
 
 J80 
 
 
 42,000 
 
 7,254,687 
 
 186 
 
 
 $4,500,000 
 
 7,850,000 
 
 1873, 
 
 
 
 Phila , 
 JS76, ■ 
 
 236 
 
 1 ,688,858 
 
 30,864 
 
 9,910,996 
 
 159 
 
 3,813,724 
 
 2,500,000 
 
 
 Paris, 
 
 1878, 
 
 100 
 
 1,858,778 
 
 40,366 
 
 16,032,725 
 
 191 
 
 2,531,650 
 
 
 
 
 
 Paris, 
 1889, 
 
 173 
 
 1 ,000,000 
 
 SS,ooo 
 
 28,149,353 
 
 183 
 
 8,300,000 
 
 3,600,000 
 
 6,500,000 
 
 Chicago, 
 1893, 
 
 1,037 
 
 5,000,000 
 
 
 
 179 
 
 
 26,500,000 
 
 
 
 
 
 The Chicago guarantee as estimated above is made up as 
 follows : 
 
 Resources of local corporation $21,000,000 
 
 Government appropriation 1,500,000 
 
 The States, already voted 1,775,000 
 
 The States, to be voted 1,225,000 
 
 Cities and trades 1,000,000 
 
 Total $26,500,000 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 221 
 
 Making the Exhibition International. 
 
 The prototype of the World's Fair had a most disastrous 
 ending when the builders of the unfinished tower of Babel 
 were dispersed through the confusion of what had been a com- 
 mon language ; caught in the flush of their vain self-glorifica- 
 tion and shaken like drops of water from the open hand of Di- 
 vine power. Centuries of wandering and centuries of struggle 
 have paid the price of this first insolence and pride of the races, 
 but out of the common toil and pain nations have been born 
 and nourished, and have peopled the wide earth. In these last 
 hundred years they have been steadily drawing nearer to each 
 other in an ever-strengthening community of interest and help- 
 fulness which has made the International World's Fair, not the 
 millennial possibility it would have seemed a centurj^ ago, but 
 a grand, uplifting fact. 
 
 In ages more the world's races may round the great 
 circle back to a common tongue, but even now the language of 
 truth, justice and good-will, the expression of brotherhood, has 
 become well-nigh universal. 
 
 The first day of May, 185 1, was the birthday of the World's 
 Fair, of the nineteenth century. National exhibitions have been 
 held before, but to the wise Prince Consort of Great Britain 
 was due the success of this first gathering together of the arts 
 and industries of many nations in the Crystal Palace in Hyde 
 Park, London. 
 
 The designer of the Crystal Palace was a landscape architect 
 and true to his profession and desirous of tendering a delicate 
 compliment to his Queen, he is said to have taken his ideas of 
 the shape of the great building of glass and iron from that of 
 the leaf of the famous water plant, the Victoria regia. He 
 made the structure 1,851 feet in length to correspond with the 
 year of its opening. But notwithstanding these rather puerile 
 motives *' the apothesis of the greenhouse "as Mr. Van Brunt 
 aptly calls the Crystal Palace, was the scene of a very grand 
 
222 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 and dignified opening on that May day, and of a most success- 
 ful exhibition and the note of " peace, love and ready assistance, 
 not only between individuals, but between the nations of the 
 earth," which Prince Albert struck in his opening address, has 
 been sounding with ever-deepening strength and sweetness 
 through all these "international affairs" which have followed. 
 In the decade that followed the first World's Fair, four others 
 were held — that of Dublin in 1853, that of New York in the 
 same )'-ear, that of Munich in 1854, and the Paris Exposition in 
 the following year. None of these Exhibitions was financially 
 successful, but they were all indirectly helpful to the cities in 
 which they were held, and they prepared the way for the great 
 prosperity which attended some of the later fairs. In 1862 a 
 second Exhibition was held in London which did not repeat 
 the financial success of that of 185 1. The Dublin Exhibition of 
 1865 was notable chiefly for its magnificent art collection; 
 1867 was the year of the memorable Exposition of Paris. It 
 was a magnificent spectacle at which the Emperor Napoleon pre- 
 sided, with a dozen reigning sovereigns and heirs apparent, 
 representing the great kingdoms of the world, as his assistants. 
 The great Vienna World's Fair in 1873, our own Centennial 
 Exhibition at Philadelphia, in our historic anniversary year of 
 1876, and the Paris Exposition two years later under the aus- 
 pices of the young French republic, greately stimulated inter- 
 national pride and interest. As a result, the uttermost parts of 
 the earth took up the work and the years of 1879 ^"^^ i^^o 
 saw successful World's Fairs in Sidney, New South Wales and 
 in Melbourne, Victoria. In 1884 ^"d 1885 the World's Fair 
 and Cotton Centennial was held at New Orleans. The crown- 
 ing success of the series of international exhibitions which be- 
 gan in 185 1 was that of Paris in 1889. Ample time was allowed 
 for the careful designing and arrangement of the buildings and 
 grounds, and for the first time special attention was given to 
 the general effect, the buildings, towers, gardens, fountains and 
 the curious foreign streets and villages making a magnificent 
 ensemble. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 223 
 
 The Exhibition Grounds. 
 
 What achievements of glory and success remain to this 
 waning century will be determined by the Columbian Exhibi- 
 tion of 1893 — the sixteenth in the list of the half century's great 
 fairs. The value of the Centennial Exhibition in 1876 to the 
 people of the United States, could not be estimated in dollars 
 and cents. A new interest was awakened all over the country. 
 The arts and manufactures received a fresh impetus, and the 
 national horizon in the direction of inquiry and attainments 
 was perceptibly widened. The idea of worthily celebrating 
 the next great anniversary no doubt originated at that time, 
 and the four hundredth after the discovery of America by 
 Christopher Columbus became, by common consent, the time 
 selected for an international commemoration. When this plan 
 took definite shape in 1889, there was much discussion as to the 
 location of the great World's Fair. Congress decided 
 the question by giving it to the splendid inland city of 
 Chicago. Standing midway between the rocky Atlantic 
 seaboard and the golden Pacific, on the shore of one of the 
 great interior lakes, joined to either coast by the iron bands of 
 an immense railway system, it seemed, in spite of the gibes of 
 its rivals, the most suitable location. 
 
 When the World's Columbian Exposition was located in 
 Chicago it did not receive the impetus that was given to pre- 
 vious expositions held in London, Paris, or Vienna. As far as 
 foreign countries were concerned, it became necessary to in- 
 form them what Chicago was. This im_plied information with 
 regard to the Western section of the United States, for the two 
 are inseparable. 
 
 This great handicap has been successfully overcome, and 
 once overcome, the eyes of Europeans were opened to the 
 wonders of this western world. The effect was instantaneous 
 and miraculous. The curtain was suddenly raised upon un- 
 known wonder lands, and the fact once established to the con- 
 
224 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 viction of the skeptical European mind that the claims made in 
 behalf of Chicago were amply borne out by the facts, they be- 
 came ready to believe almost anything. So great was . the 
 amazement at the revelation of unknown wonders that there- 
 after it was difficult to protect Europeans from imposition by 
 charlatans, for credulity took the place of skepticism. 
 
 It IS not too much to say that in certain countries, at least, 
 the feeling for the World's Columbian Exposition falls little 
 short of enthusiasm. 
 
 It is true that much of the opposition which appeared at 
 the outset still remains, and may affect the representation oi 
 some foreign countries at the Exposition. Without any in- 
 tention of discussing the merits of the tariff laws of the United 
 States the fact cannot be denied that those laws have had the 
 effect of deterring many merchants who would otherwise have 
 attended the Exposition, from making any notable effort to be 
 represented. Naturally this feeling extended to government 
 circles and caused the invitation issued by the President of the 
 United States to be received more coolly than would have 
 been the case had the commercial interests of those countries 
 felt that they could freely export their goods to the United 
 States. 
 
 But even this, the weightiest of all objections raised against 
 participation in our Exposition, was at last overcome, in part 
 at least. Most of the governments of civilized nations have 
 decided to be represented, and have appointed commissioners 
 to take charge of the exhibit. 
 
 The course which this branch of the exposition work pur- 
 sued may be outlined as follows: 
 
 An official invitation was issued by President Harrison and 
 transmitted to. foreign governments through the usual chan- 
 nels of diplomatic intercourse. In due course of time the 
 acceptances or declinations were returned in the same manner 
 and communicated by the State Department to the Director- 
 General of the Exposition. The foreign government would, 
 then, select its commissioners to manage its section of the 
 Exposition. These commissioners placed themselves in com- 
 munication with the Director-General and the Department of 
 
WORLD'S COL UMBLAN EXPOSITION. 225 
 
 Foreign Affairs and received printed rules and regulations for 
 the government of foreign exhibits together with the rules 
 issued by the Treasury Department for the admission free 
 of duty of goods intended for exhibition. Upon receipt of 
 this information the commissioners began to " work up " the 
 Exposition in their respective countries with varying results. 
 
 Official interest in the Exposition was somewhat slack in 
 many countries as the objects of tke Exposition, and more 
 particularly the provisions made to carry out these objects 
 were not understood. Semi-official statements contained in the 
 foreign press were of little value to government circles and 
 could not be taken into consideration as a basis for official 
 action. In order to meet this difficulty a commission of rep- 
 resentatives of the Exposition was sent abroad, consisting of 
 A. G. Bullock of Massachusetts and Judge Wm. Lindsay of 
 Kentucky, members of the United States Commission for the 
 Exposition; Ferd W. Peck and Benjamin Butterworth, mem- 
 bers of the local directory, and M. P. Handy, chief of the 
 Department of Publicity and Promotion. This commission 
 spent two months in Europe and established communication 
 with official circles as well as with commercial and industrial 
 bodies whose opinion would be apt to influence official action, 
 and whose members would, in most cases, become the actual 
 exhibitors. Returning home this commission brought with it 
 some of the commissioners appointed by foreign governments 
 and entertained them in Chicago long enough to perm^it them 
 to gain a full insight into the plans of the Exposition as well as 
 to propound their own demands and make selections of space 
 and location for their respective exhibits. In this manner the 
 closest relations were at once established with the countries so 
 represented. 
 
 The first commission to Europe visited England, France, 
 Germany, Austria-Hungary, Denmark, Sweden, Belgium and 
 Holland. It became necessary to send another commission to 
 visit the countries that had been omitted. This commission 
 started early in December and consisted of Vice-president 
 T. B. Bryan and Director H. N. Higinbotham. The commis- 
 sion will be supplemented by the addition of two other me-n 
 
226 GUIDE rO CHICAGO. 
 
 later on. They were sent to visit Spain and Portugal, Italy 
 Greece, Turkey, the Balkan States, Russia, Egypt, Tripoli, 
 Algiers, Morocco, and if time permitted, the Orient as well. 
 
 While these commissions were received with uniform 
 courtesy and distinction, official interest in the Exposition 
 assumed widely differing forms and degrees. Great Britain 
 frook but a lukewarm interest at first, but has been waking up 
 of late. The interest of France was little more than perfunc- 
 tory and such as was required by international courtesy. This 
 opposition has been entirely overcome and a liberal appropria- 
 tion insures a good exhibit. On the other hand, Germany has 
 shown a most remarkable interest. It is the personal desire 
 of the emperor that a most brilliant showing be made, the 
 commissioner appointed is working industriously, traveling 
 all over the country lecturing and laboring with commercial 
 organizations and large manufacturers, and all but two or 
 three industries have resolved to be splendidly represented. 
 In a similar manner Austria displays a most gratifying 
 interest. Russia likewise promises to be magnificently rep- 
 resented The Scandinavian countries and Denmark follow 
 in the same line. Several foreign countries have selected space 
 for separate government buildings. 
 
 The instructions to foreign commissions issued by the 
 Department of Foreign Affairs were as follows: 
 
 GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR FOREIGN EXHIBITORS. 
 
 1. The Exhibition will be held on the shore of Lake Michigan, in the City of 
 Chicago, and will be opened on the first day of May, 1893, and closed on the 30th day 
 of October following. 
 
 2. All governments have been invited to appoint commissions for the purpose of 
 organizing their departments of the E.N.hibition. The Director-General should 
 be notified of the appointment of such foreign commissions as soon as the appointment 
 is made. 
 
 Diagrams of the buildings and grounds will be furnished to the foreign commissions 
 on or before January r, 1892, indicating the localities to be occupied by each nation, 
 subject, however, to revision and readjustment. 
 
 3. Applications for space and negotiations relative thereto must be conducted with 
 the commission of the country where the article is produced. 
 
 4. Foreign commissions are requested to notify the Director-General not later than 
 June I, 18^2, whether they desire any increase or diminution of the space offered them, 
 and the amount. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 227 
 
 5. Before November i, 1892, the foreign commissions must furnish the Director- 
 General with approximate plans showing the manner of allotting the space assigned to 
 them, and also with lists of their exhibitors and other information necessary for the 
 preparation of the official catalogue. 
 
 Products brought into the United States at the ports of Portland, Me.; Boston, 
 Mass.; New York, N. Y. ; Philadelphia, Pa.; Baltimore, Md. ; Norfolk, Va.; New- 
 port News, Va. ; Key West, Fla. ; Mobile, Ala.; New Orleans, La.; Galveston, Texas; 
 San Francisco, Cal.; Port Townsend, Wash.; Portland, Ore.; Port Huron, Mich-; 
 Detroit, Mich., and Chicago, 111., or at any other port of entry, intended for display at 
 the International Exhibition, will be allowed to go forward to the Exhibition buildings, 
 under proper supervision of customs officers, without examination at such ports of 
 original entry, and at the close of the Exhibition will be allowed to go forward to the 
 port from which they are to be exported. No duties will be levied upon such goods 
 unless entered for consumption in the United States. 
 
 6. The transportation, receiving, unpacking, and arranging of the products for 
 exhibition will be at the expense of the exhibitor. 
 
 7. The installation of heavy articles requiring special foundations or adjustment 
 should, by special arrangement, begin as soon as the progress of the work upon 
 the buildings will permit. The general reception of articles at the Exhibition 
 buildings will commence on November i, 1892, and no articles will be admitted after 
 April 10, 1893. 
 
 Note.— Weight of single article limited to 30,000 pounds. 
 
 8. Space assigned to foreign commissions and not occupied on the loth day of 
 April, 1893, will revert to the Director-General for reassignment. 
 
 9. If products are intended for competition, it must be so stated by the exhibitor; 
 if not, they will be excluded from the examination by the international juries. 
 
 10. An Official Catalogue will be published in English, French, German, and 
 Spanish. The sale of catalogues is reserved to the World's Columbian Exposition. 
 
 11. Foreign commissions may publish catalogues of their respective sections. 
 
 12. Exhibitors will not be charged for space. 
 
 A limited quantity of steam and water power will be supplied gratuitously. The 
 quantity of each will be settled definitely at the time of the allotment of space. Any 
 power required by the exhibitor in excess of that allowed will be furnished by the 
 World's Columbian Exposition at a fixed price. Demands for such excess of power 
 must also be settled at the time of the allotment of space, 
 
 13. Exhibitors must provide at their own cost all showcases, shelving, counters, 
 fittings, etc., which they may require, and all countershafts, with their pulleys, belting, 
 etc., for the transmission of power from the main shafts in the building where 
 the exhibit is located. All arrangements of articles and decorations must be in 
 conformity with the general plan adopted by the Director-General. 
 
 Note.— The general plan requires all decorations, signs, etc., to be in harmony with the 
 dignity and magnitude of the magnificent exhibition, and the Director-General is empowered to 
 secure this result. 
 
 The World's Columbian Exposition will take precautions for the safe preservation of 
 all objects in the Exhibition; but it will in no way be responsible for da-mage or loss of 
 any kind, or for accidents by fire, or otherwise, however originating. 
 
 Note. — A thoroughly equipped fire department will protect the buildings and exhibits, 
 and a large police force will maintain order. The entire Exposition grounds will be under 
 
228 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 the immediate supervision of the City of Chicago and of the State of Illinois. A guard equal 
 to any possible contingency is thus provided ; the municipal authority being upheld, if neces- 
 sary, by the State troops, and the State, by the army of the United States, so that no appre- 
 hension need arise as to losses resulting from lawlessness. 
 
 14. Favorable facilities will be arranged by which exhibitors or foreign commis- 
 sions may insure their own goods. 
 
 Note. — Special care has been taken to render everything about the Exposition as nearly 
 fireproof as possible, and it is reasonably certain that the rates of insurance will not be 
 excessive, but, on the contrary, very reasonable. Exhibitors may insure in any company, 
 foreign or domestic. Arrangements will be made with English, French, German and American 
 companies to fix uniform or special rates on exhibits and buildings, so that no advantage 
 will be taken of any exhibitor who wishes to insure his goods. 
 
 Foreign commissions may employ watchmen of their own choice to guard their 
 goods during the hours the Exhibition is open to the public, subject to the rules and 
 regulations of the Exposition. 
 
 15. Foreign commissions, or such agents as they may designate, shall be responsible 
 for the receiving, unpacking, and arrangement of objects, as well as for the removal at 
 the close of the Exposition; but no person shall be permitted to act as such agent until 
 he can give to the Director-General written evidence of his having been approved by 
 the proper commission. 
 
 •16. Each package must be addressed, "To the Commission (name of country) at 
 the World's Columbian Exposition, Chicago, United States of America," and should 
 have at least two labels affixed to different, but not opposite sides, of each case, and 
 give the following information: 
 
 17. (i) The country from which it comes; (2) Name of firm of the exhibitor; 
 ^3) Residence of the exhibitor; (4) Department to which objects belong; (5) 
 Total number of packages sent by that exhibitor; (6) Serial number of that par- 
 ticular package. 
 
 18. Within each package should be a list of all objects. 
 
 19. If no authorized person is at hand to receive goods on their arrival at the 
 Exposition buildings, they will be removed without delay and stored at the risk and 
 cost of whomsoever it may concern. 
 
 20. Articles that are in any way dangerous or offensive, also patent nostrums and 
 empirical preparations, whose ingredients are concealed, will not be admitted. 
 
 21. The removal of goods on exhibition will not be permitted prior to the close of' 
 the Exhibition. 
 
 Note.— Articles on exhibition in competition may be sold under special permit. 
 
 22. Sketches, drawings, photographs, or other reproductions of articles exhibited 
 will only be allowed upon the joint assent of the exhibitor and the Director- 
 General; but views of portions of the building maybe made upon the Director-General's 
 sanction. 
 
 23. Immediately after the close of the Exhibition, exhibitors shall remove their 
 effects, and complete such removal before January i, 1894; goods then remaining wil 
 be removed and sold for expenses, or otherwise disposed of under the direction of the 
 World's Columbian Exposition. 
 
 24. Each person who becomes an exhibitor thereby acknowledges and agrees 
 to be governed by the rules and regulations established for the government of the 
 Exhibition. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 229 
 
 Special regulations will be issued concerning the exhibition of fine arts, awards, the 
 organization of the international juries, and sales of special articles within the 
 buildings, and on other points not touched upon in these preliminary instructions. 
 
 25. All communications concerning the Exhibition will be addressed to the 
 Director-Genera! World's Columbian Exposition, Chicago, Illinois, U. S. A. 
 
 The management reserves the right to explain or am.end these regulations, whenever 
 it may be deemed necessary for the interest of the Exhibition. 
 
 WALKER FEARN, GEORGE R. DAVIS, 
 
 Chief Department of Foreign Affairs. Director-General, 
 
 The United States Treasury Department issued rules to 
 carry out the intentions of the law authorizing the Exposition, 
 which provide: 
 
 "That all articles which shall be imported from foreign countries for the sole pur- 
 pose of exhibition at said Exposition, upon which there shall be a tariff or customs duty, 
 shall be admitted free of payment of duty, customs fees, or charges, under such 
 regulation as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe; but it shall be lawful at any 
 time during the exhibition to sell, for delivery at the close of the Exposition, any goods 
 or property imported for and actually on exhibition in the Exposition buildings or on 
 its grounds, subject to such regulations for the security of the revenue and for the col- 
 lection of the import duties as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe: Provided, 
 That all such articles, when sold or withdrawn for consumption in the United States, 
 shall be subject to the duty, if any, imposed upon such articles by the revenue laws in 
 force at the date of importation, and all penalties prescribed by the law shall be 
 applied and enforced against such articles, and against the persons who may be guilty of 
 any illegal sale or withdrawal." 
 
 In addition to the commissions sent abroad some of the de- 
 partments have had special emissaries in Europ® for the pur- 
 pose of interesting their particular branches of art, science and 
 industry in the exposition. Halcey C. Ives, chief of the de- 
 partment of Fine Arts, has been in Europe for months. His 
 reception was superb. He visited Paris during the salon and 
 secured many promises to exhibit. He went to Berlin during 
 the international art exposition last summer and made a favor- 
 able impression. In Vienna he aroused so much enthusiasm 
 that it was resolved to postpone until 1894 an art exposition 
 which had been planned for 1892. In Copenhagen also he 
 was eminently successful. J. Allan Hornsby, secretary of the 
 department of electricity, visited the great electrotechnic ex- 
 position at Frankfort. His reception was a marvel of consid- 
 eration. Arriving late he expressed a desire to be permitted 
 to inspect the exposition after it was closed, and the directory 
 
230 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 resolved to keep it open two weeks beyond the closing time, in 
 order to afford him an opportunity to study it. 
 
 The official representation of the exposition in the Latin 
 American countries was undertaken by the State Department 
 with the advice and instructions of the Director-General. Offi- 
 cers of the army and navy were assigned to this work accord- 
 ing to their personal fitness for the various tasks. These men 
 have been engaged in Central and South America since Janu- 
 ary, 1891, and the results so far have been eminently satisfac- 
 tory. The commissioner to the West Indies, Frederick Ober, 
 has secured many relics from the time of Columbus which will 
 prove very attractive. 
 
 The Asiatic countries have not yet shown any great degree 
 of interest, with the exception of Japan. This enterprising na- 
 tion was among the first to accept the official invitation of the 
 United States and appropriated a large amount of money for 
 its exhibit, which is expected to be one of the most attractive 
 of the entire Exposition. 
 
 The official work with foreign governments was materially 
 assisted by another branch of work, which, while emanating 
 directly from the Exposition authorities was directed to un- 
 official channels, namely the newspapers and publishers abroad. 
 Information regarding the World's Columbian Exposition, 
 about Chicago and the United States in general was sent out 
 to thousands of newspapers in such a way as to make it read- 
 able and interesting from other points of view than those 
 of the manufacturer or merchant, or the government commis- 
 sioner. Matters that were thought to be interesting to the 
 average reader were sent out free of charge with a request to 
 publish the same, and the request meeting with much favor the 
 World's Columbian Exposition was constantly kept before the 
 foreign reader in some form or other. It is believed that this 
 work did more to create a public sentiment favorable to the 
 Exposition than could have been accomplished by any official 
 action. The articles were prepared in the language of the 
 countries they were sent to, and written by men thoroughly 
 conversant with the spirit of the respective nation and knowing 
 what kind of reading matter would be best calculated to 
 awaken interest. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 
 FOREIGN PARTICIPATION. 
 
 231 
 
 The following table contains the nations that have accepted 
 the invitation to take part in the Exposition, with the appro- 
 priation made to carry out this acceptance, so far as they are 
 known : 
 
 Argentine Republic $100,000 
 
 Austria 102,300 
 
 Belgium 57,900 
 
 Bolivia 30,700 
 
 Brazil 600,000 
 
 Bulgaria 
 
 China 
 
 Chile 
 
 Colombia 100,000 
 
 Costa Rica 150,000 
 
 Denmark ,, .. , 67,000 
 
 Danish West Indies 12,000 
 
 Ecuador 125,000 
 
 Egypt . ..... 
 
 France 733,400 
 
 Algeria 
 
 French India 
 
 Congo 
 
 New Caledonia 
 
 Tunis . 
 
 French Guiana 
 
 Germany 690, 200 
 
 Great Britain ^ 291,990 
 
 Bahamas 
 
 Barbadoes 5-840 
 
 Bermuda 2,920 
 
 British Guiana 25,000 
 
 " Honduras 7, 500 
 
 Canada 100,000 
 
 Cape Colony 50,000 
 
 Ceylon 65,600 
 
 Fiji 
 
 India 17,380 
 
 Jamaica 24,333 
 
 Leeward Islands 6,000 
 
 Malta 
 
 Mashonaland 
 
 Mauritius 
 
 Newfoundland 
 
 New South Wales $243,325 
 
 New Zealand 27, 500 
 
 Queensland. 
 
 South Australia 
 
 Straits Settlements 
 
 Tasmania 10,000 
 
 Trinidad 15,000 
 
 Victoria 
 
 West Australia , 
 
 Greece. 57,900 
 
 Guatemala 200,000 
 
 Hawaiian Islands 
 
 Hayti 25,000 
 
 Honduras 20,000 
 
 Hungary 
 
 Italy 
 
 Ery thria 
 
 Japan ., = , 630,765 
 
 Korea 
 
 Liberia 
 
 Madagascar 
 
 Mexico 50,000 
 
 Morocco 150,000 
 
 Netherlands , 
 
 Dutch Guiana 10,000 
 
 " West Indies 5,000 
 
 Nicaragua 30,000 
 
 Norway 56,280 
 
 Orange Free State , 7,500 
 
 Paraguay , .... 100,000 
 
 Persia 
 
 Peru 140,000 
 
 Portugal (informal) 
 
 Madeira 
 
 Russia. . ..,,,* 31,860 
 
 Salvador 12,500 
 
 San Domingo 25,000 
 
 Servia „ 
 
 Siam ,..,.. 
 
232 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Spain . . .' $14,000 
 
 Cuba 25,000 
 
 Porto Rico 
 
 Sweden 53.6oo 
 
 Switzerland 23,160 
 
 Transvaal 
 
 Turkey |i7,466 
 
 Uruguay 24,000 
 
 Venezuela. 
 
 Total.. $5,379,505 
 
 The Netherlands have declined to take part. 
 
 The subjoined Hst gives the names of foreign commissioners 
 as far as appointed, in some cases the name of the president 
 alone being given where the list is long. 
 
 Belgium— President, Mr. Vercruysse ; Commissioner-General, Mr. Alfred Simonis ; 
 ist Vice-President, Mr. Slingeneyer ; 2d Vice-President, Mr. Hovine ; Secre- 
 tary-General, Mr. Amelin. 
 
 Brazil— Commissioners, Lieut. Com. J. Cordeiro da Graca (appointed to accompany 
 Capt. Rodgers and assist his work.) Lieut. Antonio de Barros Barrete (appointed 
 to accompany Lieut Sawyer and assist his work.) State of Rio de Janeiro — 
 Lieut. Gov A. Getulio das Neves, President. State of Maranhao—T>r. Tax- 
 quino Lopez, President. State of Minas Geraes—T)r. Francisco Luiz de Veiga, 
 President. State of Para — Baron de Marajo, President. 
 
 Costa Rica— Enrique Pittier, Chairman, Geo. K. Cherrie ; Adolfo Tonduz ; Luis 
 Chable. 
 
 Guatemala— Dr. Don Gustavo E. Guzman ; Dr. Leon Rosenthal ; Don Ignacio 
 Soils. 
 
 Honduras — Dr. R. Fritzgartener. 
 
 Nicaragua — Don Antonio Salaverri. 
 
 Salvador — Dr. Esteban Castro (Sub-Secretary of Fomento), President ; Dr. H. 
 Prowe ; General D. Juan Canas ; Dr. D. Dario Gonzales ; Dr. D. Carlos Renson. 
 
 China — Resident Agent at Shanghai, The Customs Taotai at Shanghai ; The Chinese 
 Legation in Washington. 
 
 Colombia — Sr. Don Carlos Martinez Silva ; Sr. Don Salvador Camacho Roldan ; Sr. 
 Don Vicente Restrepo ; Sr. Don Gonzalo Ramos Ruitz. 
 
 Denmark — Dr. Emil Meyer. 
 
 Ecuador — Dr. Eduardo Arosemena, President ; Senor Don Jose Nicolas Vacas ; Se- 
 nor Vincente Pallores Penafiel ; Senor Juan Abel Echeveria; Senor Teofilo Saenz; 
 Senor Luis Felipe Carlos ; Senor Amadeo Tobar ; Gen. Jose Maria Placido 
 Caamano, Chief Commissioner. 
 
 France^— His Excellency the Minister of Commerce. 
 
 Germany — The Honorable Privy Councillor Wermuth. 
 
 Great Britain — The Council of the Society of Arts. Sir Henry Trueman Wood, 
 Secretary. New South Wales. Executive Commissioner, Dr. Renwick; Wm. 
 M. Miliary, President. 
 
-? 
 
 ^J^J^ 
 
 4r5 
 
 ^r-T^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ f^g i.S 
 
 
 
 _M"|^ 
 
 
 1 
 
 f. 
 
 ■iH 
 
 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 233 
 
 British Guiana — Royal Agricultural and 'Commercial Society, B Howell Jones, 
 President. 
 
 British Honduras — Hon. John T. Phillips (Appointed Chairman Exposition Com- 
 mittee) Frederick Gahue, Esq.; J. M. Currie, Esq.; W. S. Marshall, Esq.; J. M. 
 Moir, Esq.; Sydney Cuthbert, Esq.; F. Fisher, Esq. 
 
 Cape Colony— L. Wiener, M. L. A. 
 
 Jamaica— Lieut. Col. C. J. Ward, C. M. G. 
 
 Trinidad — Henry Fowler, Esq., Colonial Secretary, appointed Chairman of Prelimi- 
 nary Exposition Committee. 
 
 Japan — His Excellency Munimitsu, Minister of State for Agriculture and Commerce, 
 President; Mr. Kieutaro Yanagiya, Secretary to the Ministry of Agriculture and 
 Commerce; Mr, Nobuakira Yamataka, Director of the Sections of Industry and 
 Art in the Imperial Museum; Mr Kiujokaze Ashiwara, Secretary to the Ministry 
 of Agriculture and Coinmerce; Mr. Takashi Hara, Private Secretary to the Min- 
 ister of State for Agriculture and Commerce; Mn Seiichi Tejima, Director of the 
 Tokio Technological School. Tokio, Japan. 
 
 Korea — Mr. Ye Wan Yong. Seoiil, Kotea. 
 
 Dutch West Indies— J. H. R, Beaujon; D, Gaerste, Wz.; M. B. Gorsira, Pz. ; D. 
 A. D. Jesurun; Ed. I. Van Leer, L. L. D.; E. S. L. Maduro; J. E. Van der 
 Meulen, Jr.; R. M. Ribbins; Lieut. M. J. Selhorst; J. B. Van der Linde Schet- 
 borgh. 
 
 Paraguay— Dr. Jose S. Decoud; Dr. Don Benjamin Aceval ; Dr. Don Hector Vel- 
 asquez; Dr. Don Guillerrno Stewart ; Dr. Don Emilio Hassler; Don Ricardo 
 Brugada; Don Ricardo Mendes Goncahtz ; Don Emilio Aceval; Don Pedro 
 Miranda; Don Pacifico de Vargas; Don Geronimo Percira Gazal; Don Pedro V. 
 Gill ; Don Daniel Anisitz; Don Noberto MoHnas; Don Enrique Mangel ; Don 
 Leon Boussiron; Don Luis Von Strate; Don Esteban Mendiondon; Don Alfredo 
 Bolttner; Don Antonio Pecci ; Don Pedro Rufinelli; Don Santiago Scharer; Don 
 Carion von Gulich. 
 
 Persia — Hon. E. Spencer Pratt, Commissioner General; M. Octave Diamante, Sec- 
 retary General. 
 
 Peru — Don Eduaido Habich; Don Eulogio Dalgado; Don Ricardo Palma; Don Ric- 
 ardo Rossel ; Don Eugenio Larraburey Unanue; Don Federico Elmore; Don 
 Ernesto Malinouski ; Don Samuel Palacios; Don Gabino Pacheco Zegarra. 
 
 Russia — His Excellency Privy-Councillor Behr. 
 
 Cuba — Excmo. Sr. D. Antonio C. Telleria, President. 
 
 The products of every industry of every land will be seen 
 at the World's Fair, together with the wonderful works and 
 resources of our own country. In fact, the most noticeable 
 feature of the preliminary work of the World's Columbian Ex- 
 
234 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 position is the unprecedented interest displayed by foreign 
 nations. Never before in the history of a great historical and 
 industrial enterprise has the outside world responded with such 
 promptitude and marked unanimity. It is a rational enthu- 
 siasm, too, for the event to be commemorated is of world-wide 
 importance and interest, far surpassing the centenary of a single 
 nation. It is in- honor of the discovery of a new world, and 400 
 years of a new era and a new civilization. It is to demonstrate 
 the grandeur of the New World, who people it, how it is gov- 
 erned, who owns it, what it has contributed to wealth, science, 
 art, and the progress of civilization! The United States is 
 but one of the nineteen republics of the New World which 
 Columbus discovered, and a correct understanding of its 
 achievements and possibilities requires a grouping together of 
 the products of the various nations of the three Americas. 
 
 The total land area of all America is over 15,000,000 square 
 miles. This immeiase territory is controlled partly by inde- 
 pendent American republics and partly by European colonies. 
 In North America, exclusive of Mexico, the United States 
 controls one-half, and Great Britain the other half. The area 
 of the United States and Alaska is in round numbers 3,600,000 
 square miles, while Great Britain has in her Canadian and 
 other North American possessions 3,400,000 square miles. 
 
 Of American republics there are two in North America, 
 five in Central America, ten in South America, and two in the 
 West Indies. Of European colonies on the continent, there are 
 one in North America, one in Central America, and three in 
 South America. Of the forty principal West India islands. 
 Great Britain controls fifteen, France five, Holland six, Den- 
 mark three, and Sweden one. The total population of these 
 various repubhcs and colonies, in round numbers, 125,000,000. 
 
 The facts relating to the material development, progress 
 and wealth of the New World are still more significant, and 
 illustrate what America has to exhibit in 1893, and why its 
 several nations are making such elaborate preparations for the 
 coming event. It has already constructed 200,000 miles of 
 railways, as against 170,000 miles of the rest of the world. It 
 has during the last 400 years produced $6,200,000,000 in silver, 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 235 
 
 as ag-ainst $1,180,000,000 of the rest of the world. During the 
 last fifty years the total gold product was $5,950,000,000 in 
 value, while that of the outside world was but $1,290,000,000. 
 The public debt is $2,500,000,000, or only one-tenth of that of 
 the whole world. The total wealth of the New World has 
 never been estimated, but that of one of our republics — the 
 United States — is now about $62,500,000,000. The grain crop 
 of this single republic for the year 1891 is estimated at about 
 3,500,000,000 bushels. 
 
 These are but illustrations of the material wonders of the 
 New World which Columbus discovered, but they are sufficient 
 to show why the American republics and colonies are so in- 
 tensely earnest in preparing for the coming Exposition, and 
 why the nations of the Old World are also responding with 
 marked unanimity. All of the American republics, nineteen in 
 number, have accepted the invitation to join in the Exposition. 
 Of the various States of the United States forty-nine have al- 
 ready provided appropriations and all others will, and in 1893 
 the shores of Lake Michigan will present the most magnificent 
 display of the world's wealth and genius ever dreamed of by 
 man. It is not probable that any commercial nation of the 
 world will fail to be an active participant. 
 
 Government of the Exposition. 
 
 The World's Columbian Exposition is an entertainment 
 given to the world by the United States government in cele- 
 bration of the discovery of America, and the progress of hu- 
 manity. The big show is produced by a firm of two partners 
 — the "World's Columbian Commission" and the "World's 
 Columbian Exposition." The former is national in its charac- 
 ter, being created by Act of Congress. Its members are ap- 
 pointed by the President and its officers are elected by the com- 
 mission. The other member of the firm is local in its character^ 
 
236 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 being a stock company, organized and operating under the 
 laws of Illinois, its officers being elected by the stockholders. 
 
 When the United States government decided to give its 
 entertainment, the citizens of Chicago virtually said, "Give 
 your entertainment in our city, and vv^e will furnish the grounds 
 and buildings for it. We will pay all the expenses of its pro- 
 duction and assume the financial loss, or profit, as the case 
 may be." 
 
 The government creates and produces the entertainment. 
 The Chicago company furnishes the site and pays the 
 expenses. The "World's Columbian Commission" puts on the 
 drama of Human Progress, engages the company, and fixes the 
 date of the performance. The "World's Columbian Exposi- 
 tion" builds the playhouse, furnishes, lights and heats it, equips 
 the stage with machinery and scenery, pays the advertising 
 bills and the salaries of the performers, engages the ushers and 
 ticket sellers, and takes in the cash. 
 
 While in theory the two bodies occupy separate spheres 
 in the production of the fair, practically, every specific act of 
 the Chicago corporation is under the supervision of the Na- 
 tional Commission, and the government, through its commis- 
 sion, is primarily responsible for the success or failure of the 
 fair. The Chicago corporation, in theory, has no original or 
 exclusive powers. It can do nothing without the approval of 
 the National Commission, while that body is responsible to 
 Congress. As crystalized in the act of Congress, the National 
 Commission has the exclusive power to allot space to ex- 
 hibitors; to classify and install exhibits; to determine the plan 
 and scope of the Exposition; to appoint judges and examiners; 
 to award premiums, and to have general charge of all inter- 
 course with exhibitors and foreign nations. 
 
 The Chicago corporation has the collateral power of furn- 
 ishing the grounds and buildings for the Fair, the national body 
 ^having power to accept or reject the site and the plans for the 
 buildings. Even after having accepted the site and building 
 plans, which has been done, the power of the commission, in 
 this connection, is not exhausted, and it can at any time 
 reconsider its action. This has been done in one notable in- 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 237 
 
 stance. Plans for the Manufactures Building were accepted, 
 the Exposition company let the contracts for its erection, and 
 work was begun. At the instance of the national commission 
 the plans were radically changed, and the original cost of the 
 building almost doubled. 
 
 The Illinois corporation has the power to prescribe all 
 rules and regulations affecting the rights and privileges of ex- 
 hibitors and the public during the continuance of the Fair, out- 
 side of the exclusive powers of the commission enumerated 
 above ; but all such rules and regulations are subject to modifi- 
 cation by a majority of the commission. It is a matter of open 
 history that these lines were not followed in the early conduct 
 of the business of the Fair. In its construction of its powers, 
 the Chicago corporation encroached upon the domain of the 
 national commission. The controversies arising led to the ap- 
 pointment of a joint conference committee, to determine the 
 powers and duties of the two bodies. This committee laid out 
 the plan of procedure now in practice. The work of the Ex- 
 position is divided into fifteen departments, each department 
 having a chief officer, who generally directs the business of that 
 department, under the control of the Director-General of all the 
 departments — George R. Davis. The salaries of these officers 
 are fixed by the Director-General, and are paid by the Chicago 
 company, as well as the expenses of the departments. The 
 salary of the Director-General and his clerk hire is paid by 
 the national commission. The Chicago body has the power to 
 discontinue the appropriation for any one or more of these de- 
 partments at any time it sees fit. To insure harmony, a board 
 of reference and control was created, consisting of eight mem- 
 bers from each body, to which all matters of difference are 
 referred, and whose action thereon is final. 
 
 None of the original or -exclusive powers of the national 
 commission are vitiated by this compact or constitution, and 
 one of the most important of these to the public is the exclu- 
 sive power of allotment of space to exhibitors. No authority 
 but Director-General Davis and his department chiefs can allot 
 space for or install an article for exhibition at the Fair. The 
 Chicago corporation has no power in this direction. It has 
 
238 GUIDE TO CHIC.iGO. 
 
 developed in the correspondence with would-be exhibitors that 
 many of them are in doubt on this point. In the preparation 
 of the grounds and buildings it has become necessary to supply 
 a vast amount of machinery for the service of the Exposition. 
 It is the province of the Chicago corporation to supply the 
 power to drive the machinery ; to light the grounds and 
 buildings, to furnish water, etc., and to effect this, engines, 
 boilers, pumps, dynamos, etc., must be installed in the build- 
 ings. The Chicago corporation, however, can make no con- 
 tracts for the competitive exhibition of any article. The con- 
 struction department of the Exposition company can furnish 
 such machinery as it desires, but space must be allotted it by 
 the Director-General. 
 
 sfi) 
 
 The Buildings and Grounds. 
 
 Out in the southern extremity, seven miles from the busi- 
 ness center of the city, is a tract of 600 acres with a frontage 
 of a mile and a half on Lake Michigan, from which a broad 
 avenue, one mile long and 600 feet wide, leads west to Wash- 
 ington Park. The northern end of this tract has been laid out 
 in lawns and shore drives, and was a favorite pleasure ground 
 of the city dwellers. The entire tract known as Jackson Park, 
 including nearly 100 acres of the Midway Plaisance, was selected 
 as the site of the World's Fair buildings. The great lake on the 
 east, with its constant change of light and color, secured to it 
 its greatest natural advantages and a system of artificial water- 
 ways and lagoons four miles in length, was easily developed. 
 
 It was late in 1890 before the forces of the department of 
 construction could be gotten into working order, and the actual 
 work began in the spring of 1891. It was found necessary to 
 defer the opening of the Exposition from the actual annivers- 
 ary of Columbus' discovery to May, 1893, although the dedica- 
 tory exercises occurred in October, I892. Even with this 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 239 
 
 added time the work is stupendous, and will be a monument 
 of the energy and resource of its directors. 
 
 At the beginning of the work the outlook for the landscape 
 gardener was not encouraging. The ground was fiat, much of 
 the unimproved land was low and swampy, and except in the 
 older and finished northern section of the park, the natura 
 growth of trees was low and straggling. All these defects have 
 been remedied, and out of a low-lying waste with a sandy lake 
 shore has come a magical transformation whose compelling 
 genii have been the alert brain of expediency and the ready 
 hand of experience. Tt was impossible to supply the lack of 
 great forest trees with wide-spreading branches. But the 
 lower foliage has been most effectively massed, and shrubs and 
 iiowery bushes have been made to help in this work, A broad 
 avenue, opened across a wide lawn space, has been set with 
 good-sized trees. This avenue was a continuation of Fifty- 
 seventh street, and is met at right angles just north of the Art 
 Palace by two other avenues along which, on the ample semi- 
 circular driveway which all these avenues intersect, will be 
 placed most of the State buildings. 
 
 The railways, with their elaborate loop system for switching 
 the constantly arriving and departmg trams, are situated on 
 the west side of the main Exposition grounds and divide them 
 from their annex, the Midway Plaisance. They enter the 
 grounds at Sixty-seventh street and reach their terminus to the 
 west and directly in the rear of the Administration Building. 
 It is through the great arches of this building that visitors 
 enter the quadrangle, the grand plaza, which occupies a space 
 of 2,000 feet in length by 700 in width. About this court are 
 grouped some of the finest buildings, and its central space is 
 filled by a great basin whose semicircular eastern end is set 
 with thirteen columns enriched with sculpture, and emblematic 
 of the original States. A broad canal with terraced banks runs 
 soutli from the basin between Machinery Hall and the Agri- 
 cultural Building. The lesser court thus formed is closed at its 
 southern end by an arcade whose second story becomes an open 
 colonnade. Its central arch is the entrance to the Live Stock 
 Department, which is at the southern extremity of the Expo- 
 
240 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 sition. Directly opposite to this canal is another, running 
 between the Liberal Arts and the Electricity Buildings, and 
 connecting with the large lagoon. The Administration Build- 
 ing is the magnificent portal and 'the great court upon which it 
 gives entrance is the heart of the Exposition. Around them 
 are gathered the splendid structures which represent the 
 strength and security of the nation. On the south the power 
 of husbandry is expressed in the great Agricultural Building 
 with its outlying allies — the Forestry and Dair}^ Buildings and 
 its rear-guard, the live stock exhibit. Across the south canal 
 it is connected by bridges with Machinery Hall, many of whose 
 exhibits are in the interests of agriculture. On the north of 
 the court are the buildings devoted to the other great national 
 power — the industrial arts. The immense building of the 
 Manufactures and Liberal Arts occupies the north side of the 
 basin, and the lake on its east and the northern canal on its 
 west give it water front on three sides. Across the canal is the 
 Electricity Building and next it the Hall of Mines and Mining. 
 These six wonderful buildings set around the plaza form a well- 
 balanced and harmonious group. The architects who designed 
 them adopted a uniform scale, the height of the main building 
 being, in each case, about sixty feet, and they have admirably 
 adapted the classic E.oman motive to their varied architectural 
 requirements. They have thus attained a concrete unity which 
 expresses simplicity,symmetry and power. The Administration 
 Building faces the heroic statue of the Republic across the 
 basin, and catches the morning sun upon its golden dome over 
 the lake, the pier with its casino and inner harbor. 
 
 Outside this central classification and to the west and north 
 of the Mining Building, the broad front of the Transportation 
 Building looks across the canal to the pretty wooded island. 
 North of this structure is the great Horticultural Hall with its 
 cr37stal dome, and just beyond it rises the simple and graceful 
 lines of the Woman's Building. The slope of green sward which 
 borders the canal gives opportunity for a fringe of water plants, 
 and for beds of flowers. On a point of land just east of the 
 Woman's Building is the Illinois State Building, and opposite 
 it, at the northern end of a devious lagoon, stands the solid and 
 

WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 241 
 
 stately Palace of Fine Arts. Opposite the north end of the 
 wooded island on the east the Fisheries Building rises like a 
 palace of fairyland. It faces the canal that connects the lagoon 
 with the lake on the north, and the United States Government 
 Building stands on the other bank of the canal between the 
 Fisheries and the northern end of the Palace of Manufac- 
 tures and Liberal Arts, where this canal opens into the lake 
 and the naval exhibits model man-of-war " Illinois," will lie armed 
 and manned for service. Everywhere the banks of lagoons 
 and canals are being beautified with blossoming plants, pillars 
 and statues ; everywhere will be stretches of green sward 
 dotted with foliage beds and fountains. Beautiful bridges will 
 connect the grassy shores, and pleasure boats will catch the 
 sunlight on their sails. 
 
 The section east of the Fine Arts Building, and the length of 
 the Midway Plaisance have been allotted to foreign govern- 
 ments. The Japanese government has asked for the northern 
 end of the wooded island, and if its request is granted it will 
 reproduce a veritable Japanese garden, and adorn it with 
 models of some of its famous temples. 
 
 ADMINISTRATION BUILDING. 
 
 The Administration Building is the central point of the group 
 of Exposition buildings, overtopping all, and drawing the 
 attention through miles of distance. Even in the nakedness of 
 its supporting curves it was strong and dominant, and in its 
 grand and golden completeness it will continue to be the focal 
 point of the wonderful architectural group, the crown of the 
 World's Columbian Exposition. More than this, it will be the 
 magnificent entrance to the World's Fair of 1893. It stands in 
 the southern part of the grounds at head of the large lagoon, 
 facing east, and occupies one end of the great quadrangle 
 700x2,000 feet in size. Behind it, and hidden by it from the 
 inner quadrangle and courts, is the railway terminus, and 
 visitors thus reaching the grounds on the west, will enter the 
 city of the world's industries through the noble arches of this 
 building. Its architect, Richard M. Hunt, of New York, presi- 
 dent of the American Institute of Architects, has given the 
 
242 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Fair a structure of unsurpassed dignity and stability. It covers 
 an area of about 250 feet square and is octagonal in form, having 
 four great wings, each eighty-four feet square between which 
 are the four entrances to the building, one on each side, fifty feet 
 high and fifty feet wide. These grand doorways afford passage 
 through the building at right angles, and form the triumphal 
 portals of the Exposition. The lower division of the building 
 is about sixty feet in height, and is in scale with the other 
 buildings facing the lagoon. The four great wings with the 
 recessed entrance ways between them which form this division, 
 represent four stories of height. On each of these wings or 
 pavilions are three sculptured groups of colossal size, and each 
 deeply arched entrance has two groups, making twenty heroic 
 compositions on this first and lowest division. Above it rises 
 the octagonal' second division, having a grand open colonnade 
 forty feet high with the columns at its eight angles, crowned 
 with 'groups of statuary The second or middle division ter- 
 minates in an inner dome 190 feet in height with an octagonal 
 opening at the top fifty feet in width, through which can be 
 seen the converging lines of the beautiful upper dome, and by 
 means of which the great rotunda is lighted. The third 
 division of the structure consists of a crowning central dome, 
 keeping the octagonal form and rising to a height of 275 feet 
 above the pavement. The upspringing vertical lines of this 
 dome and the panels between them, with sculptured decoration, 
 and gleaming with their enrichment of gold, can be seen for 
 miles rising strongly and lightly above the roofs and turrets of 
 surrounding buildings. The interior reminds one of the dome 
 of St. Peter's at Rome. A recent writer in describing it 
 says it is inferior in dimensions only to the work of Michael 
 Angelo. 
 
 The interior of the Administration Building is as admirable 
 as the exterior. Between the grand entrances are halls thirty 
 feet square, which give entrance to the administrative offices 
 and are furnished with elevators and winding staircases. At 
 the top of the second octagonal division of the building, upon 
 the great cornice, is a gallery running round the interior walls, 
 from which one may look down upon thelife and movement of 
 
WORLUS COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 243 
 
 the rotunda below, or up to the richly colored panels of the 
 "inner dome. 
 
 In the exterior of the building the aim of the architect has 
 been to secure strength and dignity of design and adornment. 
 The lower pavilions are of the Doric order and the loggia of 
 the second story is supported by Ionic columns. The sculp- 
 tured groups which crown the first and second divisions are 
 admirably placed to aid the architectural expression of the 
 grand exterior. They are the work of Karl Bitter of New 
 York, and in their upward development from the lower level 
 to the base of the central dome they seem to express the growth 
 of the races from barbarism to the highest civilization, while 
 they emphasize the strength and dignity of the architecture 
 by the grand repose of the lower figures, and the vigor and 
 action of those which crown the piers of the lofty central 
 colonnade. 
 
 As to the uses of the Administration Building, each of the 
 corner pavilions, which are four stories in height, will be 
 divided into large and small offices for the various departments 
 of the administration, and lobbies and rooms. The ground 
 floor contains, in one pavilion, the fire and police departments, 
 with cells for the detention of prisoners ; in a second pavilion 
 the offices of the ambulance service, the physician and phar- 
 macy, the foreign department and the information bureau ; in 
 .the third pavilion, the postoffice and a bank, and in the 
 fourth the offices of public comfort and a restaurant. The 
 second, thiid and fourth stories will contain the board rooms, 
 the committee rooms, the rooms of the Director-General, of the 
 Department of Pubhcity and Promotion, and of the World's 
 Columbian Commission. 
 
 PALACE OF MECHANIC ARTS. 
 
 The impulse which invention has given to the mechanical 
 arts in the nineteenth century, and the power and rapidity of 
 production which it has made possible, give to the Palace of 
 Mechanic Arts, as it is set down in the guide books, an impor- 
 tant place among the buildings of the great fair. The people 
 
244 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 who visit it and talk about it will call it Machinery Hall, and 
 they will find in its seventeen and one-half acres of space count- 
 less marvels of inventive skill. The main building has a front- 
 age of 842 feet on the south side of the court, its grand en- 
 trance being opposite the south arch of the Administration 
 Building. It covers nine and one-half acres, the annex occu- 
 pying the remaining space of eight acres. The annex carries 
 out the design of the principal building somewhat simplified, 
 continuing the naves to the length of 1,400 feet. 
 
 The main building has the appearance of three railroad 
 train houses set side by side. Three arched trusses span the 
 building, and the interior effect is of three naves crossed midway 
 by a great transept, thus securing a spacious main hall, the 
 total width being 390 feet, and the length 730. These support- 
 ing trusses are built separately, so that they can be taken down 
 and used in the construction of railroad train houses, and be- 
 fore they were put in place in Machinery Hall they were all 
 sold for such a purpose. Around the main hall space are two 
 inner galleries in two stories, and two exterior arcades occu- 
 pying a width of fifty feet. At the corners of the building are 
 paviUons fifty feet square, capped by domes. In the center of 
 the north facade, opposite the south entrance of the Adminis- 
 tration Building, is the grand entrance, seventy-five feet high, 
 with a semicircular portico supported by Corinthian columns 
 sixty feet in height. This portico has a low dome and a balus- 
 trade, and above each column is a statue. The east portico, 
 which looks across the canal to the Agricultural Building, is 
 square with Corinthian columns and a pediment filled with an 
 emblematic design in relief, in which Chicago is represented as 
 introducing to the nations a company of inventors and artisans 
 who are showing their various mechanical achievements. 
 Eight symbolic figures of heroic size will be placed upon the 
 building. One of these typifies Fire, and holds a burning 
 brand., the symbol of earthly fire, in her left hand, and in her 
 right the fire of the skies expressed by thunderbolts. Another 
 of these figures is a Victory poised as though just touching 
 the earth, and holding a wreath in each hand. In the spaces 
 above the windows are cherubs and curious little genii holding 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 245 
 
 the implements of the various mechanical crafts. Above each 
 pillared portico are two open towers with three diminishing 
 stories, the finishing spires reaching a height of 102 feet. The 
 architectural motive of the building is the Spanish renaissance, 
 beautiful in the arches and columns of its double colonnade, 
 and the projecting loggias at the corners, and showing the arms 
 of Spain and the portrait of Columbus repeated in its decora- 
 tion. The great interior must of necessity be left clear for the 
 machinery which is to be placed in it. In each of three naves 
 there is an elevated traveling crane for moving machinery. 
 Platforms will be placed on these cranes and they will be used 
 to carry visitors from one end of the building to the other. 
 
 The exterior of the building will have a covering of staff, 
 the material which has been found so responsive to decorative 
 relief work. The designers of this great treasure-house of me- 
 chanical triumphs are Messrs. Peabody & Stearns of Boston, 
 and the decorative figures are the work of the sculptor 
 Waagen. 
 
 The view of Machinery Hall shows the east facade look- 
 ing across the southern end of the canal which opens from the 
 great basin. Directly opposite, on the east bank, stands the 
 Agricultural Building. Between the two buildings and clos- 
 ing in the end of the canal is a corridor, the lower story con- 
 tinuing the Spanish arches of the open porticos of Machinery 
 Hall, and the second story forming an open colonnade. Con- 
 necting this corridor with the two great structures which oc- 
 cupy the southern bank of the basin are two square pavilions 
 seeming like wings of the Machinery and Agricultural Build- 
 ings which they join. They will be used for cafes and a com- 
 modious assembly hall. 
 
 The middle of the connecting corridor is pierced by a 
 beautiful triumphal arch through which entrance is given the 
 live stock exhibit. Directly before this arch is an obelisk upon 
 a sculptured base rising from the canal. Four great recumbent 
 lions guard the corners of the pedestal, and the water jets of 
 its fountain fall into spray about them. 
 
246 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 AGRICULTURAL BUILDING. 
 
 New plans, new methods, new results, are ready for all 
 who have eyes to see and intelligence to appreciate, and in no 
 departmental building have the needs and conveniences of 
 those interested in its showing been more carefully considered, 
 or more amply provided for, than in the Agricultural Building 
 and its annexes. 
 
 It stands across the canal from Machinery Hall, filling the 
 eastern end of the south side of the great quadrangle. Lake 
 Michigan on the east, the canal on the west, and the basin on 
 the north, give it three beautiful water fronts. Across the basin 
 and opposite the grand entrance stands the immense" structure 
 devoted to manufactures and liberal arts. 
 
 The Agricultural Building extends 800 feet along the 
 basin, and has a breadth of 500 feet. The central pavilion on 
 the north gives a main entrance sixty-four feet wide, set with 
 Corinthian pillars fifty feet high, and five feet in diameter. The 
 inner vestibule has an equal width and a depth of thirty feet, 
 and is set with statues symbolizing different branches of agri- 
 cultural industry. At the four corners of the building are pa- 
 vilions ninety-six feet high, surmounted by flattened domes, 
 each of which bears a sculptured group of four nude female 
 figures of colossal size, holding aloft a great globe. They rep- 
 resent the four great human families, the Caucasian, Mon- 
 golian, African, and Indian, and each face shows its peculiar 
 racial characteristics. The corner pavilions are connected by 
 curtain walls, making a continuous open arcade around the 
 upper part of the building. The corner pavilions and the 
 central entrances on three sides of the building are set with 
 beautiful Corinthian columns, smaller than those of the main 
 entrance, but Hke them bearing capitals enriched with curving 
 acanthus leaves and lily-shaped blossoms. The acanthus motive 
 appears throughout the cornice decorations. The frieze shows 
 heavy garlands of fruit caught in a band with floating ends, 
 and wherever these festoons join is set a bovine head. The 
 small doors are flanked by pilasters of the same order as the 
 cohimns. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 247 
 
 Twelve beautiful female figures, twelve teet in height, are 
 placed at points where the arches of the upper arcade unite. 
 They represent the zodiacal signs, each gracefully draped 
 figure holding above her head a wreathed tablet which bears 
 the sign of the month. The groups for the pediments above 
 the great entrances represent a shepherd with his dog, and a 
 shepherdess with sheep. The Ceres group, which is placed 
 above the principal entrance pavilions, is composed of two sit- 
 ting figures holding a shield between them. On either side 
 stands a cherub holding a garland of blossoms. 
 
 The interior decoration is as abundant and as well designed 
 as the exterior. There are nearly seventy single figures, repre- 
 senting abundance. The design shows a standing female figure 
 in classic drapery with folded wings of nearly the height of the 
 figure. The head crowned with a chaplet of leaves is bent for- 
 ward, and in each hand is a full cornucopia, the long straight 
 end resting on the base. In the poise of the gracefial figure, 
 the folded wings and the close falling drapery there is a sug- 
 gestion of plenteousness, a repose disturbed by no present lacfk 
 or future anxiety. 
 
 Some of the interior spandrels have very graceful figure 
 decorations, and many emblematical groups and single figures 
 will find place within the great building. The sculptor who 
 has called this great number of statues into being is Philip 
 Martiny, of New York. The architects of the building are 
 McKim, Mead and White, of New York. The material used 
 in the exterior finish of this building is staff. 
 
 The great interior affords nearly ten acres of space. The 
 annex, which covers nearly ten acres more, joins the south 
 wall of the main building, and is, in fact, an uninterrupted ex- 
 tension of it. 
 
 The central rotunda is 100 feet across, and is covered by 
 an immense glass dome 130 feet high. 
 
 The main building will be largely devoted to the exhibi- 
 tion of food products. The United States will make a verv 
 full showing, its area extending from sea to sea, and almost 
 from polar to tropical latitudes, giving it the greatest variety 
 of fruits and cereals. 
 
248 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 In the annex will be placed agricultural machinery and 
 appliances, showing the development from the early times, 
 when all labor was manual, to the latest discoveries and appli- 
 cations of mechanical helps. 
 
 The pavilion at the east end of the corridor whch connects 
 Machinery Hall with the Agricultural Building, is devoted to 
 the uses of this department. On the first fioor are committee 
 rooms for the use of various associations, a bureau of informa- 
 tion, and well appointed waiting rooms. The second floor is 
 occupied by hall of assembly, which seats 1,500 people. Here 
 matters of interest to advanced agriculturists will be discussed, 
 lectures will be given, and a community of thought and aim 
 will be developed which will be effective long after the Expo- 
 sition closes. 
 
 Outside the building, to the south, some of the systems of 
 irrigation and some curious systems of windmill machinery 
 will be shown. 
 
 Through the beautiful arch v^^hich occupies the center of 
 the connecting corridor entrance wili be given to the live stock 
 exhibit, and to the east and south the Forestry and Dairy 
 Building supplement and complete the grand agricultural ex- 
 hibit. 
 
 MANUFACTURES' AND LIBERAL ARTS' BUILDING. 
 
 The eastern end of the great central court of the Colum- 
 bian Exposition, with its beautiful basin and terraced banks, 
 occupies the space between the Agricultural Building on the 
 south and the Palace of Manufactures and Liberal Arts on the 
 north. Its 500 feet of distance is filled by a peristyle, rising 
 to the height of sixty feet, whose open colonnade is pierced 
 midway by a triumphal arch thrown across the canal, which 
 joins the basin and harbor. The columns of the double arcade 
 are emblematic of the States and Territories. Through the 
 central arch and the pillared spaces of this peristyle which 
 closes in the fourth side of the quadrangle, are seen, to the 
 eastward, the glancing waters of the harbor, with its lofty light 
 tower at the end of the long pier, and the great lake stretch- 
 ing its ever-changing surface far beyond the line of vision. To 
 
WORLUS COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 249 
 
 the westward, the eye takes in the length of the grand court, 
 with its statues, its shimmering fountain, its eagle-crowned 
 columns and its great departmental buildings, which rise like 
 palaces of marble and ivory on either side of the Administra- 
 tion Building. The peristyle forming the fourth side of the 
 great central court, supersedes the original plan of a curved 
 mole on the harbor side, with columns symbolizing the thir- 
 teen original States. Two ample wings finish the ends of the 
 colonnade, that at the northern end making a commodious 
 music hall 140x200 feet in size, and the corresponding building 
 on the south being used for a casino, cafe and waiting rooms. 
 This beautiful screen, which shuts in the court and completes 
 its symmetry and beauty of line, is the background against 
 which the grand statue of the Republic is seen by visitors en- 
 tering through the arch 01 the Administration Building. 
 
 The space on the north side of the building, between the 
 lake and canal, is occupied by the building of Manufactures 
 and Liberal Arts. 
 
 The proportions of this gigantic structure are so symmetri- 
 cal and it is so surrounded by immense buildings that one fails 
 at first sight to comprehend its extent. Figures are of little 
 help to any but the most abstract understanding. The ordin- 
 ary observer gets scant assistance in estimating the spaces of 
 this building when he is told that it has a length of 1,687 ^^et, 
 and a breadth of 787 feet; that the arcade roof, over the central 
 hall covers a space of 385x1400 feet, and that it reaches a 
 height of 210 feet above the floor. But tell him that a ten 
 story building could be carried through this mam hall without 
 touching top or sides; that the largest church in Christendom, 
 St. Peter's at Rome, would occupy only one third of this space; 
 that six buildings like the Chicago Auditorium, minus the 
 towers, could easily stand inside the central hall, and the im- 
 mensity of the undertaking and the wonder of its completion 
 grow upon him until it becomes to him the embodiment of 
 mastery over mechanical forces; the triumph of the human 
 mind over matter in its most Titanic aspects. As in every 
 other truly great work^ the simplicity of its design deepens the 
 sense of awe which its size inspires. 
 
250 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 The architect, Mr. George B. Post of New York, knows well 
 how to deal with great spaces and masses of material. It was no 
 easy task to design a building which covers an area of thirty 
 and one-half acres, and at the same time fulfill the requirements 
 of beauty, proportion, dignity and suitability to the uses of an 
 exhibition building. He has used the grandest and simplest 
 architectural motive, the classic, and has thus secured a strength 
 and harmony which make this the largest exhibition building 
 ever constructed, one of the wonders of the century. In com- 
 mon with all other buildings of the Exposition, it has an exter- 
 ior covering of staff, so treated that it gives the effect of a 
 massive structure of white marble. One of its long sides 
 fronts the lake and the other the canal, and the view from the 
 water is most imposing. 
 
 The method of its construction is no less unique and inter- 
 esting than its great size and beautiful proportions. The cen- 
 tral and main space of the interior is an immense hall without 
 columns; its length is 1,275 feet, and width 385 feet, giving 
 an open, unobstructed court from floor to dome. For the sup- 
 port of this great hall, there is a length of twenty-two mighty 
 steel arches with eight smaller gable trusses at the ends, the 
 roof thus forming a long rectangle, lighted by great sheets of 
 glass which largely compose the roof covering, and by a row 
 of clere-story windows extending around its four sides. Each 
 of the giant central trusses weighs about 350,000 pounds. They 
 were handled in pairs, and raised into place from the floor. 
 For this purpose a "traveler'' of immense size and with a 
 tower, making the total 225 feet, was erected within the build- 
 ing, the floor being removed and piles driven to support the 
 great lifting machine which moved on a track specially pre- 
 pared for it, and which weighed 20,000 pounds. The great 
 arches starting from the floor level are pivoted at the base and 
 held in position by ten-inch steel pins, thus allowing for 
 the expansion and contraction of the metal by the heat and 
 cold. 
 
 It was the original intention to leave the central space of the 
 Manufactures Building, in two open, unroofed courts, but 
 notwithstanding, the great space reserved for exhibits, it was 
 
WORLD'S COL UMBLAN EXPOSLTLON. 2 5 1 
 
 found necessary to cover the entire floor space, in order to 
 meet the demand for room. This entire space means the use of 
 3,000,000 feet of lumber, and seven carloads of nails. 
 
 A main avenue, fifty feet in width, extends through the 
 length of the building, from north to south, and is crossed at 
 the center by another of the same width. A gallery fifty feet 
 wide extends around the four interior walls, with many smaller 
 galleries opening from it, from which the great extent of the 
 first floor can be seen. Thirty staircases, twelve feet in width, 
 form the approaches of these galleries. 
 
 The ground floor and the galleries give more than forty 
 acres of floor space. The twenty miles of aisles in the building 
 will be arranged and lighted like streets , and high above the 
 main floor, the great upper space will be illuminated by groups 
 of arc electric lights. There are four great entrances to the 
 building ; one in the center of each facade, in the form of tri- 
 umphal arches. These grand arches have an extreme height 
 of eighty-five feet, and the four immense supporting columns 
 which stand in pairs, on either side of each portal, are sixty-five 
 feet in height. Behind each of the outer columns stands an 
 immense pilaster. Above the cornices of these colossal 
 entrance ways, are sculptured pedestals, supporting American 
 eagles, twenty feet high. At each corner of the building is a 
 pavilion, forming an entrance arch smaller than the grand cen- 
 tral portals, but in perfect accord with them, and having seven 
 Corinthian columns instead of four. The long facades of the 
 building show a succession of arches, the upper part forming 
 great windows. The lower part occupying twenty-five feet of 
 height, from the ground to the gallery floor, is open to the out- 
 side, and forms a continuous, protected ambulatory, giving 
 from every side a delightful point of view. In this arcade a 
 number of cafes are placed. 
 
 In the exterior adornment of the vast structure very little 
 full relief work is employed^ The gi-eat eagles with spread 
 wings over the entrances provide almost all the sculptured 
 figures. The beauty of the building is in its proportions, and 
 its low-relief staff decorations with which the entire surface is 
 covered. The square pillars that support the arches of the 
 
252 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 facades between the windows are the only exterior members 
 which have no decoration. They have an undisguised use 
 which gives an effect of strength and solidity to the structure. 
 
 Along the length of the upper cornice are ornamental 
 vases from which rise the long procession of flag poles. The 
 fluttering pennons which surmount them give an enlivening 
 touch of color and motion to the straight cornice lines which 
 are broken only by the central arches and corner pavilions. 
 The spandrels of the windows are filled with decorative figures 
 and the frieze above has a full Corinthian design. Over the 
 great arches of the doorways are Cupids, and figures holding 
 long fluttering festoons, and the spandrels of these arches have 
 beautiful reclining figures. These decorations are repeated on 
 the inner wall spaces of the arches. The inner walls of the 
 corner pavilions show consistent and beautiful ornamentation. 
 
 The sculptures for the interior are admirably designed and 
 as admirably placed. They are the work of Karl Bitter of 
 New York, who made the grand, heroic groups for the 
 Administration Building, and they represent, in groups and 
 single figures, many of the arts and industries which find place 
 in the mammoth building. Architect and artist have well 
 expressed the Greek spirit in the grand simplicity of line and 
 the freedom and reserve of the design and decorations. 
 
 The illustrations of the Manufactures and Liberal Arts 
 Building vary somewhat, as regards the roof of the central 
 hall. At one time the open courts demanded two rectangular 
 roofs, one on either side. At another, as one illustration shows, 
 a circular dome over the central space was considered. The 
 latest plan was that of a rectangular roof built upon the great 
 trusses and extending over the entire area of the immense 
 court, leaving it perfectly free from pillars or supporting 
 columns. The east facade fronts Lake Michigan, whose waters 
 lap the edge of its grassy terrace. The northern facade 
 fronts the United States Government Building. The exhibits 
 which will find place in the building devoted to Manufactures 
 and Liberal Arts, concentrate the industries of the world. It 
 will be, in itself a World's Fair, for which a daily study, during 
 the six months of the Exposition's continuance, will give too 
 
'■y^«^ 
 
 ^ < 
 
 >A^^t 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■\ ' 
 
 
 :^^^-#»v 
 
 -^;9^^ 
 
 
 .-V "^ 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 n" 
 
 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 6 1 
 
 • 
 
 1^ 
 
 
s^ 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 253 
 
 short a time. Some one has truly said that "the central idea of 
 the World's Columbian Exposition, is its power to educate," and 
 it is equally true, that never in the history of the world have 
 times been so ripe for this kind of education, or the people so 
 ready to consider and appropriate the results of the world's ex- 
 perience. It is one of the most hopeful signs which the great 
 fair is bringing into view, that the manufactures which are con- 
 tributing to the necessity, the uses and comforts of common 
 life as never before, shared the spaces of this departmental 
 building with the liberal arts, which are no less necessities and 
 comforts, although they have had the misfortune in the past to 
 be generally placed in the list of useless luxuries. When art 
 becomes what it is already to a few earnest souls who apprehend 
 it, " the expression by man of his pleasure in labor," there will be 
 less sordid toil to drain daily life of its sweetness and light, and 
 a more intelligent acceptance of close kinship of use and beauty 
 And the building prepared for the reunion of these close yoke- 
 fellows, so long kept apart by ignorance and thoughtlessness, 
 is the one of all the community of stately and beautiful structures 
 which most clearly expresses the Greek idea, in the olden days, 
 when no toil was too common or trivial to be ennobled by the 
 grace of form and line, and the jo}'- of color. There has been 
 too much energy wasted in philanthropic efforts to raise the 
 people to the so-called standard of art, instead of bringing 
 the arts to the people's level, where they belong, No wise 
 utterance of the century is truer than that of Charles G. 
 Leland : " There never was a real art that did not spring 
 from the people, that was not fully shared in by the people, 
 and that did not belong to the people." 
 
 The exhibit of Manufactures and Liberal Arts holds all 
 these uplifting truths, for those who seek not for pleasure or 
 curiosity alone, but for the gathered knowledge of the cen- 
 tury, crystalized by the touch of occasion and experience. 
 
 The department of manufactures is divided into thirty-three 
 groups, sub-divided into more than 200 classes, and including 
 the varied industries which employ the countless machines in 
 present use, and every form of handicraft. In this department 
 the United States holds a high place, for this has been a cen- 
 
254 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 tury of invention, and the needs of this new country have 
 called for many ingenious devices for the saving and keeping 
 of labor. The syntheses of this exhibition almost annihilate 
 distance. The wonders of Oriental skill, the treasures of 
 European industry, the skill of American inventions and pro- 
 cesses, are all set in order behind the gleaming facades of a 
 classic temple, under a sky which little more than a half cen- 
 tury ago, looked down on a great lake and a waste of marsh 
 land, peopled only by wandering savages. 
 
 The department of Liberal Arts has given the chief honor 
 and prominence to education, and it has done wisely, for so it 
 includes all arts. Music, science, literature, physical science, 
 in short, all things that educate and uplift, that ease the down- 
 ward tension, that broaden the faith and the understanding, 
 have place and illustration in this department. It includes the 
 newest deductions of physiology and science, and the most 
 remote findings of archaeological research. It proclaims the 
 universality of knowledge, and stretches full hands to the wide 
 world. 
 
 It is the glor}-- of the century that the Manufactures and 
 Liberal Arts stand side by side, on equal ground; and it will 
 bring the blossoming of a new experience to many who visit it, 
 and who will carry away and distribute its influences to the 
 ends of the earth. 
 
 ELECTRICAL BUILDING. 
 
 The building that fills a part of the fourth space in the great 
 central court of the World's Fair, the grand south entrance 
 fronting the Administration Building, and its eastern facade 
 looking across the canal to the Manufactures and Liberal Arts 
 Building, is the Aladdin's palace of the Exposition. The wonder 
 working genii which find place within its walls have produced 
 marvels undreamed of in the wildest tales of magic and fairy 
 lore. They have already transformed many of the world's in- 
 dustrial methods, and have hardly passed beyond the outer 
 doors of nature's treasure house of secrets. 
 
 From the beginnings of human industry, the race has kept 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 255 
 
 up a constant struggle with the elements of nature, sometimes 
 conquering and compelling them to the service of the world's 
 progress, sometimes beaten down by forces misapprehended 
 through ignorance and inexperience. They were, indeed, the 
 powers of darkness to the men of the earlier centuries, and 
 have become manageable only in the light of the scientific 
 research and invention of the present day. 
 
 The myths of the past have thus become the facts of the 
 present, not yet so familiar that we can see their practical 
 working or the great building in which they are housed, with- 
 out something of the old-time awesome fascination which 
 belong to things occult. 
 
 Mysterious as they are, the power that stands behind them 
 in their present subjection is still more mysterious; the power 
 of mental apprehension and grasp, and of patient experiment, 
 which has given the world some of its greatest thinkers and 
 inventors. In plain prose, we call the beautiful structure 
 opposite the northern side of the Administration Building, the 
 Electricity Building, but its strange exhibits are not yet 
 reduced to the plain prose of everyday life, and in the light- 
 ness and grace of its architectural and decorative expression, 
 it is admirably fitted for the wonderland exhibition which it 
 contains. It occupies a space 700 feet in length by 350 in 
 width. It is built in the manner of the Italian renaissance, the 
 height of its exterior walls being sixty-eight and one-half 
 feet. A continuous line of Corinthian pilasters extend around 
 the four sides of the building, rising to a height of forty-two 
 feet, and supporting an entablature. Between these pilasters 
 are Ionic columns, reaching the height of the first story, and 
 forming an open screen in front of the windows. Upon the 
 entablature of these subordinate columns are placed many of 
 the great names famous in electrical discovery. No living 
 electrician is given a place in this roll of honor, but many 
 names in the illustrious enumeration, as Faraday, Morse, Davy, 
 Volta, LaPlace, Priestly, and Arago, are familiarly known 
 throughout the civilized world. 
 
 Above this lower entablature are the arched windows of the 
 gallery. The two grand entrances occupy the central space of 
 
256 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 the north and south facades. That on the south is a great in- 
 ward curve, or hemicycle, seventy-eight feet across, and 103 
 feet high. Its outer opening is a semi-circular arch, capped by 
 a pediment with smaller gableS' on the sides, and finished by a 
 rectangular attic. In the center of the hemicycle, on a great 
 pedestal, is a statue of Benjamin Franklin. This figure is the 
 work of the sculptor Carl Rohl Smith, and will be one of the 
 best known of the World's Fair sculptures. It is a solidly 
 poised, sturdy figure, twenty feet high, and shows the grand 
 old philosopher standing with face upturned to the sky. His 
 right hand, resting upon his kite, hangs by his side. It is the 
 familiar story, strongly told and easily recognized, even in the 
 underlying thought which the artist has suggested, is not 
 always intelligible to the moving multitude. 
 
 The grand head thrown back, the fearless eye upturned, as 
 the new Prometheus gazes undaunted into the lightning-riven 
 cloud and captures its subtile fires, not for his own greed or 
 glory, but for the helping of the race, for the mastering and di- 
 recting of a mighty force. The walls and curved ceiling space of 
 this hemicycle entrance will add to their beautiful staff decora- 
 tion the grace of color, the capitals of the interior pilasters 
 showing rich metallic shades. The pediment above the en- 
 trance arch has a relief decoration covering a space sixty feet 
 long and sixteen feet high in the center. A great shield fills 
 the central space, surmounted by a crown of stars. On either 
 side sits a beautiful winged figure, symbolizing the dual 
 development of electricity in the telegraph and telephone, and 
 the electric light. Various implements of these industries lie at 
 the feet of the figures, and fill the narrow spaces at the ends of 
 the pediment. The two sculptured figures are strong and vital 
 in their repose. The design is by a young Chicago sculptor, 
 R. Bock, and is the only pediment group on the building. 
 
 The north entrance, facing the lagoon, stands between two 
 great apsidal, or outward-curving projections. Above the en- 
 trance is a great semicircular window, over which, at a height 
 of 102 feet from the ground, is an open colonnade from which 
 the visitor obtains a comprehensive view of the lagoon, the life 
 and color of its moving water craft, and the north end of the 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 257 
 
 grounds, where are to be seen the classic facade of the Art 
 Palace, and many picturesque state and foreign buildings. 
 
 Two towers, rising to open lanterns, capped by domes, 
 complete the great north entrance. The central pavilions on 
 the east and west, the long sides of the building, are columned 
 porticos, flanked by towers similar to those on the north, but 
 having a height of only 168 feet. At each of the four corners is 
 a small pavilion, crowned with a light, open minaret-tower of 
 about the same height. Midway between the central and 
 corner pavilions, on the east and west sides, are lesser pro- 
 jections finished by a low, square dome above an open lantern. 
 On the four corners at the base of the domes, are set eagles 
 with outstretched wings. The windows of the subordinate 
 pavilions have light balconies, supported by decorated 
 brackets. Frieze, cornice, and spandrel spaces are filled with 
 light and graceful ornamentation, showing festoons and gar- 
 lands with suggestions of electrical appliances. The tinting 
 of the exterior walls has the warmth and richness of old ivory. 
 The motive of the building is that of grace, lightness and 
 aerial life. The glance of sunlight, the gleam of a lightning 
 flash, the upward springing of a flame, are suggested in its 
 columns, its pinnacles and its open domes. Its flag poles, with 
 their fluttering colors set above the great pilasters, add to this 
 effect. The exterior, lighting of the building by electricity will 
 be one of the marvels of the Exposition. The open towers, 
 the flagstaffs, the porticos, afford countless points for the flash, 
 ing lights, and the sculptured hemicycle will be aglow with 
 brilliant colored fires at night. 
 
 The interior plan shows a central nave extending the length 
 of the building, with a width of 115 feet and a height of 114 
 feet. It is crossed by a transept of the same width and height, 
 giving a central rotunda thirty feet in diameter. The nave 
 and transept are covered by a pitched roof, with sky-lights 
 and clere-story windows. The rest of the roof is flat, and is 
 largely composed of great sheets of glass. The interior deco- 
 rations are in thorough accord with the purposes of the build- 
 ing. They are kept in reserve, as so many of the exhibitions 
 are showy and attractive. Van Brunt and Howe, of Kansas 
 
258 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 City, are the architects who have so clearly apprehended the 
 evanescent spirit of the electrical exhibit, and so harmoniously 
 expressed it. 
 
 The electrical department of the Columbian Exposition di 
 vides its exhibit into seventeen groups, which may all be in- 
 cluded under the two divisions of theoretical and practical 
 electricity. The first division exhibits the scientific and histor- 
 ical developments of the subject in the discoveries and applica- 
 tions, models of patents granted to inventors, from the first im- 
 perfect machines to the latest and most marvelous achieve- 
 ments of to-day. Many pieces of the original apparatus used 
 by Franklin, Morse, Vail and others, which recorded their fail- 
 ures, their groping experiments, and their ultimate triumphs, 
 will be shown in this great historical object lesson. Electricity, 
 in its practical aspects and its commercial values, will have a 
 most elaborate showing. In its application to the transporta- 
 tion of passengers and freight, of sound and speech, of light- 
 ing, heating and cooking, it will touch so many of the prob- 
 lems of daily life that it will be, without doubt, the most gener- 
 ally interesting department in the whole wide range of the 
 Fair exhibits. 
 
 In the matter of electric lighting, the World's Fair itself 
 will be a great exhibition ground. Every building will be 
 thus illuminated, and many strange and beautiful effects will 
 be obtained, both indoors and out, A German electrical firm 
 will supply an immense reflector, which will turn night into 
 day along the lake shore. As the people throng this wonder- 
 world of modern invention, where abstract science is crystal- 
 izing into means for the helping and lifting of the nations, the 
 prophecy of the new heavens and the new earth seems to be 
 already at its fulfillment: "And there shall be no night there. ' 
 
 MINES AND MINING BUILDING. 
 
 The great buildings which face the central court of the Col- 
 umbian Exposition occupy four rectangular spaces of nearly 
 equal size. The Agricultural Building and Machinery Hall, 
 with the canal and terraces between them, fill the south side of 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 259 
 
 the quadrangle, their long- sides fronting the court. The Man- 
 ufactures' and Liberal Arts Building takes up the length of 
 the third rectangle, from the lake to the canal, with its 787 feet 
 of width. The fourth space is divided between two buildings 
 which stand with their ends to the court, on the north of the 
 Administration Building, their combined width exactly balanc- 
 ing their vis-a-vis, Machinery Hall and its annex. They are 
 the buildings devoted to Electricity, and Mines and Mining. 
 The canal separates them from the great Manufactures' Build- 
 ing, and connects with the lagoon just north and east of them. 
 The two buildings, separated only by an avenue, are well 
 planned for such close neighborhood. The architectural mo- 
 tive in both is the Italian renaissance, modified in the first in- 
 stance to express the lightness and springing of a building in- 
 tended for a display of the most subtle natural forces, and in 
 the second, strengthened and accented to the requirements of 
 an exhibit of the most solid and palpable of natural products. 
 The building is 700 feet long by 350 wide, and covers an area 
 of about five and one-half acres. Its grand entrances occupy 
 the center of the north and south fronts, facing the Adminis- 
 tration Building on one side and looking across the lagoon to 
 the beautiful wooded island on the other. 
 
 In its architectural details the Hall of Mines and Mining is 
 one of the plainest of the great departmental buildings. It has 
 no exterior adornment of sculptured figures, and its relief or- 
 namentation is concentrated at its strongly accented points, the 
 entrance and corner pavilions, whose lofty and broad sur- 
 faces give admirable decorative opportunities. The remaining 
 spaces of the four great facades are thus left free to express a 
 massive simplicity and dignity, with little decoration except 
 the line of the beautiful frieze, which is broken only by the an- 
 gles of the projecting pilasters. The exterior covering of the 
 building is staff, and it is toned to a warm ivory tint. From 
 the terminal vases of the pilasters and the corner pavilions rise 
 flagstaffs which support a line of fluttering banners around the 
 four sides of the cornice. The designer of this structure, Mr. 
 S. S. Beaman of Chicago, has expressed his architectural. idea 
 simply and forcibly, and has softened the severity of his lines 
 
26o GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 and angles by the beautiful arches of his principal facades, and 
 the rounded pavilion domes. The sculpture of the pediment 
 and spandrel spaces is the work of Mr. R. Bock, also a Chi- 
 cagoan, who designed the pediment group for the Electricity 
 Building. Over the great arch of the north entrance is the 
 single word, " Mining,"in the simplest of Roman lettering. It 
 looks commonplace enough, and, at the first glance, only the 
 work-a-day prose delving toil, but one has only to cross the 
 threshold of its ample portal to catch the fuller significanoe of 
 the superscription. It means the strength and glowing beauty 
 of a strange under-world, whose treasuries have been slowly 
 filled through countless ages of silence and darkness. It means 
 unknown stores of weath which must be searched for, seized 
 and brought to the surface light by the hardest and most un- 
 ceasing labor. It is an old story, older than history, this strug- 
 gle with the under-world genii for their hidden riches. From 
 the beginning of man's industrial activity, gems and precious 
 metals have played an important part in the world's history. 
 They have made the strength and splendor of nations; they 
 have paid the price of kingdoms, and the ransom of princes. 
 They have been talismans and sacred things to be fought for 
 and died for, and their baleful fires have made traitors and 
 murderers. Even in these later days, when occidental materi- 
 alism is prone to laugh at the old wonder tales of the Orient, 
 the world loves jewels. Perhaps in its over-stimulated civili- 
 zation, they are among the strongest of the few links that still 
 hold it to its primitive barbarism. 
 
 The Mines and Mining Building is a treasure house of 
 gems. Historic jewels, stones of unusual size and rare color, 
 diamonds like drops of sunlight, newly-discovered crystals 
 with strange names and wonderful colorings, will delight the 
 visitors who enjoy gems as they do flowers without troubling 
 themselves with names or classifications. For the student 
 who sees in them so many pages of the rich old earth's lesson 
 book there are collections in which he may read the story of 
 the ages set in jewels. But beside these rare stones, whose 
 beauty is their "own excuse for being," there is a wonder- 
 ful exhibit of the useful minerals and building stones. Like 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 261 
 
 the gems, the}'^ are the products of all lands, but the richness 
 and variety of American products, and especially those of the 
 United States of America, is the fullest demonstration of the 
 mineral wealth of this Western world. New discoveries of 
 precious stones are constantly being made in this country, but 
 its pride and power are in its mines of iron, copper and coal, 
 its depth of granite, marble and sandstone. These are for the 
 use and helping of the world, and are the true crown jewels 
 of the republic. 
 
 The exhibit of the government geological survey will give 
 a comprehensive idea of the mineral resources of the United 
 States. Native ores will be shown just as they were taken 
 from the earth, and with them maps showing the location of 
 the mines. Relief maps and photographs will also explain the 
 mineral belts, and portray the scenery. A very full collection 
 of examples illustrating the rules of crystalization will be 
 shown, and will lead the student into the wonderful ways of a 
 most fascinating branch of science. In the production of iron 
 the United States leads the world, having left Great Britain, 
 its closest competitor, behind. The iron exhibit will be a rev- 
 elation of the resources of the country, in which the Southern 
 States will make a remarkable showing. Every branch of the 
 iron industry will be considered; the various ores, their analy- 
 sis and the methods and processes of the manufacture of iron 
 and steel. The copper industries of the world are immense, 
 and those of the United States are of great present interest and 
 will be amply demonstrated. The showing of coal in its many 
 varieties will be supplemented by geological maps illustrating 
 the different peculiarities of the different coal-producing re- 
 gions, and the extent and stratification of the veins. It will be 
 a history of the coal location and production of the world, and 
 reveal many of the long-kept secrets of nature, emphasizing 
 that most beneficent One of All when wise Mother Earth sus- 
 pended the general manufacture of diamonds, which could be 
 enjoyed only by the few, and turned her attention to the pro- 
 duction of inexhaustible stores of coal for the use of the world's 
 multitudes. 
 
 Great interest has been already shown in m:;k; ng tb.e ex«. 
 15 
 
262 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 hibitof building stones complete and extensive. Almost every 
 State m the Union has resources of this kind. The marbles of 
 Vermont and Tennessee have great variety and beauty. 
 Granite is quarried in twent)^-eight States. From Maine to 
 California the "mountain's brooks play over solid granite." 
 
 TRANSPORTATION BUILDING. 
 
 Its great buildings are illustrated volumes full of lessons 
 in the romance and folk-lore of a musty past, and in the gainS 
 and applications of the nearer and clearer ages. In none of 
 these vast departments can the history and progress of the 
 race, the growing enlightenment of intellect and manners, be 
 more clearly read than in the building which covers so wide a 
 range of industry and invention under the name of the Trans- 
 portation Building. It is west of the Mines and Mining Build- 
 ing, and is the southernmost member of a group of buildings 
 lying to the west and north of the grand court of the Exposition, 
 which is sometimes called the Northern Architectural Court. 
 It occupies a position between the Mines and Horticultural 
 Buildings, and faces the lagoon and the picturesque wooded 
 island. It is near the main entrance and is easily reached from 
 all points in the circle of the departmental buildings. It has an 
 architectural individuality which enables it to hold its own 
 even in the neighborhood of the stately Mines Building, and 
 the lavishly decorated Horticultural Hall. The Romanesque 
 motive is apparent in its design. It is simple, compact and 
 symmetrical, broad and dignified in its lines, yet with the most 
 careful and intricate elaboration of details. It has a length of 
 560 feet fronting the lagoon and a depth of 250 feet, and covers 
 about eight acres. Its width is increased by an immense annex 
 which occupies about nine additional acres of space. 
 
 The building has a somewliat modified basilica form with 
 arched windows in both stories, and a central cupola 165 feet 
 high. From this point of vantage there is a grand and far- 
 reaching view of magnificent buildings, terraces and water- 
 ways, and the great, changeful lake, and to the left the long 
 vista of the Midway Plaisance with its foreign streets and 
 villages. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 263 
 
 The long eastern facade of the building with its succes- 
 s on of great windows, the arches of which light the interior 
 gallery, is broken midway by a grand entrance. It is formed 
 by a massive square pavilion framing an immense round arch. 
 This arch is deeply recessed and is profusely ornamented, each 
 member having its own conventionalized floral decoration in 
 relief. The tympanum above the door bears a design which 
 might be called the apotheosis of travel, and is fully classic in 
 expression. It shows a light, virile figure standing upon a 
 globe around which is a zone bearing the signs of the zodiac. 
 In his upraised hands are olive branches, for he is the genius 
 of the promise and peace of travel, the latter-day expression of 
 the fanciful old myth, signifi_cant of beneficence and progress. 
 Below the globe, half-concealed by rolling clouds, are four 
 plunging sea horses. Graceful attendant figures float in space, 
 and seem to guide and uphold the circling earth. The entire 
 front of the great entrance to the pavilion, with its symbolic 
 groups and its many receding arches, is to be overlaid with 
 gold-leaf, and facing east, and catching the first slant rays of 
 the morning sun as it rises out of the broad lake, it will be in 
 truth what it has already been called in description, "The 
 Golden Door." The figure above the portal may well be an 
 Apollo, the Sun God flashing back the strong, sweet light as 
 he guides the old w-orld "down the ringing grooves of change." 
 On each side of the entrance are two panels bearing relief 
 sculptures illustrating ancient and modern transportation. 
 The inner panels are fourteen feet in length, one representing 
 an old man riding in a primitive ox cart, and the other giving 
 an interior view of a luxuriously appointed Pullman car, in 
 which a party of travelers sit at ease. The two outer panels 
 are twenty-three feet long, and shov/ on the left of the entrance 
 the deck of a great ocean steamship, with officers, seamen, and 
 voyagers, and on the right a number of modes of ancient and 
 oriental travel from the camel of the desert and the Nile galley 
 to the sedan chair. The visitor reads his first object lesson at 
 the portal of the great building, in the sharp contrast between 
 the slow and picturesque past and the speed and driving force 
 of the present. 
 
264 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 On each side of the grand pavilion is a short stairway lead- 
 ing to a little open kiosk whose round dome is supported by 
 pillars. These kiosks form a part of the entrance and like all 
 the members are profusely decorated. In the spaces between 
 the wnidow'S are short columns set in pairs, and reaching to 
 the base of the arches which form the upper windows. Their 
 beautifully ornamented capitals show a variety of designs, in 
 all of v/hich a floral suggestion is seen. The fiat overhanging 
 cornice has a like decoration on its side and under surface. 
 This ornamentation is Saracenic in character, and, admitting of 
 a wide variety of design, always with a recurrent motive 
 which has a thistle suggestion, it is admirably adapted to the 
 decoration of the great building which expresses in its archi- 
 tecture the Romanesque idea under Oriental influence. The 
 ornamentation of the long facade is chiefly concentrated upon 
 the splendid doorway, the columns between the windows and 
 the brackets above them which support the flagstaff. The 
 remaining space is forceful and dignified in its simplicity. On 
 the east front of the building are eight square drinking foun- 
 tains, each supporting a constant stream of water flowing from 
 a lion's mouth. These fountains form pedestals for eight great 
 statuary groups, extending the length of the facade, four being 
 set on each side of the grand entrance. They represent trans- 
 portation in its most important phases. Land transportation 
 is shown in a group whose central holds a model of a locomo- 
 tive. She stands in strong reliant pose with a farmer, repre- 
 senting the power and products of the soil, on one side, and a 
 mechanic with anvil and cog-wheel on the other. Water navi- 
 gation is portrayed in a group whose central figure stands on 
 the prow of a boat with Commerce on her right and Conquest 
 mailed and helmeted, but in repose on the left. It is commerce 
 in these later days that is the active ally of navigation as con- 
 quest was in the times when Spanish galleons sailed the seas 
 to conquer lands and exact tribute. Aerial navigation shows 
 an alert, supple figure adjusting a pair of great wings for a 
 flight into unconquered regions of air, and electrical propul- 
 sion is represented by a masculine group with the implements 
 of the new discoverv about them. At each end of the 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 265 
 
 Transportation Building is a broad stairway meeting upon a 
 long platform which has a balustrade set with simple figures. 
 There are eight life-size figures on the north side, six of them 
 being portrait statues of the famous inventors — Watt, Fulton, 
 Stephenson, Ericsson/Mongolfier and Papin — the two remain- 
 ing figures at the ends showing the typical railroad brakeman 
 and the sailor. These two figures are duplicated on the 
 southern balustrade, the other six being portrait statues of 
 noted railroad magnates of the nearer past, among them, 
 Cornelius Vanderbilt, Tom Scott, Thompson and the 
 Garretsons. 
 
 The interior of the building shows the basilica divisions of 
 broad central nave and aisles. The roof of the nave is much 
 higher than that of the aisles, and has a clere-story set with 
 arched windows. Above the frieze is a row of round windows 
 on each side of the nave. The cupola and galleries are placed 
 within easy reach of visitors by eight elevators which form a 
 practical working part of the transportation exhibition. The 
 interior decoration will be rich and appropriate, employing 
 both sculpture and color, but will be everywhere subordinated 
 to the uses of the building. The figures and relief groups are 
 the work of John J. Boyle, of Philadelphia, a sculptor whose 
 work is well known in the East, and who is the author of the 
 Ryerson Indian group in Lincoln Park, Chicago. The archi- 
 tects who have successfully planned and developed this unique 
 structure are Messrs. Adler and SuUivan, of Chicago. The 
 exterior covering and the sculpture and ornamentation are of 
 staff, tinted a pale yellowish brown. 
 
 Out of the demands of needs, of luxury and of discovery 
 has grown what may be termed the science of transportation, 
 which is really the perfecting of the means for lessening dis- 
 tance and bringing the world into a community of interest and 
 possession. It is one of the leveling forces, and may be profi- 
 tably studied from the standpoint of philosophy. It is this 
 broad view of the great subject which will be emphasized in 
 the exhibits of this department. In the annex are to be seen 
 complete trains of cars seeming to await only the signal " all 
 aboard." Street railways through their developments of sur- 
 
266 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 face, underground and elevated, will be fully shown. Carriages 
 and carts of every degree of comfort and use will have very 
 complete representation. Water craft from the most imposing 
 man-of-war to the tiniest pleasureboat, and from the canoe of 
 the savage to the staunchest merchantman will be shown by 
 model or in actual form and size. The development of many 
 modes of modern travel will be illustrated from the earliest and 
 rudest forms to the latest and most improved inventions, and 
 many models of great historic interest will be shown. A com- 
 plete pictorial history of transportation in our own and foreign 
 countries will be contributed by leading publishers. The 
 primitive means of conveyance, the chairs and litters, the 
 curious saddles and carts propelled by men, will give oppor- 
 tunity for an interesting chapter of ancient history. 
 
 HORTICULTURAL. BUILDING. 
 
 . As a visitor to the World's Columbian Exposition looks 
 northward from the Transportation Building he sees, across the 
 broad avenue which leads to the western terrace of the lagoon, 
 a group of buildings which comprise the northern division of 
 the departmental series. The group includes the Horticul- 
 tural, Woman's, Art and Fisheries Buildings, all fronting 
 on the devious shores of the lagoon, and is supplemented by 
 the United States Government Building, and numerous state 
 edifices. The first member of this group, as is seen from the 
 south, is the beautiful Horticultural Hall. It is a fitting 
 temple of nature in her ejjpressions of bounty and beauty which 
 the earlier ages embodied in the glad-hearted and beneficent 
 deities, Flora and Pomona. Here are sheltered and set iij order 
 the offerings of forest and field, the wild growths of mountain- 
 side and summit, and the wonders of care and cultivation of 
 garden and hothouse. It holds within its crystal walls the 
 floral glories of every land and latitude, and forms the central 
 feature of the greatest and most comprehensive horticultural 
 exhibit ever known in the history of the world's great fairs. 
 This exhibit includes the landscape gardening which has trans- 
 formed the sandy wastes and sedgy swamps of the old Jackson 
 Park into grassy terraces sloping to the waters of the lagoon 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 267 
 
 and canals, set along the edges with rushes and water plants, 
 and blossoming with a multitude of flowers which are to tell 
 the wonderful story of nature's joy in color from the first ten- 
 der tints of the spring violet and hyacinth, and the deepening 
 growth of the daffodil, through the myriad tone harmonies of 
 pansies and the glories of the rose garden, to the last wondrous 
 colorings in which the stately crysanthemums gather all the 
 subtle tones and delicate blendings of a vanished summer, and 
 carry them bravely into the gray and frosty days of late 
 autumn. 
 
 The Horticultural Building consists of a central and two 
 terminal pavilions connected by front and rear curtains. This 
 plan gives an uninterrupted length of 1,000 feet, with an ex- 
 treme width of 250 feet. The connecting curtains give two 
 interior open courts, each 270 feet long and eighty-eight feet 
 wide. The central pavilion is covered by a great crystal dome 
 113 feet high, and 187 feet in diameter. In front of this dome 
 are two smaller domes flanking the square entrance pavilions, 
 with their lofty arch portals. The grand entrances occupy the 
 center of the east and west sides, that on the east looking out 
 upon a terrace in which are to be placed some of the rarest 
 out-of-door plants. This terrace is bordered on the lagoon side 
 by a low balustrade set with vases and has broad steps leading 
 down to the boat landing. 
 
 Across the lagoon can be seen the Moorish arches 
 of the Fisheries Building and the dome of the Government 
 Building among the foliage, and to the north the classic lines of 
 the Art Palace. 
 
 The western entrance looks toward the Midway Plaisance 
 with its clustering foreign villages and streets. In the grand 
 rotunda beneath the dome will be placed the great palms, tree 
 ferns and bamboos, and the strange cactus growths which will 
 demonstrate to Northern eyes the wonder and beauty of 
 tropical vegetation. 
 
 An immense mound of rock and earth with water dashing 
 down the rugged sides like mountain brooks will be set with 
 ferns, vines and rock plants. 
 
 The white dome with the sunlight glinting through it, and 
 
268 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 the cloud shadows drifting- across it, will cover the semblance 
 of the wonder-world of tropical plant life when the lush 
 growth, the crowding and unfading leafage and the brilliant 
 and imperious blossoming make a perpetual miracle of pro- 
 duction and renewal. 
 
 The spaces of the building inclosed by the curtain walls 
 will be devoted to tender plants, and to fruits and flowers 
 requiring protection. The inner courts will contain shrubs and 
 fruit-bearing trees, among them a number of orange trees 
 which will be shown in demonstration of the orange culture of 
 California. The end pavilions will be devoted to the display 
 of plants, flowers, seeds and horticultural implements. The 
 galleries which form the second story of the end pavilions 
 and which have open arcades on three sides will be used as 
 cafes. From them can be obtained the finest view of the 
 flower-adorned grounds, the lagoon with its dancing waters 
 and bright sails and the island with its rose garden and its 
 Japanese temple in the changing verdure of its varied 
 foliage. There are frequent minor entrances along the sides 
 and ends of the building. Above the first story of the pavilions 
 and along the curtain walls below the cornice, runs a wide, 
 continuous frieze. It bears a procession of dancing Cupids 
 holding garlands, and expresses the joy of the eternal child- 
 hood of nature, the perpetual blossom-time of her sunshiny 
 youth. The work is in half-relief, and is strongly modeled. 
 On each side of the main entrance in front of the lower domes 
 is a statuary group fourteen feet high. The springtime group 
 represents the battle of the flowers and shows a central stand- 
 ing figure holding a garland of blossoms. The other figures 
 of youths and maidens are pelting each other with flowers and 
 a rollicking baby is lying on his back unharmed and unafraid 
 in the thick of the merry contest. The laughing faces and 
 fluttering draperies express the gladness and motion of the 
 young season's life. There are six figures in the well-balanced 
 group, the central one being eight feet in height. 
 
 The second sculptured group tells the autumn story of the 
 " Sleep of the Flowers." The central figure stands holding a 
 wind-blown drapery over her head. On each side are sitting 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 269 
 
 figures with eyes closed, one in a sad, regretful sleep, the other 
 with the light of summer memories still on the happy face and 
 down-dropped eyelids. On a low tree-trunk sits a little wood- 
 land cherub eating a bunch of grapes. Itis the seriousness of 
 the finished, perfected season, the repose after accomplishment 
 that is expressed in this group. There are two single figures 
 to be placed on each end of the pavilions. On one is seen the 
 grandeur, the protector and nourisher of tender plants, and 
 a nymph bent over a book, seeming to be absorbed in the 
 study of the science and structure of the plant world. On the 
 other pavilion is a dancing Faun holding a cup. His head is 
 thrown back, his scanty .drapery is blown by the summer wind, 
 and his laughing face and supple figure are alert with the 
 pleasure of life and action. The elixir of the summer sunshine 
 is in his veins, and the child of nature revels in its strength 
 and sweetness. The fourth figure embodies the fanciful con- 
 ceit of a nymph painting a lily. It is another and more subtle 
 expression of the same delight in nature which moves the Faun 
 to laughter and dance. Within the vestibule of the eastern 
 entrance are two single figures, nine feet in height, represent- 
 ing Flora and Pomona. The Flora stands with head uplifted, 
 holding a long wreath of flowers. Her classic drapery falls 
 in fluttering curves, as if blown by warm breezes. The 
 Pomona is a buxom figure, nude to the waist, holding a long 
 basket heav}^ with the weight of its crowded fruits. Both 
 figures are well considered, and expressive. The decoration 
 and sculpture of the Horticultural Building are the work of 
 the Chicago sculptor, Mr. Lorado Taft. In his designs he has 
 sought to impress more by suggestions than by realism, and so 
 has kept the undertone of sentiment that makes his work the 
 expression of poetic feeling. 
 
 The architect of the beautiful building, which, it is now 
 said, will survive the fair and become one of the permanent 
 attractions of the future Jackson Park, is Mr. W. L. B. 
 Jenney of Chicago. The exterior covering and ornamentation 
 of the building is staff, tinted a clear, warm buff. 
 
 If the World's Fair is to be the great textbook of the 
 century's higher learning, its department of geography is most 
 
270 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 complete and interesting. The agricultural, the forestry and 
 horticultural exhibits are the grand answer to the familiar 
 question, " What are the natural products of the world?" The 
 trees, the abounding floral life, the fruit products of the wide 
 earth, are brought to the service of this mighty object lesson. 
 The race will always have worlds to conquer till the end of 
 time, but after this six months' geography class it will have 
 fewer worlds to discover. It will know the mysteries of the 
 tropics and the secrets of the arctic zones; it will have become 
 familiar with flower jewels of highland and valley. It will 
 learn how bountiful a mother is this old earth, choosing food 
 and refreshment for her various children so wisely, and supply- 
 ing them so abundantly. 
 
 The United States' exhibit will be its first worthy intro- 
 duction in this department to the world. There will be col- 
 lective exhibits from the different States and Territories, in 
 many cases including a complete herbarium and wax models 
 of all the fruits. From these can be made what it has never 
 been possible to attain before, a full and comprehensive col- 
 lection of the fruit and plant products of the United States. 
 The fruit-growing States of the South have planned extensive 
 exhibits. In these California will take the lead with the fruits 
 of her orange groves, her olive orchards and her vineyards. 
 The fruit growth and consumption of the United States has 
 grown a hundred-fold in the last decade, as its capacities of 
 soil and climate have been more and more put to the test. 
 The stretch of country from semi-arctic to semi-tropical latitudes 
 gives opportunities for the widest variety, and fruit orchards 
 and plantations are set on the hillsides and in the sun-warmed 
 valleys through the length and breadth of the land, and fruits 
 that half a century ago were the infrequent luxuries of the rich 
 now fill the markets, and all within reach of the scantiest purse. 
 The West Indian and South American tropical regions will 
 send an object lesson in the growth of the rarer fruits and 
 spices, many of which have never been grown outside of their 
 natural habitat, even under the most skillfully-managed hot- 
 house conditions. The coffee with its star-like white blossom 
 and scarlet berry, the nutmeg bursting its outer covering to 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 271 
 
 show the red lines of the mace about its inner shell; the clove 
 with its aromatic flower buds, and many of the fruits unknown 
 beyond the perpetual summer of the equatorial neighborhood, 
 will bring the ends of the earth into intimate knowledge and 
 companionship. From the eastern world will come rare and 
 various contributions of fruit, and the trees and flowers of 
 many lands will tell strange wonder tales. Trees grown in 
 fantastic shape v/ill recall the splendid days of the old Roman 
 villa, and dwarfed trees from Japan will show the skill that 
 can keep a tree flourishing for a century and still holding to 
 the height of a tiny shrub. And flowers from summer lands 
 and snow lands will glow and blossom and send up the incense 
 of gladness through the six months of the Fair's continuance. 
 Wonderful orchids, the gypsies of the floral world, will swing 
 their gorgeous blossoms from alien branches, and strange Al- 
 pine plants that drink in the fiercest sun rays, yet must be 
 grown with ice about their roots, will give the two wondrous 
 extremes of plant character. 
 
 Experimenal exhibits in propagation and culture will un- 
 fold to the plant-grower new secrets of nature. The experiment 
 of growing plants under electric light will be carefully studied, 
 and constant comparison will be made with the sunlight growth 
 under similar conditions. The exhibition of growing plants 
 and flowers in the grounds which will supplement the great 
 central exhibit in the Horticultural Building has been planned 
 on a large scale. Thousands of rose bushes are already under 
 cultivation for the island rose garden. A great and brilliant 
 collection of tuHps will fill the terrace bed opposite the Horti- 
 cultural Building, and when their blossoming season is over a 
 million pansies will turn their pretty faces to the sunlight. 
 The exhibit of roof gardening will be of especial interest to 
 city dwellers, to whom it opens the only way to the enjoyment 
 of nature's grace of growth and bloom. 
 
 Special flower exhibitions will be held at intervals through 
 the continuance of the Exposition, and thus a constant change 
 and variety will be presented. 
 
 The horticultural exhibit sets the visitor face to face with 
 nature, and opens her wondrous illuminated book for his study 
 
2/2 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 and delight. The miracle of growth, the wonder and variety 
 of the food and fruit supply, and the rythmic color cadences 
 set themselves like full organ tones to the words of the grand 
 old Benedicite, "O, all ye green things upon the earth, bless 
 ye the Lord; praise Him and magnify him forever." 
 
 WOMAN'S BUILDING. 
 
 The Woman's Building of the Columbian Exposition 
 proves the strength and steadiness of this advance movement. 
 It is a grand milestone in the broadening highway of the 
 world's progress, and it marks the first official recognition of 
 women in the -history of World's Fairs. A woman's depart- 
 ment under the control ®f a woman's board of management, 
 successfully developed and ably conducted, is not the least in- 
 teresting feature of the Columbian Exposition. When the 
 building was decided upon, a number of women architects sub- 
 mitted plans which were all so excellent that the committee 
 of award found it a difficult and delicate matter to reach a de- 
 . cision. The design of Miss Sophia G. Hayden, a pupil of the 
 Boston Institute of Technology, was finally accepted, and the 
 first prize of $i,ooo was awarded to her, The second and 
 third prizes were given to Miss Lois L. Howe, of Boston, and 
 Miss Laura Hayes, of Chicago. Miss Hayden promptly fur- 
 nished the necessary working plans, detail drawings and esti- 
 mates, and the Woman's Building was the first structure com- 
 menced in the Exposition grounds. It is beautifully and suit- 
 ably located, standing just south of the entrance from the Mid- 
 way Plaisance. The approach up the broad avenue gives a 
 fine view of its western facade, and its eastern facade faces the 
 lagoon, which at this point broadens into a bay 400 feet in 
 width with a grand landing and stairs leading to a wide ter- 
 race set with blossoming plants. On the south, across a broad 
 avenue, is the Horticultural Building, to the north are seen 
 the domes of the Illinois State and Art Buildings, and across 
 the width of the smooth lagoon to the east rise the turrets and 
 arches of the Fisheries' Building. The Woman's Building 
 shows a classic simplicity and directness, and a grace and cer- 
 tainty of lines which gives an impression at once of strength 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 273 
 
 and delicacy, and makes it an example of the best style of the 
 Italian Renaissance. The first story has a height of ten feet 
 from the ground line. The main facade has an extreme 
 length of 400 feet, and consists of a central pavilion with a 
 triple-arched entrance above which is an open colonnade in 
 the second story capped by a low pediment and corner 
 pavilions connected by curtain v/alls forming open arcades in 
 both stories. The corner pavilions are finished above the 
 second story by balustrades supported by Ionic pillars and the 
 corners and capatides on the sides. The roof spaces of these 
 corner pavilions will form hanging gardens filled with trees 
 and blossoming plants. 
 
 The exterior decorations in cornice and spandrel spaces 
 are simple and consistent. In response to the invitation to 
 women sculptors to submit competitive designs for the ex- 
 terior sculpture work, twenty designs in plaster were received, 
 most of which showed so much thought and excellence in 
 modeling that Mr. Augustus St. Gaudens, to whom the work 
 of selection was given, found it no easy matter to decide upon 
 the successful competitor. To Miss Alice L. Rideout, of San 
 Francisco, was awarded the work and the first prize. A young 
 American girl, not yet twenty years of age, her art training 
 received in America, she has shown in her designs a vigorous 
 understanding of subject and composition, a delicacy of senti- 
 ment and an ability to work on a large scale, v/hich are re- 
 markable when her youth and old world opportunities are 
 considered. The group which occupies the pediment spaces 
 of the east and west fronts illustrates the various phases of 
 woman's work in history. The central figure stands erect and 
 graceful, holding a Bible in one hand and a myrtle wreath in 
 the other. On the right, woman as a teacher points a group 
 of children to the open door of a schoolhouse. Music, the 
 Drama, Science and Humanity fill the remaining space on the 
 right, and in the left side of the pediment are represented 
 Benevolence, Charity, Literature, Art and the Domestic Vir- 
 tues. The groups which are in high relief are expressive and 
 well composed, and are modeled with a freedom and certainty 
 of handling. 
 
 18 
 
2/4 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 Above the attic cornice are to be groups standing free on 
 pedestals five feet long and three wide, sixty feet from the 
 ground. They embody the ideas of civilization and charity, 
 and are to be repeated, six standing above each of the corner 
 pavilions. Each group has a central figure twelve feet high 
 standing with outspread wings. Civilization holds a torch in 
 her left hand, and in her right aflame which she has taken from 
 the burning brand and is reaching toward a sitting figure 
 with bowed and covered head which represents the woman of 
 the past. She holds a distaff in one hand and raises the other 
 in appealing uncertainty toward the hand that bears the flame 
 from the torch of wisdom. 
 
 On the left side is an alert young figure in the gown and 
 mortar board hat of a student. She holds an open book in her 
 hands and her bright face is raised open-eyed and fearlessly to 
 the flaming torch of wisdom. The central figure has a clear, 
 strong, and benignant face. The full draperies fall to the feet 
 in free and graceful lines. At the base of the group are an 
 owl and a mask, and behind the student figure is a globe. The 
 charity group shows a gracious winged figure standing with 
 outstretched hands. On her left sits a mother with little chil- 
 dren protected and strengthened by the benevolent presence 
 and on. her right a figure in the wide cap of a Sister of Mercy 
 is preparing food at a tripod placed over a flame. The head 
 of charity is bent toward the lower figures, and is covered 
 with lightly falling drapery. The two groups are well con- 
 sidered and full of sentiment. They portray the noblest wom- 
 anly virtues, of enlightenment and ministration, the constant 
 and enriching " blessedness of being heeded." 
 
 The truth and directness of Miss Rideout's sculpture work 
 are in harmony with the simplicity and classic dignity of Miss 
 Hayden's architectural expression. 
 
 The ends of the building facing north and south have triple 
 entrances, with simple porticos. Within, a lobby forty feet 
 wide, opens into a grand central hall, -spanned by a curved 
 roof of glass. At each end of the hall are six great columns. 
 Four wide staircases lead from the lobbies to the second story, 
 where an open arcade extends around the central hall. Upon 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 275 
 
 this arcade open the committee rooms, and the north pavilion 
 contains on this floor an assembly room with stage and ante- 
 rooms. Stairways lead to the pavilion-roof gardens, from 
 which a broad view of park, plaisance, lake and city are ob- 
 tained. The first floor of the building will have in the south 
 of the building a retrospective exhibit, and in the north the 
 showing of reform and charity organizations. There will be 
 also a library, bureau of information, a model kitchen and re- 
 freshment rooms. In arrangement and lighting the building 
 will fulfill all the requirements which its many and varied uses 
 will demand. The interior decoration will be entirely women's 
 work, except the relief staff ornamentation, which is very sim- 
 ple. A number of carved wood panels are already growing 
 into completeness under the hands of skillful workers. Mrs. 
 Candace Wheeler, who is at the head of the Society of Asso- 
 ciated Artists, will superintend the color decorations, and her 
 daughter, Mrs. Dora Wheeler Keith, will paint the ceiling and 
 frieze of the library, which will be finished and furnished by 
 the women of New York. 
 
 The decorative painting in the great hall has been placed in 
 the hands of Mrs. Frederick MacMonnies, the wife of the de- 
 signer of the great fountain in the central court of the Exposi- 
 tion, and Miss Cassatt. Both these ladies are Americans. 
 Mrs. MacMonnies p>aints strongly in free light and air, and 
 some of her larger canvases show that she is w^ell fitted to deal 
 with the wide spaces and strong effects necessary in mural 
 painting. Miss Cassatt is a pupil of Degas, and an able and 
 truthful artist. 
 
 Applications for space have crowded upon them until the 
 building that looked so large as it stood alone in the park, in 
 its white and simple beauty is already found to be far too small 
 to accommodate those who ask for admission. Mrs. Potter 
 Palmer, the wise and able president of the board, has made 
 several trips abroad and enlisted the enthusiasm and the active 
 efforts of many royal and influential women. The Queen of 
 Belgium, Princess Metternich, Madam Carnot, Baroness Bur- 
 dett-Couts and the Countess of Aberdeen are working vigo- 
 rously by influence and actual accomplishment, and scores of 
 
276 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 thoughtful women are helping to make the first worthy exhibi- 
 tion of woman's work an event of the century, and a fitting 
 tribute to the memory of the woman who made the discovery 
 of America possible in 1492. 
 
 In this exhibition the women of the' wide world will meet 
 and know each other, and will establish a community of inter- 
 est and helpfulness which will be a mighty force in bringing 
 about the much-desired "brotherhood of man, the federation of 
 the world." The library will be filled with books written by 
 women and contributions are coming in from all quarters. It 
 is interesting to note the character of many of these works. 
 Travel, science, archaeology, philosophy are ably represented 
 by women writers of many nationalities who have won honor- 
 able place among the savants of the world. 
 
 Exhibitions of native work are coming from Cape Town, 
 Africa, India, Peru, Mexico, and many other countries whose 
 women are strange to us. 
 
 Industrial art exhibits from all the European countries, con- 
 vent treasures from the Latin nations of Europe which tell the 
 story of woman's skillful handiwork for centuries in raw laces, 
 embroideries and pictures, wonderful Irish linens and laces, 
 delicate mechanical work which only small, deft, fehiinine fin- 
 gers can accomplish, from England, will have place in the 
 Woman's Building. 
 
 The women of this country have risen grandly- to their op- 
 portunity. In every state boards of management are actively 
 at work, and much individual effort is made. From Colorado 
 will come an exhibit of gem cutting by women. Louisiana 
 will send rich contributions to the roof garden, and California 
 will present an exhibit of the flowers and fruits of their fertile 
 soil. 
 
 The New York School of Industrial Art will make an im- 
 portant exhibit in the Woman's Building. It will consist of 
 practical technical designs for carpets, wall papers, stained 
 glass, book covers, fabrics and laces. In the thirteenth year of 
 the school's existence women have come to the front as practi- 
 cal designers, and a new field has been opened to them for in- 
 dustrial work. The women of New Jersey have undertaken 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION 277 
 
 the decoration of the vestibule of the building with tiles and 
 vases from the potteries of their state. A fine ceramic display- 
 is prorriised by the Detroit women, and from Kansas City 
 come fine wood carvings. 
 
 Relics, colonial treasures and curiosities will be sent from 
 all quarters, and will require all the wisdom and finesse of the 
 board of lady managers to deal with their limitations of space 
 and their embarrassment of riches. 
 
 The exhibits in the Woman's Building will represent but a 
 small part of the thought and work of women in the Colum- 
 bian Exposition. A model house and sanitary kitchen in 
 operation through the six months of the Fair are proposed, 
 and a house where children can be cared for during the day, is 
 to be maintained, and it will be blessed and remembered by 
 many weary mothers to whom it will give the opportunity for 
 a few hours' unhindered enjoyment of the wonders of the great 
 Fair. Several dormitories for the accommodation of visiting 
 women at reasonable prices, are already planned, and women 
 from the Atlantic to the Pacific are eager to become stock- 
 holders in the enterprise, and are asking for similar buildings 
 for the accommodation of families. 
 
 The women of Colorado have asked the privilege of con- 
 tributing the casket to hold the hammer with which Mrs. 
 Potter Palmer drives the famous nail in the building. It will 
 be made of the precious metals of the state, with decoration of 
 silver filagree representing Colorado flowers. 
 
 The educational influence of the exhibits in the Woman's 
 Building will be far-reaching and stimulating, giving new im- 
 pulse to earnest workers, widening the horizon of many care- 
 less women, and lifting the burden of many a narrow life by 
 the sympathy, the interest and the knowledge which will come 
 to it through this great gathering together of the thought, the 
 wisdom, and the honest and worthy work of the women of the 
 wide world. 
 16 
 
278 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 THE FISHERIES BUILDING. 
 
 As the visitor to the World's Columbian Exposition stands 
 on the steps of the Woman's Building and looks eastward 
 ■across the flower-bordered lagoon, he sees the long classic 
 facade of the Palace of Manufactures and Liberal Arts rising 
 beyond the Green Forest Island. North of it stands the stately 
 United States Government Building and still further north- 
 ward on a curve of land formed by the windings of the lagoon 
 on its way to the great lake, rises the sylvan poem of the great 
 group of the Exposition palaces, the Fisheries Building. 
 
 To the north, across a wide stretch of sun-lighted water it 
 fronts the classic grandeur of the Art Palace; to the west it 
 faces the simple and serious beauty of the Woman's Building, 
 and to the south, across a narrow waterway it opposes the 
 dignity of the United States Government structure. It sug- 
 gests nature, fantastic and riant, at times approaching peri- 
 lously near the grim absurdity of the satyr, yet always 
 restrained and directed until it yields its free and manifold 
 forms to a wide range of decorative expression without losing 
 the suggestions of the joy of life and movement which are 
 found alike in the plunging mountain stream and the foam- 
 crested ocean. It is the laugh of the Exposition as free and 
 unhindered as that of the naiad or mermaid, and it never fails 
 to win responsive appreciation from the multitudes who visit 
 the World's Fair grounds, and who are sometimes puzzled and 
 overpowered by the dignity and grandeur of the more formal 
 buildings. The extreme dimensions of the Fisheries Building 
 are i,ioo by 200 feet, but it is broken by curves and turrets 
 so that the general effect is that of lightness and delicacy with- 
 I out any suggestion of great size or massive strength. Its 
 curves follow those of the land on which it is built, and its 
 main entrance faces the lagoon opposite the Government 
 Building. The central structure has a quadrangular first story 
 365 feet in length and 165 in width, crowned by a great cir- 
 cular story with a conical roof. Above this roof rises a light 
 open turret and four turret-capped towers spring from the cir- 
 cular base. A broad exterior colonnade surrounds this story, 
 
V/ORLDS COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 279 
 
 joining the four open towers and giving wide and beautiful 
 views of the Fair, and the changeful, far-reaching lake. Two 
 long curved arcades connect the central building with the two 
 end structures which ^re polygonal in form, with a diameter 
 of about 135 feet. These smaller structures are one story in 
 height, surmounted by central cupolas having a succession of 
 arched window openings. 
 
 The main entrances of the Fisheries Building occupy the 
 middle of the long facades of the central structure, fronting 
 nearly north and south. The entrance pavilions are 102 feet 
 long and project forty-one feet beyond the main building, and 
 are finished at each end by a circular tower, its open second 
 story capped by a cone-shaped roof. The main portals are 
 triple arches supported by columns in pairs, with three smaller 
 arches on each side, joining the flanking towers. Minor 
 entrances are placed in the end buildings and the connecting 
 arcades. The building, seen from across the lagoon, with its 
 open central towers and flag-crowned turrets, the curve of its 
 colonnades, its delicate columns and springing arches, is the 
 most picturesque feature of the wonderful exposition group, 
 and has the lilt and lightness of a fairy palace. Its architec- 
 tural motive is Romanesque, with a strong Moorish influence 
 in its round arches and open balustrades. The Moresque in- 
 fluence does not -affect the scheme of decoration. The 
 followers of the Prophet, who were the designers of the 
 Alhambra and the old Spanish palaces would have recoiled in 
 pious horror from the riotous use of natural forms which 
 appears in the adornment of this temple of nature. Every 
 form of plant and animal marine life is employed and many of 
 the results are decorative surprises as pleasing as they are novel 
 and daring. When one studies the many beautiful columns 
 with their continuous half-length decoration, and resolves the 
 recurrent motive into natural forms of turtles, crabs and sea- 
 horses, he feels that the designer has achieved the apotheosis 
 of the commonplace which has escaped absurdity and the 
 violation of all the canons of decoration only by the guidance 
 of a master's hand and an artist's subtle power of appropria- 
 tion. 
 
28o GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 The exterior walls of the main building are formed of a 
 succession of engaged columns in pairs, the spaces between 
 being filled by glass windows instead of solid wall. The 
 columns of the connecting arcades are triple, and like the 
 buildings, are covered with staff, its delicate tint contrasting 
 finely with the glazed Spanish tiles which form the roof cover- 
 ing. The exterior columns show continuous decoration 
 through the upper half of their length, and are finished by 
 lavishly ornamented capitals. The balustrades between the 
 w^all columns have a decoration of dolphins. The columns 
 show rows of turtles, crabs, sea-horses, oven-mouthed fishes, 
 and cat-tails and water-grasses with fishes and eels in the 
 weedy tangle. The capitals represent great reed baskets over- 
 flowing with fish, and lobsters, nets filled with spoil of river 
 and sea, and clusters of rushes through which peep the expan- 
 sive faces of frogs. Around the entrance arches appears the 
 same unique decoration of natural sea forms in almost endless 
 variety of application, never departing from the lightness and 
 flexibility which keep it in accord with the architectural idea. 
 
 The main entrance opens into a broad vestibule from which 
 winding stairwa3-s lead up to the open entrance towers. 
 Beyond the vestibule is the main hall of the building, having a 
 gallery in the second story and open to the curve of the central 
 dome. From the gallery which overlooks the broad space 
 of the main floor, winding stairs lead to the four roof towers. 
 
 The Fisheries exhibit represents the daring and progress of 
 the maritime nations of the world. " They that go down to 
 the sea in ships, and occupy their business in great waters," 
 have been the pioneers of adventure and discovery since the 
 beginning of history. The sea has been a kindly foster- 
 mother to them in spite of her frowns, and with the treasures 
 which thej^ have wrested from her unwilling hands, they have 
 gained the strength, the courage and the dauntless endurance 
 which have gone to the making of many a great nation. The 
 fisherman who dared the perils of the Northern seas, grew 
 into the viking as his step became firm and confident upon the 
 reeling deck; the sea rover became the discoverer, and 
 emigration and commerce followed fast and far when they 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 281 
 
 could use the tireless white sails of the speeding ships for their 
 wings. 
 
 So the exhibit of the appliances used in the fishing indus- 
 tries, and in all times, which occupies a large part of the Main 
 Fisheries Building, is an illustrative history of development and 
 achievement which tells many chapters of the world's life and 
 growth. The progress of fish culture, the fur, seal and walrus 
 fisheries illustrated hy papier-mache models, the various fish 
 foods and their uses form a valuable part of the main exhibit, 
 and the literature of fishery from its history and laws to the 
 dainty idling notes of the solitary angler will find place in the 
 building. 
 
 The curving corridors with their open arches and triple 
 columns lead to the two smaller terminal buildings. That on 
 the eastern end is devoted to an aquarial exhibit, and that on 
 the west to a display of angling appliances. The Aquarial 
 Building, which contains the exhibit of live fish, is a pavilion 
 sixty feet in diameter, lighted from the crowning cupola. The 
 arched spaces between the wall pillars show marine forms in 
 high relief, fish swimming through moving waves, frogs on 
 the banks of a rushy stream, and marsh reeds and grasses. The 
 capitals of the columns are set with sea shells. In the center 
 of the pavilion is a basin thirty feet in width, from which rises 
 a mass of rocks covered with moss and lichens, and through 
 whose crevices, streams and tiny cascades dash and clatter 
 down into the basin edged with rushes and water-plants, a 
 homelike abiding place for the dainty fish whose golden, silver 
 and opalescent scales flash through the ripples like strange water 
 blossoms. A circular walk sixteen feet wide extends around 
 the basin. It will be set with a series of tanks, ten in number, 
 for fresh and salt water fish, varying in capacity from 7,000 to 
 17,000 gallons each. These tanks will be rounded at the bot- 
 tom and will have glass walls, so that they can be inspected 
 from both sides. The sea water for the marine tanks will be 
 obtained by evaporating the necessary quantity at the station 
 of the United States Fish Commission at Wood's Hole, on the 
 coast of Martha's Vineyard, to about one-fifth of its bulk, the 
 like water being use^ to restore it to its proper density. An 
 
2S2 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 outer row of tanks, with a capacity of from 750 to 1, 500 gallons, 
 line the circular gallery. This wonderful aquarium surpasses 
 the great permanent aquarial exhibitions of the world in size and 
 in the completeness and variety of its specimens. The waters 
 of river, lake and ocean have been searched and their 
 treasures classified and set in order for the student. The 
 basin and tanks will hold 140,000 gallons of water, and they are 
 of such size that the fish can be seen as though in their native 
 waters, and not in the cramped and alien im.prisonment of a 
 glass box. Aquatic plant life will be fully illustrated, and 
 sponges, corals, and sea shells will be shown by many rare and 
 interesting specimens. The western pavilion will be the delight 
 of the angler. There in the atmosphere of romance which 
 surrounds the implements of the gentle craft, the disciples of 
 Isaac Walton will meditate and admire, and exchange stories 
 whose proportions no one will care to fit to the scale of exact 
 fact, for the angler's land of reminiscence is like that of the 
 Lotus Eaters, " a land in which it seemeth always afternoon," 
 where shadows are long and outlines grow vaguely large in 
 the slant light. The shore of the lagoon will give opportunity 
 for practical exhibitions and tests of novel and improved appli- 
 ances of delicate rods and marvelous flies, and the various 
 methods for capturing and landing the spoils of the waters. 
 An exhibit of model log cabins, tents and portable houses, 
 boats, and all the belongings of the camping sportsman will 
 probably be placed near the building devoted to the angling 
 display. 
 
 No greater advance has been made during the last decade 
 than in science of food and its preparation. It is no longer 
 a matter of small moment what one eats, or how it is set before 
 him. The teacher of cookery has become the professor of 
 domestic science, and even the thoughtless housewife recog- 
 nizes the importance of knowledge in selection and preparation. 
 The fish foods present an abundance and variety with which 
 the housekeeper might, with advantage, become better 
 ' acquainted. A part of the upper floor of the main Fisheries 
 Building will be used for a restaurant, where the practical 
 value of the fishery industries daily will be demonstrated. 
 
WORLUS COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 283 
 
 The sea products of many lands and latitudes brought to the 
 inland city by the rapid transportation which is constantly 
 shortening distances, will make the lunches and dinners under 
 the open arches of the picturesque Fisheries Building both 
 novel and pleasurable experiences. 
 
 The architect of this attractive structure is Henry Ives 
 Cobb of Chicago. He has been fortunate in its location and 
 has used the natural advantages of the situation with admirable 
 judgment. To the north of it, across the lagoon, are the green 
 lawns and shadowy spaces, the willows and shade trees of the 
 improved part of Jackson Park, so that its surroundings are in 
 harmony with its architectural expression. It will be, without 
 doubt, one of the most popular features of the Columbian 
 Exposition. 
 
 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT BUILDING. 
 
 The government has been, in spite of political wire pulling, 
 the constant patron of t^e World's Fair. 
 
 Early in the work of planning the World's Fair structures 
 the Government Building was provided for, and its location 
 selected. It stands north of the great palace of Manufactures 
 and Liberal Arts, and on the bank of the intersecting lagoon, 
 and south of the Fisheries Building, with which it is put in 
 communication by an* ornamental bridge. Its principal 
 entrances front the great lagoon looking westward toward the 
 Woman's Building on one side and the broad stretch of Lake 
 Michigan to the east on the other. North and east of it are 
 the governmental buildings of England, Germany and Mexico, 
 and beyond them to the north are seen many of the picturesque 
 State buildings. It covers an area of 350x420 feet, and has a 
 grand central dome 150 feet high, pierced half way up the 
 height of its ribbed curves by a succession of round windows. 
 Above the dome, which has a row of arched windows around 
 its base, rises an open lantern with an exterior balustrade. The 
 grand entrances in the center of the east and west facades are 
 great projecting pavilions flanked by square tower-like pavil- 
 ions which rise but little above the cornice of the main wall. 
 The entrances are noble, triumphal arches, supported by great 
 
284 GUJDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 pillars. On the north and south sides are minor entrances, 
 and the corner pavilions are square, with low, curved roofs 
 crowned by cupolas. The walls between the entrance and 
 corner pavilions are filled with great windows, those in the 
 upper story above the entablature forming a succession of 
 arches. In its general style it resembles the National Museum 
 in Washington. It is the typical United States Government 
 Building, and gives an impression of dignity and stability. 
 Above the entrances are great eagles with outspread wings, 
 and fiags wave from its domes and towers. It is well placed 
 to give variety to the eastern group of departmental buildings. 
 Its massive Romanesque dome rises against the summer-blue 
 depths of sky, with the classic length of the Manufactures 
 Building on one side and the light Spanish arches of the Fish- 
 eries Building on the other. The Government Building is 
 constructed almost wholly of iron and glass. Where an 
 exterior covering is needed staff is used as in the other great 
 buildings, with a suitable relief ornamentation. 
 
 The building was designed by Mr. Windrim, the Govern- 
 ment Supervising Architect, who, in the political whirligig 
 which a change of the party in power always creates, was suc- 
 ceeded by Mr. W. J. Edbrooke of Chicago. 
 
 In the interior of the Government Building is a great 
 rotunda occupying a space under the central dome 120 feet in 
 diameter, and open to the vaulted ceiling 150 feet from the 
 floor. This rotunda will be kept free from exhibits. 
 
 The spaces east and west of the central rotunda will be 
 given to the Department of State and the Department of 
 Justice. 
 
 The exhibits which will occupy the south half of the build- 
 ing will be made by the Postoffice, Treasury, War and Agri- 
 cultural Departments. The exhibits of the Fisheries Commis- 
 sion, Smithsonian Institute and Department of the Interior will 
 be placed in the north half. 
 
 In the great departmental buildings the visitor may study 
 the history of the world. The treasures, the curiosities, the 
 industries and the natural products of the wide earth are 
 brought together for his pleasure and instruction. For him in 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 285 
 
 this great storehouse of wonder and activity distance is anni- 
 hilated, and time seems no longer to exist. He reads the story 
 of the races in a grand and comprehensive object lesson. In 
 the United States Government Building he learns the history 
 of this great nation of the Western Continent, the development 
 of the El Dorado of which Columbus dreamed in his lonely 
 and uncertain western voyage into a government richer in gold 
 than his Spanish sailors dared to imagine, and richer still, even 
 in its youth, in strong men, in noble deeds, in patriotism, and a 
 sweet and healthy home life. The manners and industries of 
 the nation, the developments in art and science, the methods of 
 life and dress will be fully illustrated from the collections in 
 the Smithsonian Institute and National Museum. The Patent 
 Office exhibit will give the history of American inventions 
 from the small beginnings of the young nation to the latest 
 improvements, covering the entire range of the industries of 
 this country. The Postoffice exhibit will include a model post- 
 office in working order, and a postal museum. The exhibit of 
 Ordnance and Arms will contain a full collection of arms, uni- 
 forms, tents and flags in use in the United States army 
 since 1776. 
 
 The Government Building does not contain the entire 
 exhibit of the government. The JSTaval exhibit will comprise 
 the battle ship, whi-ch has been built on piling on the lake front, 
 east of the Government Building. It is a full-sized model of 
 one of the new coast-line ships of war. It is built of brick, and 
 surrounded by water. It is to all appearance a stanch line of 
 battle ship at anchor near the wharf. It has all the fittings and 
 armament of such a ship, and will be manned by marines in 
 the United States service, so that the discipline, the employ- 
 ments and all the appliances of a war ship may be seen and 
 studied from the actual facts. Its dimensions are exactly those 
 of a line of battle ship, and it will be a vivid lesson to the 
 dwellers in the great interior of the methods of real naval 
 defense and warfare along the seacoast and on the broad 
 ocean. 
 
 The Signal Service and Life-Saving exhibits will give prac- 
 tical illustrations of those great governmental departments, 
 
286 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 whose workings are so little known and of such interest and 
 importance. The Marine Hospital will also be of great inter- 
 est to the visitor. 
 
 The Indian exhibit is partly under government control, 
 and presents a living history of the strange tribes, whose dis- 
 possession began when Columbus led the migration of the 
 Latin races to the unknown West, and the Norse adventurer 
 steered his war-dragon to the green banks of V inland, Esqui- 
 maux and Alaskans, the red disturbers of the white man's pre- 
 tensions on the Western plains, the strange tribes of Zunis, 
 Navajoes and Pueblos will tell the story of the present life of 
 the descendants of the aborigines, and their past will be hinted 
 at by the findings of the Archaeological and Ethnological de- 
 partments, in the relics that tell such strange half-truths of a 
 strange people. 
 
 Preparations for the exhibits in the various governmental 
 departments have been going on quietly and steadily since the 
 Columbian Exposition became a certainty, and the showing, 
 both within and without the great building, wfU have much 
 interest and many surprises for the citizens of the United 
 States as well as for the world at large. 
 
 NAVAL EXHIBIT. 
 
 Unique among the other exhibits is that made by the United 
 States Navy Department. It is in a structure which, to all 
 outward appearances, is a faithful, full-sized model of one of the 
 new coast-line battle ships designed by the Bureau of Con- 
 struction and Repairs of the Navy Department, and now being 
 built at a cost of about $3,000,000 each by Cramp & Son, Phila- 
 delphia, and the Union Works, San Francisco. This imitation 
 battleship of 1893 is erected on piling on the lake front in the 
 northeast portion of Jackson Park. It is surrounded by water, 
 and has the appearance of being moored to a wharf. The 
 structure has all the fittings that belong to the actual ship, 
 such as guns, turrets, torpedo tubes, torpedo nets, and booms, 
 with boats, anchors, chain cables, davits, awnings and deck, 
 fittings, together with all appliances for working the same. 
 Officers, seamen, mechanics and marines are detailed by the 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 28; 
 
 Navy Department during the Exposition, and the discipline 
 and mode of life on our naval vessels are completely shown. 
 The detail of men is not, however, as great as the complement 
 of the actual ship. The crew give certain drills, especially 
 boat, torpedo and gun drills, as in a vessel of war. 
 
 The dimensions of the structure are those of the actual bat- 
 tleship, to-wit: Length, 348 feet; width, amidships, 69 feet 3 
 inches, and from the water line to the top of the main deck, 12 
 feet. Centrally placed on this deck is a superstructure 6 feet 
 high, with a hammock berthing on the same 7 feet high, and 
 above these are the bridge, chart-house and the boats. 
 
 At the forward end of the superstructure there is a cone- 
 shaped tower, called the " military mast," near the top of 
 which are placed two circular "tops" as receptacles for sharp- 
 shooters. Rapid-firing guns are mounted in each of these tops. 
 The height from the water line to the summit of this military 
 mast is jG feet, and above is placed aft, flagstaff for signaling. 
 
 The battery mounted comprises four 13-inch breech-loading 
 rifle-cannon ; eight 8-inch breech-loading rifle-cannon ; four 6- 
 inch breech-loading rifle-cannon ; twenty 6-pounder rapid-firing 
 guns; six i-pound rapid-firing guns ; two Gatling guns and six 
 torpedo tubes or torpedo guns. All of these are placed and 
 mounted, respectively, as in the genuine battle ship. 
 
 The superstructure shows the cabins, staterooms, lavator- 
 ies, lactrines, messrooms, galley and fittings, mess-table for 
 crew, lockers, berthings, etc. ; also the manner in which offi- 
 cers and enlisted men line, according to the rules of the Navy. 
 On the superstructure deck and bridge is shown the manner 
 in which the rapid-firing guns, search lights, boats, etc., are 
 handled. The entrance to the conning tower is from the deck, 
 in which are all appurtenances that the captain has at his dis- 
 posal when taking the ship into battle, and during the progress 
 of a fight at sea. 
 
 An electric plant is installed and provision made for heat- 
 ing with steam. On the berth deck are shown the various fit- 
 tings pertaining to the hull, machinery, and ordnance; ordnance 
 implements, including electrical devices, gun-carriage motors 
 and range finders ; models showing typical ships of the past 
 
288 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 and present ; samples of the provisions, clothing, stores and 
 supplies, bunting, flags, etc. ; in short, the thousand and one 
 things that go to make up the outfit of a man-of-war. 
 
 The traditional costumes of the sailors of the Navy from 
 1775 to 1848 are shown by men dressed in those costumes. 
 
 On the starboard side of the ship is shown the torpedo pro- 
 tection net, stretching the entire length of the vessel. Steam 
 launchers and cutters ride at the booms, and all the outward 
 appearance of a real ship of war is imitated. 
 
 Nothing of the kind has before been attempted at a World's 
 Fair. The cost of this curious and original structure is about 
 $100,000. 
 
 ART INSTITUTE ON THE LAKE FRONT. 
 
 After it was definitely decided to hold the Exposition in 
 Jackson Park the World's Fair Commissioners set about form- 
 ing some plan whereby a certain portion of the art features of 
 the Exposition might have a place in the city proper. The pres- 
 ent Art Institute being already too small to accommodate its 
 rapidly increasing classes, it was proposed to its directors that 
 if they could dispose of their present building the World's 
 Fair 'Commissioners would join them in erecting a structure 
 suitable to their requirements, the building to be used by the 
 Exposition while the Fair lasted, after which it should become 
 the property of the Art Institute. Such a plan has been per- 
 fected, and a splendid granite structure in the Italian Renais- 
 sance style, 340x180 feet, is being erected on the site of the old 
 Chicago Exposition Building. Shepley, Ruotan & Cooledge, 
 of Boston, were the fortunate designers, their plans for a build- 
 ing have been accepted by both the World's Fair Commission- 
 ers and the Art Institute Directors. In this building the 
 World's Congress auxiliaries will hold their conferences. This 
 will be of great advantage to the members of these congresses, 
 giving them ample halls for discussion and display in the heart 
 of the city, and \yhen the great show is over, Chicago will 
 have at least one building left made memorable by occupation 
 of a part of the great Columbian Exposition. 
 
WORLUS COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 289 
 
 The rapidly developing taste for art in its purest forms 
 which is manifest in Chicago will in the new art building find 
 a fitting place of expression. Already designers, sculptors and 
 artists in oil and crayon, born and reared in Chicago, are 
 making a name foi" themselves both at home and abroad. Sev- 
 eral of the graduates of the present art school have been hon- 
 ored in recent exhibitions, and many are not only in the enjoy- 
 ment of that pleasure which comes from recognition of merit 
 but are in possession of a handsome competence, the direct 
 result of their vvork. It has long been the fashion in Eastern 
 circles to ridicule Chicago as the home of the sordid money- 
 getter, the soulless real estate speculator, and the unenlight- 
 ened and unregenerate packer of pork. This may have been true 
 of the Chicago of a decade ago, but the city to-day counts 
 among its residents some of the most liberal patrons of art in 
 the world — men who love art for art's sake, and do not hesitate 
 to pay liberally for any production having merit, no matter who 
 the artist may be. 
 
 THE AGRICULTURAL BUILDING. 
 
 The six great departmental buildings grouped about the 
 beautiful basin and the canals which meet it at right angles, 
 form the grand central division of the World's Columbian 
 Exposition. To the north and west of them the United States 
 Government and Fisheries Buildings, the Woman's Hor- 
 ticultural and Transportation Buildings front the broad 
 lagoon, and stand close about the heart of the Exposition. To 
 the south, beyond the peristyle with its triumphal arch, which 
 connects the Machinery and Agricultural Buildings, is located 
 the Live Stock Exhibit, and east of it, near the lake shore, 
 stand the Forestry and Dairy Buildings. The latter, which is 
 entirely finished, was originally • placed just north of the 
 Forestry Building. It is now raised from its foundations, 
 cables are stretched from it to the south, and its location will 
 soon be changed, thus allowing space for the buildings of 
 the Leather Exhibit and the Krupp Gun Exhibit. This ex- 
 treme southern division of the Fair is supplementary to the 
 
 19 
 
290 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 Agricultural Exhibit, whose beautiful building occupies the 
 space on the southern side of the central court between the 
 canal and the lake. 
 
 It is entered through the Triumphal Arch of the peristyle, 
 which connects the Agricultural and Machinery Buildings and 
 forms the southern screen of the court. Above this arch, and 
 at the entrance of the Live Stock Building are several em- 
 blematic statuary groups by Mr. Waagen. One represents a 
 triumphal chariot drawn by a pair of sturdy oxen, their great 
 horns and shoulders wreathed with oak garlands. Between 
 them walks a type of the primitive husbandman; a man of 
 strength and vigor, with the skin of an animal about his body. 
 In the chariot stands a draped female figure, supporting a pole 
 which is crowned with a wreath tied with fluttering streamers, 
 and by the side walks a flower-crowned figure bearing a full 
 cornucopia of blossoms. Another group portrays the glory of 
 harvest. The chariot is drawn by three horses harnessed 
 abreast. They are guided by a man in helmet and velvet 
 drapery, who carries in place of a whip a long, feathery palm 
 branch. In the chariot stands a serene figure bearing in one 
 hand a pole wound with wheat stalks and crowned with a 
 wreath of fruit, and in the other a sickle. 
 
 The eight immense stock sheds will fill nearly the whole 
 space along the south fence and will be in the form of great 
 haciendas, each being built about an open square with a central 
 entrance in each of the four sides. 
 
 THE FORESTRY BUILDING. 
 
 The Forestry Building is as interesting as it is unpreten- 
 tious. It has been for months devoted to studio uses and has 
 been the birthplace of the heroic figures which are to find 
 their homes on the Administration and Agricultural Buildings. 
 But m its finished state it will have no decoration but that 
 which nature gives it. It has a length of 528 feet and a width 
 of 208 feet. Around the four sides of the building runs a con- 
 tinuous veranda, sixteen feet in width, the roof of which rests 
 on columns of tree trunks, the frieze spaces being filled with 
 rustic panels of interlaced branches. 
 
WORLUS COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 291 
 
 Each of these unique columns is composed of three trunks, 
 twenty-five feet in height, the largest one being from sixteen to 
 twenty inches in diameter. Nearly all the States and Territories 
 are represented in this grand colonnade, and as the visitor 
 walks the length of the veranda he reads the story of the forest 
 primeval, the arboreal wealth and glory of this great, new 
 nation. 
 
 Upon each trunk will be placed a tablet bearing the name 
 of the tree and of the State or Territory from which it is sent. 
 From the roof of the veranda rises a succession of flagstaffs 
 from which will float the colors of the States and countries rep- 
 resented in the exhibit. The rustic idea is carried out through 
 the entire building. The sides are covered with slabs, the roof 
 is thatched with bark, and the window frames are left in a state 
 of nature. The main entrance is finished in various woods, 
 polished and carved and donated by the woodworkers of the 
 world. The building is lighted by its ground floor windows; 
 and a succession of clere-story lights. 
 
 The forestry exhibit is the most comprehensive display ever 
 made of the woods and wood products of the world. It will 
 include logs and sections of trees, lumber in all its forms, vege- 
 table substances used in commerce, dye woods and barks, and 
 wooden and willov/ ware. An interesting showing of the 
 various woods of the different States will be made, and the 
 wood-working industries of the United States will have ample 
 representation. 
 
 THE DAIRY BUILDING. 
 
 The Dairy Building stands near the Forestry Building, and 
 almost on the lake shore. It occupies an area of 100x200 feet, 
 and is a plain, substantial structure rectangular in shape, with 
 its first story doors and windows set in round arches. It has 
 a small clere story set with windows, which, with the glass sky- 
 lights of the roof, light the central hall or operating room. 
 
 The eastern end of the second story looks out upon the 
 lake, and opens on. a broad gallery. Here dairy lunches will 
 be served during the Exposition. The interior of the building 
 
292 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 contains a large open space for dairy exhibits, where the prod- 
 ucts of many countries will be shown. Refrigerated glass 
 cases will be used for keeping the perishable milk products, 
 and for displaying them to advantage. The central space, 
 which is open to the roof, is occupied by the operating room, 
 25x100 feet in size, and seating 200 people. Here the work of 
 the model dairy and the dairy school will be carried on. Much 
 interest is already shown in the work of this department of the 
 fair, and the pretty little building will be a meeting place and 
 point of interest for agriculturists and dairy associations. The 
 work of the dairy school will extend through four months, and 
 in connection with it a series of tests will be made for deter- 
 mining the relative merits of different breeds of dairy cattle. 
 Several associations have furnished herds of from fifteen to 
 twenty-five cows, and prizes will be given to herds and to 
 individual cows. Very careful and complete notes will be 
 made of all processes and their results, and will be given to 
 dairy associations and those interested in their work through- 
 out the world. 
 
 As the agricultural group forms the outlying division of 
 the exposition on the south, the State buildings constitute a 
 similar but much more extensive group on the north. 
 
 ART PALACE. 
 
 Between this group and the central division of the exposi- 
 tion, with its lagoon and waterways, stands the beautiful Art 
 Palace, the white length of its classic facade reflected in the 
 placid waters of the northern lagoon. Without its dome the 
 building would be a nearly perfect example of Grecian-Ionic 
 architecture. It has a length ot 500 feet and a width of 320. 
 Its north and south facades have great central entrance porti- 
 cos and broad flights of steps. On the north it fronts the 
 broad avenue which crosses the park from Fifty-seventh street 
 to the lake ; on the south it has a length of grassy terraces and 
 a balustrade, and its steps lead down to a boat landing on the 
 shore of the lagoon. Before this entrance will be placed a 
 statue of Minerva, and the great portico with its beautiful col- 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 293 
 
 limns will be finished with a pediment. Smaller pavilions are 
 placed on each side of the main porticos, and the corner pavil- 
 ions have columned entrances and low pediments- 
 
 The east and west entrances are lofty portals, with Ionic 
 columns. Outside galleries forty feet in width give continu- 
 ous covered ambulatories around the building. The building 
 is of brick, perfectly fireproof, and with walls of immense 
 thickness. The staff covering is grayish white, and the orna- 
 mentation shows a fine, classic reserve. The capitals of the 
 great pillars, the lengths of frieze and cornice, and the small 
 pediment spaces have a delicacy of decorative design which 
 shows an apprehension of the true Greek spirit. The dome is 
 low and round, and will be crowned by a statue of a Winged 
 Victory. The beauty of the building is in its proportions, its 
 symmetr}^ and its grand simplicity. The loggias of the colon- 
 nade will be beautified with mural paintings, illustrating the 
 history of art. 
 
 The interior of the building has a great central nave 500 
 feet long, crossed by a transept 340 feet long. These two grand 
 aisles are 100 feet wide and 70 feet high. They are lighted 
 from above and have broad balconies. At their intersection 
 under the great dome, which has a diameter of 72 feet, is a 
 grand central space 125 feet high. This space forms a lofty 
 central chamber, with arched and columned openings. This 
 room, which is to be the treasure room of the art exhibit, is 
 beautiful in its decorations, suggesting the glory of Greek and 
 Renaissance art. The architect of the Art Palace is Mr. 
 Charles B. Atwood. 
 
 So wide awake has been the interest in this department of 
 the Exposition that it was found necessary to increase the 
 space for pictures by enlarging the two annexes which are to 
 be placed on each side of the main Art Building. They are to 
 be one story in height with central entrances and low domes. 
 Like the main building they are to be fireproof and their brick 
 walls are already well under way. Their increased size will 
 add greatly to the wall space, 200,000 square feet being needed 
 for pictures alone. Sculptures, casts and models illustrative 
 of Greek art, bas reliefs in marble and bronze, carvings in wood 
 17 
 
294 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 and ivory, cameos and intaglios, etchings, engravings and 
 drawings will help to fill the great wall spaces and make up 
 an exhibition which shall bring the art of all lands and all 
 ages into this great treasure house and tell the story of its his- 
 tory and its glory to this far spent and material nineteenth cen- 
 tury. American art in the few years since it has been impor- 
 tant enough to gain a name has been a perplexing unknown 
 quantity. It will have for the first time a worthy showing on 
 its native soil. Whether it wdll be distinctive and represent- 
 ative enough to keep its name is a question that is puzzling 
 artists and critics. The great Art Palace and the other 
 departmental buildings form one of the best exemplifications 
 of American art, an art that adopts without servile imitation, 
 the best effort of the older schools and fits it to the needs of 
 use and beaut}^ in a new world of thought and life, and under 
 new and constantly developing conditions. 
 
 The State Buildings. 
 
 Entering the Exposition grounds at Fifty-seventh stree , the 
 visitor finds himself in the midst of the State Buildings. Before 
 him stretches the broad main avenue with the classic length of 
 the Art Palace on the south. 
 
 THE NEBRASKA BUILDING. 
 
 On the north, its western side fronting a pretty tree-fringed 
 lake, and its east and main facade looking upon the avenue that 
 crosses the broad boulevard and makes a northward and east- 
 ward curve to the lake shore, is the Nebraska State Building. 
 It is a substantial Romanesque structure two stories high and 
 occupies a ground space of 60 by 100 feet. Its east and west 
 entrance porticos are Corinthian, extending the full height of 
 the building, an;l finished with a pediment bearing the State 
 coat of arms. The staff covering of the building is treated to 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 295 
 
 represent cut stone. It contains, on the first floor, a great hall 
 in which will be placed an agricultural exhibit of the State. A 
 broad staircase leads to another exhibition room, . and the 
 remaining space is given to reception, reading, smoking and 
 toilet rooms. The building is nearly completed. 
 
 THE MINNESOTA BUILDING. 
 
 Directly opposite, on the avenue leading northward, stands 
 the Minnesota building. It follows the style of the Italian 
 renaissance and has the appearance of a gray stone building 
 with a roof covered with Spanish tiles. At each end of the 
 uncovered platforms which extend beyond the main entrance 
 is a statue representing, on one side an Indian, and on the 
 other a pioneer with ax and rifle. The State and national 
 coats of arms appear in the decorations of the entrance 
 pavilion. The main feature of the interior is an exhibition hall 
 Gy by 79 feet in size, where a comprehensive exhibit of the 
 resources of the State will be placed. 
 
 NORTH DAKOTA BUILDING. 
 
 Following the curve of the northern avenue the visitor 
 sees the North Dakota and Kansas Buildings, both ample and 
 well designed, and now receiving the first installment of their 
 staff covering. Beyond them are the white walls and glass 
 dome of the Montana Building, the first of the State buildings 
 to be completed. Above the entrance is a sculptured figure 
 of a deer. 
 
 THE UTAH BUILDING. 
 
 The Utah Building is a near neighbor of the Montana 
 House, and work upon it is going on brisklv. On the east side 
 of the avenue is the Maryland Building. It reproduces the 
 Maryland State House, and its staff covering has a warm yel- 
 low tint. It has a broad entrance on each side, and wide 
 curved verandahs. 
 
296 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 THE DELAWARE BUILDING. 
 
 The Delaware Building is a picturesque frame house with 
 four entrances and broad verandahs on all sides. The woods 
 for its building and its interior finishing are all of native growth. 
 The State is rich in colonial relics, and one room will be fur- 
 nished in true colonial fashion, its draperies and furniture 
 reproducing the belongings of ante-revolutionary days. Some 
 of the oldest buildings of the State will be given in miniature. 
 
 IOWA BUILDING. 
 
 The Iowa State Building which stands at the northern end 
 of the park, on the lake shore, is. a long, low structure with 
 picturesque towers and dormers. Its eastern end is the old 
 stone pavilion of Jackson Park. The new portion of the 
 building is 60 by 100 feet in size. The old part will be used 
 for an exhibition of the State products, and the new part has 
 reception and cdmraittee rooms, an assembly hall and bureau 
 of information, beside many smaller rooms. 
 
 THE NEW ENGLAND GROUP. 
 
 On the south side of the avenue which leads to the lake 
 shore, and opposite the Iowa building, is the New England 
 group. The Connecticut building is an old colonial frame 
 mansion with a two story entrance portico and wide verandah. 
 It is yellow, with white trimmings and green blinds. To 
 the south of it stands the square Rhode Island building, wiiL 
 porches on the north and south, supported by Doj-ic columns. 
 Tlie building fronts the west and has a circular entrance porch 
 with a triple arched portal. 
 
 It has a main hall 20 by 42 feet, and many reception and 
 committee rooms. It has no exhibition hall and will serve as 
 State headquarters. 
 
 East of the Connecticut building is the Maine building. It 
 occupies the eastern point of the space given to State buildings, 
 and faces the lake. It is octagonal in shape, with four round 
 FCTond story towers. An open octagonal tower at the top 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 29; 
 
 will give opportunity for a broad view of the exposition 
 grounds and the lake. The main entrance is a triple arch, and 
 above it is the prow of a boat. Covered balconies meet the 
 four towers of the second story, and give a fine outlook on 
 every side. The granite, slate and wood come from the quar- 
 ries and forests of the State, and the building will be an exhibit 
 of Maine's abundant natural resources. 
 
 South of the Rhode Island building, and fronting the broad 
 avenue which runs east and west, is an old colonial city man- 
 sion of gray stone. Its steep roof, broken by dormer windows 
 and crowned with an open cupola, is covered with shingles, 
 grown silver gray from long exposure. Its entrance is a high 
 portico, and on the west it has a wide covered veranda. A 
 garden space, already set with plants, extends along the front 
 and west side, and outside a low wall with square pillars sup- 
 ports an iron fence. It is a faithful representation of the his- 
 toric old Hancock House, which was for nearly a century one 
 of Boston's landmarks, which Massachusetts has chosen as her 
 State building. It will be used as a clubhouse and State 
 headquarters. Between the Maine and Connecticut houses 
 stands a granite building with a broad veranda. The ample 
 main hall has two fireplaces made of different varieties of 
 granite. New Hampshire's building is of native material, 
 strong and stanch as. the granite and pine which compose it. 
 
 THE NEW YORK BUILDING. 
 
 On the main avenue, and separated from the Hancock 
 House by the intersecting avenue, is the semblance of another 
 historic mansion, the New York building, planned after the 
 old Van Rensselaer House. It is a great, substantial building, 
 and recalls the sturdy and ceremonious days of the " good old 
 colony times." It will be complete in all its appointments and 
 furnishings, and full of interest to visitors. 
 
 THE PENNSYLVANIA BUILDING. 
 
 Next to the New York building stands the third of the 
 three historic State structures which front the northern facade 
 of the Art Palace. The Pennsylvania building reproduces the 
 famous Independence Hall of Philadelphia, and is built of 
 
298 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 yellow pressed brick, with stone trimmings, products of the 
 State. 
 
 Above the pediment of the entrance portico is the coat-of- 
 arms of Pennsylvania standing free on a square base. This 
 sculpture is the work t)f Mr. John J. Boyle of Philadelphia, the 
 sculptor of the Transportation building groups and relief 
 panels. Life-size portraits of William Penn and Benjamin 
 FrankHn are to be placed on each side of the entrance, and in 
 the great reception room are to be seen the old furnishings of 
 the main room of Independence Hall. The old Liberty Bell 
 will also be one of the most interesting of the historic relics. 
 Ample provision is made for the reception and toilet rooms, 
 ladies' parlors and press correspondents' rooms. 
 
 MISSOURI BUILDING. 
 
 West of the Pennsylvania building is the Missouri State 
 building, one of the largest and most richly ornamented 
 structures of the northern State group. It occupies a ground 
 space of 90 by 100 feet, and is in design a modified Spanish 
 renaissance. It has a massive entrance portico extending above 
 the second story, crowned on each side by a small elliptical 
 dome, and behind them rises the great central dome, also 
 elliptical, its diameters at the base being 38 and 29 feet. It 
 rises 38 feet above the main cornice. The central rotunda is 
 open from the mosaic floor to the top of the dome. 
 
 Opening from the rotunda are offices, reception and reading 
 rooms. On the second floor the rooms can be thrown into one 
 great hall, with seating capacity for 2,500 people. The mate- 
 rials used in the construction of the building are largely the 
 products of the State. The women of Missouri will furnish 
 the building, and most of the decoration will be the work of 
 home artists. 
 
 FLORIDA BUILDING. 
 
 North of the Missouri building is a long unbroken stretch 
 of wall, whose purpose is not at first apparent. It is, however, 
 well worth the finding out, for it represents the old Fort 
 Marion of St. Augustine, Florida, which has weathered the 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 299 
 
 storms and sieges of more than two centuries since the Span- 
 ish soldiers built it in 1620, and made it the first structure 
 erected by civilization in the New World. The building will 
 be one-fifth the size of the old fort, and will be surrounded by 
 a moat. Its exterior walls will be veneered with coquilla shells 
 in exact imitation of the original, and the interior will be an 
 open court. The four bastians furnish space for the necessary 
 rooms, and the broad ramparts will be used for hanging gar- 
 dens, filled with the native plants of the State. 
 
 TEXAS AND LOUISIANA. 
 
 Space has been reserved for Texas and Louisiana and plans 
 have been perfected for their buildings, but they have not yet 
 been commenced. Louisiana's plan shows an old colonial 
 plantation house, with outside galleries around both stories. 
 Texas proposes to build a Spanish renaissance building, with a 
 square projecting entrance pavilion having an open arcade in 
 the second story, and flanked by square towers. 
 
 Several of the Southern States have made no provision for 
 the erection of State buildings, and it has been proposed that 
 they unite in reproducing Fort Sumter. The plan is under 
 favorable consideration. 
 
 THE SOUTHERN GROUP. 
 
 The Southern group of State buildings is situated south of 
 the Fifty-seventh street avenue, and west of the lagoon. The 
 South Dakota building occupies the southwest corner, and 
 covers an area of 60 by 72 feet. The first story is of brick, 
 with a wide portico. Above the entrance is a second story 
 portico, and the roof is steep and pointed. The style of the 
 building suggests an old French farmhouse. The first floor 
 has a great hall, with a high chimney-piece and wide fireplace 
 at each end. On the second story are reception rooms and 
 ladies' parlors. 
 
300 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING. 
 
 The Washington State building is the most novel in the 
 State groups. It is built of immense timbers, products of the 
 forest State, and reproduces the mediasval timber house. Its 
 foundation will be of native firs of great size. Its outside 
 timber is the product of the vicinity of Puget's Sound. The 
 main building is flanked by great towers at each corner, hav- 
 ing outside balconies high above the main roof. 
 
 On each side of the central building are wings with square 
 entrances. Above the central roof a lofty mast will be raised 
 and rigged after the fashion of a ship's mast. The entrance 
 will be a mass of native rocks and ores, pierced at the front and 
 sides by arches. In the building, which is 220 by 140 feet, is 
 ample space for exhibition and reception rooms. 
 
 THE MICHIGAN BUILDING. 
 
 The Michigan Building fronts the east and looks towards 
 the Art Palace. It is built entirely of Michigan material and 
 has round turret-crowned towers and dormers. Its second 
 floor will have exhibition halls for relics and curiosities of the 
 State, and an assembly hall. On the first floor will be offices, 
 reception and committee rooms. 
 
 THE OHIO BUILDING. 
 
 The Ohio Building is still farther east, facing the lagoon. 
 It is a fine colonial mansion with a great circular porch extend- 
 ing to the top of the building, and supported by pairs of Ionic 
 columns. Above the cornice is a balustrade set with vases, 
 and at each end of the building is a deep bay window. The 
 interior decoration is admirably classic, and the central hall 
 with its columns, is stately and beautiful. 
 
 THE WISCONSIN BUILDING. 
 
 The Wisconsin Building has its lower story of brick with a 
 stone-faced veranda. Products of the State are used in the 
 building. At the head of the main staircase a fine stained 
 glass window is to be placed. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 301 
 
 THE ILLINOIS BUILDING. 
 
 The Illinois State Building stands on the shore of the north 
 lagoon and looks across the shimmering water to the Art 
 Palace on the north, and toward the end of the wooded island 
 on the south. Its position gives it three fine water fronts and 
 its size and dignity, the beauty of its great entrance pavilion 
 and its central dome, 200 feet in height, give it the first place 
 among the State buildings. The main structure is 450 feet 
 long and 160 feet wide, and the dome is seventy-two feet in 
 diameter. Memorial Hall occupies a wing on the north of the 
 building, fifty by seventy-five feet. It is fireproof, and contains 
 the fine collection of relics and war trophies owned by the 
 State. The Executive Offices and Assembly Halls are in the 
 south wing. One of the most interesting exhibits is a model 
 school room fully equipped and in charge of the State Super- 
 intendent of Pubhc Instruction, in which the educational work 
 of the State is fully illustrated. The archaeology, natural 
 history and agricultural interests of the State will also be care- 
 fully shown. The building is covered with brownish-yellow 
 staff and is profusely ornamented in relief work. At the main 
 entrance is to stand a figure of Illinois welcoming the nations, 
 by the Chicago sculptor, Lorado Taft. Several statuary 
 groups by the same artist are to be placed on the building. 
 The Woman's Roonis in the State Building will be decorated 
 by Illinois women artists. Miss Ida Burgess has charge of the 
 wall painting and furnishing of the reception room, and the 
 sculpture is the work of Chicago women. 
 
 THE INDIANA BUILDING. 
 
 The Indiana Building stands at the southern end of the 
 group of State Buildings between the Illinois and the Wiscon- 
 sin Buildings. In design it is French Gothic, with square 
 toweis on the east and west sides, forming entrance pavilions. 
 It is tv/o stories high with a steep roof set with dormers. An 
 open arcade extends around the building. All the building 
 material is the product of the State, and the interior finishings 
 of polished wood, glass and tiles represent Indiana industries. 
 
302 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 The building, wliich is admirably arranged for State head- 
 quarters, is unique in design and gives the only opportunity 
 for the study of Gothic architecture, which the Exposition 
 will afford. 
 
 COLORADO AND CALIFORNIA BUILDINGS. 
 
 The Colorado and California Buildings stand side by side on 
 the western line of the Stale Buildings, near the Park limits. 
 The Colorado structure in its exterior material represents 
 the varied wealth of the State in marble and stone. The 
 triple arch of its entrance stands between two square 
 towers rising above the roof and finished by domes, 
 with balconies and open lanterns. On the north and 
 south sides are open balconies, and the broad frieze shows 
 alternate panels of eagles and oak garlands. The State 
 exhibit of ores, building stone and coal is very complete. 
 The women of Colorado bought Powers' sculpture group 
 " The Last of His Race," showing a dying buffalo with an 
 Indian hunter armed with a spear standing beside him. They 
 will place this group, for which they paid $10,000, in the 
 Colorado Building. South of this building there is rising a 
 structure which recalls the days of Spanish grandeur on the 
 Pacific coast. It reproduces the style of the old California 
 missions. The long low facade with its arched window open- 
 ings, is broken by a massive central entrance, its beautiful 
 curved top meeting two square pavilions which terminate 
 above their second story in round domes. Behind this en- 
 trance, with its three dark archways, rises a square arcaded 
 central story, around which a tropical roof garden will be set 
 above in a low round dome with round, loophole windows. 
 At each end of the building are two towers with a single arch 
 entrance. In these towers will be placed some of the old mis- 
 sion bells which have rung out the years of two centuries. 
 The roof covering is of red Spanish tiles and the exterior 
 walls will simulate the yellow adobe of the old days. The 
 interior is a great open court in which the vegetable, mineral 
 and industrial wealth of the golden State will be exhibited. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 303 
 
 Around this court is a continuous gallery in which are the 
 offices and smaller rooms. The floor space of the central 
 court is 60,000 feet, and the extreme measurements of the build- 
 ing are 500 by 1 10 feet. 
 
 The foundations of the Foreign Buildings are being laid. 
 Great Britain's Building is in course of erection, and Ger- 
 many's Building started. The others are no more than on paper 
 and are so likely to be materially changed that a description of 
 them here might be misleading. But the wonderful progress 
 made in the Fair as a whole can be easily understood from the 
 description of the grounds and buildings as completed to date. 
 The Columbian Exposition is a fact. The nations of the earth 
 will be in attendance, and when it is over Chicago will be 
 recognized as the greatest American city. 
 
 A MODEL HOSPITAL. 
 
 One of the curious as well as useful and instructive features 
 of the Exposition will be a model hospital in the Woman's 
 Building. This is, of course, separate and distinct from the 
 official hospital of the Exposition, of which Dr. Owen is direc- 
 tor, being rather in the nature of an exhibit. It will, however, 
 be fully equipped with physicians and trained nurses, a verita- 
 ble model hospital, prepared to handle the gravest cases of ac- 
 cident or illness, and here women will find another magnificent 
 opportunity to show their skill in the divine art of healing — in 
 that field where delicate touch and tender sympathy have 
 fullest scope. 
 
 Adjoining the model hospital, and in connection with it, 
 will be the Department of PubUc Comfort, which promises to 
 become a novel and important feature of the World's Fair. 
 In this room will be couches and hospital beds for such cases 
 of indisposition or accident as do not require serious or regular 
 medical attention. Here old persons, invalids, sufferers from 
 sudden faintness, swoons or hysterics, children who are tem- 
 porarily indisposed, weak people of all ages needing rest and a 
 spot in which to he down, will find what they want in this room. 
 A moment's reflection will reveal the excellence of the arrange- 
 
304 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 ment. It is scarcely possible to over-estimate its value, in view 
 of the innumerable exigencies arising from the flurry, confusion, 
 consequent exhaustion, and unavoidable accidents attendant 
 upon such crowds as will come to the World's Fair. The 
 weary pilgrims to the Centennial and to the Paris Exposition 
 who fell by the wayside can fully appreciate the plan. 
 
 RESTAURANTS. 
 
 Arrangements have so far been made to feed eight thou- 
 sand people at one time on the Exposition grounds. In the cor- 
 ridors and loggias of the various buildings there will be 
 twenty-seven cafes, one hundred and fifteen dining rooms, and 
 three distinctly characteristic lunch counters. The supplies 
 will issue from seventeen complete hotel kitchens manned by 
 more than one thousand waiters, cooks and scullions. The 
 dining-rooms so far designed cover about five acres of space. 
 
 There will be sixteen restaurants on the main floor of the 
 Manufactures Building, located under the galleries, on the 
 east and west sides of the building. Entrance to the restaurants 
 will be made both from the inside and outside, and in fair 
 weather guests will be served in the loggias and corridors. 
 These restaurant rooms are of a uniform size of 22 by 100 feet, 
 and will comfortably seat one thousand seven hundred and 
 fifty guests at one time. They are supplied by eight kitchens, 
 also on the main floor, with store-rooms and dining-rooms for 
 servants in the basement. Each kitchen will have a complete 
 hotel outfit. In the galleries are seventy-six dining-rooms, con- 
 nected with the kitchens and restaurants by dumb-waiters. 
 These private dining-rooms are twenty-five feet square, and 
 will have a seating capacity of two thousand three hundred 
 people, but they are designed with a view of being used by 
 parties of from four people upward in number. 
 
 In the gallery of the Mines Building there will be a restau- 
 rant which will accommodate three hundred and twenty-five 
 people. There will also be in connection with it, five private 
 dining-rooms. 
 
 The restaurants in the Electricity Building will be most at- 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 305 
 
 tractively located, and they will probably become the most pop- 
 ular place of refreshment on the grounds. They will fill the 
 two round bays in the gallery at the north end of the building. 
 These bays overlook the lagoon and the island, and the view from 
 this point should be sufficiently charming and spirited to in- 
 duce digestion to wait on appetite. The entire area of each 
 bay is 96 by 68 feet, and the caf^ in this space will be sur- 
 rounded by a semicircle of nine private dining-rooms, each 16 
 b}^ 18 feet in size. There will be a kitchen to supply each res- 
 taurant and its series of dining-rooms. In each bay, outside of 
 the semicircle of dining-rooms, is a balcony 24 feet wide and 
 115 in length. In fair weather guests will be served with re- 
 freshments on this balcony. 
 
 Machinery Hall will have four caf^s on the ground floor, 
 each 128 by 88 ieet in size, and sixteen private dining-rooms in 
 the galleries* There will be two large cafes in the Horticult- 
 ural Building, one in each of the end pavilions. These rooms 
 are 100 feet square, and will seat one thousand persons. The 
 caf^ in the Fisheries Building will be exclusively an oyster and 
 fish house. 
 
 The Agricultural Building will have no cafe, but will be 
 equipped with an immense lunch counter, where sandwiches, 
 hard boiled eggs and such like delicacies will be served in 
 innumerable courses. In the Transportation Building will be 
 instituted a tj^pical American railroad counter. Besides feed- 
 ing the hungry the counter will serve as an exhibit of an ex- 
 clusive American institution. The guests, however, will prob- 
 ably not be limited to three minutes' time in which to swallow 
 their food, but the food itself and the conduct of the business 
 and the counter will constitute an exhibit. 
 
 The Dairy Building will have a lunch counter, wherein the 
 cow will play the principal part as a source of supply. 
 
 The ladies will refresh themselves in the summer gardens 
 on top of the Woman's Building, surrounded by flowers and 
 tropical plants, and shielded from the sun by oriental canopies. 
 The ladies can here sip their tea and discuss the merits of 
 Miss Rideout's groups of statuary which will adorn the eight 
 plinths in the beautiful columns which inclose the garden. 
 
3o6 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 In addition to the cafes in the buildings there will be six 
 restaurant buildings on the lake shore, in front of the Manu- 
 factures Building. These buildings will stand on the esplanade 
 at equal distances apart. They will be but 25 by 40 feet in 
 size, but will be of elaborate architecture, in keeping with the 
 classic designs of the other buildings, and will serve the pur- 
 poses of usefulness and ornamentation, while at the same time 
 giving a comparative idea of the monster building sheltering 
 them. 
 
 FLOWERS AT THE FAIR. 
 
 There have been flower shows and flower shows, but the 
 flower show of the world will be seen at the Exposition. Dur- 
 ing the six months of the Exposition every flower and every 
 blooming shrub known to floriculture will be shown. When 
 the gates are 'opened on the first day there will be spread 
 before the visitor, in front of Horticultural Hall, a great carpet 
 of tulips — three million of them, in one vast bank." These will 
 all come from Holland, and will be contributed by the cele- 
 brated growers of that home of the tulip. This is the most 
 spectacular of flowers, and the sight of this great bed in all the 
 shades and hues of crimson, pink, maroon and gold, is beyond 
 description. Opening the Exposition, the indoor display will 
 be inaugurated with ten thousand orchids in bloom, and rep- 
 resenting in value more than half a million dollars. These 
 wonderful air plants, which bear the same relation to other 
 flowers that champagne does to other liquors, will be seen 
 through a tropical forest of ferns and palms, and will give a 
 view of fairyland. The flower display will be panoramic, both 
 indoor and out. Following the tulips, in the outdoor display, 
 will come the daffodil and the pansy. Immense quantities of 
 them will be contributed from the florists of the world. In 
 June will come the rhododendrons, and a greater display of 
 these beautiful flowers will be made than has ever before been 
 attempted. Varieties infinite in number will be shown in all 
 colors, from pure white through all the tints of pink and crim- 
 son to deep poirple. With the rhododendrons will be shown 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 307 
 
 azaleas, with all the shades of pink, bronze and yellow. 
 Through the warm summer months the wooded island will be 
 a great rose garden, and not less than one million of these 
 royal flowers will be in bloom at one time. Later will come 
 the gladioli and dahlia, the iris and other hardy plants. Every- 
 where about the island and in front of the Horticultural 
 Building will be great banks of phlox, asters, verbenas, nastur- 
 tiums and zinnias — all spectacular flowers. The outdoor dis- 
 play will close with a great show of chr3'santhemums. A 
 special feature of the outdoor display will be the work done 
 with foliage plants by all the park superintendents of the 
 country, who have promised to produce something unique in 
 the way of designs. The Fair grounds will abound in floral 
 surprises, in figures of animals, carpets, scrolls, etc. Each 
 superintendent will be given a space sufficient in which to 
 work, and each will select his own design. In the indoor dis- 
 play the Indian azalea will follow the orchid, and one view of 
 the indoor panorama will show ten thousand lilies in bloom. 
 There will be a collection of over two thousand varieties of 
 fern. There will be special displays of geraniums, gloxanias 
 and calladiums. There will also be an educational display of 
 economic plants — the cocoanut, the palm, the arrowroot plant, 
 the croton-oil plant, the various plants that produce rope and 
 , cordage, and the visitor can see here, in its first stage, coffee, 
 tea, sugar, cinnamon, pepper and all the other spices. 
 
 The American Society of Florists is enthusiastic as a body 
 over the proposed flower show at the Fair, and its individual 
 members seem to consider it their personal dut}^ to see that 
 this display is the greatest ever made. 
 
 Under the big dome of the Horticultural Building will be 
 shown the most rare and wonderful plants in the world, which 
 will be contributed to the show by wealthy amateurs all over 
 the country. Jay Gould, who is not generally known as one 
 of the most enthusiastic of floriculturists, will give some val- 
 uable plants to the Exposition. He has promised palms from 
 40 to 45 feet high. From Fairmount Park, Philadelphia, will 
 come bamboos that have reached a height of 50 feet. There 
 are but six of these plants in the United States. From the 
 
3o8 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 same park will come some India-rubber plants, 30 feet high, 
 and a large tree fern imported from Australia. There will be 
 shown a number of cyanophyllums, from Assam. These 
 plants are very rare. They have leaves like great spreads of 
 green velvet, two feet wide and five feet long. Mr. George 
 W. Childs, who is a philanthropist in various directions, con- 
 tributes to the display his largest Chinese fern-palm, a magnifi- 
 cent specimen, 24 feet high, and 20 feet in diameter. He will 
 also send two sago palms, whose stems are a foot in diameter 
 and six feet high. From him, too, will come the araucaria, the 
 Australian monkey-puzzle. The plant is a monkey-puzzle sure 
 enough, for Nature has so constructed it that a monkey can- 
 not climb it to get its fruit. But for this wonderful provision 
 of Nature there would be no araucaria, for the monkeys would 
 have destroyed the plant long ago. There will be shown two 
 sabals from Florida, with their peculiar wing-shaped leaves, 
 and two large date palms. Mr. H. H. Hunnewell of Boston, 
 has contributed to the Exposition the largest plant in the 
 United States. It is known to the learned in floriculture as the 
 pandanus reflexus. It is 20 feet high, and 24 feet in diameter. 
 Mr. Hunnewell has also contributed two cocoanut palms, 30 
 feet high, and some tree ferns that have been in his conserva- 
 tory more than thirty years. There will be a number of varie- 
 gated holly, similar to pyramid bay trees, their leaves being 
 covered with gold and silver decorations. One of the most 
 curious plants to be seen resembles a baptismal font or basin. 
 Its leaves so grow that they will hold three or four gallons of 
 water. This plant is contributed by Mr. T. H. Spaulding of 
 New Jersey. Mr. Charles A. Dana will contribute some of 
 his Japanese trees. The Japanese are experts in dwarfing trees, 
 and have succeeded in reducing some of their largest trees to 
 mere shrubs. 
 
 HOTEL ACCOMMODATION. 
 
 While the number of people wlio will come to the World's 
 Fair will be greater than that of any gathering ever before 
 known, preparations are gomg forward for their ample accom- 
 modation. It is estimated that there are at present in Chicago 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 309 
 
 i>ii£ thousand four hundred and sixty-three hotels with a total 
 capacity of one hundred and thirty-five thousand guests. This 
 does not include the Great Northern at Jackson and Dearborn 
 streets, with a probable entertaining capacity of two thousand 
 people, nor does it include any of the hundreds of apartment 
 houses being erected on the south side for the accommodation 
 of World's Fair visitors. 
 
 In addition to hotels it is estimated that there are eighteen 
 thousand boarding-houses with room for more than fifty 
 thousand guests, and there are spare rooms by the thousand 
 in private residences that will be utilized as sources of income 
 during the Exposition. These are some of the permanent 
 reasons Chicago has to offer for its assertion that everybody in 
 the country can come to the big show and feel easy on the 
 question of temporary homes. 
 
 Then there are projects for entertaining visitors by the 
 thousand. One syndicate has already bought and laid out a 
 tract of land south of the Exposition site where two thousand 
 five hundred cottages will be built and rented to families for 
 such a term as may be arranged. The ground is laid off in 
 state sections so that families from California will have neigh- 
 bors from their own State, Each cottage will be arranged for 
 the comfortable housing of from five to eight persons, and 
 restaurants in plenty will be available for the cottagers. Be- 
 sides such plans as this all the lake steamer lines are to have 
 their fleets in port, plying to and fro on excursions, and a care- 
 ful judge of such things estimates that at least fifteen thou- 
 sand people will be able to find shelter and food on these 
 steamers every day. 
 
 Taking the most careful figures on all these places for 
 visitors, including hotels, boarding and apartment houses, lake 
 steamers and cottage camping establishm.ents, and the city can 
 tuck away two hundred and fifty thousand strangers within its 
 borders without annexing any more suburbs. When it comes 
 to a big emergency, hotels, and Chicago hotels especially, have 
 the dilating powers of the anaconda, and are able to tuck in 
 anybody and everybody who can get to the office desk. For 
 such big hotels as the Auditorium, Grand Pacific, Palmier 
 
3IO GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 House and Leland can furnish sleeping-quarters for nearly 
 eight thousand guests without hanging anybody on the hat 
 rack. If occasion should arise, the landlords and landladies of 
 Chicago could probably entertain all the people of New York 
 and Boston at once— 'but they are not inviting that kind of 
 trouble. 
 
 Taking a conservative estimate and calculating on two 
 hundred and fifty thousand people as the utmost limit of 
 accommodation, a comparison with the Paris Exposition crowds 
 is very comforting to the World's Fair management. The 
 average daily attendance at the Paris Exposition was one hun- 
 dred and thirty thousand. The largest number admitted in one 
 daj^ was four hundred thousand. Concluding half of these to be 
 strangers, and Paris had two hundred thousand visitors to care 
 for in one day, it is estimated that the actual number of foreign 
 visitors during the entire period of the Paris Exposition was 
 one million five hundred thousand and the average number of 
 strangers who resided in Paris during the Exposition was sixty 
 thousand. 
 
 The Centennial offers the only American basis of estimates, 
 though the attendance at Chicago will naturally be very much 
 larger than at Philadelphia. The largest number in attendance 
 on any one day at the Centennial was two hundred and 
 seventy-four thousand nine hundred and nineteen; the smallest, 
 twelve thousand seven hundred and twenty. The average 
 was sixty-two thousand three hundred and thirty-three. 
 
 The World's Fair managers expect as large an attendance 
 or larger than at Paris, and are making their plans accordingly. 
 Special bureaus of information for strangers are in contempla- 
 tion, the most complete facilities for handling passengers and 
 ' baggage are being studied, and everything is being arranged 
 that can conduce to the comfort of the wayfarer within the 
 city's gates during the World's Fair. 
 
WORLD'S CGL UMBIAN EXPOSITION 3 1 1 
 
 WATER TRANSPORTATION. 
 
 In addition to the present railroad and street car lines run- 
 ning between Chicago and the World's Fair grounds, several 
 additional lines, both surface and elevated, are projected and 
 will no doubt be completed before the opening of the Exposi- 
 tion. The broad breast of Lake Michigan, however, offers too 
 tempting a means of transportation to be neglected, and 
 several projects, looking to the building of docks along the 
 lake shore front, from which pleasure crafts may ply between 
 the heart of the city and the Exposition proper, have already 
 been presented to Commissioner of Public Works Aldrich. 
 The latest and most elaborate of these is that suggested by 
 F. S. Ingoldsby. His plan comprehends not only pleasure 
 boat docks, a World's Fair depot, 1,200 feet long by 100 feet 
 wide, and a suburban depot 600 feet long by 50 feet wide, but a 
 grand elevated promenade of thirty-two acres, over which 
 citizens and visitors can pass to the lake craft or trains with 
 perfect safety. The viaduct, 200 feet wide, is to be so con- 
 structed that people can pass over or through it as they may 
 elect, the arrangement of the delivery to or from the trains 
 being such that no crush is possible, and in wet weather pas- 
 sengers will be under cover, and thoroughly protected. In 
 the covered viaduct will be waiting rooms, smoking room, 
 ticket offices, etc. 
 
 4^ 
 
 Work of the Congress Auxiliary. 
 
 The World's Congress Auxiliary is an organization 
 authorized and supported by the Exposition corporation for 
 the purpose of bringing to Chicago a series of World's Con- 
 ventions of leaders in the various departments of human pro- 
 gress during the Exposition of 1893. The Auxiliary has also 
 been recognized by the Government of the United States as 
 
312 GUIDE rO CHICAGO. 
 
 the appropriate agency through which to conduct this impor- 
 tant work, and its announcement has been sent to foreign gov- 
 ernments by the Department of State, An appropriation on 
 account of its expenses has beenmade by act pf Congress. 
 
 The Auxihary consists of an active membership of persons 
 residing in Chicago, or sufficiently near to attend committee 
 meetings without inconvenience, and a non-resident member- 
 ship, divided into advisory councils of the different depart- 
 ments of progress, and honorary and corresponding members. 
 Each committee 1 as its own advisory council, composed of the 
 eminent leaders of the world in the department to which it re- 
 lates. Honorary and corresponding members are persons not 
 assigned to a particular department, but whose prominence 
 and influence make their aid and co-operation desirable. The 
 officers of the Auxiliary are as follows: 
 
 President, Hon. Charles C. Bonney; Vice-President, Hon. 
 Thomas B. Bryan; Treasurer, Hon. Lyman J. Gage ; Secretary, 
 Hon. Benjamin Butterworth. There is also a president of the 
 Woman's Branch of the Auxiliar}^, Mrs. Potter Palmer, and a 
 vice-president, Mrs. Charles Henrotin. 
 
 These general- officers are aided by a long list of general 
 committees for the various departments, with appropriate 
 special committees for the chapters and sections into which the 
 departments are divided. Many of the committees are dual 
 in form, a committee of men and a committee of women on the 
 same general subject, authorized to meet separately or jointly, 
 as may be most convenient, under regulations intended to se- 
 cure uniformity of action in the arrangements of the plans for 
 each of the contemplated congresses. 
 
 This arrangement will preserve the identity of woman and 
 h'er work, and will at the same time secure all the advantages 
 of co-operation of men and women in the various congresses 
 appropriate to both. 
 
 The general committees, so far as created, are as follows: 
 
 Executive committee, committee of arrangements, com- 
 mittee on places of meeting, education, science and plulosophy, 
 literature, public press, music, artists, government and law re- 
 form, religion, moral and social reform, temperance, labor, 
 
WORLD'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 3 1 3 
 
 health and medicine, commerce and finance, engineering, agri- 
 culture, and a committee on a Youth's World's Congress. 
 
 The general departments have been divided into appro- 
 priate divisions, and committees appointed for each. To illus- 
 trate — the Department of Commerce and Finance, under the 
 chairmanship of Hon, Lvman J. Gage, includes transportation, 
 exchange and distribution, with divisions of banking, stock 
 exchange, boards of trade, water commerce, railway commerce, 
 and insurance. Each subject has a special committee, and 
 each committee has its advisory council. 
 
 The work of these general and special committees, now 
 ninety-five in all, is very distinct and well defined. Each com- 
 mittee first issues its preliminary address, which states the ob , 
 jects of the Auxiliary with especial reference to its own de- 
 partment. This address is sent to appropriate persons and so- 
 cieties throughout the world, and the advisory councilors are 
 requested to make any suggestions they may deem necessary, 
 and to furnish appropriate themes for discussion in the par- 
 ticular congress in which they are interested. 
 
 The Permanent Memorial Art Palace, to be erected on 
 the shore of Lake Michigan in the heart of Chicago, will be 
 devoted during the entire six months' exposition season, to the 
 exclusive use of the congresses. This building will have two 
 large audience rooms with a seating capacity of about 3,500 
 each, and twenty smaller rooms which will be used for the 
 meeting's of the various divisions into which a congress is 
 divided. The great Auditorium theater will also be at the 
 disposal of the Auxiliary, and as many as twenty great meet- 
 ings in this building are now contemplated. 
 
 The proposed congresses in each department will be of a two- 
 fold character : First, Special Congresses of existing organiza- 
 tions, under the general direction of the Auxiliary, which will 
 consider such living questions as they may deem appropriate, 
 conducted by their own proper officers. Second, Popular Con- 
 gresses, arranged by the Auxiliary for the purpose of presenting 
 to the people of the world, as represented by those who will be 
 in attendance at the Columbian Exposition, the results of human 
 progress in all the leading departments of civilized life, voiced 
 
314 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 by the ablest living representatives whose attendance can be 
 secured on that occasion. This method of Special Congresses 
 on the one hand, the Popular Union Congresses on the other, 
 will secure the greatest relative freedom and independence of 
 existing organizations in the conduct of their own proper 
 work, and also afford the largest practicable opportunities for 
 the people to see and hear the living leaders of mankind. It 
 is also proposed that the speakers and writers, both in the 
 Special Congresses and the Popular Congresses, shall be 
 selected a year in advance of the date when the congress in 
 which they will participate will be convened, in order that the 
 maturest thought of the world may be presented on that 
 occasion. The discourses and papers so to be presented will, 
 it is expected, be permenantly preserved in an encyclopedic 
 publication, which will naturally find its way into all the lead- 
 ing languages of the world, and will constitute the most 
 imposing and enduring monument of the World's Columbian 
 Exposition. 
 
 The Auxiliary has at present an active membership of 
 above 2,000. Of these, 750 are residents of Chicago. Accep- 
 tances to participate in the congress are being received from 
 all parts of the world. Although the formal invitations have 
 been but recently issued, more than 500 acceptances have been 
 received. Nothing could be more comprehensive than the 
 work planned for this great congress of thinkers, and its 
 result for good on the thought of the world is not to be esti- 
 mated. Every question of importance in human life and 
 human labor will be discussed, and judging from the names 
 of those who will participate, these questions will be handled 
 by the ablest minds of the world. 
 
WORLD'S COL UMBIA N EXPOSITION. 3 1 5 
 
 The World's Fair Dedication. 
 
 On, Friday, Oct. 21st, 1892, the World's Fair buildings were 
 formally dedicated and turned over to the National Commis- 
 sion. For two days previous to that event, minor receptions, 
 banquets and meetings were held in honor of the national and 
 state dignitaries. On Wednesday evening, Oct. 19th, a grand 
 reception and banquet was tendered Vice-President Morton at 
 the Auditorium Hotel. An orchestra of sixteen musicians 
 rendered the program of dances, and the military band gave 
 the- promenade music. On Thursday, Oct. 20th, a grand civic 
 procession, which was participated in by almost every civic 
 organization in the countr}^, paraded the business streets, the 
 final terminus being the World's Fair grounds. More than 
 80,000 people took part in this exhibition and the line of march 
 was viewed by nearly half a million citizens. In the evening, 
 a grand reception and ball to the officers of the army, navy, 
 Marine Corps, National Reserve, National Corps and the Loyal 
 Legion was held in the First Regiment Armory, Michigan 
 avenue and Sixteenth street. On the same evening, the Fellow- 
 ship Club gave a dinner to distinguished guests of the city. 
 
 Friday, Oct. 21st, the formal dedication of the buildings 
 took place. The meeting was held in the Manufactures and 
 Liberal Arts Building of the World's Fair in which over 100,000 
 gathered to listen to the exercises. A chorus of 5,500 voices 
 sang the national anthems. The program of the day's exercises 
 was as follows : 
 
 The national salute at sunrise inaugurated the ceremonies 
 of Dedication Day. 
 
 The distinguished guests and the officials of the World's 
 Columbian Commission and the World's Columbian Exposi- 
 tion were escorted by troops of the United States Army and 
 of the National Guard to the Manufactures and Liberal Arts 
 building in which the dedication ceremonies were held at half- 
 past two in the afternoon. 
 
3i6 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Exercises in the Manufactures and Liberal Arts building. 
 
 The dedicatory exercises were conducted under the direc- 
 tion of Director-General George R. Davis as Master of Cere- 
 monies according to the following program: 
 
 1. "Columbian March," composed by Prof. Jno. K. Paine 
 of Cambridge. 
 
 2. Prayer, by Bishop Chas. H. Fowler, D. D., L L. D., of 
 California. 
 
 3. Introductory Address, by the Director-General. 
 
 4. Address of Welcome and Tender of the Freedom of the 
 City of Chicago, by Hon. Hempstead Washburne, Mayor. 
 
 5. Selected Recitation irom the Dedicatory Ode, written 
 by Miss Harriet Monroe of Chicago ; music by G. W. Chad- 
 wick of Boston ; reading by Mrs. Sarah C. Le-Moyne of New 
 York. 
 
 6. Presentation by the Director of Works of the Master 
 Artists of the Exposition, of the World's Columbian Exposition, 
 and award to them of special commemorative medals, 
 
 7. Chorus — "The Heavens are Telling" ........... Haydn 
 
 8. Address — "Work of the Board of Lady Managers," 
 Mrs. Potter Palmer, President. 
 
 9. Tender of the buildings on behalf of the World's 
 Columbian Exposition, by the president thereof to the Presi- 
 dent of the World's Columbian Commission. 
 
 10. Presentation of the buildings by the President of the 
 World's Columbian Commission to the President of the United 
 States for dedication. 
 
 11. Dedication of the buildings by the President of the 
 •United States. 
 
 12. "Hallelujah Chorus," from the "Messiah" Handel 
 
 13. Dedicatory Oration — Hon. Henry Watterson of Louis- 
 ville, Ky. 
 
 14. "Star Spangled. Banner" and "Hail Columbia" with 
 full chorus and orchestral accompaniment. 
 
 15. Columbian Oration — Hon. Chauncey M. Depew of 
 New York. 
 
 16. Prayer by his Eminence, Cardinal Gibbons, Arch- 
 bishop of Baltimore. 
 
WORLD'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 3 1 7 
 
 17. Chorus — "In Praise of God" Beethoven 
 
 18. Benediction by Rev. H. C. McCook, of Philadelphia. 
 
 1 9. National Salute. 
 
 DEDICATING THE STATE BUILDINGS. 
 
 On Saturday, Oct. 22d, the different State buildings at the 
 World's Fair grounds were formally dedicated. There were 
 art, flowers, foliage, oratory and poetry, music and fraternal 
 greetings. 
 
 New York State building was dedicated, with Chauncey 
 M. Depew as Master of Ceremonies, assisted by Gov. Flower, 
 Archbishop Corrigan, Whitelaw Reid, Gov. Russell of Massa- 
 chusetts, Rev. Dr. McPherson of Chicago, supported by the 
 staff of Gov. Flower in glittering uniform. The building was 
 accepted for the World's Fair by Maj. M. P. Handy of the Pub- 
 licity and Promotion Bureau, Gen. Geo. R. Davis being absent. 
 The Rhode Island Building was dedicated by Gov. Brown 
 and the members of his staff. 
 
 The Ohio Building, the North Carolina, the Kansas, the 
 Iowa and Massachusetts Buildings were also dedicated with 
 imposing and impressive ceremonies. In his speech for presen- 
 tation of their beautiful building to the Director-General of the 
 World's Fair, Judge Edward B. Seeds of Iowa said : 
 
 "Chicago is the most marvelous evolution of municipal 
 energy and business faith known in history. 
 
 "The States gather here in no jealous rivalry. Each glories 
 in the results gathered by all the others. Each brings to this 
 wonderful city the richest productions of her farms, the best 
 from her roaring furnaces and marvelous manufactories, 
 the surprising wonders of her workshops, the noblest results 
 of her intellectual efforts — in fact all the highest and best in her 
 history, in order that the world may know that this Nation has 
 been blessed as no other nation upon earth; that other people 
 as they gaze upon and stud^' this wonderful expansion of life 
 may take therefrom inspiration to utilize and adopt all that is 
 good in our growth. 
 
 "Each State has an individuality of its own. That in- 
 
3i8 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 dividuality prompts the State to paint her picture in ^rand 
 relief; to lay the colors on with a heavy brush, and so to ar- 
 range the background as to catch the light at every coign of 
 vantage. The artists who paint these pictures must not only 
 be masters in technique, and adepts in coloring, but beyond 
 and above all they must have the inspiration of the poet in 
 order that the grace and charm which clings to the subject, 
 like perfume to a rose, may not be lost." 
 
 These are fitting words to express the sentiments of the 
 occasion. 
 
 The city was beautifully decorated. The national colors 
 supplemented by the flags of all nations and the colors of the 
 City of Chicago, were everywhere in profusion. Incandescent 
 electric lights festooned the principal buildings during the 
 evening of each day. The city was in a continual blaze of 
 glory. On the evening of the 21st, magnificent displays of 
 fireworks, discharged from Washington, Lincoln and Garfield 
 Parks filled the sky, and illuminated the city. Thus was 
 ushered in the exhibition that is to do more to bring the 
 nations of the earth into friendly communication and establish 
 the gospel of peace than all that has gone before. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 319 
 
 Some Things Projected for the World's Fair. 
 
 HANGING GARDENS, 
 
 " The Hanging Gardens of Babylonia," is the name given by 
 Bernard Jacoby to a novel structure which he would like to erect 
 in the World's Fair grounds. The plans are for two steel and 
 glass buildings, 150 feet long, 50 feet wide and 50 feet high, to be 
 arranged on cables between steel columns, one to be suspended 
 in air while the other is on the ground, the weight of one to balance 
 the other. The sixteen steel columns for the proposed hanging 
 gardens are to be 400 feet high, according to the plans, so that the 
 building suspended will be 350 feet above ground. There will be 
 a restaurant in each one, with music and with roof-gardens con- 
 taining floAvers and light trees. Two thousand people could be 
 accommodated on each trip, which would occur once every hour. 
 The gardens are to be brilliantly lighted by electricity, and hand- 
 some marble steps will lead up to the platforms on which the 
 buildings are to rest. The originator of the plan estimates the 
 cost at $500,000. 
 
 QUAINT STREETS OF CAIRO. 
 
 There are many novel and interesting things projected for the 
 World's Fair which will astonish and delight the hundreds of 
 thousands of spectators in 1893. One of the most unique and 
 attractive of these will be a complete reproduction of a street in 
 Cairo, Egypt. 
 
 The privilege for representing the street has been granted to 
 George Pangalo by the Ways and Means Committee. Mr. Pan- 
 galo is a manager of a bank in Egypt and a citizen of Cairo. He 
 came to this country expressly to make the exhibit, and has been 
 working to secure this privilege for months. It will embrace 
 50,000 square feet of ground, and the site will be on Midway 
 Plaisance. 
 
 The exhibit will embrace a single street, furnishing i 
 
320 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 composite picture of the buildings ch"racteristic of Cairo. The 
 street v/ill be 421 feet long and its width will vary from 20 
 to 35 feet. The features will be a mosque, with its drinking 
 fountain and the richly ornamented minaret. It will be ninety- 
 five feet high, and the striking feature of the architecture. Its 
 style will be that of the Cherkess dynasty, and it will be an 
 accurate reproduction of a Mohammedan place of worship. 
 
 Another feature will be a large amusement hall, where, if 
 objections be not raised, there will be dancing-girls to amuse the 
 visitors. There will be a barber-shop, Arab coffee-shops, and 
 representations of the residences of prominent Egyptians. Ex- 
 clusive of the monuments and buildings, there will be sixty shops 
 of various kinds. It is intended to bring a number of donkeys, 
 donkey-boys, camels, snake-charmers and fortune-tellers, to 
 represent the coffee-shops, refreshment rooms, and various street 
 scenes seen in the market, wedding processions, etc., together 
 with the quaint furniture and dress and decorations of this 
 ancient people. 
 
 PLAN TO INTEREST THE CHILDREN. 
 
 An elaborate and interesting scheme by which some fifteen 
 million children or more, both in the United States and foreign 
 lands, will become directly interested in booming the World's 
 Fair, has been prepared by Bishop Fallows, the Rev. F. F. Bliss, 
 and others. 
 
 The plan involves nothing less than the formation of an 
 International Youths' World's Fair Association, which will enlist 
 the sympathies of children up to the age of sixteen years all 
 over the world. They will be primarily reached through the 
 public schools, Sunday schools and churches, and the promoters 
 feel confident that in this association there will be formed a 
 working auxiliary of inestimable value in inciting general inter- 
 est among older folks in the World's Fair and its doings. 
 
 The American Society of Patriotic Knowledge, through 
 Bishop Fallows, its first vice-president, stands sponsor for the 
 enterprise ; C. C. Bonney, of the World's Fair auxiliary, Frances 
 Willard, Anna Gordon, Dr. Frances Dickinson, Supt. A. G. Lane, 
 Judge Waite, A. R. Abbott, M. J. Sands, Mrs. A. G. Lane, C. S. 
 
WORLDS COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION-. 321 
 
 Brown, J. M. Bullens, Prof. Marks, Ford and Claflin, and many 
 other prominent Chicago people, are interested in and supporting 
 the movement ; while Mrs. Isabella Beecher Hooker, Connecticut ; 
 Mesdames ex-Gov. Bagley and E. P. Howes, Michigan ; Mrs. 
 Gov. Eagle, Arkansas; Mrs. D. F. Verdenal, New York; Mrs. 
 Mary E. Lockwood, Washington, D. C. ; Mrs. Alexander Thomp- 
 son, Maryland ; Mrs. M. R. Kindler, Delaware ; Mesdames M. 
 S. Briggs and C. S. Langworthy, Nebraska ; Mrs. Elizabeth Fry, 
 Texas ; Prof. W. W. Parsons, Indiana ; Prof. F. Buck, Iowa ; 
 Miss Emma Winosatt, Washington, D. C. ; Mrs. Miller, Iowa, and 
 Mrs. E. N. Hailman, of Indiana, the well known head of the 
 kindergarten movement, are supporting the project on the 
 outside. 
 
 WAUKESHA WATER AT A CENT A CUP, 
 
 Water is to be piped from the springs of Waukesha, WiSc, to 
 the Exposition grounds. The Hygeia Spring Water Company 
 was given the privilege of supplying water during the Fair. The 
 company has already laid pipes part of the way. William B. 
 Keep represents the compan)^ About 300 drinking-booths will 
 be built on the grounds and Waukesha water furnished to thirsty 
 visitors for one cent a cup. 
 
 AMERICAN SPORTSMAN'S EXHIBIT. 
 
 The American Sportsman's Exhibit at the Columbian Expo- 
 sition will be a complete exhibition of every weapon and utensil 
 used in hunting, fishing and trapping since the discovery of the 
 country down to the present day. " We have," says Theodore 
 Roosevelt, who has interested himself in this display, " the 
 greatest hunting country on earth ; the Boone and Crockett Club, 
 of which I am a member, is enthusiastic over it, and we want 
 nothing but what is American. For instance, I know where the 
 rifles used by Davy Crockett may be secured." Nothing could 
 be more interesting than such a collection. It would em.brace not 
 only the thing suggested but the heads of all kinds of American 
 game of the larger sort and specimens of the smaller game, 
 animals, birds, and' fishes ; the old wigwam, hunting-shacks of 
 
322 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 pioneer days, all kinds of Indian weapons and all the conveniences 
 which go to make up a modern hunting-camp. Such a display- 
 would have a peculiar fascination for the sportsmen of all 
 countries. 
 
 A DUTCH EXHIBIT. 
 
 Van Houten & Zoon, the manufacturers of cocoa at Weesp, 
 Holland, have set apart $100,000 with which to make a splendid 
 exhibit at the Exposition in Chicago in 1893. They intend to 
 erect a large building in the style of old Holland architecture of 
 the fifteenth century, and to put in it, besides an exhibit in their 
 own line of business, paintings, vicAvs, bric-a-brac, etc., illustra- 
 tive of the Netherlands and the life and characteristics of the 
 Dutch people. They will have there a " cocoa school," where 
 Dutch maidens, clad in picturesque native attire, will make deli- 
 cious cocoa beverages according to the most approved methods, 
 and will serve it to visitors. 
 
 The Patent Office will exhibit a comprehensive array of 
 models to illustrate the wonderful progress of mechanical civili- 
 zation. One group of models will show the progress of the 
 printers' art from Gutenberg's crude invention to the latest 
 rotary perfecting and folding printing-press, capable of turning 
 out newspapers at the rate of many thousands per hour. 
 Other groups will show the development of the steam-engine, 
 sewing-machine, agricultural machinery, application of elec- 
 tricity, etc. 
 
 BRITISH COLUMBIA WOODS 
 
 British Columbia has decided to build a structure, which will 
 be a novelty in architecture, composed of every variety of wood 
 known to the British Columbia forests. The building will be 
 built first in sections of contrasting woods neatly mortised to- 
 gether. The roof will be of native slate and a variety of cedar 
 shingles, making in all a pleasing effect. It is intended to ship 
 the building in sections, ready to be. erected on its arrival. The 
 display will be unique in every way, the government and cities 
 of the province subscribing to the fund. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITLON. 323 
 
 THE CONVENT OF LA RIBADA. 
 
 Tl e Exposition Directors have appropriated $50,000 for the 
 expense of reproducing at the Exposition the Convent of Ea 
 Ribada, Palos, Spain, where Columbus lived while perfecting his 
 plans for his voyage of discovery. The building will be used for 
 housing an extensive collection of Columbus relics, and its an- 
 cient appearance, it is believed, will afford a pleasing contrast to 
 that of the magnificent palaces by which it will be surrounded. 
 
 RELIGIOUS RECORDS OF EARLY VOYAGERS. 
 
 At the request of the Latin-American Bureau of the World's 
 Columbian Exposition, Cardinal Gibbons has requested the pro- 
 per officers of the several religious orders of the Roman Catholic 
 church, both in Europe and America, to cause their archives to 
 be searched for historical records bearing upon the discovery and 
 settlement of the New World. It is known that every ship that 
 left Spain, beginning with the first voyage of Columbus, carried 
 among its crew a priest or a friar, and that these missionaries 
 made voluminous reports to the heads of their different orders, 
 few of which were ever published. It is believed that the 
 archives of the church are filled with valuable historical material. 
 
 PARAGUAY FINE ART WORKERS. 
 
 Dr. Bertolette, Commissioner to the La Platte Republics, has 
 informed the Latin-American Department that he is endeavoring 
 to secure for the Exposition a colony of lace makers and gold 
 and silver workers from Paraguay. These people are ingenious, 
 their product being equal to that of the Brussels working-women, 
 and the fact that they use vegetable fiber exclusively makes their 
 work of even greater value and interest. It has been planned by 
 the Latin-American Department to have a group of these lace 
 makers on the Exposition grounds ; also a group of workers in 
 gold and silver filigree. 
 
 Word has been received that the Corcovado Railway Com- 
 panyj of Rio de Janeiro proposes, making an exhibit in miniature 
 
324 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 of its railway. It is the purpose to have large photographs 
 illustrating the mountain route through which the railway passes, 
 the bridges, the stations, the hotel at the summit, and interest- 
 ing scenery adjacent. They will, have molded, in papier mach6, 
 the mountain of Corcovado in miniature, with the railway laid 
 down as in actual operation. The total length of the road is 
 two miles. The rise from the station at the upper end of the 
 road to the summit is 2,300 feet. 
 
 INDIAN RELICS. 
 
 The Department of Ethnology is making researches among 
 the Indian tribes of the United States and Canada with a view to 
 making a big display in that division of the work. Chief Put- 
 nam, in his July report to Director-General Davis, said his assist- 
 ants were taking measurements and noting facts which will 
 furnish the material for the ta.blets, charts and molds which will 
 constitute the exhibit. One of these assistants, who is making a 
 study of the Bannock and Shoshone Indians, has made a collection 
 of war bonnets, dress and accoutrements worn during burial cere- 
 monies, at their ghost dances, and at their religious ceremonies. 
 He has secured complete costumes with which to dress the Indian 
 models, and will make an exhibit of the training and treatment of 
 children, burial ceremonies, rehgious myths and traditions of the 
 race. 
 
 Miss Alice C. Fletcher, who holds the Thaw fellowship in 
 connection with this department of Harvard University, and who 
 has spent several years in actual life among the Indians, will di- 
 rect the reproduction of types of Indian habitations that have 
 passed out of use. Mrs. Zelia Nuttall, an assistant of the Pea- 
 body Museum, is transcribing and translating Mexican photo- 
 graphs and making drawings of Indian houses. She has discovered, 
 in a library in Florence, somiC precious old manuscripts of the 
 time of Cortez, which contain pictures of Mexican houses. 
 Edward H. Thompson, United States consul to Merida, Yucatan, 
 intends to bring to the. Exposition a native Maya house with 
 complete furnishings, a Maya family and a native potter, who 
 will make his vessels during the Fair. 
 

 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 327 
 
 A model is to be made of the famous Turner group of earth- 
 workers in Ohio. Ernest Volk is working in the Delaware Val- 
 ley, exploring the ancient argellite workshop discovered there 
 and is getting material concerning the existence of man on 
 the American continent in remote ages. United States Consul 
 Thompson is now at Uxmal, Yucatan, making molds of portions 
 of fa9ades and cornices used in adornment of these majestic 
 ruins. 
 
 Of the structure known as the " House of the Governor of 
 Uxmal," he says, *' each square yard is a mosaic gem. A section 
 of this structure would, if of a size sufficient to show the sym- 
 metry of the design, be a revelation to many who believe the 
 mines of Yucatan to be mud piles and stone heaps." 
 
 George A. Dorsey is working at Anco, Peru, and has already 
 opened fifty-three graves at the famous burial-place at Anco, and 
 taken out several perfect mummies. He found one in a remark- 
 able state of preservation — the body and trappings appearing as 
 if they had been buried but a few days. In the grave with the 
 body was a pot of fish, a pot of corn, a calabash of beans and 
 two jugs which had probably contained some sort of beverage. 
 Over the shoulders of the body was a beautiful poncho. 
 
 As the World's Fair is to be an exhibition of the purest and 
 highest culture of the American people, much depends upon the 
 three elements of art, ethnolog)'' and the liberal arts. The direc- 
 tors understand this, and while great attention is being paid to the 
 more stirring accomplishments of agricultural and mechanical arts 
 and sciences, these finer arts are in no wise neglected. 
 
 XX 
 
 Progress of the Columbian Exposition. 
 
 A brief resume of the work already done on the ground and 
 the Exposition buildings cannot fail to be of interest to the 
 reader. The opening of the year 1892 finds the World's Colum- 
 bian Exposition fairly in possession of the great field which it is 
 soon to occupy fully. Nine months before the day fixed for the 
 19 
 
328 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 dedication of the great buildings at Jackson Park, and eighteen 
 months before the Exposition itself is to be thrown open to the 
 public, it can be said without reserve that every grand division 
 was thoroughly organized. The grounds are in an advanced 
 condition of preparation. The buildings are well under way. 
 The finances are in a most prosperous and promising condition ; 
 and from every quarter of the world there is assurance of exhib- 
 its which in extent, interest and variety will surpass those on 
 view at "any previous national exposition. The States and the 
 people of the American Union are substantially unanimous in 
 support of the enterprise. Every nation in the civilized world 
 has bidden God-speed to the celebration of the birthday of the 
 great Venetian discoverer. 
 
 Never since Nomads were transformed into city builders and 
 Capitols of empires became sights of international exhibitions has 
 there been such universal interest displayed in any project con- 
 ceived by man. The greatest of expositions which has passed 
 into history will compare but feebly with the grandeur of this 
 stupendous undertaking. No spot in all the world could have 
 been selected susceptible to so many advantages as is the site of 
 the Columbian Exposition on the shores of the beautiful lake 
 Michigan. 
 
 Its ground area, comprising more than eleven hundred acres 
 of undulating lawn, is more than double that hitherto covered by 
 the greatest international exposition. 
 
 Its glorious structures, outnumbering many times those of the 
 last universal exposition of Paris, and exceeding individually, each 
 in its department, all predecessors, have reached a stage of con- 
 struction which foreshadow the beauties and grandeur of the 
 whole as conceived and designed by the corps of architects whose 
 genius has been expended in their conception. 
 
 Interest concentrates, of course, upon the series of big ele- 
 vations that show the main buildings which will occupy the 
 Exposition grounds in 1893. Taken singly they prove great 
 ability on the part of their designers. Taken together they show 
 that the Exposition authorities were wise in selecting a number 
 of different architects to do their work, and that these architects 
 were wise in consulting together before they began. Each of 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 329 
 
 the structures will have individuality, yet all will harmonize in a 
 general effect that promises to be dignified, imposing and beauti- 
 ful enough to do infinite credit to American art and appropriate 
 enough to be as creditable to American good sense, if, indeed, art 
 and good sense can be even nominally dissevered when Vv^orks of 
 architecture are in question. Of course, however, one must 
 regret, even more than in former years, that the space at the 
 league's command is so small that plans and sections as well as 
 exterior views could not be shown. 
 
 A simple type of renaissance art has been chosen for all the 
 buildings, but, as was not undesirable, some are much more richly 
 treated than others. The richest of all is the Agricultural Hall, 
 with its far-spreading Corinthianesque colonnades. The plainest 
 is the Horticultural Hall, which, however, is so good in the mass- 
 ing of its varied parts that no lack of elaboration is felt when it is 
 compared with any of the others. In the Gallery of Fine Arts col- 
 onnades appear again, but of an Ionic type. The largest of all, 
 yet the simplest in structure, is the Exhibition of Manufactures 
 and Liberal Arts, but its immense size seems impressive and mon- 
 umental enough to sustain the monotony of its lines. The Trans- 
 portation Building is excellent, and Machinery Hall, which from 
 its name might suggest the most prosaic outlines, is treated with 
 architectural grandeur. The combination of the great semicir- 
 cular glazed ends af the divisions of the hall with the colon- 
 naded porticoes which run beneath them is striking and the 
 two large porches, each projecting from a wall crowned by a 
 pair of elaborate towers, are distinctly ecclesiastical in air. These 
 central fronts recall the churches of Venice or of Spanish Amer- 
 ica, instead of suggesting a Chicago home for the spirit of steam. 
 When one studies all these buildings together, and fancies them 
 enlivened by color and sculpture, based on broad green lawns and 
 standing near the borders of the great lake and the newly con- 
 structed canals, a picture is called up which arouses deep satis- 
 faction in the patriotic heart. However great or small maybe the 
 success of the Exposition in other ways, there need be no doubt 
 that as far as architectural art is concerned we shall not blush in 
 the presence of the '* intelligent foreigner." It is nothing short 
 of an artistic triumph thus to have struck, in these vast and diffi 
 
330 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 cult structures, a happy medium between inorganic diversity and 
 monotonous uniformity, and between a utilitarian poverty of effect 
 and an undue degree of monumental elaboration. How excellent 
 they are is proved by the fact that we cannot even try to criticise 
 them from any point of view except the one from which they were 
 designed. We judge them simply as exposition buildings, and 
 are not for a moment tempted to compare or contrast them with 
 buildings of any other kind. It is interesting to reflect upon the 
 style that was selected for them by the many distinguished archi- 
 tects concerned. Doubtless no other style suggested itself as 
 possible. Probably no one even thought that it might be best 
 to choose some form of Gothic, though Gothic lends itself so well 
 to picturesqueness of general effect and to variety in the treat- 
 ment of special features ; or to choose that type of Romanesque 
 which Americans have so generally practiced in recent years, and 
 have so commonly believed to be adaptable to all modern needs. 
 When it came to the designing of structures which had to be at 
 once very monumental and very practical, and in which economy 
 had to be considered, renaissance art must have been recognized 
 at once as the only adequate resource. And, as has been well 
 remarked, the fact has a wider significance than as a mere justifi- 
 cation of these architects' choice in this special case. 
 
 When one reads the exact state of the finances of the Exposi- 
 tion, the part the city corporate has done, the part the citizens 
 have contributed, and the sum the national government has given 
 for the support of the enterprise, with the additional sums 
 •required to complete the great undertaking, a somewhat vague 
 conception ma}^ be had of the magnitude of the great World's 
 Fair, which, a little more than a year hence, will bring together 
 the nations of the earth. 
 
 That the Exposition will be opened at the time set need not 
 be doubted. The date for the opening of the Paris exposition 
 was set forth five years in advance of the event. A little more 
 than a year has gone by since the World's Columbian Exposition 
 was inaugurated, and yet it is more nearly ready for dedication in 
 October of this year and an installation for the formal opening in 
 May next year, than the buildings of the Paris exposition were 
 nine months before the exposition began. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 33i 
 
 Everything has been done that could be done to enlist the 
 co-operation of foreign countries. Congress has passed a law 
 removing the duty from all articles duly entered from foreign 
 ports before authorized officials for exhibition at Chicago in 1893. 
 
 The Bureau of Publicity and Promotion have disseminated 
 .throughout all the world volumes of literature explaining in de- 
 tail every step in the progress of the Exposition, and all 
 nations are keenly alive to the benefits to be derived from a 
 complete display of their manufactures and products at the Fair. 
 
 The National Commission, the Board of Lady Managers and 
 the Chicago Directory — all of them agents authorized under the 
 act of Congress for the creation of an exposition to celebrate the 
 discovery of America, have diligently, unitedly and heartily car- 
 ried on their work. Comprehending much more than has here- 
 tofore been attempted, grander in its ideal, its beauty and its 
 lesson than any undertaking which a power of less importance 
 than one of the great nations of the earth could undertake, each 
 of the great agencies authorized by the nation for its construc- 
 tion has become more and more consolidated in united action and 
 the great departments of administration, finance, exploitation 
 and construction have overcome seemingly insurmountable 
 obstacles, and, pushing their work with intelligence and vigor, 
 have secured unparalleled results. 
 
 The progress of the World's Fair enterprise during the year 
 1891 has been veritably marvelous. A short twelve months ago 
 the World's Columbian Exposition lived chiefly in the favor and 
 enthusiasm of the people. Comparatively little had been done 
 besides planning and projecting. Congress had awarded the prize 
 of location to Chicago ; Chicago citizens had subscribed 
 $5,000,000; the city council had voted to issue $5,000,000 of 
 bonds in aid of it, and the President of the United States had 
 invited foreign nations to participate. 
 
 That was about all that had been accomplished. Ground 
 had not been broken ; not a building had been planned ; not a 
 contract let. The National Commission and the Exposition Di- 
 rectory were at variance as to their respective powers and duties. 
 
 The perplexing site question had not been settled, and it was 
 not until the year was well advanced that the Lake Front was 
 
332 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 finally abandoned. At the beginning of the year it was under- 
 stood that the Art Palace, the Decorative Art Palace, the Water 
 Palace, the Electrical Building, the Temple of Music and proba- 
 bly the Woman's Building, would be on the Lake Front, and as 
 late as January 28, ground was broken on the Lake Front for 
 the erection of what was then termed the first World's Fair 
 building. 
 
 Nearly a month later the Lake Front was abandoned and 
 work was begun at Jackson Park. Just before 1890 closed the 
 Lady Managers had elected Mrs. Potter Palmer president, but 
 their ideas as to what they were to accomplish were very indefi- 
 nite and they can hardly be said to have formed any plan. The 
 World's Congress Auxiliary lived at that time in the minds of its 
 projectors only. 
 
 With the advent of 1 891 the practicable work of making the 
 World's Fair commenced. The officers were transferred from 
 cramped quarters in the Pullman and Adams Express Buildings 
 to the present commodious accommodations in the Rand-McNally 
 Building. 
 
 The Board of Architects was appointed, and to each member 
 was assigned the task of submitting plans and designs for one 
 of the projected Exposition buildings. These have all been 
 submitted and approved. Contracts for the construction of all 
 of the buildings have been let and their erection is now pro- 
 gressing day and night. Several of the buildings are completely 
 under roof. 
 
 At the beginning of the year but two of the department 
 chiefs had been appointed by the Director-General. These were 
 M, P. Handy, Bureau of Publicity and Promotion, and W. L 
 Buchanan, Agriculture. They did not get fairly to work, however, 
 until January ; since then chiefs of thirteen departments have 
 been selected and the work of each has long since been at an 
 advanced stage. 
 
 MAKING A WORLD'S FAIR. 
 
 Theofifices and rooms where the work of the World's Colum- 
 bian Exposition is being done are on the fourth and a portion of 
 the fifth fioons of the Rand-McNally Building on Adams and 
 
WORLDS COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. zil 
 
 Quincy streets. About 50 rooms are occupied. Besides these 
 the twelth floor of the Rookery Building and a portion of the 
 rooms of Mr. Burnham, supervising architect, in the same build- 
 ing, are being used by a small army of draughtsmen engaged 
 upon unfinished plans and designs. There are 687 officers and 
 employes on the pay-roll, and the amount of money paid out for 
 their services each month is $36,000. This number and amount 
 include the force at the Rand-McNally Building and that at the 
 Rookery. The work is divided into departments with a chief at 
 the head of each. These departments are lettered in alphabetical 
 order — to wit: 
 
 Department A. — Agriculture, Food and Food Products, Farming Machinery 
 
 and Appliances. W. I. Buchanan, Chief. 
 
 Department B. — Horticulture. J. M. Samuels, Chief. 
 
 Sub. Department — Floriculture. John Thorp. 
 
 Department C. — Live Stock — Domestic and Wild Animals. 
 
 Eber W. Cottrell, Chief. 
 Department D. — Fish, Fisheries, Fish Products and Apparatus of Fishing. 
 
 J. W. Collins, Chief. 
 Department E. — Mines, Mining and Metallurgy. 
 
 Frederick J. V. Skiff, Chief. 
 Department F. — Machinery. L. W. Robinson, Chief. 
 
 Department G. — Transportation Exhibits, Railways, Vessels and Vehicles. 
 
 Willard a. Smith, Chief. 
 Department H. — Manufactures. James Allison, Chief. 
 
 Department J. — Electricity and Electrical Appliances. 
 
 J. P. Barrett, Chief. 
 Department K. — Fine Arts, Pictorial, Plastic and Decorative. 
 
 Halsey C. Ives, Chief. 
 Department L. — Liberal Arts, Education, Engineering, Public Works, Archi- 
 tecture, Music and the Drama. S. H. Peabody, Chief. 
 Department M. — Ethnology, Archaeology, Progress of Labor and Invention 
 
 ^Isolated and Collective Exhibits. F. W. Putnam, Chief. 
 
 Department N. — Forestry and Forest Products. 
 
 Thos. B. Keogh, Chief. 
 Department O.-— Publicity and Promotion. Moses P. Handy, Chief. 
 
 Department P. — Foreign Affairs. Walker Fearn, Chief. 
 
 Secretary of Installation, 
 
 JOS. HIRST. 
 
334 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 This list does not include the Board of Lady Managers, of 
 which Mrs. Potter Palmer is the head, nor does it include a num- 
 ber of other adjuncts and divisions, which will be noted further on. 
 
 The duties of the National Commission, of which T. W. 
 Palmer is the head, require that he shall be here once a month, 
 or oftener as occasion demands. President Palmer and his assist- 
 ants meet in conference with the local directors. He is also 
 a member, as is his staff, of the Board of Control. Associated 
 with Mr. Palmer is J. A. McKenzie, Vice-Chairman. He is 
 always in his office during business hours. He is a typical Ken- 
 tuckian. 
 
 When President Palmer is not in the city Mr. McKenzie takes 
 his place. John P. Dickinson, secretary of the National Com- 
 mission, is another of the assistants to the president. All corre- 
 spondence growing out of the work of the commission goes 
 through his hands. All expenses incurred by Ihe commission in 
 its national capacity are audited by the secretary. The president, 
 vice-president and secretary each draws a salary of $5,000 a year. 
 
 While the National Commission is essential to such an enter- 
 prise as this, and while its work is not by any means to be 
 despised, its labor is trifling compared with the local directory. 
 
 The president of the local directory is W. T. Baker, president 
 of the Chicago Board of Trade. By virtue of his office he is ex- 
 officio a member of all the committees and must confer daily 
 with such committees as have held sessions or are holding them. 
 He also entertains foreign visitors. 
 
 Next to President Baker comes Vice-President T. B. Bryan, 
 the gentleman who did so much to secure the Fair for Chicago. 
 Foreign delegations are very much at home in the presence of 
 this distinguished orator and linguist and skilled diplomat. It 
 must not be understood from this that Mr. Bryan is in his pres- 
 ent position for no other purpose than that of being an agreeable 
 gentleman of leisure. He is a worker. He is conferred with 
 daily by the heads of the various departments. He gives general 
 advice. He is also the general checking agent of the directory, 
 signing all vouchers before they reach the auditor. In addition 
 to all these duties he, being a skillful lawyer, gives much legal 
 advice on Fair matters requiring consideration of that character. 
 
WORLD'S COL UMBIA N EXPOSITION. 3 3 7 
 
 In the room adjoining that of Vice-President Baker is the 
 secretary of the local directory, and Solicitor-General Benjamin 
 Butterworth. All ordinances relating to the World's Fair, as 
 between the commission and the directory and the city are 
 drawn by Mr. Butterworth. All legal questions are referred to 
 him. 
 
 The auditor of the directory is Mr. W. K. Ackerman, who 
 has a large corps of aides. His position is strictly one of busi- 
 ness. Every bill that is incurred on account of the World's Fair 
 has to come to Mr. Ackerman. His is the halfway place between 
 the business end of the Fair and the treasurer, who hands out 
 the cash. It follows as a common-sense result, that Mr, Acker- 
 man is frequently consulted by the chiefs of various departments 
 and by the heads of the local directory, 
 
 Mr. A. F. Seeberger is treasurer of the World's Columbian 
 Exposition. He is one of the successful business men of 
 the city, who has shown his faith in the work before him by 
 devoting a considerable portion of his time to the duties of the 
 of^ce herein named. This department is one of the most impor- 
 tant of the World's Fair. Every pound of nails, every bit of 
 ornamentation, every item in the great expense account of this 
 enterprise must be paid from this department. The collection 
 of every dollar on shares subscribed is paid here. From this 
 department all collectors are employed. When the work of 
 gathering subscriptions was undertaken, the men employed for 
 that were instructed from this department. In order to facilitate 
 the work it was necessary to obtain from every factory and 
 storehouse in the city a list of the names of the employes. After 
 the subscriptions were obtained and the collection of the first 
 assessment was begun, it was found that very many who had 
 subscribed had changed their residences and business, so that 
 it was difficult to find them. All this devolved upon Mr. See- 
 berger and his assistants. Sometimes a man was found who, for 
 one reason or another, declined to pay his assessment. Then 
 missionary work had to be done to bring the delinquent over. 
 It fell to Mr. Seeberger's lot to devise means to accomplish this. 
 In doing so he had a two-fold duty to perform, for if one delin- 
 quent were permitted to escape it opened the door for others. 
 
338 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 All that has passed, and the thanks of the interested are due to 
 Mr. Seeberger's patience and ingenuity. This department has 
 nothing of the ornamental about it. It is as free from anything 
 like dress parade as a bank. Its employes are selected on 
 account of their quick knowledge and business qualifications 
 only. 
 
 When every department shall have finished its work, and the 
 announcement is made that all is ready for the opening of the 
 World's Columbian Exposition, Director-General Davis will give 
 the word. He will touch the button, not literally, for that will be 
 left to the next President of the United States, but that will not 
 be before Director-General Davis says the word. Besides being 
 director-general, he is in consultation with all coinmittees and 
 sub-committees. He m.akes the nominations of all heads of de- 
 partments. His nominations, however, like those which the 
 President of the United States sends to the Senate, are not final. 
 They must be passed upon by the National Commission and the 
 local directory. There are forty-four local directors — one for each 
 star on the flag, and his nominations must be satisfactory to both 
 directors and commission. Every scheme and plan must in some 
 manner come to the director-general. All department-chiefs' 
 work goes through Col. Davis, and if there is any friction it is his 
 ingenuity which must cool it off. All applications must be ap- 
 proved by him. The clerical force of the director-general is nec- 
 essarily large. The business of this department is wide in its 
 ramifications. It frequently calls the head away from home. The 
 commission appointed to go abroad in the interest of the Fair 
 was a suggestion by Col. Davis. The people appointed to go on 
 that mission were named by him. 
 
 One of the most important departments in connection with 
 the great event of 1893 is put down as the Department of Pub- 
 licity and Promotion. This is the editorial department to which 
 come all matters pertaining to the Exposition, and from which is 
 issued all information concerning the Fair. It is under the super- 
 vision of Major Moses P. Handy, who laid aside the more active 
 duties of general newspaper work to give the directory the benefit 
 of his knowledge in the promotion of this work. His department 
 is composed of well-trained writers. For the most part they are 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 339 
 
 young men who had their journalistic schooling in the newspaper 
 offices of Chicago, which is equivalent to saying that they under- 
 stand their business. In this department fourteen languages are 
 spoken and written, or can be when the occasion calls for it. The 
 work of this department is of great importance to the success of 
 the World's Fair. Accurate articles on every branch of thought 
 or industry to be represented at the Fair are written in this de- 
 partment. If there is to be an exhibit of the boot and shoe 
 interest, an article is prepared in English, in which every possible 
 fact in connection therewith is given, from a description of the 
 building or the department where such an industry will be ex- 
 hibited to the manner of shipment of such goods, and all other 
 information which an exnibitor would want. This article is 
 translated into French, German. Spanish, Danish, Swedish, Portu- 
 guese and Italian. Copies are made of these translations and 
 sent to every newspaper printed In the languages named which is 
 devoted to the interest discussed. They are also sent to every 
 leading manufacturer in the world whose name the department 
 has in its possession. What is true of this industry is true of 
 every one which will be exhibited here in 1893. Nothing will be 
 seen at the Exposition which has not or will not have been dis- 
 cussed by the writers of this department. 
 
 Nor is this more than a beginning of the duties required of 
 the workers in this jdepartment. A newspaper in Germany 
 wants a special and an illustrated article on the Exposition. A 
 newspaper in Mexico wants a special article prepared on mining. 
 A newspaper in Denmark wants a general article on the Fair, a 
 description of the grounds, of the buildings, of the means of 
 transporting articles, and so on. These applications are made to 
 the Department of Publicity and Promotion, which at once com- 
 plies with the requests. A journal in India recently asked for 
 and obtained an illustrated article on Jackson Park and the 
 buildings which are in the course of erection. 
 
 There is also an exchange list of every daily newspaper in this 
 country, most of the weeklies, and the principal ones in Europe. 
 When these papers arrive here they are carefully examined by a 
 corps of clippers, distinct from the writers, who cut out every 
 item of news bearing on the Exposition, credit it, and place it in 
 
340 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 a scrapbook, which is labeled, so that if it is desired to know 
 what the paper in Kamchatka has said about the affair the arti- 
 cle will be found in the scrap-book with the name of that coun- 
 try printed upon it. There are at present one hundred of these 
 scrap-books, most of which are well filled with matter pertaining 
 to the coming Exposition. After the Exposition shall have be- 
 come a thing of the past, these books are to be put away in a 
 place of safety where they will be accessible to the curious. 
 
 There have been spread upon the records of this department 
 the names of forty thousand prominent people throughout the 
 world. They are members of legislatures, congressmen, all pos- 
 sible exhibitors in the world ; consuls, officers of the Farmers 
 Alliance, people connected with arts and manufactures, commer- 
 cial and educational organizations — each one of these gets from 
 time to time all the information gathered by this department, 
 and whatever queries they make, and they are many, are answered 
 in the fujlest and most courteous way. 
 
 In the large room above the editorial department are men and 
 women engaged in mailing the pamphlets printed in every lan- 
 guage that has been named. Not only pamphlets, but every 
 article bearing on the great event. There are one hundred and 
 fifty thousand various documents on every conceivable topic 
 touching the great exhibit in this department. The postage of 
 this section of Major Handy's department amounts to over $200 
 a week, and a good deal of the matter goes at second-class rates. 
 There is a room set aside in connection with the publicity and 
 promotion bureau for reporters and outside newspaper men who 
 come to it for information. Every facility is afforded the press 
 of the city and country for the accumulation of news concerning 
 the Exposition. For the papers in Milwaukee and adjacent 
 cities, special reports of the day's doings in all the departments 
 are prepared and sent out. In addition to this, plate matter is 
 prepared and sent out to that class of papers which use plate 
 matter. In these plates are aH the new cuts that hcfve been made 
 of grounds and buildings. 
 
 The statement having been made that few of the foreign 
 countries have taken any interest in the coming Exposition, Mr, 
 Dorr, assistant to Major Handy, has had prepared a sheet of 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 341 
 
 clippings from the foreign press, which embraces a list of papers 
 printed in London, Liverpool, Manchester, Dublin, Plymouth, 
 Dundee, Melbourne, Gibraltar, Frankfort- on-the-Main, Berlin, 
 Hamburg, Munich, Bremen, Vienna, Berne, St. Petersburg, Luxem- 
 burg, Stockholm, City of Mexico, Milan. Constantinople, Havana, 
 Guatemala, Panama, Paris, Evora in Portugal, and other cities, 
 each of which shows the most intense interest in the World's 
 Fair to be held in Chicago. This sheet of clippings, printed in 
 all the languages mentioned in this article, has been scattered 
 broadcast. 
 
 All employes whose salaries are over $2,000 are paid monthly; 
 those who receive $2,000 and less are paid semi-monthly. The 
 head of each department makes out his or her pay-roll. It is 
 sent to Col. Davis, who certifies to it and sends it to President 
 Baker or Vice-President Bryan, who passes upon it and then 
 sends it to the auditor, from whose department it goes to the 
 treasurer. 
 
 The business of the local directory is to raise money and 
 erect buildings. Then there is what is called the Board of Con- 
 trol, which is commissioned by the National Commission. This 
 committee passes upon all plans of buildings and all the details 
 of the Fair. It is composed of President Palmer, J. M. McKen- 
 zie, E. B. Martindale, G. V. Massur, M. H. DeYoung, J. W. St. 
 Clair, T. M. Waller^ and W. Lindsay. These gentlemen meet 
 once a month and listen to the reports of Col. Davis, which em- 
 brace all the suggestions which that ofificial has to communicate 
 and all the reports which the heads of the various departments 
 have made to him. 
 
 It is not too late to state that in the local directory there are 
 thirteen standing committees. They locate buildings on the 
 grounds ^nd fix the price of admission to the same. In addition 
 to these thirteen committees there is the executive committee. 
 It is composed of the chairmen of the thirteen committees. To 
 this executive committee is delegated a great deal of the business 
 of the thirteen committees. The local directory meets once a 
 month. The executive committee meets once a week. 
 
 An important committee is that on grounds and buildings. It 
 meets every day except Wednesday and Saturday. It is to the 
 
342 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 department of Supervising Architect Burnham what the Com-r 
 mittee of Control is to Col. Davis. It passes on the appointments 
 of Mr. Burnham, on the letting of all contracts, and on the busi- 
 ness of expending any large sum of money, from $8,000,000 to 
 $10,000,000. Mr. E. T. Jeffery is chairman of this committee. 
 None of the chairmen of com.mittees or committeemen get any 
 pay as such. The president of the National Commission and his 
 staff of ofificers draw salaries. So do the ofificers of the local 
 board, the treasurer, auditor, director-general and chairman of the 
 Publicity and Promotion Bureau. 
 
 The committee of which Mr. H. N. Higinbotham is chairman 
 is the Ways and Means. It meets twice a week. It is the com- 
 mittee which will have charge of the Bazaar of All Nations, in 
 which each nation will erect a booth or house representing its 
 business customs. To this committee must also come whosoever 
 wishes to erect or get the privilege for any sort of stand on the 
 grounds, from a peanut vender to the Parsee merchant. All the 
 unique features of the Fair will be under the wing of Mr. Higin- 
 botham's committee. 
 
 The committee, or, as it is known in the technique of the Fair 
 people, the Bureau of Subscriptions, is under the management of 
 Mr. Harmon E. Spruance. All delinquent subscribers are looked 
 up by the employes of this committee. And to the same workers 
 will be intrusted the labor of securing new subscriptions. It is 
 calculated that not less than $15,000,000 will have been expended 
 in connection with the Fair by the time the gates are opened. 
 Ten millions have been subscribed and collected. The general 
 government has been asked to loan an additional $5,000,000 
 and take the gate receipts for that amount, and there is every 
 reason to believe the request will be granted. To this Com- 
 mittee on Subscriptions will fall the work of getting the other 
 $5,000,000. 
 
 The Bureau of Construction is under the care and supervision 
 of Mr. D. H. Burnham, the architect. The quarters of this bureau 
 are in the Rookery Building, occupying a portion of Mr. Burn- 
 ham's rooms and all of the twelfth floor. Connected with the 
 bureau are A. Gottlieb, chief engineer, and F. L. Olmstead & Co., 
 landscape architects. It is the business of this department to lay 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 343 
 
 out all grounds at Jackson Park; to build and construct the 
 island, which will remain forever afterward one of the attractive 
 spots of Chicago. On the twelfth floor referred to all plans are 
 being made for whatever buildings that are yet to be agreed upon. 
 Under the direction of this bureau at the park are men whose 
 duty it is to go over the grounds almost daily for the purpose of 
 making whatever changes in the plans may have been agreed upon 
 by Mr. Burnham's department. To the building temporarily 
 erected at the park all engineers and others interested in that line 
 go to consult Mr. Gottlieb, who has charge of the plans and 
 specifications there. 
 
 Mr. Joseph Hirst is Secretary of Installation. All applications 
 for space are made to him. He makes a memorandum of the same 
 and they are then referred to the heads of the department to 
 which they belong. Mr. Hirst is in close and frequent com- 
 munication, of course, with the director-general. His depart- 
 ment is one of the busy and important ones of the general 
 offices. 
 
 The work being done by the Board of Lady Managers is of a 
 character which will tell and be appreciated by the public later 
 on. It does not show upon its face. This department is under 
 the attention of Mrs. Potter Palmer and occupies three rooms on 
 the Adams street front of the building. The board consists of 
 115 members. There are two managers from each State and 
 Territory. At this Exposition every woman o.f this country and 
 Europe will be given an opportunity to place her work conspicu- 
 ously before the world. They will be represented by States and 
 Nations. Whatever, for instance, the women of the State of 
 Alabama have to offer will be reported to the managers from that 
 State, who will communicate the same to Mrs, Palmer, who will 
 make arrangements for the exhibit from that State. These lady 
 managers in the various States and Territories are also interested 
 in urging upon their respective localities all which can be of any 
 possible benefit to the Fair as a whole. Some of the lady man- 
 agers, for instance, did excellent work in their State legislatures 
 when the time came for such legislatures to make appropriations 
 for exhibits. This department is fully equipped for its work, and 
 has a cv'rps of women who are fully aware of the importance of 
 
344 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 the coming event. Many of the adjuncts to the various depart- 
 ments come from this one of Mrs. Palmer's. All articles on 
 fashion, women's work elsewhere touching the Fair, which appear 
 in women's publications, are clipped by a lady who has had ex- 
 perience in newspaper work, arranged and sent over to Maj. 
 Kandy. Translations from all literature across the water, where 
 the same relates to the Fair, are made in this department. 
 
 There is a Board of Reference and Control composed of eight 
 men from the national commission and eight from the local di- 
 rectory. Before this combination of conservatism all disputes 
 and questions connected with or arising out of the work of the 
 Fair are submitted and the action of the board is final. 
 
 The last committee to be appointed was the Committee on 
 Ceremonies, composed of members of the national and local 
 boards. Its duties, so far as the Fair proper is concerned, have 
 not yet been explicitly defined, but it will be called upon to do 
 a great work before the Fair. 
 
 On the 1 2th day of October, 1892, next year, there will be an 
 informal opening of all the buildings. There will be grand military 
 and industrial parades, military and civic balls and many august 
 ceremonies bearing on the voyage of Columbus and his discovery 
 of America. All this will occur under the direction of the Com- 
 mittee on Ceremonies. The celebration will occupy three days. 
 And then it will be some time before the World's Columbian 
 Exposition proper will open. By that time Chicago will have 
 become familiar with the ground and buildings. 
 
 The various departments occupied by the people who are 
 making the World's Fair are furnished in business-like manner. 
 The rooms of the chiefs are handsomely carpeted. Every em- 
 ploy^ in any clerical position has a cylinder desk and a revolving 
 chair. The rooms give evidence of work being done in a busi- 
 ness-like manner. 
 
 It cost Chicago $90,674.97 to secure the World's Columbian 
 Exposition. This preliminary fund was produced by an organ- 
 ization of which Mr. James W. Scott was chief and W. J. 
 Onahan treasurer. They made a levy on the subscribers of the. 
 first $5,000,000 worth of stock of 2 per cent., which proved to be 
 ample funds to carry on the campaign and permitted the treas- 
 

 
 
 t ■ 
 
 
 
 X^'Vi^?^ _.__ *^ _ ^ -y. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 347 
 
 urer of the preliminary organization to turn a respectable amount 
 C)f cash to the treasurer of the permanent organization. 
 
 On March lo, France — the first foreign nation to accept — 
 decided to participate in the Exposition. Since that date forty 
 nations and twenty-four colonies have voted their acceptance, 
 and are energetically preparing to participate. Previous to Jan- 
 uary I, but one or two States " had made any World's Fair 
 appropriation. Now twenty-eight States and Territories have 
 voted appropriations, and nearly if not quite all of the remaining 
 ones are planning either to secure appropriations or to raise by 
 private subscription the sums deemed necessary for a creditable 
 exhibit of their respective resources and products. 
 
 The construction department has accomplished wonders. 
 After plans for the various Exposition buildings had been sub- 
 mitted and approved, the working plans and drawings had to be 
 made. This required the work of several hundred men for 
 weeks. Contracts involving in the aggregate millions of dollars 
 were advertised and let. Meantime work was pushed at the 
 park to prepare it for the great structures. At an expense of 
 nearly half a million dollars the park, the greater portion of which 
 was a swamp, was drained and graded. Lagoons and water- 
 ways, ranging from lOO to 300 feet wide, were dredged out. 
 Raised sites for the buildings were made. About 1,200,000 cubic 
 yards of earth had to be moved. The park was inclosed by a 
 high tight board fence. Huge boarding-houses or cheap hotels 
 for the workmen were built in the park, and numerous shops 
 and other buildings for construction purposes were put up. 
 Many miles of pipe were laid in carrying out the extensive water 
 and sewerage systems which had been adopted ; pumping-works 
 were built ; fire-department stations, fully equipped with men and 
 apparatus, were established; police protection was provided ; a hos- 
 pital was built and manned. More than fifteen miles of railroad 
 track were laid in the park for transporting lumber and other con- 
 struction material to the sites of the various Exposition buildings. 
 
 The actual erection of the Exposition buildings cannot be 
 said . to have begun until last June, though of course the 
 plans for most of them had been well advanced before that time 
 and contracts for several of them had been let. The contract 
 
348 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 for the last of the great buildings was not let until October. 
 Contracts for some of the minor structures are yet to be let. 
 When it is considered that all of the buildings which the visitor 
 beholds at Jackson Park to-day have been erected within the last 
 six months, it must be admitted that the results which have been 
 accomplished are remarkable. 
 
 The tables given below show concisely the dimensions, area 
 and cost of the principal Exposition buildings. 
 
 „„^, _,^„__ DIMENSIONS AREA IN 
 
 BUILDINGS. POST 
 
 IN FEET. ACRES. <-Ubl. 
 
 Manufactures and Liberal Arts 787x1687 30.5 $1,500,000 
 
 Mines 350x700 5.6 265,000 
 
 Electricity 345^690 5.5 401,000 
 
 Administration 262x262 1.6 435,000 
 
 Transportation 256x960 5.6 ) 
 
 Annex 425x900 8.8 J 37o,ooo 
 
 Woman's 199x3881 1.8 138,000 
 
 Art Galleries ■^20x500 3.7 ) 
 
 c( A / V \ 670,000 
 
 " Annexes (2) 120x200 i.i J 
 
 Fisheries , 165x365 1.4 i 
 
 '' Annexes (2) 135 diameter .8 J '^' 
 
 Hojrticulture 250x998 5.7 300,000 
 
 Machinery , 492x846 9.6 ) 
 
 „ A J J 1,200,000 
 
 " Annex 490x550 6.2 J 
 
 " Power house , 100x461 \ 
 
 " , Pumping works 77x84 V 2.1 85,000 
 
 " Machine shop 146x250 ) 
 
 Agriculture 500x800 9.2 1 618,000 
 
 " Annex -. . 300x550 3.8 \ 
 
 " Assembly Hall 125x450 1.3 100,000 
 
 Forestry 208x528 2.5 100,000 
 
 Saw Mill , 125x300 .9 35>ooo 
 
 Dairy , . . . 100x200 .5 30,000 
 
 Live Stock (3) , 65x200 .9 \ 
 
 " Pavilion , 280x440 2.8 > 335,000 
 
 " Sheds , 40. ; 
 
 Ca^'^o 120x250 .7) *2I0,000 
 
 Music Hall 120x250 .7 S 
 
 153-3 $7,016,000 
 
 U. S. Government 345x415 3.3 400,00c 
 
 " Battleship 69.25x348 .3 400,00© 
 
 Illinois State 160x450 1.7 1 250,000 
 
 *' " Annexes (2) .35 
 
 * With connecting peristyle. IS8»9 $7,766,000 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 349 
 
 The last three buildings are being erected, the first two by the 
 United States Government and the third by the State of Illinois. 
 The visitor, however, will naturally class them among the great 
 Exposition structures. All of the annexes will be scarcely less 
 imposing and architecturally beautiful than the main buildings 
 themselves. The live-stock sheds, which will cover an immense 
 area, as indicated, are to be constructed as inexpensively as possi- 
 ble without marring the general architectural effect. There will 
 be several Exposition buildings in addition to those named above, 
 but plans for these are not yet perfected. Among them will be a 
 press building and a reproduction of a Spanish convent La 
 Rabida, within which are to be exhibited Columbus relics. The 
 total cost of the Exposition buildings proper is estimated at 
 $8,000,000 approximately. This estimate does not include the 
 government structures or those of the State and foreign coun- 
 tries. These, it is now thought, will be fully 75 in number. 
 They will show a great diversity of architecture and repre, 
 sent the expenditure of more than a million dollars, it is esti- 
 mated. 
 
 The work of construction of the buildings at Jackson Park is 
 at an advanced stage, and is proceeding day and night upon a 
 number of them. All of the buildings named in the list are in 
 process of erection except the live-stock structures and several of 
 the annexes. 
 
 Work is proceeding energetically on the power-houses, 
 machine-shops, pumping-works, and the water and sewerage 
 systems are being brought rapidly into operating condition. 
 Nearly 5,000 men are now employed in the work of construction. 
 Insurance is placed and increased on the buildings as their con- 
 struction proceeds. The amount now carried is about $1,000,000. 
 It has been stated that it is the intention to carry an aggregate 
 of $300,000,000 on the buildings and exhibits during the summer 
 of 1893. 
 
 The Exposition Company has very large expenditures to meet 
 in addition to the cost of the buildings. In fact, the latter does 
 not constitute one-half of the total amount necessary to carry 
 through the enterprise. In a report made by the grounds ana 
 
350 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 buildings committee some time ago, the following estimates 
 of such expenses were given : 
 
 Grading, filling, etc $ 450,400 
 
 Landscape gardening 323,490 
 
 « Viaducts and bridges 125,000 
 
 Piers 70,000 
 
 Waterway improvements 225,000 
 
 » Railways 500,000 
 
 Steam plant 800,000 
 
 Electricity 1,500,000 
 
 Statuary on buildings 100,000 
 
 Vases, lamps and posts 50,000 
 
 Seating 8,000 
 
 Water supply, sewerage, etc 600,000 
 
 Improvement of Lake Front 200,000 
 
 World's Congress Auxiliary 200,000 
 
 Construction department expenses, fuel, etc 520,000 
 
 Organization and administration SjSoSjS^S 
 
 Operating expenses 1,550,000 
 
 $10,530,453 
 
 Adding to this the amount estimated to be necessary for build- 
 ings ($8,000,000), the grand total sum to be expended by the 
 Exposition Company alone foots up $18,530,453. 
 
 The following shows the resources of the Exposition Com- 
 pany : 
 
 Stock subscriptions $ 5,710,140 
 
 City of Chicago bonds 5,000,000 
 
 Prospective gate receipts 10,000,000 
 
 Concessions and privileges 1,500,000 
 
 Salvage 2,000,000 
 
 Interest on deposits 35,ooo 
 
 $24!245.HO 
 To the resources will be added future interest on bank 
 deposits and future subscriptions to stock. Subscriptions are 
 coming in daily, and the amount which will thus be realized is 
 certain to be large, though how much it will be cannot, of course. 
 be estimated now even approximately. Of the subscriptions 
 already received 60 per cent, has been called for, and $3,350,000 
 has been paid in. The number of subscribers is over 30,000. 
 Death, impoverishment, etc., have caused thus far a delinquency 
 
WORLD'S COL UMBIAN EXPOSITION. 35 i 
 
 in collections of between 7 and 8 per cent, of the whole amount 
 due. This is much less than was anticipated. Quite a number 
 of subscribers have anticipated the calls and have paid up in full. 
 The $5,000,000 from city bonds is certain to be realized in full, 
 as Chicago's credit is excellent. The gate receipts, concessions 
 and privileges and salvage are necessarily prospective, and the 
 amounts given are of course estimates. It is believed they are 
 moderate. As a large share of the resources, as given above, cannot 
 be realized until the Exposition opens, it is naturally the desire to 
 anticipate a portion of them in some way in order to meet the 
 heavy expense attending the erection of buildings and prepara- 
 tion of the grounds. Accordingly it is contemplated asking 
 Congress to appropriate $5,000,000 to insure the carrying out of 
 the Exposition enterprise on the magnificent lines on which it 
 has been projected, and which hg-ve been pursued thus far. Up 
 to date $3,000,000, approximately, has been expended. A large 
 proportion of this has been paid on construction contracts and 
 the rest for organization and administration purposes. 
 
 The various Exposition departments are fully organized and 
 are doing an immense amount of work in arranging for the 
 exhibits to be under their respective supervision ; conducting a 
 very large correspondence extending to all parts of the world ; 
 enlightening intending exhibitors as to the rules and regulations 
 governing them and the placing and care of their exhibits ; and 
 answering innumerable inquiries upon Exposition affairs. All of 
 this work is done systematically, and reports concerning it are 
 made regularly to the director-general by the respective chiefs. 
 It would be impossible within the compass of this article to 
 specify in detail what these departments have accomplished. It 
 can only be stated in general that their work is being efficiently 
 done and that it is fully abreast of that being done at Jackson 
 Park by the construction department. 
 
 The Department of Publicity and Promotion, which was organ- 
 ized to advertise the Fair — to bring it to the favorable attention 
 of the world, and to counteract hostility and correct misapprehen- 
 sions concerning it — has done excellent work in that direction. 
 No previous exposition has had this promotion work so systemat- 
 ically and extensively done= The department has a large force 
 
352 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 of writers, translators, typewriters, and mailing-clerks. Special 
 articles and notes upon Exposition affairs, setting forth the scope, 
 progress of construction of buildings, arrangements for ex- 
 hibits, preparations being made for participation by the States, 
 territories, and by foreign nations and colonies, exhibits that are 
 expected, attractions that visitors will enjoy, and in short, informa- 
 tion of every sort relating to the Exposition, is sent each week 
 in five or six languages to thousands of interested persons in all 
 parts of the world. Matter descriptive of the Exposition and re- 
 lating to its interests, which is prepared by the department, is 
 sent to a mail list comprising thirty-five thousand five hundred 
 addresses, divided as follows : American, twenty-five thousand ; 
 German, four thousand five hundred ; French, two thousand 
 five hundred ; Spanish, two thousand five hundred ; others, one 
 thousand. The number of different pieces of mail matter sent 
 out each week ranges all the way from fifty thousand to two hun- 
 dred thousand. In the week ending December 12 the number of 
 pieces reached two hundred and forty-nine thousand five hundred 
 and twenty-two. The weekly average runs about eighty thousand, 
 . but has been greatly increased of late owing to the fact that a 
 large number of lithographs and other extra matter are being 
 sent out. 
 
 The result of the work of the Department of Publicity and Pro- 
 motion is that the World's Fair is known and talked about from 
 one end of the earth to the other. Newspapers are received from 
 South Africa, Constantinople, India, Japan, Central America, 
 Sandwich Islands and Australia, as well as from France, England, 
 Germany, and other countries in frequent and direct communica- 
 tion with the United States, containing columns of matter relat- 
 ing to the Exposition. A large proportion of this was furnished 
 by the Department of Publicity and Promotion. Indifference and 
 hostility to the Fair have been transformed into interest and 
 enthusiasm by the work of this department. 
 
 Throughout Europe interest in the Exposition received an 
 immense impetus through the tour made last July and August by 
 the special Exposition Commission composed of Secretary and 
 Solicitor-General Butterworth, Promoter-General Handy, Commis, 
 sioners Lindsay and Bullock and Director Peck. These envoys 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 353 
 
 did very effective work in promoting foreign participation in 
 the Fair, a work for which the field had been prepared by Ma- 
 jor Handy's Department of PubHcity and Promotion. A second 
 commission, composed of Vice-President Bryan, and Director 
 Higginbotham is now engaged in a like work in the countries of 
 southern Europe and northern Africa. The Exposition is being 
 widely and effectively advertised, and it is assured that the results 
 will be abundantly apparent in the thoroughly international char- 
 acter of the Fair and the thoroughly representative nature of the 
 exhibits. 
 
 HOME AND FOREIGN EXHIBITORS. 
 
 The foreign nations and colonies which have formally deter- 
 mined to participate in the Exposition, and the amounts of their 
 appropriations made or officially proposed, as far as information 
 concerning them has been received at headquarters, will be found 
 on pages 277-278 of thiz volume. 
 
 While Egypt and the Netherlands are not expected to par- 
 ticipate as nations, they have given assurances that they will 
 render aid and encouragement to such of their citizens as desire 
 to be exhibitors. Italy now stands in the same category, but it is 
 thought not improbable that it will reconsider its former deter- 
 mination and decide to participate ofificially. 
 
 The United States Government has appropriated $1,500,000, 
 of which $400,000 is available for its buildings alone. Congress 
 will be asked at the present session to appropriate, besides the 
 $5,000,000 already referred to, some $700,000 for the awards and 
 expenses attending the judging of exhibits, $50,000 for represen- 
 tation by the District of Columbia, and also a lafge sum for the 
 expenses of the national commission and Board of Lady Man- 
 agers. 
 
 In Colorado an additional $42,000 has been raised by the 
 counties, and in Indiana $8,000 or more has been raised by 
 school pupils and teachers. In several States, notably New York 
 and Virginia, the legislatures now in session are expected to 
 make liberal appropriations. It is confidently reported from 
 several of the States, notably Iowa and Minnesota, that 
 they will double or even treble the appropriations they have 
 
354 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 already made. In nine States which made no Fair appropri- 
 ations, either because of constitutional restriction or by rea- 
 son of political bickerings, State- conventions have been held, 
 and plans, generally of the stock subscription sort, have been 
 inaugurated and are in operation to raise amounts deemed neces- 
 sary for proper representation at the Exposition. These States 
 and the sums they are endeavoring to raise are : 
 
 Aiabama $ 50,000 Oregon $100,000 
 
 Arkansas 100,000 South Dakota 80,000 
 
 Florida 100,000 Tennessee 100,000 
 
 Georgia 100,000 Texas 300,000 
 
 Kansas 100,000 
 
 Total $1,030,000 
 
 The expenditure by the States and territories, it is reasonable 
 to believe, will aggregate more than $4,0(X),ooo. 
 
 The Board of Lady Managers has proved to be one of the most 
 energetic branches of the Exposition enterprise. The women, 
 not only of America, but of many foreign countries, are manifest- 
 ing very deep interest in the project of showing as completely as 
 possible at the Fair the achievements of their sex in every branch 
 of human endeavor to which it has devoted its ability and skill. 
 To this purpose the lady managers have labored effectively, and 
 as a result women are organized both here and in European 
 nations and are bending their energies toward making the 
 women's exhibit complete in every respect, believing that it will 
 be a revelation to the world, that it will tend mightily toward 
 destroying existing prejudices and discriminations, and that it 
 will prove a powerful incentive to women to enter broader fields 
 of usefulness. 
 
 The World's Congress Auxiliary has arranged to bring to 
 Chicago in 1893 many of the world's greatest specialists and 
 thinkers to participate in congresses, where an interchange of 
 ideas and discussions of the important questions in their respect- 
 ive fields will occur. 
 
 Arrangements, almost complete, have been made for the 
 formal dedication of the Exposition buildings on October 12, 
 1892. The ceremonies will begin on October 11 and con- 
 clude on October 13. The ceremonies will be very elaborate, 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 357 
 
 and will include as prominent features music, oratory, mobiliza- 
 tion of ten thousand troops, a procession of twenty or more sym- 
 bolical floats in the Exposition lagoon, and magnificent displays 
 of fireworks. 
 
 The World's Columbian Exposition is an enterprise stupen- 
 dous beyond the present conception of the people. Even those 
 active in its organization and management declare that it has ex- 
 panded and developed so rapidly since its inauguration that they 
 themselves can scarcely comprehend its magnitude. The present 
 indications are so strong as to amount almost to positive proof 
 that the Exposition will, in every respect, far surpass all previous 
 World's Fairs. Notwithstanding all that. could be said and writ- 
 ten concerning the preparations that have been made, the enor- 
 mous work already done, and the enormous work still to be done, 
 it is doubtless a fact that only when the gates are thrown open 
 on May i, 1893, will the people be able to comprehend its mag- 
 nitude and magnificence. But when the citizens of the world 
 shall congregate to celebrate the four hundredth anniversary of 
 the landing of Columbus in America, Jackson Park will have 
 been transformed into a city as large as Vienna and as beautiful 
 as Venice. 
 
 XX 
 
 X X 
 
 Former World's Fairs. 
 
 " Men are but children of an older growth." They must 
 have their holidays and half-holidays their Fourth of Julys and 
 their Christmases. Especially is this true of the Western World 
 wherein a year is but a whirling drum of dusty activity. The 
 whirring spindle must rest or be consumed by the heat of its own 
 friction. In the Orient, where life is indolent and voluptuous, 
 people do not feel so urgently the need of these play-spells that 
 have come to be a part of the life of the more rugged and ad- 
 venturous people of the earth. At first these short '' play-spells" 
 in the round of industry were given up entirely to pleasure, 
 carnivals in which license often led to debauchery. A growing 
 
358 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 intelligence, however, recognized the fact that rest did not mean 
 idleness, but change of thought and occupation. Booths exhib- 
 iting the industrial features of the country were added to the 
 amusement displays of these pleasure gatherings, and fairs, at 
 which the mechanical, industrial and fine arts were the principal 
 features, became popular. Out of these have grown the World's 
 Fairs, of which the Columbian Exposition to be held in Chicago 
 in 1893 will be by fy the grandest and most important. 
 
 The first one of national importance was held in Paris in 1778, 
 under the auspices of the Marquis d'Aveze. A second and 
 larger one was held in Paris in 1802, and another in 1805, and 
 others in the same city at intervals of three years and designated 
 Triennial Expositions, the series continuing for a period of a half- 
 century. The exhibits were, however, of French origin, care be- 
 ing early taken that specimens from other countries should be 
 excluded. 
 
 The public interest in these fairs extended to large cities in 
 other countries, and between the years 1820 and i860 extensive 
 industrial displays were made in Berlin, Vienna, Brussels, Mos- 
 cow, St. Petersburg, Lisbon, Madrid, Stockholm, Dublin, Bir- 
 mingham, Liverpool, New York, Philadelphia, and other large 
 places. 
 
 FIRST INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION, LONDON, A. D. 1851. 
 
 In the spring of 1849, Prince Albert, Royal Prince Consort of 
 Great Britain, President of the Society of Arts, suggested the 
 project of an International Exhibition on a plan much more 
 extended than any preceding one, with hearty invitations to 
 other countries to participate in the same, the exposition to be 
 held in 185 1. In July, 1849, ^ Royal Commission, at the head of 
 which was Prince Albert, was appointed to organize and manage 
 the exposition. The work was energetically pushed forward, 
 exciting wide-spread interest, to completion, and on May i, 185 1, 
 the exposition was opened in Hyde Park, London, by Queen 
 Victoria. It was held in a vast iron and glass structure, named 
 the Crystal Palace (now located at Sydenham) and planned by 
 Sir Joseph Paxton. The building was 1851 feet long by 408 feet 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 359 
 
 wide, with an additional width of 48 feet for half that length. 
 The highest portion was a center transept 108 feet high. The 
 area covered was 19 acres. The exhibitors numbered nearly 
 fifteen thousand, about one-half from Great Britain and the other 
 half from foreign countries. The cost of the structure was 
 $850,000 ; other expenses to the close of the exposition $613,975; 
 total cost $1,463,975. The number of visitors was 6,039,195, 
 averaging 41,938 per day. The total receipts from admission 
 and other sources aggregated $2,525,535 ; net cash profit, 
 $1,062,540. The number of exhibitors exceeded 17,000, of 
 whom 2,918 received prize medals, and 170 received council 
 medals. The greatest number of visitors at any one day was 
 109,760 (Oct. 8, 185 1), and the greatest present at one time was 
 at 2 o'clock P. M. on that day, when over 93,000 were 
 found to be present. These persons were not present 
 in an open area, like an ancient amphitheater, but 
 within a single roofed, windowed and floored build- 
 ing — presenting a single assemblage larger than any other 
 recorded, up to that time, in the annals of ancient or modern 
 history. 
 
 The exposition closed October 11, 1 851, after continuing for 144 
 days — May i to October 11. The prices for admission were one 
 pound sterling, half a crown, and one shilling per day. 
 
 The ground floor and galleries contained 1,000,000 square 
 feet of flooring ; there were altogether in the structure 4,000 
 tons of iron and 17 acres of glass in the roof, besides about 
 1,500 glazed sashes. The first subscription ($5,000) was made 
 by the Queen, March 21, 1850; the edifice was commenced 
 September 26, 1850, and on February 12, 185 1, the contractors 
 delivered it to the royal commissioners, who on the same day 
 opened it for the reception of goods and for the sale of season 
 tickets. 
 
 The exhibition building of 1851 having been surrendered to 
 Messrs. Fox and Henderson on December i, 185 1, the materials 
 were sold for 350,000/. to a company, who soon after commenced re- 
 erecting the Crystal Palace on its present site, near Sydenham, in 
 Kent, under the direction of Sir Joseph Paxton, Owen Jones, 
 Digby Wyatt and others. ^*he proposed capital of 2,500,000/. 
 
36o GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 (in 100,000 shares of $25 each) vvas increased in January, 1853, to 
 $5,000,000. 
 
 The following is a condensed chronological record of the 
 principal uses to which the structure has been devoted : 
 
 First column raised by S. Laing, M.P Aug. 5, 1852 
 
 During the progress of the works as many as 6,400 men were engaged at 
 
 one time. By the fall of scaffolding, 12 men were killed Aug. 15, 1S53 
 
 Dinner given to Professor Owen and others in the interior of the model 
 of the iguanodon, constructed by Mr. Waterhouse Hawkins . . .Dec. 31, 1853 
 
 The palace opened by the queen June 10, 1854 
 
 Grand musical fete on behalf of the Patriotic Fund Oct. 28, 1854 
 
 The palace visited by the Emperor and Empress of the French, etc., 
 
 April 20, 1855 
 First grand display of the great fountains, before the queen and 20,000 
 
 spectators June 18, 1856 
 
 The receipts were 115,627/. ; the expenditure 87,872/., not including pay- 
 ments for preference shares, etc., in year ending April 30, 1857 
 
 On the fast-day (for the Indian mutiny) Rev. C. Spurgeon preached here 
 to 23,000 persons; 476L were collected, to which the C. P. company 
 
 added 200/. Oct. 7, 1857 
 
 The preliminary Handfel festivals June 15, 17, 19, 1857, and July 2, 1858 
 
 Centenary of the birth of Robert Burns celebrated ; the directors 
 awarded 50/. to a prize poem on the subject, which was obtained by 
 
 Miss Isa Craig Jan. 25, 1859 
 
 The Handel festival June 20, 22, 24, 1859 
 
 Festival kept in honor of Schiller, Nov. 10, 1859; of Mendelssohn, May 4, i860 
 
 London charity children sing here June 6, i860 
 
 3,000 Orpheonistes (French musical amateurs) perform choral music, 
 June 25; the Imperial band of Guides perform June 26; both dine in 
 
 the palace June 30, 1S60 
 
 115 brass bands perform July 10, i860 
 
 Annual rose show began i860 
 
 North wing injured by a gale of wind Feb. 20, 21, i86i 
 
 Haydn's "Creation" performed (Costa, conductor) May i, 1S61 
 
 Successful Handel festival ; a new arched roof constructed for the 
 orchestra ; about 4,000 vocal and instrumental performers, 
 
 June 23, 25, 27, 1862 
 
 Successful Handel festival June 26, 28, 30, 1865 
 
 North wing containing tropical department, the Alhambra, and other 
 
 courts, destroyed by fire (about 150,000/.) Dec. 30, 1866 
 
 Prince of "Wales present at a grand concert to raise funds to restore the 
 
 palace June 26, 1867 
 
 Visit of the Viceroy of Egypt (gives 500/.), July; of the sultan (gives 
 
 1,000/.) July 16, 1867 
 
 Conservative working-men's demonstration Nov. 11, 1867 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 361 
 
 Meeting of shareholders decide by ballot that free tickets shall not be 
 
 issued to admit non-shareholders on Sundays .Dec. 31, 1867 
 
 North wing restored and re-opened to the public. Feb. 15, 1868 
 
 An aeronautical exhibition opened June 25, 1868 
 
 Protestant meeting to defend the Irish church Aug. 17, 1868 
 
 Reception of the Vicomte de Lesseps July, 1870 
 
 Death of Mr. Robert K. Bowley, fourteen years manager of the com- 
 pany Aug. 25, 1870 
 
 Successful Handel festival , -June 19, 21, 23, 1871 
 
 The Grand Duke Wladimir of Russia entertained here by the Prince of 
 
 Wales June 26,1871 
 
 Dividend on stock, i)^ per cent Dec, 1871 
 
 Inauguration of the great aquarium by Prof. Ovsren Jan. 12, 1872 
 
 Lecture by Prof. Flower Jan. 12, 1872 
 
 Thanksgiving festival for the recovery of the Prince of Wales. . . .May i, 1872 
 Meeting of National Union of Conservative and Constitutional Associa- 
 tions June 24, 1872 
 
 National music meetings ; competition and concerts June 27, July 6, 1872 
 
 Scottish southern gathering; highland sports July 25, 1872 
 
 Grand commemoration of the opening of the palace; the Paxton memo- 
 rial unveiled June 10, 1873 
 
 Visit of the Shah of Persia June 30, July 3, 1873 
 
 National music meetings July 3, 5, 8, 10, 12, 1873 
 
 Resignation of Mr. George Grove, many years secretary, announced Sept.; 
 
 succeeded by Capt. Flood Page Dec, 1873 
 
 Visit of the Czar May 16, 1874 
 
 Handel festival ; successful June 22, 24, 26, 1874 
 
 Visit of the Sultan of Zanzibar June 19, 1876 
 
 National music meeting July i, 10, 1875 
 
 Visit of the King and Queen of Greece and Prince and Princess of 
 
 Wales July 19, 1876 
 
 Great clock completed Nov., 1 876 
 
 Handel festival , June 25, 27, 29, 1877 
 
 Handel festival ; successful June 21, 23, 25, 1880 
 
 Great damage done by bursting of a water-tank; no lives lost . . Sept. 30, 1880 
 International woolen exhibition opened by the Duke of Connaught, 
 
 June 2, 1881 
 Several notable musical performances patronized by many royal person- 
 ages who participated in the queen's jubilee coronation festivities 1887 
 
 DUBLIN, 1853. 
 
 The next international exhibition of importance was that of 
 Dublin, Ireland, opening May 12, 1853. ^t owed its existence 
 to the great liberality and enterprise of Mr. Dargan, of that city, 
 
362 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 who contributed $400,000 for the purpose. It was erected by- 
 Sir John Benson, in the Dublin Society's grounds near Merrion 
 Square, and consisted of one large and two smaller halls, lighted 
 from above. It was opened by the Lord Lieutenant, and was 
 visited by Queen Victoria and Prince Consort. Its visitors 
 numbered 1,140,000, but its receipts amounted to only about 
 $250,000, leaving a deficiency of about $150,000. 
 
 CRYSTAL PALACE, NEW YORK, 1853. 
 
 This was held under the auspices of a joint-stock company 
 and opened by President Pierce on July 12, 1853. The structure 
 and expenses aggregated $640,000, but its receipts were only 
 about $340,000. The main buildings and galleries covered an 
 area of 173,000 square feet. At the close of the exhibition the =« 
 palace was used by the American Institute for its fairs, and for 
 meetings of various kinds. The fine edifice was designed by 
 Messrs. Carstensen and Gildemeister, of New York, and located 
 on Reservoir square. October 5, 1858, the edifice, with a great 
 number of articles on exhibition, was destroyed by fire ; esti- 
 mated loss, $2,000,000. The building was regarded as a beautiful 
 piece of architecture. 
 
 SECOND LONDON EXPOSITION, 1862. 
 
 The second great London exposition was held in a great 
 building, covering an area of about 24 acres, in South Kensing- 
 ton. The main building was of massive brickwork. The an- 
 nexes and two immense cupolas were chiefly of glass and iron. 
 The total covered space was nearly 1,300,000 feet, including cor- 
 ridors, staircases, etc. About 700,000 square feet were ground-floor 
 space,' :r.c remainder galleries. So wisely were the arrangements 
 carried out that the exhibitors had 1,032,352 square feet of hori- 
 zontal flooring and 284,670 square feet of vertical wall-space. 
 About one-half was allotted to the United Kingdom and its col- 
 onies, the other half to foreign countries. The total number of 
 exhibitors was 28,653, ol whom 26,348 were in one or other of 
 thirty-six industrial classes ; the remainder in one or other of 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 363 
 
 four fine-art classes. There were 3,370 paintings in oil and watisr 
 colors, 1,275 etchings and engravings, 983 architectural drawings, 
 etc., and 901 pieces of sculpture. The exhibition was ojjen 
 171 days, nearly a month longer than that of 1851. The visitors 
 numbered in all 6,211,103 persons, but though the number Na.s 
 greater than in 185 1, the average per day was less. The reci.ipts 
 from all sources (admission at the doors, season tickets, refresh- 
 ment contracting, etc.) amounted to the grand total of $2,243,- 
 160, but the cost of the building was so great ($1,600,000, virtu- 
 ally for six months' use only) that the receipts did not cover the 
 outlay, and a deficit of about $50,000 was the result. 
 
 The second London international exhibition was followed by 
 several of less magnitude in different cities ; some of them, how- 
 ever, were of the international type. The chief among them 
 were the following : Constantinople, 1863 ; Bayonne, 1864; Dub- 
 lin, 1865 (opened by the Prince of Wales, Feb. 24, and closed 
 Nov. 19 — held under the auspices of a joint-stock company, and 
 resulting in a financial failure); Cologne, 1865; Oporto, 1865, 
 Melbourne, Austria, 1866; Stockholm, 1866, and Agra, 1867. 
 
 SECOND PARIS INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION. 
 
 This exposition exceeded in magnitude of conception and 
 in general arrangement and outlay any of its predecessors. It 
 was a really great undertaking. The building was a vast oval, 
 1,550 feet by 1,250, with a series of twelve concentric galleries 
 running around it, and a small garden in the center. In each gal- 
 lery a separate branch of science and art was illustrated, and the 
 entire oval was divided into sections, one of which was devoted to 
 each country. The oval covered ij acres, and the complete exhi- 
 bition, counting the various annexes and outside grounds, close up- 
 on 100. The number of exhibitors was 50,226, and the toto./ ,xpense 
 $3,200,000, half of which was defrayed by the public attendance, 
 half by the imperial government and the Paris municipality. The 
 number of visitors was 10,200,000. Great Britain, it may be, did 
 not figure very favorably in this exhibition, whereas Germany, 
 France and Belgium showed a marked advance in the excellence 
 of their exhibits. 
 
364 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 The location of the exhibition was on the Champs de Mars 
 (with a new park of more than 100 acres). The oblong edifice 
 was designed by Leplay and enclosed about 35 acres. The exte- 
 rior corridor was a belt of iron 85 feet high and 115 feet wide. It 
 was opened by the French Emperor and Empress April, i 1867. 
 Among other dignitaries it was visited by the Prince of Wales, 
 the Kings of Greece, Belgium, Prussia, and Sweden, the Czar of 
 Russia, the Viceroy of Egypt, the Sultan of Turkey and the 
 Emperor of Austria. The distribution of prizes to exhibitors was 
 made by the Emperor in the presence of the Prince of Wales, the 
 Sultan and other royal personages July i. The exhibition finally 
 closed November 3, 1867. 
 
 Following the above were several other notable exhibitions, 
 viz.: Havre, 1868; Am.sterdam, 1869; Sydney, 1870; Milan, 
 Naples and Peru, 1871 ; Copenhagen, Moscow, and Lyons, 1872. 
 
 VIENNA INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION, 1873. 
 
 Tfie exhibits of this exposition occupied an enormous build- 
 ing, with annexes, the whole designed by Mr. Scott Russell, ably 
 assisted by Austrian architects and engineers. The grand central 
 rotunda was 312 feet in diameter, with a lofty dome, greatly 
 exceeding that of St. Peter's at Rome. The exhibition was 
 opened by the Austrian Emperor May i, 1873, in the presence of 
 the Prince of Wales and numerous other royal dignitaries. The 
 Czar visited it June I to 7 ; the Shah of Persia, July 30, and Victor 
 Emmanuel, King of Italy, September 17 to 22. The exhibition 
 closed November 2. During its progress there arose a great financial 
 panic, greatly affecting Vienna and other chief monetary centers in 
 Europe and America. The entire cost of the exhibition was 
 about $12,000,000. The Austrians contributed $3,000,000 toward 
 the entei prise, but, owing to unwise management, the prevalence 
 of the extraordinary financial stringency and other detrimental 
 causes, the really great exhibition proved to be a huge financial 
 failure. There were many Austrian writers, however, who 
 claimed that the nation received ample compensation from the 
 monetary losses by the advantages which resulted from the in- 
 troduction into the country of American inventions and products. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 367 
 
 A series of annual international exhibitions began in London 
 in 1871, but they failed to prove popular, and were relinquished 
 in 1874. 
 
 CENTENNIAL EXPOSITION, PHILADELPHIA, 1876. 
 
 Many of the features of this exposition are yet fresh in the 
 minds of those who traveled thousands of miles over land and sea 
 to witness the displays of art and science and join in the festivi- 
 ties of this memorable occasion. It was an international exhibi- 
 tion, in celebration of the hundredth year of the Independence of 
 the United States of America. The congressional bill, provid- 
 ing for the exhibition, was signed by the President, March 3, 
 
 1871. The Centennial commission was formed March 24, 1872; 
 Centennial board of finances, created by act of Congress June i, 
 
 1872. The exhibition was opened by President Grant May 19, 
 1876. Exhibition stock was issued by the Centennial commis- 
 sion. Subscription lists were opened in all of the principal cities 
 of the country. By act of Congress the government contributed 
 $1,500,000, and so from all these sources the sum of money esti- 
 mated to be necessary ($8,500,000) was raised, though not with- 
 out much opposition. As the work progressed, however, all ob- 
 stacles — even those inseparable from so great an undertaking — 
 were overcome. To erect buildings suitable in character and 
 capacity — buildings illustrative of the taste, equal to the enter- 
 prise, and worthy of the genius of the American people — was the 
 next great duty devolved upon the Centennial commission. Here 
 success was necessary. To succeed was to elicit the admiration 
 of every people ; to fail was to fail ingloriously. 
 
 After much deliberation, the Centennial commission deter- 
 mined upon the erection of five principal buildings, the name and 
 character of each to be determined by the nature of the materials 
 therein to be displayed. 
 
 The first of these principal buildings was called the Main 
 Building. It was designed for the exhibition of the products of 
 mines, workmanship in the metals, manufactures in general, and 
 for educational and scientific displays. It was in the form of a 
 parallelogram, having a length from east to west of 1,880 feet, 
 and a breadth from north to south of 464 feet. The building 
 
368 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 throughout its greatest extent was only one story high, the main 
 cornice being 45 feet from the foundation. The general hall 
 within was 70 feet, rising to 90 feet under the principal arcades. 
 From each of the four corners rose a rectangular tower 48 feet 
 square and 75 feet high. The water and drainage pipes laid 
 underneath the floor were more than four miles in length. 
 
 The third principal building was named Machinery Hall, and 
 was designed for the display of machines of every pattern and pur- 
 pose known to man^ — motors, generators of power, pneumatic and 
 hydraulic apparatuses, railway enginery, and contrivances for 
 aerial and water transportation. In its general plan and outline 
 Machinery Hall was similar to the Main Exposition Building, and 
 only second thereto in dimensions. The ground plan was a rec- 
 tangular parallelogram 1,402 feet in length, and 360 in width. On 
 the south side the central transept of the main hall projected 
 into an annex, 208 feet in depth by 210 feet in breadth. This 
 hall could hardly be called a thing of beauty ; it was too long and 
 low for that ; but was admirably adapted to the purpose of its 
 construction. 
 
 The fourth edifice projected by the commissioners was 
 called Agricultural Hall, and was planned for the exhibition 
 of all tree and forest products, fruits of every grade and 
 description, agricultural products proper, land and marine ani- 
 mals, including the apparatus used in the care and culture 
 of the same; animal and vegetable products, textile materials, 
 implements and processes peculiar to agriculture, farm en- 
 gineering, tillage and general management of field, forest and 
 homestead. The ground plan presented a central nave 820 feet 
 in length, and 125 feet in width. As to its style. Agricultural 
 Hall had a touch of the Gothic, suggested by the Howe truss- 
 arches of the nave and transepts, in its construction. Over the 
 bisection of the central avenue and main transept rose an elegant 
 cupola surrounded by a weather-vane. The entrances were 
 ornamental, and at each side were handsome turrets. This build- 
 ing, being devoted to the general purposes of an agricultural dis- 
 play, had the necessary concomitant of yards for an exhibition of 
 all domestic fowls and animals. 
 
 The fifth and last great building was named Horticultural 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 365 
 
 Hall. It was designed for the proper display of ornamental trees, 
 shrubs and flowers — hot-houses and conservatories — graperies, 
 tools, accessories, designs, construction and management of 
 gardens. 
 
 Such was the general plan in which the chief edifices were 
 planned and erected. Other buildings, illustrative of other in- 
 terests and enterprises, were also rapidly planned and constructed. 
 A Women's Pavilion was projected and completed by an organ- 
 ization called the Women's Centennial Executive Committee. It 
 was designed in October, 1875, and completed in the following 
 January. The building was designed for the special exhibition 
 of whatever woman's skill, patience and genius have produced 
 and are producing, in the way of handicraft, invention, decora- 
 tions, letters and art. Next came the several States and Terri- 
 tories, selecting grounds and constructing a series of State build- 
 ings commemorative of the spirit and illustrating the resources 
 of the respective commonwealths of the Union. Nearly all the 
 foreign nations participating in the exposition made haste to 
 erect, for their own convenience and for the honor of their native 
 land, elegant government buildings — French, Spanish or British 
 — which became a kind of headquarters and rendezvous for the 
 several nationalities. Then came model dwellings and bazars, 
 school-houses and restaurants, judges' halls and model factories, 
 newspaper buildings and ticket-offices — until the Centennial 
 grounds (capacious as they were) were filled with — shall it be 
 called a city ? — the most imposing, spacious and ornate ever seen 
 in the world. 
 
 The main building covered 21 acres, and the five principal 
 buildings, with their "annexes," covered 75 acres. Including the 
 foreign and State buildings, the total number of structures was 
 199. The number of visitors admitted was 9,910,966. The 
 
 number present on the opening day was . The largest 
 
 number present on any one day was 274,919. The number of 
 exhibitors was about 40,000. Of the total space covered by the 
 exhibits of various countries the United States used about 1,000,- 
 000 square feet ; Great Britain and her colonies, 200,000 square 
 feet ; France and French dependencies, 100,000 square feet ; 
 Germany over 60,000 square feet. The receipts for admission 
 
370 GUIDE TO CHICAGO.. 
 
 aggregated $3,761,598, and the total receipts were about $4,300,- 
 000. The exhibition after being open to the public for 158 days 
 was closed November 10, 1876. 
 
 THIRD PARIS INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION, 1878. 
 
 The site of this exhibition was divided by the Seine into two 
 unequal parts. The main building in the Champ de Mars covered 
 263,593 square yards (765 by 360 yards) ; the Trocad^ro palace is 
 a stone structure, with a rotunda, supported by columns, crowned 
 by a dome, flanked by two lofty towers, the exterior gallery 
 ornamented with statues. The exhibition was opened by the 
 President, Marshal MacMahon (" in the name of the Republic"), 
 in presence of the Prince of Wales, the Due d'Aosta, and other 
 distinguished persons, May i, 1878; 111,955 persons visited 
 exhibition (a fete day) August 15. Grand distribution of medals 
 by Marshal MacMahon, with speech, October 21. The exhibition 
 closed Sunday, November 10. Total admissions, 16,032,725 ; 
 daily average, 82,000; gross receipts, 12,653,746 francs, equivalent 
 to $2,530,000. International Exhibition of Applied Science 
 opened July 24. 
 
 During the decade following the Paris exhibition of 1878 the 
 chief industrial displays were the following: Sydney and Berlin 
 in 1879; Melbourne, 1880; Berlin, Moscow and Buenos Ayres, 
 1882; Louisville, Ky.; Caracas, and Amsterdam, 1883; Calcutta, 
 and New Orleans, 1884; Antwerp, 1885; Edinburg and Liver- 
 pool, 1886; Manchester, England, 1887; Melbourne Centennial, 
 Glasgow, and Brussels, 1888. 
 
 There have been held, also, numerous special exhibits engag- 
 ing considerable attention on the part of the public. The follow- 
 ing were held in London: An Electrical Exhibition (1882), an 
 International Fisheries Exhibition (1883), a Health Exhibition 
 (1884), an Inventions Exhibition (1885), a Colonial Exhibition 
 (1886), an American Exhibition (1887), the Italian, Irish and 
 Anglo-Danish Exhibitions (1888), and a Spanish Exhibition 
 (1889). In Paris there were held in 1881, an Electrical Exhibi- 
 tion and Congress; in 1884-5, an " Exhibition of Manufactures 
 and Processes." 
 
371 
 
 FOURTH PARIS INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION, i88g. 
 
 On May 9, 1889, the "Paris Universal Exhibition" was 
 opened in the Champs de Mars. It occupied an area of 173 
 acres and in magnitude and comprehensiveness excelled all its 
 predecessors. On the opening day there were present, exclusive 
 of official sightseers and invited guests, 112,294 persons. During 
 the first week the paying visitors numbered 350,000. 
 
 During the year 1889 there were also held, industrial and 
 largely attended exhibitions as follows : " Exhibition of Arts 
 and Industries" at Hamburg ; the "Accident Prevention Exhibi- 
 tion" at Berlin ; and the " Goldsmiths' Exhibition " at Vienna. 
 
372 
 
-i-- 
 
Classification of Exhibits. 
 
 DEPARTMENTS. 
 
 A— AGRICULTURE, FOOD AND ITS ACCESSORIES, 
 FORESTRY AND FOREST PRODUCTS, MACHIN- 
 ERY AND APPLIANCES. 
 
 B— HORTICULTURE. 
 
 C— LIVE STOCK: DOMESTIC AND WILD ANIMALS. 
 
 D— FISH, FISHERIES, FISH PRODUCTS, AND APPA- 
 RATUS OF FISHING. 
 
 E— MINES, MINING, AND METALLURGY. 
 F— MACHINERY. 
 
 G— TRANSPORTATION : RAILWAYS, VESSELS, 
 VEHICLES. 
 
 H— MANUFACTURES. 
 
 J— ELECTRICITY AND ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES. 
 
 K— FINE ARTS: PAINTING, SCULPTURE, ARCHI- 
 TECTURE, DECORATION. 
 
 L— LIBERAL ARTS: EDUCATION, ENGINEERING, 
 PUBLIC WORKS, CONSTRUCTIVE ARCHITEC- 
 TURE, MUSIC AND THE DRAMA. 
 
 M— ETHNOLOGY, ivRCH^OLOGY : PROGRESS OF 
 LABOR AND INVENTION. ISOLATED AND 
 COLLECTIVE EXHIBITS. 
 
 375 
 
DEPARTMENT A. 
 
 AGRICULTURE, FOOD AND ITS ACCESSORIES, FORESTRY AND 
 FOREST PRODUCTS. MACHINERY AND APPLIANCES. 
 
 GROUP I. 
 
 CEREALS, GRASSES AND FORAGE PLANTS. 
 
 Class I. Wheat and its culture. 
 
 Varieties of wheat grown in America and abroad. 
 
 Statistics of products and of prices. 
 Class 2. Indian corn — all varieties. 
 
 Illustrations of methods of planting, tilling and harvesting. Statistics 
 of products and of prices. 
 Class 3. Oats. 
 Class 4. Barley. 
 Class 5. Rye. 
 
 Class 6. Rice and its culture. 
 Class 7. Buckwheat and other grains. 
 Class 8. Grasses, various species ; hay and hay-making. 
 Class 9. Forage plants — clover, alfalfa, cow-pea, cornstalks. 
 Class 10. Ensilage — silos, etc. 
 Class II. Flours, meals, decorticated grains, grits, etc. 
 
 GROUP 2. 
 
 BREAD, BISCUITS, PASTES, STARCH, GLUTEN, ETC. 
 
 Class 12. Bread and its manufacture ; baking powder, yeast and its preparations. 
 
 Class 13. Cakes and pastry. 
 
 Class 14. Biscuit industry, crackers of all kinds. 
 
 Class 15. Italian paste, semolino, vermicelli, macaroni, etc. 
 
 Class 16. Starch and its manufacture from all sources; from cereals, tubers, 
 
 arrow-root, plantain, cassava, zamia, manioc, tapioca, sago, pearl 
 
 flour, etc. 
 
 GROUP 3. 
 
 SUGAR, SYRUPS, CONFECTIONERY, ETC. 
 
 Class 17. Sugar cane, its cultivation and treatment; manufacture of sugar. 
 
 Class 18. Cane sugar, syrup, molasses, etc. 
 
 Class 19. Grape and fruit sugars. 
 
 Class 20. Beet root sugar. 
 
 Class 21. Maple sugar, syrups, etc. 
 
 Class 22. Palm sugar. 
 
 Class 23. Milk sugar. 
 
 Class 24. Sorghum, its culture and uses, and preparation of syrup and sugar. 
 
 Class 25. Glucoses, etc., prepared. 
 
 Class 26. Honey-bees and honey ; hives and appliances. 
 
 Class 27. Confectionery, confections, etc. (For jams, jellies, etc., see Group 21.) 
 
 GROUP 4. 
 
 POTATOES, TUBERS, AND OTHER ROOT CROPS 
 
 Class 28. Potatoes, sweet potatoes, yams, etc. 
 
 Class 29. Sugar beets, mangel wurzel. 
 
 Class 30. Carrots, turnips, beets, artichokes, etc. 
 
 Class 31. Peanuts; methods of cultivation, statistics, etc. 
 
 376 •■ 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 377 
 
 GROUP 5. 
 
 PRODUCTS OF THE FARM NOT OTHERWISE CLASSED. 
 
 Class 32. Broom corn, pumpkins, squashes, peas, beans, as crops. (For gar- 
 den vegetables, etc., see Group 23. 
 
 GROUP 6. 
 
 PRESERVED MEATS AND FOOD PREPARATIONS. 
 
 (For fish product as food, see also Group 40.) 
 Class 33. Dried meats, jerked beef. 
 Class 34. Smoked beef, hams and bacon. 
 Class 35. Salted meats. 
 Class 36. Canned meats, including fish, flesh and fowl, pat^s, sardines, lobsters, 
 
 oysters, etc. 
 Class 37. Meat extracts, soups and food preparations. 
 Class 38. Extracts of beef. 
 
 Class 39. Milk, dried or in cans, evaporated or condensed. 
 Class 40. Milk and coffee and similar preparations, in tin or glass. 
 
 GROUP 7. 
 
 THE DAIRY AND DAIRY PRODUCTS. 
 
 Class 41. Milk and cream, vpith apparatus and method of treatment. 
 
 Apparatus and methods of transporting and delivering milk and 
 
 cream. 
 Concentrated or partly evaporated milk. (For condensed milk, see 
 Class 39.) 
 Class 42. Butter. 
 
 Class 43. Cheese and its manufacture. 
 
 Class 44. Dairy fittings and appliances — churns for hand and power, butter 
 workers, cans and pails, cheese presses, vats and apparatus. 
 
 GROUP 8. 
 
 TEA, COFFEE, SPICES, HOPS, AND AROMATIC AND VEGETABLE SUBSTANCES. 
 
 Class 4.5. Tea, coffee, cocoa, chocolate and substitutes. 
 
 Class 46. Hops ; cultm-e, statistics, etc. 
 
 Class 47. Peppers, cloves, cinnamon and other spices. 
 
 Class 48. Tobacco in the leaf, and tobacco not manufactured. 
 
 Class 49. Machines and appliances for the curing of tobacco and for the manu- 
 facture of tobacco, cigars, cigarettes and snuff". 
 
 Class CQ. Insecticides. Methods and appliances for the destruction of the to- 
 bacco worm and other parasites. 
 
 Class 51. Commercial forms of chewing and smoking tobacco. 
 
 Class 52. Cigars, cigarettes and snuff". 
 
 GROUP 9. 
 
 ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE FIBRES. 
 
 Class 53. Cotton on the stalk — its several varieties ; long and short staples, 
 
 - shown hy living examples, by engravings, photographs, etc. 
 Class 54. Methods of planting and culture. 
 Class 55. Machines and appliances for planting, cultivating, picking, ginning 
 
 and baling. 
 Class 56. Cotton seed and its uses. 
 
 Class 57. Remedies and appliances for destroying insects. 
 Class 58. Literature, history and statistics. 
 Class 59. Hemp, flax, jute, ramie and other vegetable fibres not enumerated, in 
 
 primitive forms and in all stages for spinning. 
 Class 60. Wool in the fleece, in sacks and in bales. 
 
378 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Class 6i. Silk worms, silk in the cocoon ; apparatus and appliances used in silk 
 
 culture. 
 Class 62. Hair as a textile material. 
 
 GROUP 10. 
 
 PURE AND MINERAL WATERS, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL. 
 
 Class 63. Distilled water, for use in the arts and for drinking. 
 Class 64. Spring water, mineral water, natural and artificial. 
 
 (See also Group 48.) 
 Class 65. Aerated waters. 
 
 GROUP II. 
 
 WHISKIES, CIDER, LIQUEURS AND ALCOHOL. 
 
 Class 66. High wines — whisky and its manufacture. , 
 
 Class 67. Rum and other distilled spirits, as saki, samshoo, etc. 
 
 Class 68. Alcohol — pure spirits. 
 
 Class 69. Cordials and liqueurs. 
 
 Class 70. Bitters and mixed alcoholic beverages. 
 
 Class 71. Cider and vinegar. 
 
 GROUP 12. 
 
 MALT LIQUORS. 
 
 Class 72. Preparation of the grain. Malt and extracts of 
 Class 73. Beers, ales, porter, stout, etc. 
 
 GROUP 13. 
 
 MACHINERY, PROCESSES AND APPLIANCES OF FERMENTING, DISTILLING. 
 BOTTLING AND STORING BEVERAGES. 
 
 Class 74. Apparatus of fermenting — vats, cellars, etc. 
 
 . Class 75. Distilling. Ordinary and vacuum stills, etc. 
 
 Class 76. Rectifying apparatus and methods. 
 
 Class 77. Machinery and appliances for bottling beer. 
 
 GROUP 14. 
 
 FARMS AND FARM BUILDINGS. 
 
 Class 78. Farms and farm administration and management, shown by farms, or 
 by maps, models, records, statistics and other illustrations. 
 
 Class 79. Irrigation, drainage methods, machinery and applicances. 
 
 Models of fences, construction of roads ; literature and statistics. 
 
 Class 80. Systems of planting, cultivating, harvesting and fertilizing. 
 
 Class 81. Systems of breeding and stock feeding. 
 
 Class 82. Farm buildings, houses, barns, stables, etc., shown by reference to 
 special examples, or by models, drawings or other illustrations. 
 Stable fittings. 
 
 GROUP 15. 
 
 LITERATURE AND STATISTICS OF AGRICULTURE. 
 
 Class 83. Statistics of farms; reports of agricultural societies, etc. 
 
 GROUP 16. 
 
 FARMING TOOLS, IMPLEMENTS AND MACHINERY. 
 
 Class 84. Tillage — manual implements — spades, hoes, rakes, etc. Animal power 
 machinery — plows, cultivators, horse hoes, clod crushers, rollers, 
 harrows, etc. Steam-power machinery — plows, breakers, harrows, 
 cultivators, etc. 
 
 Class 85. Planting — manual implements — planters and hand-drills, hand- 
 seeders, etc. Animal power machinery — grain and fertilizer drills, 
 seeders, planters, etc. Steam-power machinery — grain and fertil- 
 izer drills, seeders, planters, etc. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 
 
 379 
 
 Class 86. Harvesting — manual implements — scythes, rakes, forks, grain cradles, 
 sickles, reaping hooks, etc. Animal power machinery — reapers, 
 binders, and headers, mowers, tedders, rakes, hay elevators, hay 
 loaders and stackers, potato diggers, corn harvesters, combined 
 harvesters, binding twine, etc. 
 
 Class 87. Preparatory to marketing — threshers, clover hullers, corn shellers, 
 winnowers, and apparatus for bailing hay, straw and other pro- 
 ducts, etc. , 
 
 Class 88. Applicable to farm economy — portable engines, wind mills, chaffers, 
 hay and feed cutters, vegetable and root cutters, feed grinders, corn- 
 mills, farm-boilers and steamers, stump extractors, etc. 
 
 Class 89. Traction engines and apparatus for road making and excavating, with 
 illustrations. 
 
 GROUP 17. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS ANIMAL PRODUCTS — FERTILIZERS AND FERTILIZING 
 
 COMPOUNDS. 
 
 Class 90. Miscellaneous animal products — hides, horns, ivory, bones, scales, 
 tortoise shell, shells, glue, gelatine, etc. Animal perfumes — musk, 
 castorium, civet, ambergis, etc., in their crude state, not manufac- 
 tured. 
 
 Class 91. Hair — for masons' use ; for upholsterers, heavy felting, bristles, 
 feathers, down, etc. 
 
 Class 92. Fertilizers of living animals ; guanos, raw and mixed. 
 
 Class 93. Fertilizers of fossil origin. Commercial fertilizers — phosphatic, am- 
 moniacal, calcareous, potash, salts, etc. 
 
 GROUP 18. 
 
 FATS, OILS, SOAPS, CANDLES, ETC. 
 
 Class 94. Animal oils and fats — lard, tallow, butterine, oleomargarine, lard oil, 
 
 whale oil. (For fish oils see also Department D.) 
 Class 95. Vegetable oils, cotton-seed oil, olive oil, rape-seed oil, linseed oil, 
 
 palm-oil, etc., with the seeds and residues. 
 Class 96. Soaps and detergent preparations. (For perfumery and toilet soaps, 
 
 see also Group 87.) 
 Class 97. Stearine, glycerine, paraffine, etc. Spermaceti, ozocerite, wax, candles, 
 
 etc. 
 Class 98. Lubricating oils, axle grease, etc. 
 
 GROUP 19. 
 
 FORESTRY, FOREST PRODUCTS. 
 
 Class 99. Logs and sections of trees; samples of wood and timber of all kinds 
 generally used in construction or manufactures, either in the 
 rough or hewed, sawed or split, including square timber, joists, 
 scantling, plank and boards of all sizes and kinds commonly sold 
 for building purposes. Also ship timber, as used in ship-build- 
 ing, or for masts and spars; spiles, timber for fencing, for posts, 
 for paving or for timbering mines. Miscellaneous collections of 
 wood. 
 Class 100. Worked timber or lumber, in form of clapboards, shingles, sheath- 
 ing or flooring, casings, moldings, stair rails, or parts of furnit- 
 ure. 
 Class loi. Ornamental wood used in decorating and for furniture; veneers of 
 hard arid fancy woods; mahogany logs, crotches and veneers; rose- 
 wood ; satin-wood, ebony, birdseye maple, madrona, black walnut 
 veneers and other fancy woods suitable for and used for ornamental 
 purposes. 
 
38o 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Class 102. Timber prepared in various ways to resist decay. 
 Class 103. Dyeing, tanning and coloring — dye-woods, barks, and various vege- 
 table substances in their raw state, ised for dyeing and coloring, 
 such as log-wood, Brazil wood, peach wood, fustic, sumac. 
 Barks of various kinds, Brazilian acacias, oak, hemlock , murici, 
 bicida, gordonia. Galls, excrescences and abnormal woody pro- 
 ducts. Mosses used for dyeing and coloring. 
 Class 104. Cellular substances — corks, and substitutes for cork of vegetable 
 
 growth; porous woods for special uses, pitch, rice-paper, etc. 
 Class 105. Lichens, mosses, pulu, ferns and vegetable substances used for bed- 
 ding, for upholstering, or for mechanical purposes, as teazels, Dutch 
 rushes, scouring grass, etc., "Excelsior." 
 Class 106. Gums, resins, vegetable wax or tallow wax, including caoutchouc, 
 gum Senegal, tragacanth, Arabic, mesquite gum, myrrh, copal, etc. 
 Class 107. Seeds and fruits, for ornamental purposes; vegetable ivory, coquilla 
 
 nuts, cocoa-nut shells, ganitrus beads, bottle gourds, etc. 
 Class 108. Medicinal: roots, herbs, barks, mosses, berries, etc. 
 
 Miscellaneous products. 
 Class 109. Wood pulp for making paper and other objects. 
 Class no. Paper and wooden ware generally, as pails, tubs, platters, brooms, 
 
 coopers' stock. 
 Class III. Basket industry — -willow-ware, etc. 
 Class 112. Rattan, bamboo and cane work in part. (For rattan furniture, see 
 
 also Group 90.) 
 Class 113. Forest botany — distribution of forests, of genera, of species (maps). 
 Wood sections and herbarium specimens of the economically im- 
 portant timber trees. 
 Seed collections, not herbarium — etc. 
 
 Illustrations of forest growth, typical trees, botanical features. 
 Anatomy and structure of woods. (Veneer sections and photo- 
 
 micographs.) 
 Peculiarities of forest growth — cypress-knees, burls. 
 Diseases of forest trees and timber. Injurious insects. 
 Class 114. Timber culture. — Plant material. — Conifers, seedlings, and trans- 
 plants. 
 Broad-leaved trees. Seedlings, transplants of various sizes, cuttings. 
 Seed collections and means for storing seed. 
 
 Means employed in gathering and preparing seed and other plant 
 material for the market, and seed testing. 
 Class 115. Timber culture and cultivation. — Implements for the cultivation of 
 the soil. Special adaptations. 
 Sewing machines and tools. 
 Implements and machines used for planting. 
 Implements used in after-culture. Means of protection against 
 
 insects, animals, climate. 
 Seed-beds and other graphic illustrations of nursery practice. 
 Class 116. Forest management. — Maps, plans, illustrations, calculations illus- 
 trating forest management. 
 Instruments for measuring standing timber. 
 
 Growth of different ages and soils. Graphic or other illustrations 
 showing rate of growth. Graphic or other illustrations showing 
 influence of various managements on tree-growth. 
 Statistics of lumber trade and of forestry. 
 Exhibits showing relation of forests to climate. 
 Literature and educational means. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION- 381 
 
 Class 117. Lumbering and harvesting of forest products. The lumbering indus- 
 try. Logging and transportation. Implements, machines, plans, 
 drawings, and statistical material. Loggers' tools, stump-pulling 
 devices, marking devices, measuring tools. Loading devices, 
 slides, rope tram-w^ajs, railroads, methods of water transportation, 
 rafts, booms, etc. 
 
 The tan-bark industry. Other barks. 
 
 The turpentine industry. 
 
 The charcoal industry. 
 Class 118. Preparation and manipulation of lumber. Dressing, shaping and 
 preparation of wood. Hewing of logs, spars, etc. Shaping of 
 knees. Sawing and milling. 
 
 Drying and seasoning of wood, kiln-drying, steambending, etc. 
 
 DEPARTMENT B. 
 
 HORTICULTURE, VITICULTURE, POMOLOGY, FLORICULTURE, ETC. 
 
 GROUP 20. 
 
 VITICULTURE, MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS. METHODS AND APPLIANCES, 
 
 Class X18. Preparation and manipulation of lumber. Dressing, shaping and 
 preparation of wood. Hewing of logs, spars, etc. Shaping of 
 knees. Sawing and milling. 
 Drying and seasoning of wood, kiln-drying, steam-bending, etc. 
 
 Class iig. The vine and its varieties — shown by living examples, by cuttings, 
 by engravings, photographs, etc. 
 
 Class 120. Methods of planting, staking, and training the vine. 
 
 Class 121. Vineyards and their management. 
 
 Class 122. Grapes for the table. 
 
 Class 123. Grapes for wine-making. 
 
 Class 124. Grapes for drying — raisin grape culture. 
 
 Class 125. Methods of and appliances for cultivating, harvesting, curing, pack- 
 ing, and shipping grapes. 
 
 Class 126. White wines. 
 
 Class 127. Red wines, Clarets, Zinfandel, Burgundies. 
 
 Class 128. Sherries, Madeira, Port. 
 
 Class 129. Sparkling wines. 
 
 Class 130. Methods of expressing the juice of the grape ; of fermenting, storing, 
 racking, bottling, and packing. Wine cooperage. 
 
 Class 131. Brandy of all kinds ; methods and apparatus for the production of 
 brandy. 
 
 Class 132. Literature, history, and statistics of viticulture. 
 
 GROUP 21. 
 
 POMOLOGY, MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS. METHODS AND APPLIANCES. 
 
 Class 133. Pomaceous and stone fruits — pears, apples, plums, peaches, necta- 
 rines, apricots, cherries, etc. 
 
 Class 134. Citrus fruits — oranges, lemons, limes, shaddocks, etc. 
 
 Class 135. Tropical and subtropical fruits — bananas, pineapples, guavas, man- 
 goes, sapodillas, tamarinds, iigs, olives, etc. 
 
 Class 136. Small fruits — strawberries, raspberries, blackberries, gooseberries, 
 currants, etc. 
 
382 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 Class 137. Nuts — almonds, pecans, chestnuts, filberts, walnuts, etc. 
 
 Class 138. Casts and models of fruits ; imitations in wax, etc. 
 
 Class 139. Dried and evaporated apples, peaches, pears and other fruits. Prunes, 
 figs, dates, etc., in glass or boxes. 
 
 Class 140. Fruits in glass or cans, preserved in syrup or alcohol. 
 
 Class 141. Jellies, jams, marmalades. 
 
 Class 142. Fruits glaced. 
 
 Class 143. Cider, perry, vinegar and expressed juices of berries. 
 
 Class 144. Methods for crushing and expressing the juices of fruits and berries. 
 Apparatus and methods of desiccating; apparatus for making 
 vinegar, etc. Cider mills and presses. 
 
 Class 145. Methods for preserving all fruits by cold storage or chemical appli- 
 ances ; their keeping, packing and shipping. 
 
 Class 146. Literature, history and statistics. 
 
 GROUP 22. 
 
 FLORICULTURE. • ' 
 
 Class 147. Roses. 
 
 Class 148. Carnations. 
 
 Class 149. Orchids. 
 
 Class 150. Rhododendrons, azaleas, etc. 
 
 Class 151. Chrysanthemums. 
 
 Class 152. Dahlias, gladiolus, etc. 
 
 Class 153. Ornamental bulbous flowering plants. Hyacinths, narcissus, etc. 
 
 Class 154. Pelargoniums, zonal and show. 
 
 Class 155. Bedding plants and flowering annual plants. 
 
 Class 156. Climbing plants. 
 
 Class 157. Perennials and flowering shrubs not otherwise specified. 
 
 Class 158. Miscellaneous annuals, phlox, asters, etc. 
 
 Class 159. Palms. 
 
 Class 160. Ferns. 
 
 Class 161. Ornamental leaf plants. 
 
 Class 162. Cactac£e. 
 
 Class 163. Aquatic plants. 
 
 Class 164. Native wild plants and flowers. 
 
 Class 165. Ornamental grasses and reeds. 
 
 Class 166. Rare exotic plants. 
 
 Class 167. Cut flowers. Floral designs, pressed flowers, leaves, sea- weeds and 
 
 bouquets. 
 
 Class 168. Plants grown for commercial purposes. 
 
 Class 169. Receptacles for plants, flower pots, plant boxes, fern cases, tubs, jar- 
 dinieres, plant and flower-stands, ornate designs in flower-stands. 
 
 Class 170. Literature, history and statistics. 
 
 Class 171. Miscellaneous. 
 
 GROUP 23. 
 
 CULINARY VEGETABLES. 
 
 Class 172. Leguminous ; cereal and fruit-like vegetables. Beans, peas, okra, 
 peppers, tomatoes, cucumbers, squashes, pumpkins, melons, etc. 
 
 Class 173. Radicaceous and tuberous vegetables. Beets, turnips, carrots, pota- 
 toes, radishes, etc. 
 
 Class 174. Vegetables cultivated for their leaves and sprouts. Cabbage, lettuce, 
 rhubarb, spinach, endive, asparagus, etc. 
 
 Class 175. Miscellaneous culinary vegetables not included in the above. 
 
 Class 176. Vegetables dried or in cans or glass. 
 
 Class 177. Pickles, champignons, truflies, chutney, mustard, etc. 
 
 Class 178. Methods for preserving vegetables by cold storage or chemical 
 appliances, their keeping, packing and shipping. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 
 
 383 
 
 GROUP 24. 
 
 SEEDS, SEED RAISING, TESTING, AND DISTRIBUTION. 
 
 Class 179. Display of vegetable and flower seeds, grown in different latitudes. 
 Class 180. General display of flower and vegetable seeds by seed-houses or 
 
 growers. 
 Class 181. Methods of growing, harvesting, and preparing flower, vegetable, 
 
 tree, and shrub seeds. 
 Class 182. Seed warehouse, methods of burnishing and packing for the retail 
 
 trade. Work of packing, etc., in operation. 
 Class 183. Methods of testing vitality of seeds, as practiced by different seed 
 
 houses. 
 Class 184. Tree and shrub seeds, and seeds used for condiments and medicines. 
 
 GROUP 25. 
 
 ARBORICULTURE. 
 
 Class 185. Ornamental trees and shrubs. Methods of growing, transplant- 
 ing, etc. 
 
 Class 186. Fruit trees and methods of raising, grafting, transplanting, pruning, 
 etc. Means of combatting insects and other enemies. 
 
 Class 187. Nurseries and the nursery trade. 
 
 GROUP 26. 
 
 APPLIANCES, METHODS, ETC. 
 
 Class 188. Hot-houses, conservatories, methods of construction, management 
 and operation. 
 
 Class i8g. Heating apparatus for hot-houses and conservatories. 
 
 Class 190. Seats, chairs and adjuncts for the garden and conservatory. 
 
 Class 191. Ornamental wire-work, trellises, fences, borders, labels for plants and 
 trees, etc. 
 
 Class 192. Garden and nursery administration and management. Floriculture 
 and Arboriculture, as arts of design and decoration. Laying out 
 gardens, designs for the laying out of gardens, and the improve- 
 ment of private residences. Designs for commercial gardens, nur- 
 series, graperies; designs for the parterre; treatment of water for 
 ornamental purposes; cascades, fountains, reservoirs, lakes; forma- 
 tion and after treatment of lawns. Garden construction, building, 
 etc. Rock-work grottoes: rustic construction and adornment for 
 private gardens, and public grounds. Planting, fertilizing, cultivat- 
 ing, and appliances. 
 
 DEPARTMENT C. 
 
 LIVE STOCK — DOMESTIC AND WILD ANIMALS. 
 
 GROUP 27. 
 
 HORSES, ASSES, MUI,ES. 
 
 Class 193. Draft horses — all breeds. 
 
 Class 194. Coach horses. 
 
 Class 195. Trotting horses. 
 
 Class 196. Thoroughbred horses. 
 
 Class 197. Saddle horses. 
 
 Glass 19S. Hunters. 
 
384 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 Class 199. Educated and trick horses. 
 Class 200. Ponies. 
 Class 201. Jacks and jennets. 
 Class 202. Mules. 
 
 Class 203. Literature and statistics ; copies of the constitution and by-laws of 
 national horse-breeding associations. 
 
 GROUP 28. 
 
 CATTLE. 
 
 Class 204. Beef. 
 
 Class 205. Dairy. 
 
 Class 206. For general purposes. 
 
 Class 207. Oxen., 
 
 Class 208. Crosses of cattle with buifalo, etc. 
 
 Class 209. Collections of brands and registers of brands and marks, with 
 implements of herding, tjang, etc. 
 
 GROUP 29. 
 
 SHEEP. 
 
 Class 210. Fine wooled sheep. 
 Class 211. Combing wooled sheep. 
 Class 212. Middle wooled sheep. 
 Class 213. Sheep for mutton. 
 
 GROUP 30. 
 
 GOATS, LLAMA, CAMELS AND OTHER DOMESTICATED ANIMALS. 
 
 Class 214. Goats, camels, elephants, llama, vicugna, alpaca, guanaco, yaks, etc. 
 
 GROUP 31. 
 
 SWINE. 
 
 Class 215. Swine of all varieties. 
 
 Class 216. Methods of raising, feeding, fattening, breeding, killing and packing. 
 Statistics, literature and history of the industry. 
 
 GROUP 32. 
 
 DOGS. 
 
 Class 217. Hunting, watch, coach, pet and all other varieties, of dogs. 
 
 Class 218. Dog collars, chains, muzzles, etc. 
 
 Class 219. Breeding kennels, bench shows, registers, standards and literature. 
 
 GROUP 33. 
 
 CATS, FERRETS, RABBITS, ETC. 
 
 Class 220. Breeds of the domestic cat; illustrations of uses and value. 
 Class 221. Ferrets and their uses. 
 
 Class 222. Rabbits, and methods of raising and hunting, and of their destruc- 
 tion as pests. 
 
 GROUP 34. 
 
 POULTRY AND BIRDS. 
 
 Class 223. The breeds of poultry and pigeons, and all domesticated birds. 
 
 Poultry Shows. Standards of perfection, literature. 
 
 Class 224. Fowls and capons. 
 
 Class 225. Ducks and geese. Swans. 
 
 Class 226. Turkeys. 
 
 Class 227. Pigeons and pigeon lofts. Homing pigeons. 
 
 Class 228. Guinea fowls, pea-fowls, ostriches, etc. 
 
 Class 229. Pheasants and other ornamental birds. Pet birds in general. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 
 
 385 
 
 Class 230. Birds of all countries, alive and as stuffed specimens. Taxidermy. 
 Methods and appliances. 
 
 Class 231. Poultry and bird houses, and their fittings. Incubators and brooders. 
 
 Class 232. Poxiltry and eggs for market. Feathers, down, quills, and all pro- 
 ducts. Methods of and appliances for packing and transportation. 
 Prices, Statistics, etc. 
 
 GROUP 35- 
 
 INSECTS AND INSECT PRODUCTS. 
 
 Class 233. Leeches, leech culture; methods and statistics. 
 
 Class 234. Care of the cochineal bugs. Gathering and primary preparation of 
 
 cochineal. 
 Class 235. Other insects, useful or injurious. Apparatus for the destruction of 
 
 injurious insects; insecticides and methods of application. 
 
 GROUP 36. 
 
 WILD ANIMALS. 
 
 Class 236. Animals of all countries, alive and as stuffed specimens. 
 
 Class 237. Methods of collecting, housing, caging, etc. Protection of wild 
 
 animals and game. 
 Class 238. Game preserves, copies of game laws and regulations. 
 
 DEPARTMENT D. 
 
 FISH, FISHERIES, FISH PRODUCTS, AND APPARATUS OF FISHING. 
 
 Class 239. 
 
 Class 240. 
 Class 241. 
 Class 242. 
 Class 243. 
 Class 244. 
 Class 245. 
 Class 246. 
 Class 247. 
 
 Class 248. 
 
 Class 249. 
 Class 250. 
 Class 251. 
 Class 2j2. 
 
 GROUP 37. 
 
 FISH AND OTHER FORMS OF AqUATIC LIFE. 
 
 Aquatic life. Scientific collections and literature. 
 
 Works on aquatic zoology and botany. Maps illustrating geography 
 ical distribution, migration, etc., of fishes and other aquatic ani- 
 mals. 
 
 Specimens and representations illustrative of the relations between 
 extinct and existing forms of life. 
 
 Specimens (marine and fresh water), fresh, stuffed or preserved, in 
 alcohol or otherwise, casts, drawings and representatidns of ob- 
 jects named in the following classes: 
 
 Algae, genera and species, with localities. 
 
 Sponges, corals, polyps, jelly-fish. 
 
 Entozoa and epizoa. 
 
 Oysters, clams, and moUusca of all kinds; shells. 
 
 Star-fishes, sea-urchins, holothurians. 
 
 Worms used for bait, or noxious ; leeches, etc. 
 
 Crustacea of all kinds. 
 
 Fishes, living or preserved, or represented by casts, drawings or 
 otherwise. 
 
 Reptiles, such as tortoises, turtles, terrapins, lizards, serpents, frogs, 
 newts. 
 
 Aquatic birds. 
 
 Aquatic mammalia, otters, seals, whales, etc. 
 
 Characteristic plant and animal life at great depths. 
 
 Fishing grounds. 
 
386 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 GROUP 38. 
 
 SBA FISHING AND ANGLIN6, 
 
 Class 253. History of fishing, fishery laws, and fish commerce. 
 Ancient fishing implements or their reproductions. 
 Models, pictures, books, emblems. 
 
 Charters and seals of ancient fishermen's guilds. 
 
 Fishery laws of different countries. 
 
 Copies of treatises, conventions, etc., dealing with international 
 
 fishery relations. 
 Reports, statistics, and literature of fish, fishing and fisheries. 
 Reports of acclimatization of fish and of attempts in that 
 direction. 
 Class 254. Gear of every description and of all nations, used in trawl, herring, 
 long line, hand line and every other mode or system of fishing; 
 fishing lines and rigged gear. 
 Class 255. Fish hooks, jigs and drills. 
 Class 256. Fishing rod and reels for lines and nets. 
 Class 257. Nets and seines, rakes and dredges, and materials used in their 
 
 manufacture. 
 Class 258. Fish traps, weirs, and pounds. 
 Class 259. Fishing stations and their outfit. 
 Class 260. Knives, gaff's, and other apparatus. 
 
 Class 261. Illustration of special fisheries. The whale and seal, cod, mackerel, 
 halibut, herring, haddock, pollock, menhaden, sword-fish, bluefish, 
 oyster, sponge and other sea fisheries. 
 Class 262. Fishing boats and vessels. 
 
 GROUP 39. 
 
 FRESH WATER FISH AND ANGLING. 
 
 Class 263. History and literature of angling. Waltonian literature. Folk-lore. 
 Angler's trophies. 
 
 Class 264. Salmon nets and fixed appliances for catching salmonidse in all their 
 varieties. 
 
 Class 265. Salmon rods, reels, lines, artificial flies and baits, gaffs, spears, 
 creels, etc. 
 
 Class 266. Bass, pike, perch rods, reels and tackle, artificial spinning baits, etc. 
 
 Class 267. Traps, nets, bucks, wheels, and all kind of apparatus for catching 
 eels, lampreys, etc. 
 
 Class 268. Angler's apparel of every description. 
 
 Class 269. The angler's camp and its outfit. 
 
 Class 270. Illustrations of special fresh water fishery. Shad and alewife, stur- 
 geon, eel, salmon, whitefish, the Great-Lake fisheries, etc. 
 
 GROUP 40. 
 
 PRODUCTS OF THE FISHERIES AND THEIR MANIPULATION. 
 
 (See also, in part. Groups 6 and 17.) 
 
 Class 271. Models of fish-curing and canning establishments. Methods of, 
 and models, and other representations of anj'' appliances for dry- 
 ing, curing, salting, smoking, tinning, cooking, etc. 
 
 Class 272. Fish, dried, smoked, cured, salted, tinned or otherwise prepared for 
 food. 
 
 Class 273. All products prepared from fish, such as oils, roses, isinglass, etc. 
 
 Class 274. Antiseptics suitable for preserving fish for food. 
 
 Class 275. Oils, manures and other products prepared from fish. 
 
 Class 276. Methods of, and models, and other representations of appliances for 
 preparing oils and manures from fish. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 3^7 
 
 Class 277. Sea and fresh water pearl shells, mother-of-pearl, manufactured ; 
 
 pearl, sorted. 
 Class 278. Preparation and application of sponges, corale, pearls, shells and all 
 
 parts of products of aquatic animals, etc., to purposes useful and 
 
 ornamental, with specimens. 
 Class 279. Appliances for carrying fish and for preserving fish during transport 
 
 or otherwise, and models of the same. Models of fish markets and 
 
 appliances connected with the same 
 
 GROUP 41. 
 
 FISH CULTURE. 
 
 Class 280. The history of fish culture. 
 
 Class 281. Hatching, breeding and rearing establishments, including oyster and 
 
 other shell-fish grounds. 
 Class 282. Apparatus and implements connected with fish culture and for 
 
 transporting fish and fish ova. Food for fry. 
 Class 283. Representations illustrative of the development and progressive 
 
 growth of fish. 
 Class 284. Models and drawings of fish-ways and fish ladders. 
 Class 285. Diseases of fish, with special reference to their origin and cure. 
 
 Models and drawings. 
 Class 286. Processes for rendering streams polluted by sewerage and chemical 
 
 or other works innocuous to fish life. (Illustrated by models and 
 
 drawings.) 
 Class 287. Physico-chemical investigation into those qualities of salt and fresh 
 
 water which afiect aquatic animals ; investigation of the bottom of 
 
 the sea and of lakes, shown by samples ; aquatic plants in relation 
 
 to fishing, etc. ; researches into the aquatic fauna (animals of the 
 
 several classes preserved in alcohol, or prepared, etc.) ; apparatus 
 
 and implements used in such researches. 
 Class 288. Acclimatization of fish. Marking of introduced fish for purposes of 
 
 identification. 
 Class 289. Statistics of the results offish culture. Specimens offish artificially 
 
 propagated or introduced. 
 
 DEPARTMENT E. 
 
 MINES, MINING, AND METALLURGY. 
 
 GROUP 42. 
 
 MINERALS, ORES, NATIVE METALS, GEMS AND CRYSTALS. GEOLOGICAL 
 
 SPECIMENS. 
 
 Class 290. Collections of minerals systematically arranged. 
 Class 291. Collections of ores and the associated minerals. Diamonds and 
 gems, rough, uncut and unmounted. 
 Specimens illustrating the formations of the earth, systematically 
 arranged. Crystallography. 
 
 GROUP 43. 
 
 MINERAL COMBUSTIBLES — COAL, COKE, PETROLEUM, NATURAL GAS, ETC. 
 
 Class 292. Coal — Anthracite, semi-bituminous and bituminous ; coal waste, 
 " slack," coke and pressed coal. 
 
388 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Class 293. Asphaltite and asphaltic compounds — Uintaite, 'wortzilite, grahamite, 
 
 albertite, bitumen, mineral tar, amber. 
 Class 294. Petroleum — Illuminating and lubricating oil. 
 Class 295. Natural gas — Methods of conveying and using. 
 
 GROUP 44. 
 
 BUILDING STONES, MARBLES, ORNAMENTAL STONES AND qUARRY PRODUCTS. 
 
 Class 296. Building stones, granites, slates, etc., rough hewn, sawed or polished 
 — For buildings, bridges, walls, or other constructions, or for 
 interior decoration, or for furniture. 
 . Marble, white, black, or colored. — Stalagmitic marbles, onyx, brecci- 
 ated marbles, silicified wood, agates, jaspers, porphyries, etc., used 
 in building, decoration, statuary, monuments, vases, or furniture. 
 
 GROUP 45. 
 
 GRINDING, ABRADING AND POLISHING SUBSTANCES. 
 
 Class 297. Grindstones, hones, whetstones, grinding and polishing materials, 
 sand, quartz, garnet, crude topaz, diamond, corundum, emery in 
 the rock and pulverized, and in assorted sizes and grades. 
 
 GROUP 46. 
 
 GRAPHITE AND ITS PRODUCTS ; CLAYS AND OTHER FICTILE MATERIALS AND 
 THEIR DIRECT PRODUCTS ; ASBESTOS, ETC. 
 
 Class 298. Crude graphite, in blocks and in powder. 
 
 Class 299. Graphite and compounds for coating iron. 
 
 Class 300. Graphite lubricants- 
 Class 301. Electro ty per s' graphite. 
 
 Class 302. For pencils, craj'ons, etc. 
 
 Class 303. Graphite crucibles, and melting pots. 
 
 Class 304. Clays, kaolin, silex, and other materials for the manufacture of 
 porcelain faience, and of glass, bricks, terra cotta, tiles, and fire- 
 brick ; various examples. 
 
 Class 505. Refractory stones for lining furnaces, sandstone, steatite, etc., and 
 refractory furnace materials. Muscotive ; kidney, sheet or ground. 
 
 Class 306. Bauxite clay for the manufacture of aluminum. 
 
 Class 307. Asbestos, crude and manufactured. 
 
 Class 308. Meerschaum. 
 
 GROUP 47. 
 
 LIMESTONE, CEMENT, AND ARTIFICIAL STONE. 
 
 Class 309. Lime, cement and hydraulic cement, raw and burned, accompanied 
 by specimens of the crude rock or material used; also artificial 
 stone, concrete, beton. 
 Specimens of lime, mortar and mixtures, with illustrations of the pro- 
 cess of mixing, etc. Hydraulic and other cements. 
 
 Class 310. Beton mixtures and results, with illustrations of the processes. 
 
 Class 311. Artificial stone for building purposes, building blocks, cornices, etc. 
 Artificial stone mixtures for pavements, walls, or ceilings. 
 
 Class 312. Asphaltic mastics and mixtures, asphaltic sand, asphaltic limestone. 
 
 Class 313. Gypsum, crude and boiled, calcareous; plaster mastics, etc. 
 
 GROUP 48. 
 
 SALT, SULPHUR, FERTILIZERS, PIGMENTS, MINERAL WATERS, AND MISCEL- 
 LANEOUS USEFUL MINERALS AND COMPOUNDS. 
 
 Class 314. Salt from beds or from brines. 
 
 Class 315. Nitre and other nitrafes. 
 
 Class 316. Sulphates, alums, and other salts. 
 
 Class 317. Sulphur and pyrites for the manufaeture of sulphuric acid. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 
 
 $89 
 
 Class 318. Boracic acid and its salts; borax. 
 
 Class 319. Pigments, iron oxides, ochres, vermilion, etc. 
 
 Class 320. Mineral fertilizing substances, gypsum, phosphate of lime, marls, 
 shells, coprolites, etc., not manufactured. (For commercial fertil- 
 izers and compounds, see Group 17). 
 
 Class 321. Mineral waters, artesian well water (for commercial forms, as bottled 
 and as beverages, see Group 10); natural brines, saline and alkaline 
 efflorescences and solutions. 
 
 GROUP 49. 
 
 METALLURGY OF IRON AND STEEL, WITH THE PRODUCTS. 
 
 Class 322. Ore mixtures, fluxes and fuels. 
 
 Class 323. Blast furnaces — stacks, stoves, blowing apparatus and arrangement. 
 
 Class 324. Pig-iron, cast-iron, and mixtures. 
 
 Class 325. Cupola furnaces. 
 
 Class 326. Direct processes — Sponge and blooming plant and apparatus. 
 
 Class 327. Puddling — Furnaces and appliances. 
 
 Class 328. Besemer machinery' — Details and arrangements. 
 
 Class 329. Basic process and apparatus. 
 
 Class 330. Open-hearth steel — Plant and apparatus. 
 
 Class 331. Crucible steel — Plant and apparatus. 
 
 Class 332. Nickle steel. 
 
 Class 333. Manganese iron and steel, chrome steel, aluminum steel, tungsten 
 
 steel, other forms of steel. 
 
 Class 334. Iron and steel. Bars, rods, sheets, wire. 
 
 GROUP 50. 
 
 ALUMINUM AND ITS ALLOYS. 
 
 Class 335. Aluminum, purfe and commercial ; ingots, castings, bars, rods, wire 
 
 sheets, and partly manufactured. 
 Class 336. Aluminum alloys. 
 Class 337. Aluminum alloy wire and wire-cloth. 
 Class 338. Process for the extraction of aluminum; electric reduction and 
 
 results. 
 
 GROUP 51. 
 
 COPPER AND ITS ALLOYS. METALLURGY, 
 
 Class 339, Native copper, and the methods of extracting, melting and refining it. 
 
 Class 340. Copper ores and their treatment by fire. Copper smelting. Pneu- 
 matic process. Converter system. 
 
 Class 341. Copper extraction in the "wet" wa3^ 
 
 Class 342. Copper in ingots, bars, and rolled, with specimens illustrating its 
 various stages of production. Copper and zinc. Brass industry, 
 and products regarded as materials of manufacture. 
 
 Class 343. Copper and aluminum, aluminum bronze. 
 
 GROUP 52. 
 
 METALLURGY OF TIN, TIN-PLATE, ETC. 
 
 Class 344. Tin ores and their treatment. 
 
 Class 345. Block tin and its extraction from tin ore. 
 
 Class 346. Tin-plate and methods of cleaning and coating iron and steel plates. 
 
 GROUP 53. 
 
 METALLURGY OF ZINC, NICKEL AND COBALT. 
 
 Class 347. Production of spelter. 
 
 Class 348. Sheet and bar zinc. 
 
 Class 349. Production of zinc oxide. 
 
 Class 350, Nickel in ingots, bars, rods, sheets and wire. 
 
390 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Class 351. Nickel-covered steel and iron by rolling. 
 
 Class 352. Nickel " plating." 
 
 Class 353. Nickel salts. 
 
 Class 354. Special nickel alloy, as German silver, etc. 
 
 Class 355. Nickel steel. (See Class 332.} 
 
 GROUP 54. 
 
 METALLURGY OF ANTIMONY AND OTHER METALS NOT SPECIFICALLY CLASSED. 
 
 Class 356, Crude and star antimony. 
 
 Class 357. Antimony compounds and principal alloys. 
 
 Class 358. Arsenic, white arsenic, orpiment, and realgar. 
 
 Class 359. Bismuth and alloys. Quicksilver and amalgams. 
 
 Class 360. 
 Class 361. 
 Class 362. 
 Class 363. 
 
 Class 364. 
 Class 365. 
 Class 366. 
 
 Class 367. 
 Class 368. 
 Class 369. 
 
 Class 370. 
 Class 371. 
 Class 372. 
 Class 373. 
 
 Class 374. 
 
 Class 375. 
 Class 376. 
 Class 377. 
 
 GROUP 55. 
 
 EXTRACTION OF GOLD AND SILVER BY MILLING. 
 
 Gold mills arid accessories. 
 
 Silver mills and accessories. 
 
 Apparatus and accessories of amalgamation ; handling quicksilver. 
 
 Retorting, melting, stamping, shipping bullion. 
 
 GROUP 56. 
 
 EXTRACTION OF GOLD AND SILVER BY LIXIVIATION. 
 
 Roasting and chloridizing furnaces. 
 Chlorination process and adjuncts. 
 Other processes. 
 
 GROUP 57. 
 
 EXTRACTION OF GOLD, SILVER, AND LEAD BY FIRE. 
 
 Furnace plant and appliances. 
 Lead bullion molds and bars. 
 Refining operations. 
 
 GROUP 58. 
 
 QUARRYING AND WORKING STONE. 
 
 Quarrying, channeling, and cutting engines. 
 Derricks and fittings. 
 
 Slate-cutting, saw^ing, and planing machines. 
 
 Machines and apparatus for cutting, turning and polishing marble 
 granite, and other stone. (See Group 78. j 
 
 GROUP 59. 
 
 PLACER, HYDRAULIC, AND " DRIFT " MINING. 
 
 Apparatus and machines for washing gravel ; sluices, cradles, totns, 
 
 rockers, rifles, etc. 
 Construction of ditches, flumes, penstocks, etc. 
 Pipes for convej'ing water. 
 " Giants," nozzles, and appurtenances. 
 
 GROUP 60. 
 
 TOOLS AND APPLIANCES OF UNDERGROUND 
 
 SUPPORTING. 
 
 MINING, TIMBERINS AND 
 
 Class 378. Timber cutting and framing machines. 
 Class 379. Methods of timbering shown by examples. 
 
 Class 380. Underground chutes, gates, and appliances for delivering ores 
 Methods and appliances for ventilating, lighting and signaling. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 
 
 391 
 
 GROUP 61, 
 
 BORING AND DRILLING TOOLS AND MACHINERY, AND APPARATUS FOR 
 BREAKING OUT ORE AND COAL. 
 
 Class 381. Picks, gads, and hammers. 
 
 Class 382. Hand drills, hammers, and blasting implements. 
 
 Class 383. Drilling by steam or compressed air, — " power drills." 
 
 Class 384. Diamond drills for prospecting or for sinking and driving. 
 
 Class 385. Well and shaft boring (various systems). 
 
 Class 386. Boring for water, oil, or gas — tools and methods. 
 
 Class 387. Machines, apparatus and implements for cutting coal. 
 
 GROUP 62. 
 
 PUMPS, ENGINES AND APPARATUS USED IN MINING FOR PUMPING, 
 DRAINING AND HOISTING. 
 
 Class 388. 
 
 Class 389. 
 Class 390. 
 
 GROUP 63. 
 
 MOVING, STORING AND DELIVERING ORES, COALS, ETC. 
 
 Tramways, turn-tables, automatic hoisting and conveying on the 
 
 surface, contrivances for loading and unloading ores and coal. 
 Cars of all kinds. 
 Automatic dumping. 
 
 Class 391. Ore bins and appliances. 
 
 GROUP 64. 
 
 APPARATUS FOR CRUSHING AND PULVERIZING. 
 
 Class 392. Rock breakers. 
 
 Class 393. Rolls. 
 
 Class 394. Large stamps. 
 
 Class 395. Stamps and mortars. 
 
 Class 396. Revolving grinding mills. 
 
 Class 397. Coal breakers. 
 
 GROUP 65. 
 
 SIZING APPLIANCES. 
 
 Class 398. Grizzlys and bar screens and sieves. 
 
 Class 399. Perforated plates. 
 
 Class 400. Wire-mesh sieves and trammels. 
 
 Class 401. Sizing by currents of water or air. Overflows. 
 
 Class 402. Sizing by belts. 
 
 GROUP 66. 
 
 ASSAYING APPARATUS AND FIXTURES, 
 
 Class 403. Plans of assay oiBces. 
 
 Class 404, Furnaces, muffles and appliances. 
 
 Class 405. Scorilication and cupelling. 
 
 Class 40©. Volumetric methods and apparatus. 
 
 Class 407. Fluxes and their receptacles. 
 
 Class 408. Assay balances, etc. (See Group 112.) 
 
 Class 409. Assay tables, assay schemes and methods. 
 
 GROUP 67. 
 
 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MINING AND METALLURGY. 
 
 Class 410. Maps, relief-models and pictures to illustrate the geology and distri- 
 bution of minerals and mines and the methods of working mines. 
 
 Class 411. History and statistics of mines and mining districts. 
 
 Charts, diagrams and tabular representations. Statistics oi mineral 
 production. 
 
392 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Class 412. Mine engineering — surface and underground surveying and plotting, 
 projection of underground work, location of shafts, tunnels, etc.; 
 surveys for aqueducts and for drainage. 
 
 Boring and drilling rocks, shafts and tunnels, etc.; surveys for aque- 
 ducts and for ascertaining the nature and extent of mineral de- 
 posits. 
 
 Construction — Sinking and lining shafts by various methods, driv- 
 ing and timbering tunnels and the general operations of opening, 
 stoping and breaking down ore; timbering, lagging and masonry. 
 
 Hoisting and delivering at the surface, rock, ore or miners; pumping 
 
 and draining by engines, buckets or by adits. 
 Ventilating and lighting. 
 
 GROUP 68. 
 
 ORIGINALS OR REPRODUCTIONS OF EARLY AND NOTABLE IMPLEMENTS AND 
 APPARATUS USED IN MINING AND METALLURGY. 
 
 DEPARTMENT F. 
 
 MACHINERY, 
 
 GROUP 69. 
 
 MOTORS AND APPARATUS FOR THE GENERATION AND TRANSMISSION OF 
 POWER — HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC APPARATUS. 
 
 Class 413. Boilers and all steam or gas generating apparatus for motive pur- 
 poses. 
 
 Class 414. Water wheels, water engines, hydraulic rams. 
 
 Class 415. Steam, air and gas engines. 
 
 Class 416. Apparatus for the transmission of power — shafting, hangers, belting, 
 pulleys, couplings, clutches, cables, gearing. Transmission of 
 power b}' compressed air, etc. 
 
 Class 417. Pumps and apparatus for lifting and moving liquids, water filters. 
 (See also Department E.) 
 
 Class 418. Pumps and apparatus for moving and compressing air or gas. 
 
 Class 419. Pumps and blowing engines, blowers and ventilating apparatus. 
 
 Class 420. Hydraulic presses, freight elevators and lifts. Traveling cranes and 
 derricks. 
 
 Class 421. Beer engines, soda water machines, bottling apparatus, corking ma- 
 chines. (See also Department A.) 
 
 Class 422. Iron and other metallic pipes, tubes and fittings, stop valves, cocks, etc, 
 
 Class 423. Diving apparatus and machinery. 
 
 Class 424. Ice machines. Refrigerating apparatus. 
 
 GROUP 70. 
 
 FIRE ENGINES — APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES FOR EXTINGUISHING FIRE. 
 
 Class 425. Engines. 
 
 Class 426. Hose-carts and hose. 
 
 Class 437. Ladders and escapes. 
 
 Class 428. Standpipes, etc. 
 
 Class 429. Chemical fire-extinguishing apparatus. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 
 
 393 
 
 GROUP 71. 
 
 MACHINE TOOLS AND MACHINES FOR WORKING METALS. 
 
 Class 430. Small tools for machinists' use, drills, taps and dies, gauges, etc. 
 
 Class 431, Squares, rules and measuring tools. 
 
 Class 432. Steam hammers, trip-hammers, drop forging and swaging machines, 
 
 hydraulic forging, etc. 
 Class 433. Planing, drilling, slotting, turning, shaping, milling, punching and 
 
 cutting machines. Wheel-cutting and dividing machines. 
 
 GROUP 72. 
 
 MACHINERY FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF TEXTILE FABRICS AND CLOTHING. 
 
 Class 434. Machines for the manufacture of silk goods. 
 
 Class 435. Machines for the manufacture of cotton goods. 
 
 Class 436. Machines for the manufacture of woolen goods. 
 
 Class 437. Worsted working machinery and appliances. 
 
 Class 438. Machines for the manufacture of linen goods. 
 
 Class ^39. Machines for the manufacture of rope and for twine-making and for 
 
 miscellaneous fibrous materials. 
 
 Class 440. Machines for paper-making and felting. 
 
 Class 441. Machines for the manufactnre of India-rubber goods. 
 
 Class 442. Machines for the manufacture of mixed fabrics. 
 
 Class 443. Machines used in the manufacture of tapestry, including carpets, 
 
 lace, floor-cloth, fancy embroidery, etc. 
 
 Class 444. Sewing machines for heavy materials. 
 
 Class 445. Machines for preparing and working leather. 
 
 Class 446. Machines for making boots and shoes. 
 
 GROUP 73. 
 
 MACHINES FOR WORKING WOOD. 
 
 (See also Departments A and E.) 
 
 Class 447. Direct-acting steam sawing machines, with gang saws, band saws, 
 
 circular saws. 
 Class 448. Sawmills and sawmill tools. 
 
 Wood-working machinery for sawmills. 
 Wood-worlcing tools and minor appliances for sawmills. 
 Class 449. Planing, sawing, veneering, grooving, mortising, tonguing, cutting, 
 molding, stamping, carving and cask-making machines, etc.; cork- 
 cutting machines. Lathes for wood -work and machinery for the 
 manufacture of matches, toothpicks, etc. 
 
 GROUP 74. 
 
 MACHINES AND APPARATUS FOR TYPE-SETTING, PRINTING, STAMPING, 
 EMBOSSING, AND FOR MAKING BOOKS AND PAPER WORKING. 
 
 Class 450, Steam power presses. 
 
 Class 451. Hand-printing presses. 
 
 Class 452. Job presses. 
 
 Class 453. Hydraulic presses. 
 
 Class 454. Ticket printing and numbering machines. 
 
 Class 455. Type casting and setting machines. Linotypes. 
 
 Class 456. Hand-casting molds. 
 
 Class 457. Machines and printing blocks. 
 
 Class 458. Typographic electrotyping. 
 
 Class 459. Stereotyping. 
 
 Class 460. Book-binding machinery. 
 
 Class 461. Envelope machines. 
 
 Class 462. Paper-cutters, card-cutters. 
 
 Class 463. Printers' cabinets and printers' furniture generally. 
 
394 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Class 464. Composing sticks, cases. 
 
 *Slass 465. Brass and type-metal labor-saving appliances. 
 
 Class 466. Specimens of plain and ornamental types, cuts, music, borders and 
 electrotype plates. 
 
 Class 467. Type-founders' specimen books of type and typographical orna- 
 ments. 
 
 Class 468. Miscellaneous machinery used by printers and newspapers not 
 otherwise specified. Folding machines, addressing, stamping, 
 embossing, etc. 
 
 GROUP 75. 
 
 LITHOGRAPHY, ZINOGRAPHY AND COLOR PRINTING. 
 
 Class 469. Lithography — ^Tools, materials and appliances. The various meth- 
 ods of lithography, crayon, pen and ink; engraving, brush work, 
 color printing, etc. Transferring, printing. Zinography. 
 
 Class 470. Color printing — Historical illustrations from the i6th Century to 
 the present time. (Relief engraving. The old chiaro-oscuros. 
 Modern wood-engravings. The Baxter process. Intaglio engrav- 
 ing, printed at one impression; i. e., from the plate rubbed in dif- 
 ferent colors, printed from several plates. Stenochromy. Chromo- 
 lithography. Wax process, etc. The modern photo-mechanical 
 processes applied to color printing). 
 
 GROUP 76. 
 
 PHOTO-MECHANICAL AND OTHER MECHANICAL PROCESSES OF 
 ILLUSTRATING, ETC. 
 
 Class 471. Relief processes — Photo-mechanical processes producing relief blocks 
 for printing in the type-press (etching, swell-gelatine and washout 
 processes). Line processes (photo-typographic etchings, typo- 
 gravures, etc.) 
 
 Class 472. Half-toned processes — Gelatine grain processes. (Paul Pretsch's 
 and later). Screen processes. (Meisenbach, etc.) The Ives pro- 
 cess. 
 
 Class 473. Photo -lithography, etc. — Photo-mechanical processes involving the 
 production of printable designs on stone or zinc ; i. e., photo-litho- 
 graphy and zincography. Half- toned processes (the Bitumen pro- 
 cess, Poitevin's process, Asser's process, etc.) Recent grain pro- 
 cesses. Screen process. Line processes. (Osborne's process.) 
 
 Class 474. Collographic processes — Photo-mechanical processes, involving the 
 production of gelatine or other glutinous films, to be used as print- 
 ing surfaces in the lithographic press ; i. e., collographic or 
 photo-gelatine processes (albertype, heliotype, artotype, etc.) 
 
 Class 475. Photo-mechanical processes — Producing intaglio plates for printing 
 in the copperplate press ; i. e., photo -gravure. Etching processes, 
 deposit processes, heliotypes, heliogravures, etc. The Woodbury 
 type-molds and impressions. 
 
 Class 476. Mechanical processes — Partly chemical, partly mechanical, devised 
 as substitutes for the other hand processes, but not involving 
 photography. Chalcotype, Comte process, Gillot process, etch- 
 ing in relief, typographic etching, properly so-called (chemi- 
 type, the graphotype, kaolitype), the wax process and allied pro- 
 cesses (glyphography, kerography, stylography, typographic etch- 
 ing, improperly so-called, etc.) Machine relief engraving, 
 machine intaglio engraving (medal ruling), galvanography, 
 stenochromy, mineralogy, nature printing, the anastatic process, 
 etc. Appendix Etching on glass (improperly so-called, which 
 involves photography, but not the use of the press). 
 
 Class 477. Drawings for process work. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 395 
 
 Class 478. Aids to drawing for process work (used by lithographers and 
 draughtsmen). Grained and embossed papers. Pasting tints. The 
 air brush. Day's shading mediums, etc. Methods of reducing 
 and enlarging. Photo-mechanical processes. 
 
 Class 479. Applications of the photo-mechanical processes in the industrial 
 arts — prints on metal work, cloth, etc. 
 
 GROUP 77. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS HAND-TOOLS, MACHINES AND APPARATUS USED IN 
 VARIOUS ARTS. 
 
 Class 480. Machines for making clocks, watches and watch cases. 
 
 Class 481. Machines for making jewelry. 
 
 Class 482. Machines for making buttons, pins, needles, etc. 
 
 Class 483. Wire-working machinery. 
 
 Class 4S4. Machines for ironing, drj'ing, scouring and laundry work generally. 
 
 Class 485. Machines for making capsules and other pharmaceutical products. 
 
 Class 486. Machines used in various manufacturing industries not specifically 
 mentioned. 
 
 Class 487. Emery and corundum wheels. 
 
 Class 488. Street rollers, sweepers and sprinklers. 
 
 Class 489. Steam guages, oil cocks and all kinds of appliances used in connec- 
 tion with machinery. 
 
 Class 490. For testing the strength of materials. Dynamometers. 
 
 GROUP 78. 
 
 MACHINES FOR WORKING STONE, CLAY AND OTHER MINERALS. 
 
 (See also Department E.) 
 
 Class 491. Stone-sawing and planing machines, dressing, shaping and polishing, 
 sand blasts, Tilghman's machines, glass-grinding machines, etc. 
 
 Class '492. Brick, pottery and tile machines. Machines for making artificial 
 stone. 
 
 Class 493. Rolling-mills and forges — roll trains, hammers, squeezers, engines, 
 boilers and other driving power ; heating furnaces (coal and gas), 
 special machines for shaping metal, such as spike, nail, and horse- 
 shoe machines ; tire mills, etc. 
 
 GROUP 79. 
 
 MACHINERY USED IN THE PREPARATION OF FOODS, ETC. 
 
 Class 494. Mills for the preparation of cereals. 
 
 Class 495. Sugar-refining machines. Confectioners' machinery. 
 
 Class 496. Oil-making machinery ; presses and stills. 
 
 Class 497. Mills and machinery for spices, coffee, etc. 
 
 Class 498. Evaporating machinery for condensing milk, etc. 
 
596 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 DEPARTMENT G. 
 
 TRANSPORTATION — RAILWAYS, VESSELS, VEHICLES. 
 
 GROUP 80. 
 
 RAILWAYS, RAILWAY PLANT AND EqUIPMENT. 
 
 Class 499. Railway Construction and Maintenance. — Maps, profiles, etc. Grad- 
 ing, track-laying and ballasting machinery. Samples of Standard 
 Permanent Way. Systems of drainage. Ballast, culverts, ties, 
 methods of preserving ties. Rails, rail fastenings, frogs, crossings, 
 switches, etc. Cattle guards. Railway bridges, trestles, viaducts, 
 with models and drawings. Tunneling, with machinery, models, 
 maps. Methods of constructing, lighting and ventilating tunnels. 
 Turn-tables and transfer tables. Water supply and machinery and 
 fixtures used by railroads in connection therewith. Track tools. 
 Systems of maintenance. Snow sheds and other protection against 
 snow. General plans, elevations and models of stations and other 
 railroad structures. 
 Class «joo. Railway Equipment.— Locomotives for passenger and freight serv- 
 ice. Locomotive appliances— head lights, bells, whistles, brake 
 valves and apparatus, etc. Plans, drawings and photographs of 
 locomotives and locomotive shops. 
 
 Passenger cars. — Mail, baggage and express coaches, drawing-room, 
 parlor, dining, officers' and private cars, etc. Passenger car fur- 
 nishings and appliances. 
 
 Freight cars. — Box, caboose, stock, horse, milk, refrigerator, and 
 other varieties. Working cars — sweeping, ditching, wrecking, etc.; 
 snow plows; hand, inspection, push and velocipede cars, baggage 
 barrows and trucks. Freight car appliances of all descriptions. 
 Plans, drawings and photographs of cars and car works. 
 Class 501. Railway Operation. — Purchasing department. Methods of pur- 
 chasing, storing and distributing material and disposition of con- 
 demned material. Railway stationery. 
 
 Mechanical Department. — Organization. Records, plans and man- 
 agement of shops. Devices for coaling locomotives, etc. Testing 
 laboratories. Machines, apparatus and methods of testing. 
 
 General train manageinent. — Dispatching, signaling, etc. Speed in- 
 dicators and recorders. Interlocking switches and signals. Block 
 systems, etc. Crossing protection by gates, signals, etc. Wreck- 
 ing tools and appliances. Plans of yards and methods of storing, 
 cleaning and keeping cars. Car interchange and inspection. Sys- 
 tems of accounting, records, tracers. 
 
 Railway employes. — Methods of testing for color-blindness, etc. 
 Uniforms, organizations, etc. Railway sanitation and surgery and 
 appliances used therein. 
 Class 503. Railway management. — Legal department, treasury and accounting 
 departments, passenger department. Advertising. Tickets, ticket 
 cases, punches, baggage checks, etc. Freight department, meth- 
 ods of rate-making, soliciting, handling, billing, etc.; plans, ar- 
 rangements and appliances for handling and housing of freight. 
 Freight- handling machinery, track scales, apparatus for transfer- 
 ring giain from car to car. Traffic Associations, their objects, 
 methods, etc. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 397 
 
 Class 503. Historj"^ and statistics, exemplified by exhibits of old locomotives, 
 cars, track material and other relics. Railway law and legislation. 
 Railway technical engineering and mechanical associations. 
 Railway literature. 
 
 GROUP 81. 
 
 STREET CAR AND OTHER SHORT LINE SYSTEMS. 
 
 Class 504. Cable roads and cars. Construction, equipment, methods of oper- 
 ation. Grips and other appliances. 
 
 Class 505. Electric railway cars. Sj'stems of track construction, equipment 
 and supplies for electric roads, methods of operation, appliances 
 and furnishings. 
 
 Class 506. Cars for street railways or tramways operated by horse-power or 
 other means of propulsion not specified. Construction. Equip- 
 ment and supplies. Methods of operation. 
 
 Class 507. Elevated and underground railways. Plans, models, and maps, 
 showing systems of construction. Systems of operation and 
 maintenance. 
 
 GROUP 82. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS AND SPECIAL RAILWAYS. 
 
 Class 508. Mountain railways, spirals, switchbacks, rack rails and all systems 
 for climbing inclines, ship railways, multiple speed railways 
 (moving platforms and sidewalks), gravity roads, sliding railways, 
 plans, profiles, drawings, photographs and models. 
 
 GROUP 83. 
 
 VEHICLES AND METHODS OF TRANSPORTATION ON COMMON ROADS. 
 
 Class 509. Hand-barrows, wheel-barrows, trunk and barrel -trucks. 
 
 Class 510. Carts, trucks, drays, farm wagons, garden truck wagons. 
 
 Class 511. Freight wagons and other heavy wagons for special purposes, beer 
 wagons, express wagons, wagons for moving heavy objects, as tim- 
 bers, stone, iron, etc. Sprinkling carts (for fire engines and ladder 
 trucks see Group 70.) 
 
 Class 512. Large wagons for pleasure parties, picnic parties and excursions, 
 "breaks," "barges," "wagonettes," etc. 
 
 Class 513. Omnibuses, lierdics, cabs, hansoms, etc. 
 
 Class 514. Drags, Concord leather spring coaches ; mud wagons for mail, ex- 
 press and passenger service. 
 
 Class 515. Pleasure carriages, coaches, Victorias, Broughams, dog carts, etc. 
 
 Class 516. Light pleasure carriages, buggies, phaetons, etc.; trotting wagons 
 and sulkies. 
 
 Class 517. Sleighs, sleds, cutters, toboggans, snow shoes, etc. 
 
 Class 518. Steam and electric carriages, and all vehicles for carrying passen- 
 gers on common roads, operated bj' other than horse-power. 
 
 Class 519. Ambulances for special purposes — for the sick and injured. Hearses. 
 
 Class 520. Bicj'cles, tricycles and the appurtenances. 
 
 Class 521. Rolling chairs for invalids and others, baby carriages, etc. 
 
 Class 522. Wagon and carriage woodwork, hardware and fittings. 
 
 Class 523. Harness, saddlery, robes, whips and accessories of the stable. 
 
 GROUP 84. 
 
 ^RIAL, PNEUMATIC AND OTHER FORMS OF TRANSPORTATION. 
 
 Class 524. Transportation of letters and parcels in pneumatic tubes. 
 Class 525. Shop-fittings for the transportation of parcels and money. 
 Class 526. Balloon transportation and captive balloons for observation and 
 
 experiment. 
 Class 527. Passenger elevators and lifts. 
 
39® 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 GROUP 85. 
 
 VESSELS, BOATS MARINE, LAKE AND RIVER TRANSPORTATION. 
 
 Class 528. Sailing vessels and boats. Sailing vessels used in commerce, pilot 
 boats, fishing vessels, sailing yachts, ice boats, ship's boats, 
 pleasure-boats, canoes and small boats of all kinds propelled by 
 sails, oars or paddles. Models, designs, drawings, descriptions, 
 specifications, photographs, paintings, etc. 
 
 Class 529. Steamships and all vessels propelled by steam, electricity or motive 
 power other than sails, oars or paddles. Ocean steamships, coast- 
 ing, lake and river steamers. Tank steamers, cable steamers, 
 steam pilot vessels, steam fishing vessels, steam fire, police and 
 patrol boats, steam schooners, tow-boats, steam yachts, steam 
 launches, naphtha launches ; vessels designed for jet propulsion or 
 be propelled by any unusual device. Models, designs, etc. 
 
 Class 530. Vessels, boats and floating structures for special purposes. Docks 
 and other receptacles for vessels and structures used for docking 
 or hauling out vessels or boats. Transports for carrying railway 
 trains or cars, barges, canal boats ; coal rafts and coal boxes ; 
 water boats, dredges, floating derricks, elevators, etc. Dry docks 
 and marine railways. Models, designs, drawings, etc. 
 
 Class 531. Mai-ine mechanical appliances. (For nautical instruments, see 
 Group 151. For marine engines, boilers, pumps, condensers and 
 appurtenances, see Group 69.) Devices for propulsion, devices 
 for obtaining forced draft, steam capstans, windlasses, deck 
 winches, appliances to facilitate loading and discharging cargoes, 
 steering apparatus ; marine electric motors, electric indicators, 
 engine room and bridge signal systems and apparatus ; boat-low- 
 ering and detaching apparatus, speed indicators and speed regis- 
 ters, appliances for laying, picking up and repairing ocean tele- 
 graph cables, etc. 
 
 Class 532. Construction, outfit, equipment and repair of vessels. — Methods, 
 articles, fittings or appurtenances. Methods and materials used ; 
 special designs for hull or fittings ; plates, cellulose, woodite, etc.; 
 water-tight compartments, rudders, masts and spars, rigging ; 
 anchors, chains and cables ; hawsers, ropes, cordage, wire rope, 
 etc. ; sales, blocks and tackles, oars, etc. 
 
 Class 533. Methods of lighting, heating, ventilation and refrigeration of ships. 
 
 Class 534. Protection of life and property and communication at sea. Harbors ; 
 light-houses ; buoys and similar aids to navigation and all per- 
 taining thereto ; life-saving service, boats, rafts, belts, etc. ; pre- 
 caution against fire aboard ship and devices for extinguishing it ; 
 storm and coast signals ; marine signals. Models, plans, sam- 
 ples, etc. 
 
 Class 535. Wrecking apparatus. Sub-marine armor and divers' appliances, 
 pontoons for raising vessels, equipment for wrecking-steamers, etc. 
 
 Class 536. Miscellaneous. Trophies of yacht and boat clubs, relics of merchant 
 marine and river transportation, relics of arctic and other explora- 
 tion, seamen's associations, uniforms and designations of rank, 
 flags and ensigns of merchant marine, yacht clubs, etc., designs, 
 maps, charts, boats. 
 
 GROUP 86. 
 
 NAVAL WARFARE AND COAST DEFENCE. 
 
 Class 537. Armored vessels. Battle-ships, rams, cruisers, coast defense ships. 
 
 Models, designs, drawings, descriptions, specifications, 
 graphs, paintings, etc. 
 
 photo- 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 
 
 399 
 
 Class 538. 
 
 Class 539. 
 
 Class 540. 
 Clrss 541. 
 Class 542. 
 
 Unarmered vessels. Frigates, sloops and gun vessels, cruisers, dispatch 
 vessels and tenders, torpedo vessels and torpedo boats, sub- marine 
 boats, public vessels for special service, revenue vessels, surveying 
 vessels, etc. Man-of-war boats, etc. Models, designs, etc. 
 
 Ships and boats of war of barbarous and semi-civilized nations. 
 Models, drawings, photographs, etc. 
 
 Models and relics of famous ships of war, relics of naval battles, etc. 
 
 Training ships ; naval schools ; naval institutes, naval reserve, etc. 
 
 Guns and armor, and adjuncts and appliances of naval warfare (see 
 also Group 113). Guns, armor, torpedoes, small arms for naval 
 use, projectiles and ammunition, fuses, sub-marine mines, methods, 
 devises, fittings or appliances designed for use in naval warfare and 
 coast defense. 
 
 DEPARTMENT H. 
 
 MANUFACTURES. 
 
 GROUP 87. 
 
 CHEMICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS — DRUGGISTS* SUPPLIES. 
 
 Class 543. Organic and mineral acids. 
 
 Class 544. The alkalies and alkaline earths. — Potash, soda, ammonia, caustic 
 soda, carbonate of soda, lime, magnesia, barytes, etc., with their 
 salts and compounds. Bleaching powders, etc. 
 
 Class 545. Metallic oxides and salts of the metals, and other commercial chemi- 
 cal compounds. 
 
 Class 546. Pure chemicals for chemists' use. 
 
 Class 547. Drugs and pharmaceutical preparations and compounds. 
 
 Class 548. Chemists' and druggists' wares and supplies. 
 
 Class 549. Flavoring extracts, essences, essential oils, toilet soap, perfumery, 
 pomades, cgsmetics, etc. 
 
 Class 550. Explosive and fulminating compounds. — Powder, giant powder, etc., 
 shown only by empty cases and packages, "dummy packages," and 
 cartridges, to illustrate the commercial forms. 
 
 Class 551. Pyrotechnics. (In harmless forms, not charged.) Pyrotechnic dis- 
 plays. 
 
 GROUP 88. 
 
 PAINTS, COLORS, DYES AND VARNISHES. 
 
 (See also Group 48.) 
 Class 552. Colors and pigments — natural and artifical, dry and ground in oil. 
 
 Printing inks, writing inks, blacking, cochineal, etc. 
 Class 553. White lead and white zinc industry. 
 Class 554. Painters' and glaziers' supplies. 
 Class 555. Artists' colors and artists' materials. 
 
 GROUP 89. 
 
 TYPEWRITERS, PAPER, BLANK BOOKS, STATIONERY. 
 
 Class 556, Paper, pulp, and paper stock. 
 
 Class 557. Cardboard, cards, pasteboard, binders-board, building-boards, and 
 
 felts for walls and roofing; for floors, ceilings, and for decorations; 
 
 embossed-boards, etc. Papier mache ; useful articles made from 
 
 paper. 
 
400 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 Class 558. Wrapping papers, manilla paper, paper bags, tissue papers. 
 
 Class 559. Printing paper for books and for newspapers. 
 
 Class 560. Writing papers, bond paper, drawing papers, tracing papers and 
 
 tracing linen; envelopes; blotting paper. 
 Class 561. Blank books ; sets of account books, specimens of ruling and binding, 
 
 including blanks, bill-h;ads, etc.; book-binding. 
 Class 562. Ornamental and decorated paper; marbleized papers, etc. 
 Class 563. Wall papers, oil papers. 
 Class 564. Typewriters, stationery, and stationers' goods; ink-stands, weights, 
 
 rulers, pens, pencils, filing-cases, letter presses, etc. 
 
 GROUP 90. 
 
 FURNITURE OF INTERIORS, UPHOLSTERY, AND ARTISTIC DECORATION. 
 
 Class 565. Chairs of all grades, rockers, lounges, settles, etc. 
 
 Class 566. Tables for various purposes — billiard, card, dining, etc. 
 
 Class 567. Suites of furniture for the hall, parlor, drawing-room, library, dining- 
 room, and for the bed-chamber. 
 
 Class 568. Upholstery for windows, doors ; curtains, portieres, etc. 
 
 Class 569. Mirrors and their mountings. 
 
 Class 570. Treatment of porches, doorwaj's, halls, and stair-cases, mantels, etc. 
 
 Class 571. Floors, ceilings, walls, doors, and windows. 
 
 Class 572. Artistic furnishing, illustrated by completely furnished apartments, 
 with selections of furniture and various objects of adornment 
 from other groups. 
 
 Class 573. Sewing and embroidering. (See also Group 72.) 
 
 GROUP 91. 
 
 CERAMICS AND MOSAICS. 
 
 (For clays and other materials see Group 46.) 
 Class 574. Bricks and terra cotta for building purposes, plain and enameled. 
 
 Terra cotta ware for decorative purposes. Reproductions of 
 
 ancient Roman and Grecian red ware. 
 Class 575. Stoneware and pottery, lead-glazed and salt-glazed ware, Doulton 
 
 ware. 
 Class 576. Earthenware, stone, china, and semi-porcelain ware, faience, etc., 
 
 with soft glazes, and with high-fire, feld-spathic glazes and 
 
 enamels. 
 Class 577. Porcelain with white or colored body, painted, incised or pite-sur- 
 
 pat6 decoration. 
 Class 578. Tiles. — Plain, encaustic and decorated tiles, bosses, tessarae, etc., for 
 
 pavements, mural and mantel decoration, etc. 
 Class 579. Mural decoration ; reredos and panels ; borders for fire-places and 
 
 mantels. 
 Class 580. Designs for and examples of pavements in tiles and mosaics. 
 
 GROUP 92. 
 
 MARBLE, STONE AND METAL MONUMENTS, MAUSOLEUMS, MANTELS, ETC. — 
 CASKETS, COFFINS AND UNDERTAKERS' FURNISHING GOODS. 
 
 Class 581. Marble, stone and metal monuments, and mausoleums and fittings. 
 
 Class 582. Marble and stone fountains, balustrades and miscellaneous ornaments. 
 
 Class 583. Marble, stone and metal mantels and ornaments. 
 
 Class 584. Coffins, caskets and undertakers' furnishing goods. 
 
 GROUP 93. 
 
 ART METAL WORK — ENAMELS, ETC. 
 
 Class 585. Art metal work ; selected examples of iron forgings, bronzes, bas- 
 reliefs, repouss6 and chiseled work. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 
 
 401 
 
 Class 586. Cloisonne enamels. 
 Class 587. Champ leve enamels. 
 Class c88. Niello work. 
 
 GROUP 94. 
 
 GLASS AND GLASSWARE. 
 
 Class 589. Plate glass in the rough, as cast and rolled, and as ground and 
 polished. 
 
 Class 590. Blown glass, ordinary window glass, bottles, tubes, pipes, etc. 
 
 Class 591. Pressed glass and glassware generally for the table and various pur- 
 poses ; skylights, insulators, etc. 
 
 Class 592. Cut-glassware for the table and various purposes. Engraved and 
 etched glass. 
 
 Class 593. Fancy glassware — plain, irridescent, opalescent, colored, enameled, 
 painted, beaded, gilded, etc. Millefiori and aventurine glass. 
 
 Class 594. Crackled glass in layers, onyx glass, sculptured glass ; reproductions 
 of ancient glassware. 
 
 Class 595. Glass mosaics, beads, spun glass, and glass fabrics. 
 
 GROUP 95. 
 
 STAINED GLASS IN DECORATION. 
 
 Class 596. Civic and domestic stained glass work, panels, windows, etc. 
 Class 597. Ecclesiastical stained glass work. 
 
 GROUP 96. 
 
 CARVINGS IN VARIOUS MATERIALS. 
 
 Class 598. Wood carving. 
 
 Class 599. Ivory carving. 
 
 Class 600. Bamboo incised work. 
 
 Class 601. Metal carving and chiseling. 
 
 Class 602. Sculptured and engraved glass. 
 
 Class 603. Sculpturing, carving, and modeling in porcelain. Pat^-sur-pa 
 
 GROUP 97. 
 
 GOLD AND SILVER WARE, PLATE, ETC. 
 
 Class 604. Gold ware and silver, gilt ware for the table and for decoration. 
 
 Class 605. Silver table ware generally. — Plates, salvers, tureens, bowls, dishes, 
 baskets, candelabra, epergnes, etc. 
 
 Class 606. Knives, forks and spoons. 
 
 Class 607. Fancy bonbon and other spoons ; miscellaneous fancy articles in 
 silver. — Snuflf-boxes, match-boxes, cane-heads, handles, chatelaines, 
 etc. 
 
 Class 608. Ware of mixed metals. — Monkume ware, inlaid and incrusted ware, 
 enameled and niello work. 
 
 Class 609. Plated ware on hard or nickel silver foundation. 
 
 Class 610. Nickel ware ; nickel-silver ware, aluminum ware and aluminum- 
 silver ware. 
 
 Class 611. Plated ware on soft metal alloys. 
 
 GROUP 98. 
 
 JEWELRY AND ORNAMENTS, 
 
 Class 612. Gold ornaments for the person, plain, chased, or otherwise wrought 
 or enameled, rings, bracelets, necklaces, chains, etc. 
 
 Class 613. Diamonds and various colored gems, as rubies, sapphires, emeralds, 
 chrysoberyls, tourmalines, topazes, etc., mounted in various orna- 
 ments. 
 (For gems in the rough and unmounted in parts, see Department E.) 
 
 Class 614. Agates, onyx, jasper, ornaments for the person. 
 
 23 
 
402 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Class 615. Pastes andT imitations of precious stones, mounted or unmounted. 
 Class 616. Gold-covered and gilt jewelry and ornaments. 
 
 GROUP 99. 
 
 HOROLOGY — WATCHFS, CLOCKS, ETC. 
 
 (See also Group 151.) 
 Class 617. Watches of all kinds. 
 Class 618. Watch movements and parts of watches. 
 Class 619. Watch-cases. 
 
 Class 620. Watch-makers' tools and machinery in part. (For machines requir- 
 ing power, see Department F.) 
 Class 621. Clocks of all kinds. 
 Class 622. Clock movements. 
 Class 623. Clock-making machinery. 
 Class 624. Watchmen's time register. 
 
 GROUP 100. 
 
 SILK AND SILK FABRICS. 
 
 Class 625, Raw silk as reeled from the cocoon, thrown or twisted silks in the 
 gum ; organzine, tram, spun-silk yarn. 
 
 Class 626. Thrown or twisted silks, boiled off or dyed, in hanks, skeins or on 
 spools ; machine twist and sewing silk. 
 
 Class 627. Spun-silk yarns and fabrics and the materials from which they are 
 made. 
 
 Class 628. Plain woven silks, lute-strings, sarsnets, satins, serges, foulards, tis- 
 sues for hat and millinery purposes, etc. 
 
 Class 629. Figured-silk piece goods, woven or printed. Upholstery silks, etc. 
 
 Class 630. Crapes, velvets, gauzes, cravats, handkerchiefs, hosiery, knit goods, 
 laces, scarfs, ties, veils ; all descriptions of cut and made-up silks. 
 
 Class 631. Ribbons — plain, fancy and velvet. 
 
 Class 632. Bindings, braids, cords, galoons, ladies' dress trimmings, upholster- 
 ers', tailors', military and miscellaneous trimmings. 
 
 GROUP Id. 
 
 FABRICS OF JUTE, RAMIE AND OTHER VEGETABLE AND MINERAL FIBRES. 
 
 Class 633. Jute cloth and fabrics, plain and decorated. 
 
 Class 634. Ramie and other fabrics. 
 
 Class 635. Mats and coarse fabrics of grass, rattan, cocoanut and bark; mattings, 
 Chinese, Japanese, palna-leaf, grass and rushes; floor cloths of 
 rattan and cocoa-nut fibre, aloe fibre, etc. 
 
 Class 636. Floor oil-cloths, and other painted and enameled tissues, and 
 imitations of leather with a woven base. 
 
 Class 637. Woven fabrics of mineral origin. Fine wire-cloths, sieve-cloth, 
 wire screen, bolting cloth. (See also Group 117.) Asbestos fibre, 
 spun and woven, with the clothing manufactured from it. Glass 
 thread, floss and fabrics. (See also Class 595.) 
 
 GROUP 102. 
 
 YARNS AND WOVEN GOODS OF COTTON, LINEN AND OTHER VEGETABLE 
 
 FIBRES. 
 
 Class 638. Cotton fabrics. — Yarns, twines, sewing-cotton, tapes, webbings, 
 battings, waddings, plain cloths for printing and converting, print 
 cloths, brown and bleached sheetings or shirtings, drills, twills, 
 sateens, ginghams, cotton flannels, fine and fancy woven fabrics, 
 duck, ticks, denims, stripes, bags and bagging. Upholstery goods, 
 Tapestries, curtains and chenilles. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 403 
 
 Class 639. Linen fabrics. — Linen thread, clothes and drills, plain and mixed; 
 napkins, tablecloths, sheetings, shirtings, etc.; cambrics, hand- 
 kerchiefs, and otherrnanufactures of linen. 
 
 GROUP 103. 
 
 WOVEN AND FELTED GOODS OF WOOL AND MIXTURES OF WOOL. 
 
 Class 640. Woolen and worsted fabrics — Woolen yarns, union or merino 
 worsted tops, noils and jarns, shoddy and mungo. 
 
 Class 641. Woolen goods. — All woolen cloths, doeskins, casimeres, indigo 
 flannels and broadcloth, overcoatings, cloakings and kerseys, flan- 
 nels, dress goods, etc., for both men and women. 
 
 Class 642. Blankets, robas, traveling rugs, horse blankets, shawls, bunting, etc. 
 
 Class 643. Worsted goods. — Coatings, serges, suitings, cashmeres, etc. 
 
 Class 644. Cotton and woolen-mixed woven goods. — Unions, tweeds, cheviots, 
 flannels, linseys, blankets, etc. 
 
 Class 645. Woven on cotton warps. 
 
 Class 646. Upholstery goods. 
 
 Class 647. Sundries and small wares, webbings and gorings, bindings, beltings, 
 braids, galloons, fringes and gimps, cords and tassels, and all elas- 
 tic fabrics, dress trim-mings, embroideries, etc. 
 
 Class 648. Felt goods, felt cloths, trimming and lining felt, felt skirts and skirt- 
 ing, table and piano covers, felts for ladies' hats, saddle felts, drug- 
 gets, endless belts for printing machines, rubber shoe-linings and 
 other foot wear, hair feltings. 
 
 Class 649. Carpets and rugs, ingrains (two-ply and three-ply) and art carpets, 
 tapestry and body Brussels, tapestry velvet, Wilton or Wilton vel- 
 vet, Axminster, tapestry Wilton, Moquette, ingrain and Smyrna 
 rugs, other woolen rugs, rag carpets. 
 
 Class 650. Wool hats of every description. 
 
 Class 651. Fabrics of hair, alpaca, goat's hair, camel's hair, etc., not otherwise 
 enumerated. 
 
 GROUP 104. 
 
 CLOTHING AND COSTUMES. 
 
 Class 652. Ready-made clothing — Men's and boys'. 
 
 Class 653. Dresses, gowns, habits, costumes. 
 
 Class 654. Hats and caps. 
 
 Class 655. Bonnets and millinery. 
 
 Class 656. Boots and shoes. 
 
 Class 657. Knit goods and hosiery, woven gloves, gloves of leather and skins. 
 
 Class 658. Shirts, collars, cuffs, cravats, suspenders, braces, and appliances. 
 
 Class 659. Sewing machines for domestic purposes. 
 
 GROUP 105. 
 
 FURS AND FUR CLOTHING. 
 
 Class 660. Furs and skins, dressed and tanned. Of the cat tribe, of the wolf 
 tribe, of the weasel tribe, of the bear tribe, of the seal tribe. Fur 
 seals — Alaska. Oregon, South Georgia, Shetland and Siberia, un- 
 dressed, plucked and dyed. Hair seals — Greenland and Labrador 
 seals, spotted seals, silver seal, harp seal, saddle-back. Furs of 
 rodent animals — squirrels, chinchilla, beaver, hares, rabbits, and 
 other fur-bearing animals. Birds' skins treated as furs. Swans 
 and swan's-down. Skins. Goose and goose-down used as swan's^^ 
 down. Grebe, eider-down, and penguin. 
 
 Class 661. Fur mats and carriage or sleigh robes. 
 
 Class 662. Fur clothing. 
 
 Class 663. Fur trimmings. 
 
404 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 GROUP io6. 
 
 LACES, EMBROIDERIES, TRIMMINGS, ARTIFICIAL FLOWERS, FANS, ETC. 
 
 Class 664. Laces of linen and cotton, of silk, wool, or mohair, made with the 
 
 needle or the loom ; silver and gold lace. 
 Class 665. Embroideries, crochet-work,, etc.; needle-work. 
 Class 666. Artificial flowers for trimming and for decoration of apartments. 
 Class 667. Fans. 
 Class 668. Trimmings in variety, not otherwise classed. — Buttons, hooks and 
 
 eyes, pins and needles. 
 Class 669. Art embroidery and needle-work. 
 Class 670. Tapestries, hand-made. 
 Class 671. Tapestries, machine-work. 
 
 GROUP 107. 
 
 HAIR WORK, COIFFURES, AND ACCESSORIES OF THE TOILET 
 
 Class 672. Hair-work, as souvenirs and ornaments. 
 
 Class 673. Coiffures, wigs, switches, etc. 
 
 Class 674. Barbers' and hair- dressers' tools and appliances. 
 
 Class 675. Combs, brushes. (See also Class 549). 
 
 GROUP 108. 
 
 TRAVELING EqUIPMENTS — VALISES, TRUNKS, TOILET-CASES, FANCY LEATHER- 
 WORK, CANES, UMBRELLAS, PARASOLS, ETC. 
 
 Class 676. Tents, shelters and apparatus for camping, camp stools, etc., ham- 
 pers, baskets, etc. 
 
 Class 677. Shawl and rug straps and pouches, gun cases. 
 
 Class 678. Valises of various materials ; dress- suit cases, satchels, hand-bags, 
 etc. ; toilet articles. 
 
 Glass 679. Trunks of leather, paper, canvas and of wood and metal. 
 
 Class 680. Fancy-bags, pouches, purses, card cases, portfolios, pocket-books, 
 cigar cases, smoking pipes, cigar holders, etc. 
 
 Class 681. Canes. 
 
 Class 682. Umbrellas and parasols. 
 
 GROUP 109. 
 
 RUBBER GOODS, CAOUTCHOUC, GUTTA PERCHA, CELLULOID, AND ZYLONITE, 
 
 Class 683. Clothing ; Mackintoshes, capes, coats, boots, shoes, hats, etc. 
 
 Class 684. Piano and table covers, horse covers, carriage cloth. 
 
 Class 685. Stationers' articles. 
 
 Class 686. Druggists' articles, toilet articles. 
 
 Class 687. Medical and surgical instruments. (See also Group 147.) 
 
 Class 688. House furnishing articles, mats, cushions. 
 
 Class 689. Hose, tubes, belting and packing. 
 
 Class 690. Insulating compounds. 
 
 Class 691. Toys of rubber. 
 
 Class 692. Gutta percha fabrics. 
 
 GROUP 110. 
 
 TOYS AND FANCY ARTICLES. 
 
 Class 693. Automatic and other toys and games for the amusement and instruc« 
 
 tion of children. 
 Class 694. Bon-bons, fancy boxes and packages for confectionery. 
 Class 695. Miscellaneous fancy articles not especially classed. 
 
WORLUS COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 405 
 
 GROUP III. 
 
 LEATHER AND MANUFACTURES OF LEATHER. 
 
 Class 696. Hides and skins. 
 
 Class 697. Tanned leathers. — Belting, grain, and harness leather. Sole- leather 
 
 — Calf, kip and goat skins, sheep skins. 
 Class 69S. Curried leathers. 
 
 Class 699. Patent and enameled leathers ; morocco. 
 Class 700. Alligator, porpoise, walrus, and kangaroo leather. 
 Class 701. Russian leathers. 
 Class 702. Oil leathers, wash leather, and all other varieties of leather not before 
 
 named. 
 Class 703. Parchment for commissions, patents, deeds, diplomas, etc. Vellum 
 
 for similar purposes, and for books and book-binding ; for drums 
 
 and tambourines; for gold-beaters' use, etc. 
 Class 704. Leather belting. 
 Class 705. Embossed leather for furniture, wall decoration, etc. 
 
 (For trunks, see Class 679. For harness, saddlery, etc., see Class 523.) 
 
 GROUP 112. 
 
 SCALES, WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
 
 (See also Group 151.) 
 
 Class 706. Scales for commercial use in weighing groceries, produce and mer- 
 chandise. Counter scales, etc., portable platform scales. 
 
 Class 707. Scales for weighing heavy and bulky objects, as hay, ice, ores, coal, 
 railway cars, etc. 
 
 Class 708. Druggists' and prescription scales. 
 
 Class 709. Bullion scales. Assayers' and chemists' scales. (See also Class 408.) 
 
 Class 710. Postal balances. 
 
 Class 711. Gas and water meters. 
 
 Class 712. Commercial weights and sets of weights. — Avoirdupois, troy, and 
 apothecaries', with the weights of the metric system. 
 
 Class 713. Commercial 'examples of the measures of capacity, for solids and 
 fluids — measuring glasses for the kitchen and for the laboratory. 
 
 GROUP 113. 
 
 MATERIAL OF WAR ; ORDNANCE AND AMMUNITION. WEAPONS AND 
 
 APPARATUS OF HUNTING, TRAPPING, ETC.; MILITARY AND 
 
 SPORTING SMALL-ARMS. 
 
 Class 714. Military small-arms, rifles, pistols, and magazine-guns, with their 
 
 ammunition. 
 Class 715. Light artillery, compound guns, machine guns, mitrailleuses, etc. 
 Class 716. Heavy ordnance and its accessories. 
 Class 7x7. Knives, swords, spears and dirks. 
 Class 718. Fire-arms used for sporting and hunting ; also other implements for 
 
 same purpose. (See also Group 161.) 
 
 GROUP 114. 
 
 LIGHTING APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES. 
 
 Class 719. Lamps for burning petroleum, burners, chimneys, shades, table 
 
 lamps, hanging lamps. 
 Class 720. Lanterns, coach lamps, street and special lights and lanterns. 
 Class 721. Illuminating gas ; fixtures, burners and chandeliers. 
 Class 722. Electroliers and electric lamps. 
 Class 723. The " Lucigen " and similar lighting apparatus. 
 
4o6 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Class 724. 
 Class 725. 
 Class 726. 
 Class 727. 
 
 Class 728. 
 Class 729. 
 Class 730. 
 
 Class 732. 
 Class 733. 
 Class 734. 
 
 GROUP 115. 
 
 HEATING AND COOKING APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES. 
 
 Fire-places, grates, and ajlpurtenances for burning wood, coal or gas- 
 Hot-air heating furnaces. 
 
 Steam heaters, hot-water heaters, radiators, etc. 
 Stoves for heating, cooking stoves, kitchen ranges, grills, roasting 
 
 jacks, ovens, etc. Stove polish. 
 Gas burners for heating gas logs, gas stovt 
 Petroleum stoves. 
 Kitchen utensils and other miscellaneous articles for household 
 
 purposes. 
 
 GROUP 116. 
 
 REFRIGERATORS, HOLLOW METAL WARE, TINWARE, ENAMELED WARE. 
 
 Class 731. Refrigerators. Soda and aerated water fountains and appliances 
 Cast hollow-ware — kettles, pots, etc. 
 Hollow-ware of copper, nickel, tin-plate and iron bells. 
 Enameled ware, granite ware and porcelain-lined ware. Enameled 
 letters and signs. 
 
 GROUP 117. 
 
 WIRE GOODS AND SCREENS, PERFORATED SHEETS, LATTICE WORK, FENCING, 
 
 ETC. 
 
 Class 375. Wire cloth of brass or of annealed iron and steel. 
 Class 736. Wire cloth of special alloys, as aluminum bronze wire, etc. 
 Class 737. Sieves of various grades and materials. 
 Class 738. Screens for special purposes. 
 Class 739. Perforated metal plates. 
 Class 740. Artistic lattice work. 
 Class 741. Wire netting. 
 
 Class 742. Wire fencing. (For trellis work for gardens and flowers, see also 
 Group 26.) 
 
 GROUP 118. 
 
 WROUGHT-IRON AND THIN METAL EXHIBITS. 
 
 Class 743. Wought-iron gates, railings, crestings, and artistic forgings, not 
 otherwise specificallj' classed. (See also Department K.) 
 
 Class 744. Repousse, hammered and stamped metal ornaments used for build- 
 ings, bridges, and other structures. 
 
 Class 745. Beams, girders, columns, angle-irons, etc. 
 
 Class 746. Horse-shoes and crude forgings. 
 
 GROUP 119. 
 
 VAULTS, SAFES, HARDWARE, EDGE TOOLS, CUTLERY. 
 
 Class 747. Builders' hardware — Locks, latches, spikes, nails, screws, tacks, bolts, 
 
 hinges, pulleys; furniture fittings; ships' hardware and fittings. 
 
 Class 748. Axes, hatchets, adzes, etc. 
 
 Class 749. Edge tools of various descriptions. 
 
 Class 750. Saws, files. 
 
 Class 751. Cutlerj', — knives, scissors, shears, razors, etc.; table cutlery. 
 
 Class 752. Vaults, safes and appliances; machinists' and metal workers' tools. 
 
 GROUP 120. 
 
 PLUMBING AND SANITARY MATERIALS. 
 
 Class 753. Bath tubs, bathing appliances and attachments. 
 
 Class 754 Water closets, sj'phons, flushing tanks ; apparatus and receptacles for 
 ventilation and sewerage. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 407 
 
 Class 755. Porcelain laundry tubs, basins, cocks, drains, and other appliances. 
 Class 756. Plumbers' and gas-fitters' hardware and miscellaneous appliances. 
 
 GROUP 121. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE NOT HERETOFORE CLASSED. 
 
 DEPARTMENT J. 
 
 ELECTRICITY AND ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES. 
 
 GROUP 122. 
 
 APPARATUS ILLUSTRATING THE PHENOMENA AND LAWS OF ELECTRICITY 
 
 AND MAGNETISM. 
 
 Class 757. Statical electricity. 
 
 Class 758. Thermo electricity; thermo-electric batteries. 
 
 Class 759. Magnets, temporary and permanent. 
 
 Class 760. Induction coils, converters, etc. 
 
 GROUP 123. 
 
 APPARATUS FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS. 
 
 Class 761. Standard resistance coils. 
 
 Class 762. Standard condensers. 
 
 Class 763. Standard batteries. 
 
 Class 764. Instruments of precision; voltmeters, ammeters, wattmeters, etc. 
 
 GROUP 124. 
 
 ELECTRIC BATTERIES, PRIMARY AND SECONDARY. 
 
 GROUP 125. 
 
 MACHINES AND APPLIANCES FOR PRODUCING ELECTRICAL CURRENTS BY 
 MECHANICAL POWER — DYNAMICAL ELECTRICITY. 
 
 Class 765. Dynamos of direct current, constant electro motive force; varying 
 
 quantity. 
 Class 766. Dynamos of direct current, constant quantity and varying E. M. F. 
 Class 767. Dynamos of alternating current, constant E. M. F., and varying 
 
 quality. 
 Class 768. Dynamos of alternating current, constant quantity, and varying 
 
 E. M. F. 
 
 GROUP 126. 
 
 TRANSMISSION AND REGULATION OF THE ELECTRICAL CURRENT. 
 
 Class 769. Cables, wires, and insulation ; rheostats, switches, indicators, regis- 
 tering meters ; ammeters, volt-meters. 
 
 Class 770. Safety and protective appliances ; lightning rods, lightning arresters, 
 insulators, fusible cut-outs, safety switches, etc. 
 
 Class 771. Conduits, interior and underground. 
 
 GROUP 127. 
 
 ELECTRIC MOTORS. 
 
 Class 772. Direct constant current. 
 Class 773. Direct constant E. M. F 
 Class 774. Alternating current. 
 
4o8 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 GROUP 128. 
 
 APPLICATION OF ELECTRIC MOTORS. 
 
 Class 775. Street, underground, mining and other railways. 
 
 Class 776. Elevators, pumps, printing presses, and general machinery 
 
 Class 777. Toys, novelties, and domestic appliances. 
 
 GROUP 129. 
 
 LIGHTING BY ELECTRICITY. 
 
 Class 778. The arc systems, their lamps, fixtures, and appliances. 
 
 Class 779. The incandescent systems, their lamps, fixtures and appliances. 
 
 GROUP 130. 
 
 HEATING BY ELECTRICITY. 
 
 Class 780. For warming and heating apartments. 
 
 Class 781. For heating flat irons, soldering irons, and other objects used in 
 
 industrial operations. 
 Class 782. Maintenance of constant high temperature in ovens. 
 Class 783. Electric heating furnaces. 
 
 GROUP 131. 
 
 ELECTRO-METALLURGY AND ELECTRO-CHEMISTSY. 
 
 Class 784. Electrotyping. 
 
 Class 785. Electro-plating, gilding and nickeling. 
 
 Class 786. Electro-deposition of iron and other metals. 
 
 Class 787. Electrolytic separation of metals from their ores or alloys. 
 
 GROUP 132. 
 
 ELECTRIC FORGING, WELDING, STAMPING, TEMPERING, BRAZING, ETC. 
 
 Glass 788. Apparatus for, and methods of forging, welding or joining iron, 
 
 steel and other metals. 
 Class 789. Brazing, stamping, tempering, etc. 
 
 Class 790. 
 Class 791. 
 Class 792. 
 Class 793. 
 Class 794. 
 Class 795. 
 Class 796. 
 
 GROUP 133. 
 
 ELECTRIC TELEGRAPH AND ELECTRIC SIGNALS. 
 
 Various systems of transmitting and receiving. 
 
 Chronographs. 
 
 Annunciators. 
 
 Thermostats. 
 
 Fire alarm apparatus. 
 
 Police telegraph and burglar alarm apparatus. 
 
 Railroad signal apparatus. 
 
 GROUP 134. 
 
 THE TELEPHONE AND ITS APPLIANCES. PHONO0RAPHS. 
 
 Class 797. Cables ; construction and underground work. 
 
 Class 798. Special protective devices. 
 
 Class 799. Switch boards. 
 
 Class 800. Transmitting apparatus. 
 
 Class 801. Receiving apparatus. 
 
 Class 802. Signalling apparatus. 
 
 Class 803. Long distance systems. 
 
 Class 804. Various systems of operation. 
 
 Class 805. Subscriber's apparatus: Numbers, code, registers, etc. 
 
 Class 806. Phonographs. — Receiving and recording apparatus. 
 
 Class 807. Apparatus for the reproduction of recorded sounds and articulate 
 speech. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 409 
 
 GROUP 135. 
 
 ELECTRICITY IN SURGERY, DENTISTRY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
 
 Class 808. Cautery apparatus. 
 
 Class 809. Apparatus for the application of the electrical current as a remedial 
 
 agent — surgical and dental. 
 Class 810. Apparatus for diagnosis. 
 Class 8x1. Apparatus for the destruction of life. 
 
 GROUP 136. 
 
 APPLICATION OF ELECTRICITY IN VARIOUS WAYS NOT HEREINBEFORE 
 
 SPECIFIED. 
 
 Class 812. Ignition of explosives ; gas lighting, etc. 
 
 Class 813. Control of heating apparatus by electricity, as applied to steam and 
 
 hot air pipes and registers. 
 Class 814. Electric pens. 
 Class 815. Application in photography. 
 
 GROUP 137. 
 
 HISTORY AND STATISTICS OF ELECTRICAL INVENTION. 
 
 Class 816. Objects illustrating the development of the knowledge of electricity 
 and of the application of electricity in the arts. 
 
 Class 817. Collections of books and publications upon electricity and its appli- 
 cations. 
 
 GROUP 138. 
 
 PROGRESS AND DEVELOPMENT IN ELECTRICAL SCIENCE AND CONSTRUCTION, 
 
 AS ILLUSTRATED BY MODELS AND DRAWINGS 
 
 OF VARIOUS COUNTRIES. 
 
 Class 818. United States Patent Office and other exhibits of electrical models 
 and drawings. 
 
 Class 819. Foreign exhibits of electrical models and drawings. 
 
 DEPARTMENT K. 
 
 FINE ARTS; PAINTING, SCULPTURE, ARCHITECTURE AND 
 
 DECORATION. 
 
 GROUP 139. 
 
 SCULPTURE. 
 
 Class 820. Figures and groups in marble; casts from original works by modern 
 
 artists ; models and monumental decorations. 
 Class 821. Bas-reliefs in marble or bronze. 
 Class 822. Figures and groups in bronze. 
 Class 823. Bronze from cire-^erdue. 
 
4iO GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 GROUP 140. 
 
 PAINTINGS IN OIL. 
 
 GROUP 141. 
 
 PAINTINGS IN WATER COLORS. 
 
 GROUP 142. 
 
 PAINTINGS ON IVORY, ON ENAMEL, ON METAL, ON PORCELAIN OR OTHER 
 wares; FRESCO PAINTING ON WALLS. 
 
 GROUP 143. 
 
 ENGRAVINGS AND ETCHINGS; PRINTS. 
 
 GROUP 144. 
 
 CHALK, CHARCOAL, PASTEL, AND OTHER DRAWINGS. 
 
 GROUP 145. 
 
 ANTItyJE AND MODERN CARVINGS; ENGRAVINGS IN MEDALLIONS OR IN GEMS; 
 
 CAMEOS, INTAGLIOS. 
 
 GROUP 146. 
 
 EXHIBITS OF PRIVATE COLLECTIONS. 
 
 DEPARTMENT L. 
 
 LIBERAL ARTS — EDUCATION, LITERATURE, ENGINEERING, PUBLIC 
 WORKS ; MUSIC AND THE DRAMA. 
 
 GROUP 147. 
 
 PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT, TRAINING AND CONDITION — HYGIENE. 
 
 Class 824. The nursery and its accessories. 
 
 Class 825. Athletic training and exercise gymnasiums; apparatus for phj'sical 
 development and of gymnastic exercises and amusement; skating, 
 walking, climbing, ball-playing, wrestling, acrobatic exercises ; 
 rowing, hunting, etc. Special apparatus for training in schools, 
 gymnasia; apparatus for exercise, drill, etc. 
 
 Class 826. Alimentation. — Food supply and its distribution; adulteration of 
 food, markets, preparation of food, cooking and serving, school 
 kitchens and arrangements for school canteens, methods of 
 warming childrens' meals, etc. Dinner-pails, or receptacles for 
 carrying meals for school children, working men, and others. 
 Restaurants, dining halls, refectories, etc. 
 
 Class 827. Dwellings and buildings characterized bj' the conditions best adapted 
 to health and comfort, including dwellings for working men and 
 factory operatives, houses and villages for operatives in connection 
 with large manufacturing establishments, tenement houses, "flats," 
 suites of apartments, city and country residences, club-houses, 
 school houses; designs and models of improved buildings for ele- 
 mentary schools, infant schools and creches, court-rooms, theatres, 
 churches, etc. 
 
 Class 828. Hotels, lodging-houses. 
 
WORLUS COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 
 
 411 
 
 Class 829. Public baths, lavatories ; public and domestic hygiene. Sanitation. 
 — Sanitary appliances and methods for dwelling-houses, buildings 
 and cities. Direct renewal of air. Heating, ventilating, lighting, 
 in their relation to health. Conduits of water and sewage. 
 Drains and sewers. Sinks, night-soil apparatus, sanitary plumb- 
 ing, walls, bricks, roofs, flooring, etc. Sanitary house decoration.—* 
 Non-poisonous paints and wall papers, floor coverings, washablesj- 
 decorations, etc. 
 
 Apparatus for carrying off, receiving and treating sewage. 
 Slaughter-house refuse, city garbage. 
 
 Apparatus and methods for filtering water and cleansing water- 
 courses. 
 
 Apparatus intended for the prevention of infectious diseases. 
 Methods, materials and instruments for purifying and destroying 
 germs ; disinfectors. 
 
 Apparatus and fittings for warming, ventilating, and lighting schools ; 
 school latrines, closets, etc. 
 
 Special school fittings for storing and drying clothing. 
 
 Precaution in schools for preventing the spread of infectious dis- 
 eases ; school sanitaria, infirmaries, etc. 
 Class 830. Hygiene of the workshop and factory. — (Classification modified 
 from that of the London health exhibition). 
 
 Designs and models for improvement in the arrangement and con- 
 struction of workshops, especially those in which dangerous or 
 unwholesome processes ar» conducted. 
 
 Apparatus and fittings for preventing or minimizing the danger to 
 health or life from carrying on certain trades. Guards, screens, 
 air-jets, preservative solutions, washes, etc. 
 
 Objects of personal use — mouth-pieces, spectacles, dresses, hoods, 
 etc., for use in certain unhealthy and poisonous trades. 
 
 Illustrations of disease and deformities caused by unwholsome trades 
 and professions ; methods of combating these diseases ; preserva- 
 tive measures, etc. 
 
 Sanitary construction and inspection of workshops, factories, and 
 mines ; new inventions and improvements for ameliorating the 
 condition'of life of those engaged in unhealthy occupations ; means 
 for economizing human labor in various industrial operations. 
 Class 831. Asylums and homes. — Asylums for infants and children ; found- 
 ling and orphan asylums ; children's aid societies. Homes for 
 aged men and women; for the maimed and deformed; for sol- 
 diers and for sailors. 
 
 Treatment of paupers; alms-houses. 
 
 Treatment of aborigines ; Indian reservations and homes. 
 Class 832. Hospitals, dispensaries, etc.; plans, models, statistics. Shed hos- 
 pitals for infectious i^vers and epidemic diseases ; tent hospitals ; 
 hospital ships ; furniture and fittings for sick rooms. 
 Class 833. Protective supervision ; sanitary supervision; vaccination and it* 
 enforcement ; isolation of contagious diseases ; quarantine ; pre- 
 vention and elimination of animal epidemics. 
 
 Food inspection. — Treatment of adulterated foods ; inspection and 
 analysis ; treatment of stale food substances ; regulation of abat- 
 toirs, mills, etc.; regulation of sale of horses ; protective devices. 
 
 Building inspection, etc. — Building regulations and inspection ; 
 building drainage and plumbing ; fire regulations, fire escapes, etc. 
 Personal inspection. — Color tests, etc.; professional examinatioi: 
 for licenses. 
 
 Immigration. — Reception, care and protection of immigrants. 
 
412 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 GROUP 148. 
 
 INSTRUMENTS AND APPARATUS OF MEDICINE, SURGERY AND PROSTHESIS. 
 
 Class 834. Pharmacology, drugs, pharmacy, etc.— Medicines, officinal (in any 
 authoritative pharmacopoeia) articles of the materia medica 
 preparations unofficinal. (See Group 87.) 
 
 Dietetic preparations intended especially for the sick. (For beel 
 extracts, see Class 38.) 
 
 Instruments for physical diagnosis, chnical thermometers, stetho- 
 scopes, ophthalmoscopes, etc. 
 
 Surgical instruments, appUances and apparatus, with dressmgs, 
 anaesthetics, antiseptics, obstetrical instruments, etc. 
 
 Prosthesis.— Apparatus for correcting deformities, artificial limbs. 
 
 Instruments and apparatus of dental surgery and prosthesis. 
 
 Vehicles and appliances for the transportation and rehef of the 
 ack and wounded during peace or war, on shore or at sea. 
 (S«<e also Department G.) 
 
 Class 835. 
 
 Class 836. 
 
 Class 837. 
 
 Class 838. 
 Class 839. 
 Class 840. 
 
 GROUP 149. 
 
 PRIMARY, SECONDARY AND SUPERIOR EDUCATION. 
 
 Class 041. Elementary instruction. — Infant schools and kindergartens. De- 
 scriptions of the methods of instruction, with statistics. 
 
 Class 842. Primary schools, city and country. — School houses and furniture. 
 Apparatus and fittings. Models and appliances for teaching, text- 
 books, diagrams, examples. Specimens of work in elementary 
 schools. 
 
 Class 843. Domestic and industrial training for girls. — Models and apparatus 
 for the teaching of cookery, housework, washing and ironing, 
 needle-work and embroidery, dr^ss-making, artificial flower-mak- 
 ing, painting on silk, crockery, etc. Specimens of school work. 
 
 Class 844. Handicraft teaching in schools for boys.— Apparatus and fittings for 
 elementary trade teaching in schools. Specimens of school work. 
 
 Class 845. Science teaching. — Apparatus and models for elementary science 
 instruction in schools. Apparatus for chemistry, physics, mechan- 
 ics, etc. ; diagrams, copies, text-books, etc. ; specimens of the 
 school work in these subjects. 
 
 Class 846. Art teaching. — Apparatus, models and fittings for elementary art 
 instruction in schools ; diagrams, copies text-books, etc., speci- 
 mens of art work, modeling, etc., in schools. 
 
 Class 847. Technical and apprenticeship schools. — Apparatus and examples used 
 in primary and secondary schools for teaching handicraft ; models, 
 plans and designs for the fitting up of work-shop and industrial 
 schools ; results of industrial work done in such schools. 
 
 Class 848. Special schools for the elementary instruction of Indians. 
 
 Class 849. Education of defective classes. — Schools for the deaf, dumb, blind, 
 and feeble-minded ; adult schools for the illiterate. 
 
 Class 850. Public schools. — Descriptions, illustrations, statistics, methods of 
 instruction, etc. 
 
 Class 851. Higher education. — Academies and high schools. Description and 
 statistics. 
 Colleges and universities. — Descriptions, illustrations of the build- 
 ings, libraries, museums, collections, courses of study, catalogues, 
 statistics, etc. 
 
 Class 852. Professional schools. — Theology, law, medicine and surgery, dentistry, 
 pharmacy ; mining, engineering, agriculture, mechanic arts ; art 
 and design ; militarj^, naval, normal, commercial ; music. 
 
 Class 853. Government aid to education — National Bureau of Education.— 
 Reoorts and statistics 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 
 
 413 
 
 GROUP 150. 
 
 LITERATURE, BOOKS, LIBRARIES, JOURNALISM. 
 
 Class 854. Books and literature, with special examples of typography, paper 
 and binding. General works. — Philosoph}', religion, sociology, 
 philology, natural sciences, useful arts, fine arts, literature, historj'^, 
 and geographj'; cyclopedias, magazines, and newspapers; bind- 
 ings, specimens of typography. 
 
 Class 855. School books. 
 
 Class 856. Technical industrial journals. 
 
 Class 857. Illustrated papers. 
 
 Class 858. Newspapers and statistics of their multiplication, growth, and circu- 
 lation. 
 
 Class 859. Journalism, statistics of; with illustrations of methods, organization 
 and results. 
 
 Class 860. Trade catalogues and price-lists. 
 
 Class 861. Library apparatus ; sj'stems of cataloguing and appliances of placing 
 and deliveHng books. 
 
 Class 862. Directories of cities and towns. 
 
 Class 863. Publications by governments. 
 
 Class 864. Topographical maps. Marine and coast charts ; geological maps and 
 sections ; botanical, agronomical, and other maps, showing the 
 extent and distribution of men, animals and terrestrial products ; 
 physical maps ; meteorological maps and bulletins ; telegraphic 
 routes and stations ; railway and route maps ; terrestrial and 
 celestial globes, relief maps and models of portior^ of the earth's 
 surface, profiles of ocean beds and I'outes of submarine c-ao'icS. 
 
 GROUP 151. 
 
 INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION, EXPERIMENT, RESEARCH, AND PHOTOGRAPHY. 
 
 PHOTOGRAPHS. 
 
 Class 865. Weights, measures ; weighing and metrological apparatus. — Balances 
 of precision, insti"uments for mechanical calculation, adding ma- 
 chines, p^edometers, cash registers, water and gas meters, etc. ; 
 measures of length, graduated scales, etc. 
 (For ordinarj^ commercial forms, see also Group 112.) 
 (For testing machines see Class 490.) 
 
 Class 866. Astronomical instruments and accessories. — Transits, transit circles, 
 mural circles, zenith sectors, altazimeters, equatorials, collimators, 
 comet-seekers. 
 
 Class 867. Geodetic and surveying instruments. — Transits, theodolites, artificial 
 horizons ; surveyor's compasses, goniometers ; instruments foi 
 survej'ing underground in mines, tunnels, and excavations ; pocket 
 sextants, plane tables, and instruments used with them ; ship's 
 compasses, sextants, quadrants, repeating circles, dip-sectors, etc. 
 
 Class 868. Leveling instruments and apparatus — hand-levels, water-levels, 
 engineers' levels, of all patterns and varieties; cathetometers, 
 leveling staves, targets, and accessory apparatus. 
 
 Class 869. Hydrographic surveying ; deep sea sounding. 
 
 Class 870. Photometic apparatus and methods. 
 
 Class 871. Photographic apparatus and accessories. Photographs. 
 
 Class 872. Meteorological instruments and apparatus, with methods of record- 
 ing, reducing and reporting observations. Thermometers — mercu- 
 rial, spirit, air; ordinary or self-registering, maximum and minimum 
 Barometers — mercurial, aneroid ; anemometers, rain gauges, etc. 
 
414 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Class 873. Chronometric apparatus. — Chronometers, watches of precision, 
 astronomical clocks, church and metropolitan clocks, clepsydras, 
 hour-glasses, sun-dials, chronographs, electric clocks, metronomes. 
 (For commercial clocks and watches, see also Group 99.) 
 
 Class 874. Optical and thermometric instruments and apparatus. 
 
 Class 875. Electric and magnetic apparatus. (See also Department J.) 
 
 Class 876. Acoustic apparatus. 
 
 GROUP 152. 
 
 CIVIL ENGINEERING, PUBLIC WORKS, CONSTRUCTIVE ARCHITECTURE. 
 
 Class 877. Land surveying, topographical surveying, — Surveys and locations of 
 
 towns and cities, with systems of water supply and drainage. 
 Class 878. Surveys of coasts, rivers, and harbors. 
 
 Class 879. Construction and maintenance of roads, streets, pavements, etc. 
 Class 8S0. Bridge engineering (illustrated by drawings and models.) 
 
 Bridge designing. — Drawings and charts, showing methods of cal- 
 culating stresses. 
 Foundations, piers, abutments and approaches of stone, wood, etc. 
 Arch bridges of stone, wood or iron. 
 Suspension bridges of fiber, iron chain, and cable. 
 
 Truss bridges of wood, iron and steel. — Pony, bow-string and plate 
 girders, lattice girders, Fink, Bollman, Howe, Pratt, Warren, Post, 
 Long, Whipple and other trusses of special design. 
 Cantilever bridges, draw-bridges, rolling and swinging machinery. 
 Tubular bridges. 
 Railway, aqueduct, and other bridges of special design not elsewhere 
 
 classed. 
 (A chart showing date of completion, span, rise, weight, and cost of 
 the great bridges of the world, would be of interest). 
 Class 881. Subaqueous constructions. — Foundations, piers, harbors, break- 
 waters, building of dams, water-works and canals. 
 Class 882. Irrigation. — Irrigating canals and systems. 
 
 Class 883. Railway engineering. — Surveying, locating and constructing rail- 
 ways. 
 Class 884. Dynamic and industrial engineering. — The construction and work- 
 ing of machines ; examples of planning and construction of manu- 
 facturing and metallurgical establishments. 
 Class 885. Mine engineering. — Surveying underground, construction of tunnels, 
 subaqueous tunnels, etc. ; locating and sinking shafts, inclines, and 
 winzes ; driving levels, draining, ventilating, and lighting. (See 
 also Department E). 
 Class 886. Military engineering. — Construction of earth-works, breast-works 
 
 and temporary fortifications. 
 Class 887. Permanent works. — Fortifications, magazines, arsenals, mines. 
 Class 888. Roads, bridges, pontoons, etc.; movement of troops and supplies. 
 Class 889. Constructive architecture. — Plans of public buildings for special pur- 
 poses ; large and small dwelling-houses. 
 Drawings and specifications for foundations, walls, partitions, floors, 
 
 roofs, and stairways. 
 Estimates of amount and cost of material. 
 
 Designs of models and special contrivances for safety, comfort, con- 
 venience in the manipulation of elevators, doors, windows, etc. 
 Working plans for the mason, carpenter and painter ; designs and 
 models of bonds, arches, coping, vaulting, etc.; plastering and con- 
 struction of partitions ; painting and glazing. 
 Plans of appliances for hoisting, handling and delivering building 
 materials to artisans. — Scaffolding and ladders, special scaffolding 
 for handling great weights ; portable cranes and power elevators. 
 Illustrations of the strength of materials. 
 
WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION. 
 
 415 
 
 Class 889. Plans and sections of special architectural forms. Metallic floor 
 beams and girders ; hollow bricks and other architectural pottery 
 for heating and ventilation ; metallic cornice and conduits, shin- 
 gles and sheathing, glass roofs, floors and accessories, architectural 
 hardware. 
 
 Methods of combining materials. 
 
 Protection of foundations, areas and walls against water. 
 
 Working plans for paving and draining. 
 
 GROUP 153. 
 
 GOVERNMENT AND LAW. 
 
 Class 890. Various systems of government illustrated. — "Government depart- 
 ments, legislative, executive, and judicial. 
 
 Class 891. International law and relations. — Fac-similes of treaties, etc. 
 
 Class 892. Protection of property in inventions. Patent offices and their func- 
 tions, statistics of inventions and patents. 
 
 Class 893. Postal systems and the appliances of the postal service. Letter- 
 boxes, pouches, mail-bags, postage stamps, etc. 
 
 Class 894. Punishment of crime. — Prisons and reformatories, prison manage- 
 ment and discipline, transportation of criminals, penal colonies, 
 houses of correction, reform schools, naval or marine discipline, 
 punishment at sea, police stations, night lock-ups, etc.; dress and 
 equipment of prisoners, example of convict workmanship. 
 
 GROUP 154. 
 
 COMMERCE, TRADE, AND BANKING, 
 
 Class 895. History and statistics of trade and commerce. 
 
 Class 896. Railway and transportation companies. 
 
 Class 897. Methods and media of exchange. — Money, coins, paper money, etc. 
 
 Class 898. Counting houses, stores, and shops. — Arrangement, furniture, fit- 
 tings; methods of management, book-keeping, devices for distrib- 
 uting change and goods to customers. 
 
 Class 899. Warehouse and storage systems. — Grain elevators. 
 
 Class 900. Boards of trade and their functions illustrated. 
 
 Class 901. Exchanges for produce, metals, stocks, etc. 
 
 Class 902, Insurance companies. 
 
 Class 903. Banks and banking. — Illustrations of buildings, interiors, methods, 
 and statistical information; clearing-houses, etc.; savings and trust 
 institutions. 
 
 Class 904. Safes and vaults for storage of treasure and valuables; safe deposit 
 companies. 
 
 Class 905. Book-keeping. — Books and systems of book-keeping and accounting, 
 commercial blank forms, etc. 
 
 Class 906. Express companies, freighting, etc. 
 
 GROUP 155. 
 
 INSTITUTIONS AND ORGANIZATIONS FOR THE INCREASE AND DIFFUSION 
 
 OF KNOWLEDGE. 
 
 Class 907. Institutions founded for the increase and diffusion of knowledge, such 
 as the Smithsonian Institution, the Royal Institution, the Institute 
 of France, British Association for the Advancement of Science, 
 and the American Association, etc.; their organization, history and 
 results. 
 
 Class 908. Academies of science and letters. — Learned and scientific associa- 
 tions, geological and mineralogical societies, etc.; engineering, 
 technical, and professional associations; artistic, biological, zoo- 
 logical, medical, astronomical societies and organizations. 
 
4i6 
 
 GUIDE TO CHICAGO, 
 
 Class 909. 
 
 Class 910. 
 Class 911. 
 
 Museums, collections, art galleries, exhibitions of works of art and 
 industry; agricultural fairs, state and county exhibitions, national 
 exhibitions, international exhibitions, international congresses. 
 
 Publication societies. 
 
 Libraries — Public and private; statistics of operations. 
 
 Class 913. 
 Class 914. 
 
 Class 915. 
 Class 916. 
 Class 917. 
 Class 918. 
 
 GROUP 156. 
 
 SOCIAL, INDUSTRIAL, AND CO-OPERATIVE ASSOCIATIONS. 
 
 Class 912. Social organizations. -Clubs — political, military, university, travelers', 
 
 press clubs, science clubs, and others. 
 Political societies and organizations. 
 Workingmen's unions and associations. — Their • organijcation, 
 
 statistics, and results. 
 Industrial organizations. 
 Co-operative trading associations. 
 Secret societies. 
 Miscellaneous organizations for promoting the material and moral 
 
 well-being of the industrial classes. 
 
 GROUP 157. 
 
 RELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS AND SYSTEMS — STATISTICS AND PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 Class 919. Religious organizations and systems. — Origin, nature, growth, and 
 extent of various religious systems and faiths. Statistical, histori- 
 cal and other illustrations; pictures of buildings; plans and views 
 of interiors. 
 
 Religious music, choirs, hymnology. 
 
 Missionary societies, missions, and missionary work ; maps, reports, 
 statistics. 
 
 Spreading the knowledge of religious systems by publications; 
 Bible societies, tract societies, and their publications. 
 
 Systems and methods of religious instruction and training for the 
 young ; Sunday-schools, furniture, apparatus and books. 
 
 Associations for religious or moral improvement. 
 
 Charities and charitable associations connected with ecclesiastical 
 societies. 
 
 i3ROUP 158. 
 
 MUSIC AND MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS THE THEATRE. 
 
 Class 926. History and theory of music. — Music of primitive people. Crude and 
 curious instruments. Combinations of instruments, bands and 
 orchestras. Music books and scores. Musical notation. 
 
 History and literature of music. Portraits of great musicians. 
 Class 927. Self-vibrating instruments. — Drums and tambourines; cymbals, 
 triangles, gongs, castanets, " bones." 
 
 Bells, chimes and peals. 
 
 Bell-ringers' instruments. Musical glasses. 
 
 Glockenspiels, zylophones, marimbas. 
 
 Music boxes. 
 Class 928. Stringed instruments f layed with the fingers or plectrum. 
 
 Lutes, guitars, banjos and mandolins. 
 
 Harps and lyres. 
 
 Zithers and dulcimers. 
 Class 629; Stringed instruments played with the bow. 
 
 The violin. 
 
 The viol, viola, viola da gamba, viola di amore. 
 
 The violoncello and the bass viol. 
 
 Mechanical instruments. — Hurdy-gurdy and violin piano. 
 
 Class 920. 
 Class 921. 
 
 Class 922. 
 
 Class 923. 
 
 Class 924. 
 Class 925. 
 
WORLD'S COL UMBIA N EXPOSITION. 4 1 7 
 
 Class 930. Stringed instrumsnts with kej-board. — The piano-forte — square, 
 upright and grand. 
 Actions and parts of a piano. 
 
 The predecessors of the piano. — Clavicjtherium clavicymbal , clavi- 
 chord, manichord, virginal, spinet, harpsichord, and hammer harp- 
 sichord. 
 Instruments and methods of manufacture. 
 Street pianos. 
 Class 931. Wind instruments, with simple apt rture or plug mouthpiece. The 
 
 flute, flute-a-bec. Syrinx. Organ-pipes. Flageolet. 
 Class 392. Wind instruments, with mouthpiece regulated bj the lips. The clar- 
 ionet, oboe and saxophone. 
 Class 933. Wind instruments with bell mouthpiece, without keys. The trumpet 
 (simple) and the bugle. Oliphant. Alpenhorn. The trombone 
 (with slide and with finger holes). The serpent, bassoon and 
 bagpipe. 
 Class 934. Wind instruments with bell mouthpiece, with keys. Key bugles, 
 
 cornets, French horns. Cornopeans, orphicleides. 
 Class 935. Wind instruments with complicated systems. 
 The pipe organ. 
 
 Reed orj^ans, melodeons and harmonicas. 
 Accordions, concertinas and mouth organs. 
 
 Hand organs and organettes. Automatic organs, orchestrions, etc. 
 Class 936. Accessories of musical instruments — strings, reeds, bridges. 
 
 Conductor's batons, drum-majors' staves. Mechanical devices for 
 
 the orchestra. 
 Tuning forks, pitch-pipes, metronomes, music stands, etc. 
 Class 937. Music in relation to human life. — Musical composers. Great per- 
 formers. Great singers. Portraits. Biographies. 
 Concerts and the concert stage. 
 The opera. The oratorio. Masses. 
 
 Church music and sacred music of all periods. Hymnology, ballads. 
 Folk-song, and folk-music of all lands. National airs. 
 Class 93S. The theatre and the drama. The stage. Plans and models of 
 stages and theatres. 
 History of the drama, so far as can be shown by literary record. 
 
 Portraits of actors. Relics of actors. 
 Playbills, etc. Costumes, masks, armor. Scenerj', Appliances of 
 illusion, etc. Plays of all ages and people. 
 
 DEPARTMENT M. 
 
 ETHNOLOGY, ARCH.EOLOGY, PROGRESS OF LABOR AND INVENTION. 
 
 GROUP 159. 
 
 VIEWS, PLANS OR MODELS OF PREHISTORIC ARCHITECTURAL MONUMENTS 
 
 AND HABITATION. 
 
 Class 939. Caves — natural, artificial ; dwellings, natural and artificial. 
 Class 940. Lacustine dwellings— dolmens, tumuli, menhirs, cromlechs, align- 
 ments, cup-stones, graves, cists, crematories. 
 Class 941. Cliff and other dwellings — models of dwellings, shelters, skin lodgeS; 
 
 yourts, hute (of bark, gras©, st*-..), woc*3en. ho»ss«. 
 24 
 
4i8 GUIDE TO CHICAGO. 
 
 Class 942. Appurtenances. — Sweat-houses (models), totem-posts (originals and 
 models), gable ornaments, locks. 
 
 GROUP 160. 
 
 IfURNITURE AND CLOTHING OF ABORIGirN'AL, UNCIVILIZED AND BUT PARTLY 
 
 CIVILIZED RACES. 
 
 Class 943. Household utensils and furniture. 
 
 Class 944. Articles serving in the use of narcotics — pipes, etc. 
 
 Class 945. Articles used in transportation. 
 
 Class 946. Clothing and adornment. 
 
 GROUP 161. 
 
 IMPLEMENTS OF WAR AND THE CHASE. 
 
 (See also Groups 86 and 113.) 
 GROUP 162. 
 
 TOOLS AND IMPLEMENTS OF INDUSTRIAL OPERATIONS. 
 
 Class 947. Gathering and storing food other than game. — Water vessels. 
 
 Class 948. Articles used in cooking and eating. 
 
 Class 949. Apparatus of making clothing and ornaments and of weaving, 
 
 GROUP 163. 
 
 ATHLETIC EXERCISES GAMES. 
 
 GROUP 164. 
 
 OBJECTS OF SPIRITUAL SIGNIFICANCE AND VENERATION — REPRESENTATIONS 
 OF DEITIES — APPLIANCES OF WORSHIP. 
 
 GROUP 165. 
 
 HISTORIC ARCHEOLOGY — OBJECTS ILLUSTRATING THE PROGRESS OF NATIONS. 
 
 GROUP 166. 
 
 MODELS AND REPRESENTATIONS OF ANCIENT VESSELS, PARTICULARLY OF THE 
 PERIOD OF THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 
 
 GROUP 167. 
 
 REPRODUCTIONS OF ANCIENT MAPS, CHARTS, AND APPARATUS OF 
 NAVIGATION. 
 
 Class 950. Charts and maps of the world anterior to the voyage of Columbus. 
 Class 951. Charts and maps following the discovery. 
 
 Class 952. Charts and maps of the period of the earh' colonization of America. 
 Class 953. Charts and maps of America and the world at the period of the 
 Revolution and since. 
 
 GROUP 168. 
 
 MODELS AND REPRESENTATIONS OF. ANCIENT BUILDINGS, CITIES, OR 
 
 MONUMENTS OF THE HISTORIC PERIOD ANTERIOR TO 
 
 THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 
 
 GROUP 169. 
 
 MODELS AND REPRESENTATIONS OF HABITATIONS AND DWELLINGS BUILT 
 SINCE THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 
 
 GROUP 170. 
 
 ORIGINALS, COPIES, OR MODELS, OR GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS OF 
 NOTABLE INVENTIONS. 
 
WORLD'S COL UMBLAN EXPOSITION, 419 
 
 GROUP 171. 
 
 OBJECTS ILLUSTRATING GENERALLY THE PROGRESS OF THE AMELIORATION 
 OF THE CONDITIONS OF LIFE AND LABOR. 
 
 Class 954. The evolution of the dwelling and its furniture. 
 
 Class 955. The evolution of the plow and other implements of the farm and 
 garden. 
 
 Class 956. Evolution of tools. — The ax, saw, and other implements of handi- 
 craft. 
 
 Class 957. Labor-saving machines and their effects. 
 
 GROUP 172. 
 
 woman's work. 
 
 GROUP 173. 
 
 STATE, NATIONAL, AND FOREIGN GOVERNMENT EXHIBITS. 
 
 GROUP 174. 
 
 THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN. 
 
 Class 958. Special monographic exhibit of the tribes of America. 
 
 Class 959.* Villages or families of various tribes engaged in their native occu- 
 pations. 
 
 Class 960. Specimens of their special work and industries. Collections of 
 Indian " trinkets " or curiosities. 
 
 Class 961. Books or papers, written or printed, in his native tongue. 
 
 Class 962. Means and methods of communication between tribes bj " sign " 
 language and " picture letters," etc. Status of females under tribal 
 regulations. 
 
 Class 963. Treaties and acquisition of territory from the various tribes, and 
 how obtained. 
 
 Class 964. Progress of Indian civilization through the efforts of the Government, 
 missionaries, or by his own efforts and choice. His industrial pur- 
 suits and capabilities, as exemplified in the shop, on the farm, and 
 in the school-room. Inventions, etc. 
 
 Class 965. Music. The " Columbian Indian Band," consisting of sixty or more 
 instruinents. 
 
 Class 966. The allotment of lands to families, and individuals, and its effects. 
 The Indian as an American citizen. 
 The hope of the Indian. 
 
 Class 967. Other attainments and industries not specially mentioned. (For 
 treatment of Indians, reservations, etc., see Class 831, also special 
 Indian schools, see Class 848.) 
 
 GROUP 175. 
 
 PORTRAITS, BUSTS, AND STATUES OF GREAT INVENTORS AND OTHERS WHO 
 HAVE CONTRIBUTED LARGELY TO THE PROGRESS OF CIVILI- 
 ZATION, AND THE WELL-BEING OF MAN. 
 
 GROUP 176. 
 
 ISOLATED AND COLLECTIVE EXHIBITS. 
 
 Class 96S. The Latin- American Bureau. 
 

 DATE DUE i 
 
 w^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 E 
 
 JUN 
 
 1 6 20D 
 
 6 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 llllJ " 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 uUlM O - 
 
 ZOO? 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 i -""..-; 
 
 - -■ 
 
 
 
 ■;>« 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 
 VK 
 
 
 
 
 
 y| 
 
 
 
 
 
 ♦■■« 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 UNIVERSITY PRODUCTS, INC. #859-5503 : 
 
 1*' 
 
 rpdt'mk 
 
 cnPA-' 
 
 isa^Kf 
 
 PA 
 
 %M 
 
 rji